MOTIVEPOWER INDUSTRIES INC
10-K, 1997-03-13
RAILROAD EQUIPMENT
Previous: GUINNESS FLIGHT INVESTMENT FUNDS INC, 497, 1997-03-13
Next: XECHEM INTERNATIONAL INC, SC 13D, 1997-03-13



 
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D. C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

[X]  Annual  Report  Pursuant  to  Section  13 or  15(d) of the  Securities  and
     Exchange Act of 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, or

[  ] Transition  Report  Pursuant  to Section 13 or 15(d)  of the Securities and
     Exchange Act of 1934 For the transition period from______ to_______

                         Commission file number 0-23802

                          MOTIVEPOWER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                          ----------------------------
                     (formerly known as MK Rail Corporation)
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

         Delaware                                              82-0461010
         --------                                              ----------
(State or other jurisdiction                (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
of incorporation or organization)

1200 Reedsdale Street, Pittsburgh, PA                                 15233
- -------------------------------------                                 -----
(Address of principal executive offices)                              (Zip code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (412) 237-2250

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                Class
                -----
Common stock, $.01 par value

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the  registrant  was
required  to file  such  reports),  and  (2) has  been  subject  to such  filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No

State the aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  nonaffiliates  of
the registrant at March 10 1997: $193,190,700

Indicate the number of shares  outstanding  of each of the  issuer's  classes of
common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

              Class                         Outstanding at March 10, 1997
              -----                         -----------------------------
Common stock, $.01 par value                          17,562,793

Documents  Incorporated  by  Reference:  Certain  sections  or  portions  of the
registrant's  proxy  statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be held
on June 24, 1997,  described in Part III hereof are incorporated by reference in
this report.



                                        1

<PAGE>



                                     PART I

Unless  otherwise  indicated  or  the  context  otherwise  requires,  the  terms
"Company"  and  "MotivePower"  refer to  MotivePower  Industries,  Inc.  and its
predecessors.

Item 1.           BUSINESS

The Company
         MotivePower,  formerly MK Rail  Corporation,  is a leading  supplier of
products and services to the railroad industry.  The Company was formed in April
1993 by Morrison Knudsen Corporation  ("Morrison Knudsen"),  which later sold 35
percent of the  Company's  common stock in an initial  public stock  offering in
April 1994. In October 1996,  Morrison Knudsen  distributed all of its remaining
ownership  stake in the  Company  to  Morrison  Knudsen's  creditors  as part of
Morrison  Knudsen's  bankruptcy  settlement.  The Company  and its  subsidiaries
design,  manufacture and distribute  engineered locomotive components and parts;
provide  locomotive  fleet  maintenance,   remanufacturing  and  overhauls;  and
manufacture  environmentally  friendly  switcher,  commuter  and  mid-range,  DC
traction,  diesel-electric  and liquefied  natural gas  locomotives  up to 4,000
horsepower.  The Company provides products and services to freight and passenger
railroads,  including every Class I Railroad in North America, commuter rail and
transit  authorities,  original  equipment  manufacturers  and  other  customers
internationally.

Forward-looking Statements
         Statements  in this Form 10-K as to efforts  to  increase  or  maximize
stockholder  value  or  otherwise  improve   operations,   are   forward-looking
statements.  Factors  such  as a  decrease  in  rail  traffic,  a  reduction  in
railroads'  capital  and  maintenance   spending  plans  with  regard  to  their
locomotive fleets, industry consolidations, a decrease in railroads' outsourcing
trends,  increased  competition  in  the  locomotive  or  locomotive  components
segments,  adverse general economic  conditions,  changes in laws or regulations
affecting the industry, technological developments that render existing industry
technology  obsolete or the Company's inability to retain existing contracts and
or obtain  new  contract  awards are among the  factors  which  could  cause the
Company to be unable to meet its objectives.

Business Strategy
         MotivePower's  business  strategy is to grow and continue to strengthen
its core businesses.  The Company considers the following to be core businesses:
manufacturing  and  distributing  engineered  locomotive  components  and parts;
providing  locomotive  fleet  maintenance and  overhauling  and  remanufacturing
locomotives;  and manufacturing  environmentally friendly switcher, commuter and
mid-range, DC traction, diesel-electric and liquefied natural gas locomotives up
to 4,000 horsepower. To the extent market conditions, technological developments
or other  factors  change,  management  will  reconsider  its  strategy  to best
position the Company under the conditions and circumstances then prevailing.

Industry Conditions and Trends
         The  Company's  operating  results are strongly  influenced  by general
economic  conditions,  railroad freight traffic,  the financial condition of the
railroad industry and their outsourcing of

                                        2

<PAGE>



work to improve  their  competitive  position.  Favorable  conditions  generally
prevailed in the economy and the railroad  industry during 1996,  although there
is no assurance that these  favorable  conditions in the railroad  industry will
continue.  Historically,  however,  the  components and parts,  maintenance  and
overhaul segments of the railroad industry, while still subject to the impact of
rail traffic fluctuations,  have been more stable and less cyclical than the new
and  remanufactured  locomotive  segments.  The  Company  operates  in a  highly
competitive  environment,  and there can be no  assurance  that  increased  rail
traffic and outsourcing by the railroads will benefit the Company.
         Since the deregulation of the U.S. railroad  industry in 1980,  freight
railroads  have reduced  their  equipment  base and  consolidated  operations to
reduce  operating  costs and  improve  their  competitive  position  compared to
trucking companies,  which compete with the railroad industry.  In recent years,
railroads  have been  consolidating  and merging,  hoping to achieve  additional
operating  and  financial  efficiencies  that will allow  them to  compete  more
effectively  with  other  modes of  transportation.  Management  believes  these
consolidations  offer the Company  opportunities  to increase  business with the
surviving railroads as these railroads seek operating  efficiencies through such
means as outsourcing locomotive fleet maintenance and components repair. This is
a forward-looking statement. There can be no assurances, however, that continued
consolidation  will not adversely  impact the Company through  concentration  of
bargaining power over prices or rationalization of locomotive fleet sizes.

Description of Business Operations
         The Company  operates  principally  through  two  business  units,  the
Components Group and the Locomotive Group.

         Components Group
         The   Components   Group   manufactures   and   distributes   primarily
aftermarket,  or  replacement  components  and parts for freight  and  passenger
railroads,  including  every  Class I Railroad  in North  America,  metropolitan
transit and commuter rail  authorities,  original  equipment  manufacturers  and
other  customers   internationally.   MotivePower   provides  most   aftermarket
components  for  locomotives  manufactured  by the  Electro-Motive  Division  of
General Motors  Corporation  ("EMD") and certain components for locomotives made
by the GE  Transportation  Systems  unit of  General  Electric  Company  ("GE").
MotivePower  believes it is the leading independent supplier in North America of
aftermarket   locomotive  components  such  as  traction  motors,   alternators,
turbochargers, cooling systems and overhauled diesel engines.
         Demand  for  components  tends to depend  largely on rail  traffic.  As
traffic increases,  the railroads seek to maximize  locomotive  availability and
capacity, which can increase the frequency of necessary repairs and maintenance.
This business is highly competitive,  as the Company faces competition from EMD,
GE and numerous smaller, independent manufacturers and distributors.  EMD and GE
accounted for virtually 100% of the new high-horsepower locomotives delivered in
the  United   States  in  the  past  five  years  and,  as  original   equipment
manufacturers,   are  the  principal  suppliers  of  original  parts  for  their
locomotives.

         Locomotive Group
         The  Locomotive  Group  provides  fleet  maintenance,  overhauling  and
remanufacturing,   and  manufacturing  of  environmentally   friendly  switcher,
commuter and mid-range, DC traction,

                                        3

<PAGE>



diesel-electric  and liquefied  natural gas locomotives up to 4,000  horsepower.
The Company's fleet maintenance  business unit provides  locomotive  maintenance
under  long-term  contracts.  These contracts  generally cover normal,  expected
maintenance costs but also allow the Company to bill additional amounts to cover
extraordinary maintenance.
         Demand for fleet maintenance services is driven by the railroads' focus
on cost reduction and productivity improvements as the industry has consolidated
over recent decades,  and as railroads consider  outsourcing  non-transportation
functions.  While most  railroads  have  their own  mechanical  and  maintenance
facilities,  some can achieve  cost  savings and  productivity  improvements  by
outsourcing the work to an independent  servicer.  In this business segment, the
Company  competes  against  GE, EMD and the  captive  in-house  shops of certain
railroads.  When  possible,  the Company  supplies its own component  parts,  at
market prices,  for use in overhaul and maintenance  under these  contracts.  In
this manner,  the locomotive  fleet  maintenance  contracts  provide  additional
opportunities for sales of component parts.
         There   are    approximately    4,000    locomotives    operating    in
switcher/short-haul service in the United States and Canada, with an average age
of 30 years.  Demand for new mid- range  locomotives  has been minimal since the
early  1980s  because  the  railroads  have  focused   instead  on  modernizing,
rationalizing and downsizing their higher-horsepower  freight locomotive fleets.
In addition,  older freight  locomotives  are sometimes used as switchers.  As a
result of this low level of demand, few switcher  manufacturers  exist today. In
this business,  the Company competes against Peoria  Locomotive  Works. In 1996,
the  Company  delivered  32  switchers  to two  terminal  railroads  in Houston.
Although the Company does not currently have additional switcher  contracts,  it
has  several  proposals  outstanding  as of March 1997 for  delivery in 1997 and
1998.
         The Company has been providing overhauling and remanufacturing services
to the railroad industry since 1972, and management  believes the Company is the
largest,  independent  remanufacturer  of locomotives in North America.  In this
business  segment,  the Company  faces  competition  from VMV,  AMF Canada,  GEC
Alsthom Mexico, numerous smaller regional remanufacturers,  the captive in-house
shops of Class I  railroads,  and from GE and EMD.  Most  large  railroads  have
in-house capacity to overhaul locomotives but not to remanufacture them.
         Typically, a locomotive overhaul includes replacement of various engine
and electrical  rotating  equipment.  The cost can vary greatly depending on the
number and type of options included. Remanufacturing is a more extensive process
involving  the  disassembly,  redesign  from the  frame up and  reassembly  of a
locomotive with upgraded equipment to substantially as-new condition.
         The Company's  overhauling  and  remanufacturing  businesses  have been
driven by the aging of the rail industry's  locomotive  fleet and the historical
cost advantages  compared to purchasing new locomotives.  Between 1970 and 1980,
the  industry  purchased  approximately  12,000  new  locomotives,  compared  to
approximately  8,000 since then.  As a result,  the average age of the fleet has
increased,  with  nearly  75% of the fleet at least 10 years  old.  The  typical
maintenance  cycle calls for a locomotive to be overhauled  after  approximately
seven years,  remanufactured after 15 years and replaced after 20 to 25 years if
it has not been remanufactured.

         Product  Development In 1994 and 1995,  MotivePower  signed  agreements
with CSX Intermodal ("CSXI"), a unit of CSX Corporation, for the development and
manufacturing of the Iron Highway,  a proposed new system for intermodal freight
transportation. The Company developed four Iron

                                        4

<PAGE>



Highway trainsets,  two of which are currently in revenue-testing  service by CP
Rail. CSXI has postponed testing of its two units. In 1996, the Company and CSXI
cancelled  an  Iron  Highway  manufacturing  agreement.  The  Company  currently
receives no revenues and incurs no costs for the Iron Highway project, and there
is no  certainty  that CP Rail will  proceed  with the Iron  Highway  beyond the
testing phase, or that CSXI will resume testing.

Backlog
         At December 31, 1996,  the  Company's  backlog was  approximately  $526
million,  related  to the  Company's  multi-year  locomotive  fleet  maintenance
agreements.  The largest  agreement is subject to  termination,  but the Company
would receive a substantial termination settlement.
         The Components Group,  which  represented  approximately 50% of Company
sales in 1996,  has no  backlog  because  the vast  majority  of its  sales  are
considered  to be  maintenance  items on short lead time  cycles.  However,  the
Components  Group does have several  long-term  supply  agreements  with certain
Class I  railroads  that  designate  that  Group as the  preferred  supplier  of
required maintenance products.

Employees
         At March 10,  1997,  MotivePower  had 2,102  employees  versus 2,141 in
1995.  This  included 589  salaried  employees  and 898 hourly  employees in the
United States, and 135 salaried employees and 480 hourly employees in Mexico. Of
the hourly  employees  in the United  States,  348 at Boise  Locomotive  Company
("Boise  Locomotive")  are represented by the  International  Union of Operating
Engineers  ("Operating  Engineers"),  and 550 at Motor Coils  Manufacturing  Co.
("Motor  Coils")  are  represented  by the  International  Union of  Electronic,
Electrical,  Salaried, Machine and Furniture Workers ("Electrical Workers"). The
collective  bargaining  agreement with the Operating  Engineers  expires in June
2000 and the three collective bargaining agreements with the Electrical Workers,
covering Motor Coils employees in Braddock and Emporium,  Pennsylvania,  and St.
Louis, Missouri,  expire in July 1998, October 1998 and June 2000, respectively.
The Company considers its relations with its employees and union  representation
to be good.

Environmental Matters
         The   Company  is  subject  to  federal,   state,   local  and  foreign
environmental laws and regulations concerning the discharge,  storage,  handling
and  disposal  of  hazardous  or  toxic   substances   and  petroleum   products
(collectively referred to as "waste").  Examples of regulated activities are the
disposal of  lubricating  oil, the discharge of water used to clean parts and to
cool machines,  the maintenance of underground  storage tanks and the release of
particulate  emissions produced by Company  operations.  For some activities the
Company must obtain  permits.  Violation of  environmental  laws or  regulations
could subject the Company and its management to civil and criminal penalties and
other  liabilities.  In  addition,  third  parties may make claims for  personal
injuries and property  damage  associated  with releases of waste.  A current or
prior owner or operator of property may be required to investigate  and clean up
waste  releases and may be liable to  governmental  entities or some other third
party for their  investigation  and  remediation  costs in  connection  with the
contamination.  The Company  arranges  for the disposal or treatment of waste at
disposal or treatment  facilities  owned by third parties.  The Company could be
liable  for the costs of  removing  or  remediating  a release  of waste at such
facilities.

                                        5

<PAGE>



         Because  it  owns  and   operates   property,   the  Company  may  have
responsibility  and liability  even if it does not know of or cause the presence
of  contaminants.  Liability  is often joint and several  and is  generally  not
limited. The cost to investigate,  remediate and remove waste may be substantial
and may even  exceed the value of the  property or the  aggregate  assets of the
owner  or  operator.   The  Company  may  have  difficulty  selling  or  renting
contaminated  property  or  borrowing  against  such  property.  The  government
sometimes  creates  liens  against  property  for damages and costs it incurs in
connection with contamination.  The Company has potential liabilities associated
with  its  and its  predecessor's  past  waste  disposal  activities,  including
disposal activities at plants currently being operated by the Company.
         The  Company  has a Chief  Compliance  Officer  who audits the  Company
policy and reports  directly to the Audit  Committee of the Board of  Directors.
All Audit Committee members are independent directors.

Boise, Idaho
       Heavy equipment repair and locomotive  remanufacturing commenced at Boise
Locomotive in 1972.  At the time,  solvents were used in the process of cleaning
parts  and  equipment  as  part  of the  repair/remanufacturing  process  at the
facility.  Wastewater  generated from the equipment  cleaning process containing
solvents was discharged  during the process to in-ground  wastewater  separation
basins that were  connected to buried drain fields.  This  wastewater  treatment
system was in place until 1984.  In 1985,  the  Company's  predecessor  received
notices  from  the  Idaho   Department  of  Health  and  Welfare,   Division  of
Environmental  Quality and the United States  Environmental  Protection  Agency,
indicating that it was in violation of state and federal environmental laws with
respect  to this  treatment  system  at  Boise  Locomotive.  Related  regulatory
requirements  led to the closure of the buried drain fields and a buried  trench
that was used for disposal of waste material.  Further  requirements  led to the
issuance in 1991 of a Resource Conservation and Recovery Act Part B Post Closure
Permit (the  "Permit"),  which is the formal permit pursuant to which a detailed
corrective  action plan is specified for groundwater  cleanup and for protection
of the public and  environment  following  the "closure" or  termination  of the
releases  which  created the problem.  In compliance  with the Permit,  about 57
wells  have  been  drilled  on the Boise  Locomotive  property  and on  adjacent
property to monitor,  collect, and treat contaminated  shallow  groundwater,  to
monitor  any  movement  of the  contaminated  plume,  and to monitor  the deeper
groundwater  systems at the  facility.  The Company was in  compliance  with the
Permit at December 31, 1996. In addition,  Boise  Locomotive would be liable for
any damages resulting from hazardous  substances  migrating from the facility to
deeper groundwater  systems,  including the regional aquifer system which serves
most of the  domestic and  industrial  users of  groundwater  in the area (which
includes and extends  beyond Boise).  Three private  off-site wells are known to
have been impacted by shallow groundwater contamination.  Two of these wells are
used for residential domestic purposes, and the third well is used for supply to
a pond and landscape  watering for a residential  subdivision.  Boise Locomotive
has entered into agreements  whereby the  residential  domestic use of the wells
will be abandoned and domestic  water will be provided via a public water supply
hook-up. In the event of contamination of the regional aquifer, Boise Locomotive
would be required,  among other  things,  to provide  potable  water to affected
users and to install a  treatment  system to clean up the  polluted  water,  and
could incur other  liabilities,  the combined cost of which cannot be estimated,
but would be expected to be material in amount.  The  regional  aquifer  system,
however, occurs at a depth which is

                                        6

<PAGE>



approximately  200 feet  below  the  shallow  contaminated  groundwater  that is
currently being remediated.  While management believes there is no evidence that
the regional aquifer system is currently  threatened by releases of contaminants
from Boise Locomotive, no assurance can be given in this regard.

Mexico
         Through its MK Gain, S.A. de C.V. ("MK Gain")  subsidiary,  the Company
has operational responsibility for facilities in Acambaro and San Luis Potosi in
Mexico,  pursuant to a contract  with the Mexican  National  Railway.  Under the
contract,  MK Gain  is  responsible  for  performing  certain  work  related  to
environmental protection at the facilities, such as waste water treatment, storm
water control,  tank repair, and spill prevention and control. The costs of this
work are either to be directly  reimbursed  to MK Gain by the  Mexican  National
Railway or recoverable  through fees payable under the contract,  which has been
structured to account for such cost. No assurance  can be given,  however,  that
the Mexican National Railway will not dispute any submissions for  reimbursement
or that the fee  structure  under the contract  will, in fact,  cover costs.  MK
Gain's operations are subject to Mexican environmental laws and regulations.  It
has obtained, or is in the process of obtaining, environmental permits, licenses
and approvals required for its continuing operations.

Mountaintop, Pennsylvania
         The Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation and Liability
Act (also known as "CERCLA" or "Superfund") is a federal law regarding abandoned
hazardous waste sites which imposes joint and several liability,  without regard
to fault or the  legality of the  original  act, on certain  classes of persons,
including  those who contribute to the release of a "hazardous  substance"  into
the  environment.  Foster  Wheeler  Energy  Corporation  ("FWEC")  is named as a
potentially  responsible  party  with  respect  to  the  Company's  Mountaintop,
Pennsylvania  plant,  which  has  been  listed  by the EPA in its  data  base of
potential  hazardous  waste sites,  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation and Liability  Information System ("CERCLIS").  FWEC, the seller of
the  Mountaintop  property  to the  Company's  predecessor  in 1989,  agreed  to
indemnify the Company's predecessor against any liabilities associated with this
Superfund site.  Management  believes that this  indemnification  arrangement is
enforceable  for the benefit of the Company and,  although  such  obligation  is
unsecured and therefore  structurally  subordinate  to secured  indebtedness  of
FWEC, that FWEC has the financial  resources to honor its obligations under this
indemnification  arrangement.  This indemnification does not alter the Company's
potential liability to third parties (other than FWEC) or governmental  agencies
under CERCLA but creates  contractual  obligations  on the part of FWEC for such
liabilities.

Richland Township, Pennsylvania
         Motor Coils owns a vacant lot in Richland Township,  Pennsylvania which
has been subject to unauthorized dumping by unknown parties. The Company has not
yet tested the soil at the site or materials  disposed there.  Based on a visual
inspection,  Motor Coils  cannot yet  estimate  the cost to remove and  properly
dispose of the  material,  and does not  believe  that the  removal  will have a
material  adverse  impact on the  Company's  financial  position  or  results of
operations.


                                        7

<PAGE>




St. Louis, Missouri
         Motor Coils completed voluntary remediation of surficial  contamination
resulting from a release of xylene in connection with a storage tank leak at its
St. Louis, Missouri facility. Motor Coils notified the relevant state regulatory
agency of its  remediation  plan and, with the  concurrence of the state agency,
initiated site  remediation in 1994.  Based on monitoring  results,  the Company
discontinued site remediation in 1996.
         The Company believes that its planned expenditures are adequate to meet
its known environmental  obligations and liabilities,  including those under the
Permit, and under CERCLA and similar legislation. The Company's knowledge of its
environmental   obligations   and  liabilities  is,  for  the  majority  of  its
facilities,   based  on   assessments   and  due  diligence   conducted  by  its
predecessor's  personnel and Phase I and/or Phase II  environmental  assessments
conducted by third-party  consultants.  No assurance can be given, however, that
stricter  interpretation  and  enforcement  of  existing  environmental  laws or
regulations, the adoption of new laws or regulations, the discovery of currently
unknown  waste or  contamination  for  which  the  Company  may be  liable,  the
inability  of the Company to enforce  the  indemnification  with  respect to the
Mountaintop  plant or the continued  spread of the hazardous waste plume through
off-site  groundwater  near Boise  Locomotive  will not result in  significantly
higher environmental costs to the Company.
          Environmental  laws and regulations are subject to change at any time.
Compliance  with  current  or  future  laws and  regulations  could  potentially
necessitate  significant capital outlays by the Company, affect the economics of
a given project or cause material changes or delays in intended activities.

         In October 1996, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position 96-1, "Environmental Remediation Liabilities" ("SOP
96-1").  SOP 96-1 is effective  for fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15,
1996. The Company believes that its liabilities have been recorded in compliance
with SOP 96-1 and, therefore,  implementation of SOP 96-1 will have no impact on
the Company's financial position or results of operations.

Major Customers
         In  1996,  sales  to  three  customers  exceeded  10% of  total  sales:
Burlington  Northern/Santa  Fe  (19%),  Union  Pacific  (16%),  and the  Mexican
National  Railway (14%). No other single  customer  accounted for 10% or more of
sales. Based on current operations,  management expects that sales to Burlington
Northern/Santa  Fe, Union Pacific and the Mexican  National  Railway will exceed
10% of 1997 total sales.


Item 2.           PROPERTIES

         The Company's headquarters are located in Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania and
its  manufacturing  facilities are located in the United States and Mexico.  The
Company  considers  that its  properties  are generally in good  condition,  are
well-maintained,  and are  generally  suitable  and  adequate  to  carry  on its
business.  The  principal  facilities  of the  Company and its  subsidiaries  or
operating units are as follows:




                                        8

<PAGE>



                                 Square       Owned/
Location                         Footage      Leased    Use
- --------                         -------      -------   ---

MotivePower Industries, Inc.
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania           8,430      Leased    Corporate Headquarters

Boise Locomotive Company
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania           5,000      Leased    Office
Mountaintop, Pennsylvania*       204,000      Owned     Manufacturing
Boise, Idaho                     210,000      Owned     Manufacturing
Boise, Idaho                      66,900      Owned     Manufacturing
Helper, Utah**                        --      Leased    Maintenance Shop
Barstow, California**                 --      Leased    Maintenance Shop

Clark Industries Co.
Gilman, Illinois                  31,800      Leased    Manufacturing

Engine Systems Co., Inc.
Latham, New York                  63,000      Owned     Manufacturing

MK Gain, S.A. de C.V.
San Luis Potosi, Mexico          968,400      Leased    Manufacturing
Acambaro, Mexico                 138,000      Leased    Manufacturing
Mexico City, Mexico                3,700      Leased    Office

Motor Coils Mfg. Co.
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania          61,777      Leased    Office
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania          57,000      Leased    Warehouse
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania          71,950      Leased    Warehouse/Manufacturing
Braddock, Pennsylvania           111,000      Owned     Manufacturing
Emporium, Pennsylvania            37,000      Owned     Manufacturing
St. Louis, Missouri               65,000      Owned     Manufacturing

Power Parts Co.
Elk Grove Village, Illinois       18,000      Leased    Office
Elk Grove Village, Illinois***   132,700      Leased    Warehouse

Touchstone Co.
Jackson, Tennessee                88,000      Owned     Manufacturing
Jackson, Tennessee                77,200      Leased    Warehouse
Jackson, Tennessee                 2,590      Leased    Storage
Jackson, Tennessee                 1,540      Leased    Office
Racine, Wisconsin                  1,200      Leased    Office
- -----------------------

* The Company  closed this  facility in the second  quarter of 1996. On March 6,
1997 the Company signed a letter of intent to sell this facility.

                                        9

<PAGE>



**Represents  unspecified  portions  of  maintenance  facilities  owned  by  the
railroads for which the Company provides locomotive fleet maintenance  services.
These  facilities  have been made  available  to the  Company to  perform  these
services for nominal consideration.
*** The Company subleases 59,500 sq. ft. of space through July 1997,  subject to
two consecutive six-month renewals at the option of the subtenant.


Item 3.           LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

                  In December 1995, Morrison Knudsen, the Company and certain of
Morrison  Knudsen's  directors  and  officers  were  named  as  defendants  in a
complaint (the  "Pilarczyk  Lawsuit")  filed in the United States District Court
for the  Northern  District of New York by  plaintiffs  who were  principals  in
and/or held  substantial  stock in TMS,  Inc.  ("TMS"),  a New York  corporation
acquired by Morrison Knudsen on December 30, 1992. The complaint alleges,  among
other things,  violations of Section 10(b),  Rule 10b-5 and Section 20(a) of the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  breach  of  contract,  unjust  enrichment,
negligent  misrepresentation  and common  law fraud  during  Morrison  Knudsen's
acquisition of TMS in 1992.  Plaintiffs  assert that the Company,  which was not
formed by Morrison  Knudsen  until 1993,  is fully  responsible  for the acts of
Morrison Knudsen. However, the actions complained of occurred before the Company
was formed and the Company did not assume such liabilities of Morrison  Knudsen.
A motion to  dismiss,  filed in April  1996 on behalf of all  defendants  to the
Pilarczyk Lawsuit, is still pending.  Counsel to the Company believes the causes
of action in the Pilarczyk Lawsuit relating to the Company are without merit and
the Company expects that it will be successful on this motion,  even if the suit
is not dismissed as to all defendants. If the Company is successful, the Company
intends  to make  appropriate  requests  to the  court  to seek to  require  the
plaintiff to pay the Company's legal fees and costs.
         In June 1995,  the Company was named as defendant in a complaint  filed
with the Idaho Human Rights  Commission (the "Idaho  Commission")  and the Equal
Employment  Opportunity Commission by a female employee on behalf of herself and
other women employed by the Company alleging  discrimination based on sex, which
complaint was amended in December  1995 to include  allegations  of  retaliatory
discharge.  In 1996,  the idaho  Commission  announced that it found no probable
cause to believe either  discrimination or retaliatory discharge had occurred as
alleged in the complaint and, accordingly, the proceeding was dismissed.
          The Company is engaged in a commercial dispute with a former supplier,
Samyoung Machinery  Industrial Co. and Samyoung (America),  Inc.  (collectively,
"Samyoung").  The  Company  filed suit on April 16,  1996  alleging  delivery of
defective  product and seeking damages in excess of $1 million.  Samyoung denies
that the product was defective and  countersued  to recover  $300,000  under the
contract,  and $10  million for trade libel and  interference  with  prospective
economic  relationships  as a  result  of the  Company  allegedly  making  false
disparaging   statements   concerning  the  diesel  engine  assembly  liners  to
customers.  The Company believes that Samyoung's  claims are without merit, and,
to date,  no  evidence  supporting  Samyoung's  counterclaims  has come to light
through the discovery  being  conducted by the parties.  The Company  intends to
vigorously prosecute its own claims and defend against Samyoung's counterclaims.





                                       10

<PAGE>



Item 4.         SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

            On October 30, 1996, the annual meeting of the  shareholders  of the
Company was held, at which the shareholders  voted on and approved the following
matters:

          1.   The election of John C. Pope and Nicholas J. Stanley to the Board
               of Directors  for a term of three years.  A summary of the voting
               results is as follows:

                                        John C. Pope       Nicholas J. Stanley

               For                    14,474,146                14,459,321
               Withheld                   32,198                    47,023

          2.   The amendment of the Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation  to
               permit  vacancies on the Board or newly created  directorships to
               be filled at meetings of the stockholders  called by the Board. A
               summary of the voting results is as follows:

               For                                              13,056,523
               Against                                              34,700
               Abstain                                              10,013

          3.   The amendment of the Company's  Stock  Incentive Plan to increase
               the maximum  number of shares which may be issued under such Plan
               by one  million  shares.  A summary of the  voting  results is as
               follows:

               For                                              12,707,091
               Against                                             273,480
               Abstain                                              20,309

          4.   The amendment of the Company's Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee
               Directors to (i) provide for annual  stock  option  awards to the
               Company's  non-employee  directors  and (ii) increase the maximum
               number of shares  which may be issued  under  such plan by 50,000
               shares. A summary of the voting results is as follows:

               For                                              12,630,604
               Against                                             382,521
               Abstain                                              19,709

          5.   The  appointment  of  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP as  the  Company's
               independent  auditors.  A summary  of the  voting  results  is as
               follows:

               For                                              14,459,462
               Against                                              38,681
               Abstain                                               8,201

                                       11

<PAGE>



                                     PART II

Item 5.           MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED
                  STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         MotivePower's Common Stock trades on the Nasdaq National Market Tier of
the Nasdaq  Stock  Market  under the symbol  "MOPO." As of March 10,  1997,  the
approximate number of holders of record of its Common Stock was 983.
         The high and low  sales  prices  for the  Company's  Common  Stock,  as
reported in the Nasdaq Stock Market Summary of Activity reports in 1996, were as
follows:


                            1996                                  1995
               ---------------------------        ------------------------------

                 High                 Low              High                 Low
First Quarter    $4.50               $2.88            $10.63               $5.75
Second Quarter    6.75                3.38              9.25                4.50
Third Quarter     6.63                5.00              8.75                6.38
Fourth Quarter    8.00                5.88              8.75                3.88

         The Board did not declare  dividends  for 1995 or 1996. On February 27,
1997,  the Company  entered  into a new credit  facility  which  allows up to $3
million in annual  dividends  to be paid if declared by the Board of  Directors.
The Board reviews its dividend policy regularly.
         At the close of business on March 10, 1997, the Company's  Common Stock
was trading at $11.00 per share.



















                                       12

<PAGE>



Item 6.           SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following  Selected  Consolidated  Financial  Data are qualified in
their  entirety by, and should be read in  conjunction  with,  the  Consolidated
Financial  Statements  of the Company and the related  notes  thereto,  and with
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations" set forth under Item 7. The Balance Sheet Data at December 31, 1992,
1993,  1994, 1995 and 1996, and the Statement of Operations Data for each of the
five years in the period ended  December  31,  1996,  have been derived from the
audited Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                              December 31,
                                                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1996            1995            1994            1993            1992
                                                     ----            ----            ----            ----            ----
                                                                    (In thousands except share information)
Statements of Operations Data:
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>     
     Net sales                                        $ 291,407        $263,718        $368,537       $218,160         $129,507
     Net income (loss)                                   11,509         (40,414)        (42,793)         3,632            1,790
     Earnings (loss) per common share                      0.66           (2.34)              --            --               --
     Pro forma supplemental income
       (loss) per common share (1)                           --             --            (2.47)          0.21               --
     Special dividend to                                                                                             
       Morrison Knudsen                                      --             --             3.19             --               --
     Other dividends                                         --            0.04            0.12             --               --


Balance Sheet Data:
     Total assets                                     $ 234,044        $280,948        $311,297       $181,930         $138,263
     Long-term debt and
         Redeemable Preferred Stock                      27,161          61,296          40,867             --               --
     Stockholders' equity                               120,980          94,527         114,124        100,061           68,863
- ----------
<FN>


(1) The net loss for 1994 has been adjusted to reflect the following: additional
interest expense on a $19 million debt from January 1, 1994 through February 25,
1994,  transferred from Morrison Knudsen and assumed by the Company; a reduction
of interest  expense  resulting from the assumed payment of $39.6 million on the
intercompany debt due Morrison Knudsen,  and a dividend payment of $35.6 million
to Morrison  Knudsen.  Net income for 1993 has been adjusted for the net effects
of the acquisitions of Touchstone,  Inc., Clark Industries, Inc., and Arrowsmith
Power Systems, Inc., as if such acquisitions occurred on January 1, 1993.

</FN>
</TABLE>


                                       13

<PAGE>



Item 7.           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Overview
         In 1996,  MotivePower had net income of $11.5 million,  or 66 cents per
share, on sales of $291.4 million.  During the year, the Company reduced debt by
$71  million,  cut general and  administrative  costs by $13  million,  sold $21
million of non-core assets and reduced inventories by $21 million. For the year,
both the Locomotive  Group and the Components  Group had operating  income above
prior  year  results,  exclusive  of any  Unusual  Items.  The  Company's  Boise
Locomotive  subsidiary  completed a contract for 32 switcher  locomotives during
the year, contributing significantly to the improved performance of the Company.

Business Strategy
         MotivePower's  business  strategy is to grow and continue to strengthen
its core businesses.  The Company considers the following to be core businesses:
manufacturing  and  distributing  engineered  locomotive  components  and parts;
providing  locomotive  fleet  maintenance and  overhauling  and  remanufacturing
locomotives;  and manufacturing  environmentally friendly switcher, commuter and
mid-range DC traction,  diesel electric and liquefied natural gas locomotives up
to 4,000 horsepower. To the extent market conditions, technological developments
or other  factors  change,  management  will  reconsider  its  strategy  to best
position the Company under the conditions and circumstances then prevailing.

Industry Conditions and Trends
         The  Company's  operating  results are strongly  influenced  by general
economic  conditions,  railroad freight traffic,  the financial condition of the
railroad  industry and their  outsourcing  of work to improve their  competitive
position.  Favorable  conditions  generally  prevailed  in the  economy  and the
railroad  industry  during  1996,  although  there is no  assurance  that  these
favorable  conditions  in the railroad  industry  will  continue.  Historically,
however,  the components  and parts,  maintenance  and overhaul  segments of the
railroad   industry,   while  still  subject  to  the  impact  of  rail  traffic
fluctuations,  have  been  more  stable  and  less  cyclical  than  the  new and
remanufactured locomotive segments. The Company operates in a highly competitive
environment,  and there can be no  assurance  that  increased  rail  traffic and
outsourcing will benefit the Company.
         Since the deregulation of the U.S. railroad  industry in 1980,  freight
railroads  have reduced  their  equipment  base and  consolidated  operations to
reduce  operating  costs and  improve  their  competitive  position  compared to
trucking companies,  which compete with the railroad industry.  In recent years,
railroads  have  been  consolidating  and  merging.  Management  believes  these
consolidations  offer the Company  opportunities  to increase  business with the
surviving railroads as these railroads seek operating  efficiencies through such
means as outsourcing  locomotive fleet  maintenance and parts repair.  This is a
forward-looking statement.  There can be no assurances,  however, that continued
consolidation  will not adversely  impact the Company through  concentration  of
bargaining power over prices or rationalization of locomotive fleet sizes.





                                       14

<PAGE>



Results of Operations
         The following  table sets forth the percentage of sales  represented by
certain items in the  Company's  Consolidated  Statements of Operations  for the
years indicated.


                                                   Year Ended December 31,
                                                   --------------------------
                                                   1996      1995    1994
                                                   ----      ----    ----

Net sales .....................................    100.0%    100.0%    100.0%
                                                   ------    ------    ------


Cost of sales .................................    (79.8)    (86.5)    (90.8)
Unusual items .................................     (0.7)    (15.5)    (10.6)
                                                   ------    ------    ------


Gross profit (loss) ...........................     19.5      (2.0)     (1.4)
                                                   ------    ------    ------ 

General and administrative expenses ...........    (11.2)    (17.4)    (11.2)
Research and development expense ..............      --        --       (0.9)
                                                   ------    ------    ------ 

Operating income (loss) .......................      8.3     (19.4)    (13.5)

Interest income ...............................      0.7       0.4       0.5
Interest expense ..............................     (3.1)     (3.6)     (1.8)
Other income ..................................      0.5       --        --
Gain on sale of assets ........................      0.5       --        --
Foreign exchange gain (loss) ..................      0.1      (0.2)     (0.3)
                                                   ------    ------    ------ 

Income (loss) before income taxes and
   minority interest ..........................      7.0     (22.8)    (15.1)

Income tax (expense) benefit ..................     (2.6)      7.5       3.3
Minority interest in loss of subsidiary .......      --        --        0.3
                                                  ------    ------    ------  

Income (loss) before extraordinary item .......      4.4     (15.3)    (11.5)

Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt ..     (0.4)      --        --
                                                   ------    ------    ------ 
Net income (loss) .............................      4.0%    (15.3%)   (11.5%)
                                                   ======    =======   =======



Consolidated Operations
         1996 Compared to 1995
         Sales  increased 10% to $291.4  million in 1996 from $263.7  million in
1995. The increase was primarily due to increased sales in the Locomotive  Group
which  completed  a $34  million  contract to deliver  switcher  locomotives  in
December  1996.  The  Components  Group  had  lower  sales in 1996  versus  1995
principally as a result of the sale of non-core businesses during the year.
         Cost of sales  (exclusive  of Unusual  Items) as a percentage  of sales
decreased  to 80% in 1996  compared to 87% in 1995,  resulting  in gross  profit
margins of 20% and 13%, respectively. The

                                       15

<PAGE>



improvement  in gross  profit is the  result  of cost  reductions  and  improved
productivity in the operating  groups and increased  profitability at the higher
sales volume due to the benefits of operating leverage.
         Charges for Unusual  Items were $2.1 million in 1996  compared to $40.8
million in 1995.  The charges in 1996 were  incurred  due to the  impairment  of
certain  assets,  facility   rationalization  and  the  restructuring  of  lease
commitments.  The  charges  in 1995  related  to the  Company's  exit  from  the
high-horsepower  locomotive business, the impairment of the Mountaintop facility
and the locomotive  lease fleet,  the  disposition  of the Company's  Australian
operations and other miscellaneous charges.
         General and  administrative  expenses decreased 29% to $32.6 million in
1996 from $45.9 million in 1995. The decrease  resulted from the  elimination of
$4.5  million in costs  incurred in 1995 during the attempt to sell the Company,
cost reductions at the operating entities and reductions in corporate  overhead,
including legal expenses and staff reductions.
         Interest  income  increased 108% to $2 million in 1996 from $951,000 in
1995.  The 1996  amount  includes  $947,000  of  interest  income  on the  notes
receivable  related to the restructuring of the Company's  Argentina  investment
and $1 million in interest on funds invested by MK Gain.  Based on the remaining
term of the notes receivable,  the Company expects interest income to be minimal
in 1997.
         Interest expense decreased 5% to $9.1 million in 1996 from $9.6 million
in 1995.  The  decrease is the result of a decrease of $1.6  million in interest
expense on the amount owed to Morrison  Knudsen  which was paid off in September
1996,  a decrease  of $1 million in  interest  expense on the amount owed on the
Company's  domestic  credit  facility  which was paid down $30  million in 1996,
partially  offset by an  increase  in  interest  expense of $1.4  million on the
Company's  Mexican  credit  facility,  and an increase  in  interest  expense of
$737,000 on customer  advances to Boise Locomotive  Company related to contracts
for the production of switcher locomotives.
         Other income of $1.6 million in 1996  represents  funds received on the
unsecured portion of the Company's restructured Argentina investments.  There is
no assurance that the Company will receive such payments in the future.
         Gain on sale of assets of $1.5  million in 1996 is the result of a gain
on the sale of Alert  Manufacturing  and Supply Co.  ("Alert") of $700,000 and a
gain on the sale of Power Parts Sign Co.  ("Sign") of $783,000.  Both  companies
were sold in the second half of 1996 after having been previously  identified as
non-core assets.
         The foreign  exchange  gain in 1996 of  $169,000  compares to a foreign
exchange loss of $544,000 in 1995. The respective gain and loss is the result of
fluctuations in the Mexican peso and its effects on the net peso exposure at the
Company's Mexican subsidiary.
         The  extraordinary  loss on  extinguishment  of debt  in  1996,  net of
deferred tax benefit of $687,000,  is the result of the Company's  restructuring
of its domestic  credit  facility.  The gross charge includes $1 million paid to
bank  syndication  partners for the  break-up of the  existing  facility and the
write-off of $751,000 of unamortized fees related to that facility.
         The Company  recorded income tax expense of $7.7 million in 1996 versus
a  benefit  of $19.9  million  in 1995.  The 1995  benefit  was a result  of the
Company's  net loss during the year.  At December  31,  1996,  MK Gain had a net
operating loss  carryforward of approximately  $23 million,  expiring in various
amounts  during  2004-2005,  and the Company had a  consolidated  United  States
federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately  $48 million,  expiring
in various  amounts  during  2009-2010.  The Company  has  reflected a valuation
allowance with respect to these net operating loss carryforwards of $6.3 million
at December 31, 1996.


                                       16

<PAGE>




1995 Compared to 1994
         Sales  decreased  28%, to $263.7 million in 1995 from $368.5 million in
1994.  The decrease was  primarily due to lower sales in the  Locomotive  Group,
which  completed a major  remanufacturing  contract in February 1995 and did not
secure  comparable new contracts.  The Components Group also had lower sales due
to a general  slowdown in rail traffic growth for much of the year. The decrease
in sales in 1995 was  partially  offset by sales  increases  from a full  year's
results of operations for the Company's maintenance contracts.
         Cost of sales  (exclusive  of Unusual  Items) as a percentage  of sales
decreased to 87% in 1995 from 91% in 1994  resulting in a gross margin of 13% of
sales in 1995 versus 9% in 1994.  The  improvement  in the gross margin for 1995
was primarily a result of cost reductions in the Locomotive Group resulting from
the decline in sales volume,  and the  inclusion of the operating  results of MK
Gain for the entire year of 1995.
         General and administrative  expenses increased 12%, to $45.9 million in
1995 from $41.1 million in 1994. The increase  resulted  primarily from expenses
related  to  efforts  to sell the  Company,  costs  associated  with  hiring and
relocating corporate employees,  and costs related to fulfilling  regulatory and
other requirements.
         Research and development  expense  decreased to zero in 1995, from $3.4
million  in 1994.  The  decrease  was due to the  curtailment  of the  Company's
high-horsepower  (over 4,000  horsepower)  locomotive  manufacturing  program in
early 1995.
         Interest  income  decreased  52% to $951,000 in 1995 from $2 million in
1994.  The decrease  was due  primarily to the  elimination  of an  intercompany
receivable from Morrison Knudsen. Interest expense increased 43% to $9.6 million
in 1995  from  $6.7  million  in 1994.  The  increase  resulted  from  increased
borrowings  under existing credit  facilities  needed to fund operating  capital
requirements and significantly higher general and administrative expenses.
         The Company's  foreign  exchange loss decreased 55% to $544,000 in 1995
from $1.2 million in 1994. The decrease is the result of the use of U.S. dollars
as the functional  currency for the Company's Mexican  operations in 1995 versus
the Mexican peso as the  functional  currency in 1994.  The change in functional
currency  resulted  from changes in the  sourcing of  component  parts from U.S.
suppliers during the year and the U.S.  dollar-denominated  financing secured by
MK Gain in 1995.
         Income taxes  reflect a benefit of $19.9 million that resulted from the
Company's net loss in 1995.

Components Group
         1996 Compared to 1995
         In 1996,  net  sales  for the  Components  Group  decreased  1% to $145
million from $146 million in 1995.  The decrease is primarily  attributed to the
sale of Alert  which  generated  net sales of $5.6  million in 1996 prior to the
sale,  compared to $10.7  million in the full year 1995.  Excluding the sales of
Alert  for both  periods,  net  sales  increased  3% in 1996  compared  to 1995.
Operating income  (exclusive of Unusual Items) increased 27% to $19.9 million in
1996 from $15.7 million in 1995. The increase is attributed to cost-cutting  and
productivity improvements.
         1995 Compared to 1994
         In 1995,  net  sales  for the  Components  Group  decreased  6% to $146
million from $156 million in 1994. The decrease was due to a general slowdown in
rail  traffic  growth  for much of 1995,  which  caused the  railroads  to defer
certain maintenance costs. Operating income also

                                       17

<PAGE>



decreased by 37% to $14.2 million in 1995 from $22.6 million in 1994.  Excluding
charges  related  to  the  discontinued  high-horsepower  program,  the  group's
operating  profit  would  have been  $15.7  million  in 1995.  The  decrease  in
operating income was due primarily to the group's high level of fixed costs.

Locomotive Group
         1996 Compared to 1995
         In 1996,  net sales  increased  by 25% to $146.8  million  from  $117.4
million in 1995.  The increase is  attributed  to a 38% increase in net sales at
Boise  Locomotive,  primarily  the result of the  completion of contracts for 32
switcher  locomotives  which  were  manufactured  during  the  year.  Six of the
switcher  locomotives  were  accelerated for delivery in 1996, at the customer's
request,  to allow the units to be operating in the customer's  fleet by the end
of the year.  In  addition,  MK Gain had an 11%  increase in net sales under its
contract to provide  locomotive  operations and  maintenance.  Operating  income
increased to $16.7 million in 1996 from an operating loss  (exclusive of Unusual
Items) of $6.2 million in 1995.  The increase is  attributed  to the increase in
sales, costs reductions and improved productivity,  and the accelerated delivery
of switcher locomotives in 1996.
         1995 Compared to 1994
         In 1995,  net sales for the Locomotive  Group  decreased 45%, to $117.4
million  from $212.8  million in 1994.  The  decrease  was due  primarily to the
completion  of  a  large  remanufacturing  contract,  which  produced  sales  of
approximately  $80  million in 1994 and $10.7  million in 1995,  which more than
offset an increase in sales at MK Gain. The group had an operating loss of $45.4
million in 1995, compared to an operating loss of $40.8 million in 1994. MK Gain
had sales of $46 million and $18 million,  and operating  income of $1.7 million
and $1.7 million in 1995 and 1994, respectively.  The 1995 loss included Unusual
Items  of  $39.3  million  to  discontinue   manufacturing  of   high-horsepower
locomotives,  and to establish reserves against the locomotive lease fleet and a
manufacturing  plant in Mountaintop,  Pa.  Excluding these charges and losses in
the discontinued  Australian  operations,  the group would have had an operating
loss of $1.7 million in 1995. The  comparable  loss in 1994,  excluding  Unusual
Items, was $8.9 million.

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
         During 1996 the Company significantly  improved its financial liquidity
through improved operating results,  an overall reduction of debt of $71 million
including  the  repurchase  of debt the  Company  owed to  Morrison  Knudsen,  a
reduction of receivables of $6 million, a reduction of inventory of $19 million,
and the restructuring of its domestic credit facility. In addition,  the Company
sold non-core assets during the year,  including Alert, Sign and the majority of
its locomotive  lease fleet as part of the  restructuring  plan.  Also,  capital
expenditures  were  reduced in 1996,  and certain  overhead  costs were  reduced
through work force  reductions  at both the  operating  level and the  corporate
level.








                                       18

<PAGE>



         The following  table  summarizes  the net changes in cash flows for the
years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994:


                                                  Year Ended December 31,
                                           -----------------------------------
                                              1996         1995         1994
                                           ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                     (In thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in)
  Operating activities .................  $  43,368    $ (21,743)   $ (85,141)
  Investing activities .................     12,407      (15,408)     (36,941)
  Financing activities .................    (56,235)      30,388      120,463
  Effect of exchange rates on cash .....       --           --          2,207
                                           ---------    ---------    ---------  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash
 equivalents ...........................  $    (460)   $  (6,763)   $     588
                                           =========    =========    =========  

Cash and cash equivalents at end
  of year ..............................  $   5,236    $   5,696    $  12,459
                                            =========    =========    ========= 



         Net cash provided by operations  in 1996 was $43.4  million,  primarily
the result of net income of $11.5 million and working capital management. During
1996,  steps  were  taken to return  the  Company  to  profitability,  including
improving operations through production efficiencies and cutting overhead costs.
As a result of these  actions,  and  significantly  improved sales volume in the
Locomotive Group, the Company improved its financial condition and is positioned
for future growth. In addition,  inventories were reduced by $19 million in 1996
as the  Company  continued  to manage  assets and  improve  liquidity.  Non-cash
charges during the year for depreciation and amortization totaled $10.4 million.
         Net cash provided by investing activities in 1996 was $12.4 million. As
part of the Company's  restructuring  plan, non-core assets were sold during the
year,  generating net proceeds of $14.9 million.  Offsetting these proceeds were
capital additions of $4.1 million. Domestic capital spending during the year was
limited to normal  maintenance  items, with MK Gain  expenditures  being made in
accordance with contractual  obligations.  Other investing  activities  provided
cash of $1.6 million,  principally from the reduction of other long-term assets.
The Company anticipates a $10 million increase in capital  expenditures in 1997,
principally due to contractual  obligations at MK Gain and the construction of a
new facility at its Touchstone subsidiary.  This is a forward-looking statement.
Actual  capital  expenditures  could  vary  based on  availability  of  capital,
interest rate increases, site availability and changes in market conditions.
         Cash  used in  financing  activities  in 1996  totaled  $56.2  million,
primarily the result of the buy back of the note payable to Morrison Knudsen for
$34.6 million and the reduction of debt under credit  agreements of $17 million.
In  addition,  the  Company  also  used  funds to buy back the  preferred  stock
outstanding  for $1.1 million.  The repurchase of the Morrison  Knudsen note was
completed at a discount of approximately $22 million,  as the note plus interest
at the date of closing was $56.6 million.  This debt  repurchase was part of the
Company's overall strategy of reducing debt and improving liquidity. As a result
of the improved operating results, the proceeds from the sale of non-core assets
and funds  received from unsecured  notes related to the Company's  restructured
Argentina  investments,  the  Company  was able to pay down  amounts  owed under
existing credit agreements. Also, in December 1996, the Company restructured its
domestic credit

                                       19

<PAGE>



facility to reduce the cost of borrowing and increase net borrowing availability
through increases in the term loan portion of the facility,  and MK Gain entered
into a new credit  agreement which will provide up to $3.5 million in additional
financing to support investments in property, plant and equipment.

Currency Risks
         MK Gain is the source of foreign currency risks.  Under a contract with
the Mexican National Railway,  MK Gain provides locomotive fleet maintenance and
overhauls for 276 locomotives.  For its services, MK Gain receives a monthly fee
paid in Mexican pesos. As currency  exchange or inflation rates  fluctuate,  the
fee is adjusted periodically  (currently monthly) based on an escalation formula
in the contract.  In 1996, despite continued  fluctuation of the peso and a high
rate of Mexican  inflation,  the formula  effectively  preserved the U.S. dollar
value of the monthly fee.
         MotivePower  did,  however,  record a foreign currency gain of $169,000
for the year,  related to MK Gain's net peso  exposure.  Most goods and services
used in maintenance and overhaul activities are invoiced in U.S. dollars.
         The  Company  does  not  speculate  or  use  derivatives  in any of its
investment  decisions.  The Company  will  continue  to monitor its  exposure to
foreign currency risks and may adjust its strategy in the future.

Inflation
         General price  inflation in the United States has been moderate  during
the three-year  period ended December 31, 1996 and has not had a material impact
on the Company's  results of operations.  Some of the Company's  labor contracts
contain   negotiated   salary  and  benefit   increases,   and  others   contain
cost-of-living  adjustment  clauses  which  would cause the  Company's  costs to
automatically  increase if inflation were to become significant.  Because of the
competitive  nature of the Company's  business and its long-term  contract terms
and  conditions,  it is  possible  that the Company may be unable to pass on any
significant  inflationary  effects  to the  Company's  customers  in the form of
higher prices.  The Company's strategy for reducing the possible adverse effects
of higher inflation is to continue to adopt methods to increase productivity and
reduce manufacturing costs.

Stock Ownership
         Stock ownership  guidelines for the Company's  officers,  directors and
key managers, which sets minimum levels of Company stock ownership as a multiple
of annual salaries,  have been established as of March 1997. Their purpose is to
encourage  ownership of 10% or more of the Company's  stock within five years to
demonstrate an  owner/management  commitment to increase  long-term  stockholder
value.

                                       20

<PAGE>



Item 8.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




MotivePower Industries, Inc.                                              Page
                                                                          ----
Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, 
and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996
      Independent Auditors' Report....................................     22
      Consolidated Statements of Operations...........................     23
      Consolidated Balance Sheets.....................................     24
      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows...........................     25
      Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity......     27
      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements......................     28


                                       21

<PAGE>



                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


TO THE STOCKHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF MOTIVEPOWER INDUSTRIES, INC.:

         We have audited the  consolidated  financial  statements of MotivePower
Industries,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  listed in the  accompanying  index.  These
financial  statements are the  responsibility of the Company's  management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based on
our audits.
         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
         In our opinion, such consolidated  financial statements present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of MotivePower Industries, Inc.
and  subsidiaries  as of December  31,  1996 and 1995,  and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1996 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 10, 1997
(except for Note 7, as to which the date
is February 27, 1997 and Note 18, as to
which the date is March 6, 1997)





















                                       22

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                          MOTIVEPOWER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                     (Formerly known as MK Rail Corporation)
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    (Thousands of dollars except share data)


Year Ended December 31,
                                                                   1996            1995            1994
                                                              ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>             <C>         
Net sales .................................................   $    291,407    $    263,718    $    368,537
Cost of sales .............................................       (232,434)       (228,047)       (334,799)
Unusual items .............................................         (2,126)        (40,838)        (39,216)
                                                              ------------    ------------    ------------   

Gross profit (loss) .......................................         56,847          (5,167)         (5,478)

General and administrative expenses .......................        (32,615)        (45,946)        (41,125)
Research and development expense ..........................           --              --            (3,374)
                                                              ------------    ------------    ------------   

Operating income (loss) ...................................         24,232         (51,113)        (49,977)

Interest income ...........................................          1,981             951           1,979
Interest expense ..........................................         (9,143)         (9,602)         (6,724)
Other income ..............................................          1,565            --              --
Gain on sale of assets ....................................          1,483            --              --
Foreign exchange gain (loss) ..............................            169            (544)         (1,204)
                                                              ------------    ------------    ------------

Income (loss) before income taxes and minority interest ...         20,287         (60,308)        (55,926)
Income tax (expense) benefit ..............................         (7,714)         19,894          12,065
Minority interest in loss of subsidiary ...................           --              --             1,068
                                                              ------------    ------------    ------------   

Income (loss) before extraordinary item ...................         12,573         (40,414)        (42,793)
Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt,
net of income tax benefit of $687 .........................         (1,064)           --              --
                                                              ------------    ------------    ------------ 

Net income (loss) .........................................   $     11,509    $    (40,414)   $    (42,793)
                                                              ============    ============    ============  

Weighted average shares outstanding .......................     17,562,793      17,255,953      16,852,668
                                                              
Earnings (loss) per share:
Earnings (loss) before extraordinary item .................   $        .72    $      (2.34)   $       --
Extraordinary item ........................................           (.06)           --              --
                                                              ------------    ------------    ------------ 
Earnings (loss) ...........................................   $        .66    $      (2.34)   $       --
                                                              ============    ============    ============ 

Supplemental pro forma loss per share .....................   $       --      $       --      $      (2.47)

Dividends per share:
Other dividends ...........................................   $       --      $        .04    $        .12

Special dividend to Morrison Knudsen (on 11,149,000 shares)   $       --      $       --      $       3.19
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                       23

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                          MOTIVEPOWER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                     (Formerly known as MK Rail Corporation)
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    (Thousands of dollars except share data)


                                                                      December 31,
                                                         --------------------------------------
                                                             1996                      1995
ASSETS                                                   ------------              ------------
Current Assets:
<S>                                                      <C>                       <C>         
Cash and cash equivalents ..........................     $      5,236              $      5,696
Receivables from customers:
Billed, net of allowance for doubtful
accounts of $284 and $531, respectively ............           25,754                    29,684
Unbilled ...........................................              468                     3,922
Inventories ........................................           78,438                    99,459
Deferred income taxes ..............................            4,635                     1,082
Other current assets ...............................            2,638                     2,903
                                                         ------------              ------------
Total current assets ...............................          117,169                   142,746
Locomotive lease fleet, net ........................            2,083                    14,840
Property, plant and equipment:
Land ...............................................            1,193                     1,193
Buildings and improvements .........................           47,298                    40,952
Machinery and equipment ............................           39,136                    42,612
                                                         ------------              ------------   
Property, plant and equipment - cost ...............           87,627                    84,757
Less accumulated depreciation ......................          (43,644)                  (38,010)
                                                         ------------              ------------  
Property, plant and equipment - net ................           43,983                    46,747
Underbillings ......................................           19,561                    10,328
Deferred income taxes ..............................           15,348                    27,530
Goodwill and other intangibles .....................           24,637                    27,789
Other ..............................................           11,263                    10,968
                                                         ------------              ------------   
Total assets .......................................     $    234,044              $    280,948
                                                         ============              ============ 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt ..................     $     11,626              $        978
Current portion of note payable to Morrison Knudsen              --                      10,440
Accounts payable:
Trade ..............................................           13,470                    18,509
Morrison Knudsen ...................................             --                       2,348
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities .....           28,236                    33,271
Income taxes payable ...............................            1,957                       249
Revolving credit agreement borrowings ..............           22,431                    59,847
                                                         ------------              ------------    
Total current liabilities ..........................           77,720                   125,642
Long-term debt .....................................           15,535                     7,198
Note payable to Morrison Knudsen ...................             --                      41,655
Commitments and contingencies ......................           18,394                     9,299
Other ..............................................            1,415                     1,602
                                                         ------------              ------------  
Total liabilities ..................................          113,064                   185,396
                                                         ------------              ------------  
Redeemable Preferred Stock, par value
$.10 per share, authorized 10,000,000
shares, redemption price $100 per share;
shares issued 0 at December 31, 1996,
10,000 Class A, at December 31, l995 ...............             --                       1,025
                                                         ------------              ------------ 
Stockholders' Equity:
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share,
authorized 55,000,000 shares;
issued 17,562,793 shares ...........................              176                       176
Additional paid-in capital .........................          201,661                   186,681
Deficit ............................................          (75,629)                  (87,107)
Cumulative translation adjustments, net of tax .....           (5,105)                   (5,105)
Deferred compensation ..............................             (123)                     (118)
                                                         ------------              ------------   
Total stockholders' equity .........................          120,980                    94,527
                                                         ------------              ------------  
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .........     $    234,044              $    280,948
                                                         ============              ============  
</TABLE>











The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                       24

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                          MOTIVEPOWER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                     (formerly known as MK Rail Corporation)
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (Thousands of dollars)

                                                                     Year Ended December 31,
                                                               ------------------------------------
                                                                  1996         1995         1994
                                                               ----------   ----------   ---------- 
Operating Activities
- --------------------
<S>                                                            <C>          <C>          <C>       
Net income (loss) ..........................................   $  11,509    $ (40,414)   $ (42,793)
                                                               ----------   ----------   ----------  
Adjustments to reconcile net income
(loss) to net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities:
  Depreciation .............................................       6,950        8,209        8,315
  Amortization .............................................       3,407        3,123        3,317
  Extraordinary loss on extinguishment of debt (net of tax)        1,064         --           --
  Gain on sale of assets ...................................      (1,483)        --           --
  Deferred income taxes ....................................       5,403      (20,341)     (16,166)
  Provision for loss on disposition of Argentine operations         --           --         11,060
  Unusual Items ............................................       2,126       40,838         --
  Gain on sale of Talleres .................................        --           --         (1,255)
  Other, net ...............................................          82          194          105
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities
  net of 1994 purchase of Touchstone and the
  1996 sale of Alert and Sign:
    Receivables from customers .............................       5,787       13,090      (31,440)
    Inventories ............................................      19,088       (4,823)     (26,339)
    Other current assets ...................................      (2,919)          93       (2,763)
    Long-term lease ........................................        --           --        (12,297)
    Accounts payable .......................................      (4,162)      (9,866)      14,440
    Accrued expenses and other current liabilities .........      (5,054)      (2,241)      20,194
    Advances from customers ................................        --           --         (9,204)
    Income taxes payable ...................................       1,708          (74)      (2,218)
    Underbillings/overbillings .............................      (9,233)     (12,252)       2,778
    Commitments and contingencies ..........................       9,095        2,721        7,893
    Argentine operations - noncash charges
    and working capital changes ............................        --           --         (8,768)
                                                               ----------   ----------   ----------  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ........      43,368      (21,743)     (85,141)
                                                               ----------   ----------   ----------  
Investing Activities
- --------------------
Additions to property, plant and equipment .................      (4,063)      (8,565)     (21,041)
Proceeds from (additions to) locomotive lease fleet ........      10,071       (6,389)     (15,333)
Proceeds from sale of assets ...............................       4,838         --           --
Proceeds from sale of Talleres .............................        --           --          4,303
Purchase of Touchstone .....................................        --           --         (3,900)
Other, net .................................................       1,561         (454)        (970)
                                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ........      12,407      (15,408)     (36,941)
                                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   
Financing Activities
- --------------------
Repayment of preferred stock ...............................      (1,056)        --           --
Increase in intangibles ....................................      (1,228)      (2,688)        --
Increase in restricted cash ................................      (2,043)        (601)        --
Payments of long-term debt .................................      (2,461)        (475)     (36,922)
Net borrowings under credit agreements .....................     (16,970)      27,667       52,870
Change in payable to Morrison Knudsen ......................     (32,477)      11,628       41,581
Funding of MKA operations prior to disposition .............        --         (3,771)        --
Dividends paid .............................................        --         (1,372)     (36,972)
Proceeds from public sale of common stock ..................        --           --         88,237
Capital contributions ......................................        --           --         11,669
                                                               ----------   ----------   ----------  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ........     (56,235)      30,388      120,463
Effect of exchange rates on cash ...........................        --           --          2,207
                                                               ----------   ----------   ---------- 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents .......        (460)      (6,763)         588
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .............       5,696       12,459       11,871
                                                               ----------   ----------   ----------  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ...................   $   5,236    $   5,696    $  12,459
                                                               ==========   ==========   ==========  
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements 

                                       25

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                          MOTIVEPOWER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                     (formerly known as MK Rail Corporation)
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (Thousands of dollars)

                                                                   Year Ended December 31,
                                                                 ----------------------------
                                                                 1996        1995        1994
                                                                 ----        ----        ----
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>     
   Interest paid ..........................................  $  1,126    $  3,244    $  5,795
   Income taxes paid (refunded) ...........................      (169)        610       6,263

Noncash Investing and Financing Activities:
   Reduction of payable to Morrison Knudsen:
     Payable to Morrison Knudsen ..........................    18,816      29,500        --
     Additional paid-in capital ...........................   (14,902)    (18,600)       --
     Deferred income taxes ................................    (3,914)    (10,900)       --

   Deferred compensation ..................................        78          54         152

   Issuance of equity securities to settle obligation:
     Preferred stock ......................................      --        (1,000)       --
     Common stock .........................................      --            (5)       --
     Additional paid-in capital ...........................      --        (2,995)       --
     Commitments and contingencies ........................      --        (4,000)       --

   Acquisition of assets for stock:
      Property, plant and equipment and other assets ......      --          --        12,619
      Goodwill and other intangibles ......................      --          --        19,840
      Liabilities assumed .................................      --          --        (9,952)

   Additional paid-in capital .............................      --          --           241
   Exchange of locomotive lease for raw materials .........      --          --           910
   Assumption of debt .....................................      --          --       (22,900)

</TABLE>


















The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                       26

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                          MOTIVEPOWER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                     (Formerly known as MK Rail Corporation)
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                             (Thousands of dollars)

                                            Additional  Retained    Cumulative
                                   Common   Paid-In     Earnings    Translation    Deferred
                                   Stock    Capital     (Deficit)   Adjustments    Compensation
                                ---------   ---------   ---------   -----------    ------------

<S>                             <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>    
Balance December 31, 1993 ...   $     111   $  85,952    $  13,944    $      54    $    --

Net loss ....................        --          --        (42,793)        --           --
Proceeds from initial public
   offering, net of related
   expenses of $7,763 .......          60      88,177         --           --           --
Dividends, including special
   dividend .................        --       (20,525)     (17,133)        --           --
Capital contribution, net of
   debt assumed .............        --        11,276         --           --           --
Cumulative translation
   adjustment, net of
   deferred taxes of
   $1,145 ...................        --          --           --         (5,023)        --
Compensatory stock options
   granted ..................        --           152         --           --           (152)
Compensation expense ........        --          --           --           --             24
                                ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------    --------- 

Balance December 31, 1994 ...   $     171   $ 165,032    $ (45,982)   $  (4,969)   $    (128)
Net loss ....................        --          --        (40,414)        --           --
Dividends ...................        --          --           (686)        --           --
Sale of MKA, impact on
   cumulative translation
   adjustment ...............        --          --           --           (136)        --
Issuance of equity securities
   to settle litigation .....           5       2,995         --           --           --
Capital contribution,
   reduction of payable to
   Morrison Knudsen,
   net of deferred taxes
   of $10,900 ...............        --        18,600         --           --           --
Accretion of preferred
   stock ....................        --          --            (25)        --           --
Compensatory stock options
   granted ..................        --            54         --           --            (54)
Compensation expense ........        --          --           --           --             64
                                ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------  

Balance December 31, 1995 ...   $     176   $ 186,681    $ (87,107)   $  (5,105)   $    (118)
Net income ..................        --          --         11,509         --           --
Capital contribution,
   reduction of payable to
   Morrison Knudsen,
   net of deferred taxes
   of $ 3,914 ...............        --        14,902         --           --           --
Accretion of preferred
   stock ....................        --          --            (31)        --           --
Compensatory stock options
   granted ..................        --            78         --           --            (78)
Compensation expense ........        --          --           --           --             73
                                ---------   ---------    ---------    ---------    --------- 

Balance December 31, 1996 ...   $     176   $ 201,661    $ (75,629)   $  (5,105)   $    (123)
                                =========   =========    =========    =========    =========  


</TABLE>

                                       27

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

<PAGE>

                          MOTIVEPOWER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                     (Formerly known as MK Rail Corporation)
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.       Organization, Operations and Basis of Accounting
         The  consolidated   financial   statements   include  the  accounts  of
MotivePower  Industries,  Inc.  (the  "Company"),  formerly  known  as  MK  Rail
Corporation,  formed in April  1993,  which  was a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of
Morrison Knudsen Corporation ("Morrison Knudsen").  The Company acquired certain
assets of the Rail Systems Group of Morrison  Knudsen,  including the Locomotive
Division,  which have been included in the financial  statements for all periods
presented on a pooling-of-interests basis for entities under common control.
         On April 26,  1994,  the Company,  then a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of
Morrison  Knudsen,  commenced an initial public  offering of 6 million shares of
its Common Stock at an offering  price of $16 a share which  decreased  Morrison
Knudsen's interest in the Company to 65%. Effective as of September 11, 1996, as
part of its bankruptcy plan,  Morrison Knudsen  distributed all of its ownership
in the Company to its  creditors  and certain of its then current  stockholders.
Morrison Knudsen is no longer a stockholder in the Company.
         The Company and its  subsidiaries  design,  manufacture  and distribute
engineered   locomotive   components  and  parts;   provide   locomotive   fleet
maintenance,   overhauling  and  remanufacturing  locomotives;  and  manufacture
environmentally  friendly switcher,  commuter and mid-range DC traction,  diesel
electric and  liquefied  natural gas  locomotives  up to 4,000  horsepower.  The
consolidated financial statements include the following:

Subsidiaries (Wholly Owned):
Boise  Locomotive  Company  ("Boise  Locomotive"),   formed  in  1972,  performs
locomotive  remanufacturing,  overhauling  and  manufacturing  as its  principal
business.

Clark  Industries  Company  ("Clark"),  acquired in 1993, is a  manufacturer  of
cylinder heads, pistons and liner assemblies.

Engine Systems Company, Inc. (formerly known as MK Engine Systems Company, Inc.)
("Engine Systems"), formed in 1994, remanufactures turbochargers for locomotive,
industrial and marine engines.

MK Gain S.A. de C.V. ("MK Gain"), a Mexican variable stock corporation formed in
1994, performs  locomotive fleet maintenance as its principal  business,  almost
exclusively  for one  customer,  Ferrocarriles  Nacionales  de Mexico  ("Mexican
National Railway").

Motor Coils  Manufacturing  Company  ("Motor  Coils"),  acquired  in 1991,  is a
remanufacturer  of locomotive  traction  motors and a  manufacturer  of rotating
electrical components.

Power Parts Company ("Power Parts"),  acquired in 1992, is a supplier of new and
replacement engine and nonengine parts for locomotives.

                                       28

<PAGE>



Touchstone   Company   ("Touchstone"),    acquired   in   1994,    manufactures,
remanufactures  and  distributes   locomotive  radiators,   oil  coolers,  brake
adjusters and other industrial heat exchangers.

Affiliates:
MK Rail Systems of Argentina,  S.A.,  the  Company's 19%  investment in Morrison
Knudsen Rail Systems of Argentina, S.A. ("MKRSA"), is accounted for by the cost
method and has been valued at zero.

Trenes de Buenos Aires S.A.  ("TBA"),  a 19%-owned  affiliate  which  operates a
concession contract to operate the Mitre and Sarmiento railway passenger lines
in Buenos Aires is accounted for by the cost method and has been valued at zero.

         On July 6, 1995,  the Company sold its interest in Morrison  Knudsen of
Australia,  Ltd.  (MKA) to  Morrison  Knudsen.  In  consideration,  the  Company
received a nominal cash payment and MKA's  redeemable  preferred stock bearing a
9% cumulative dividend. The Company has valued this stock at zero.

         On October 25, 1996, the Company sold  substantially  all of the assets
of the  Company's  Power  Parts  Sign Co.  ("Sign")  for $1.3  million  plus the
assumption of certain trade payables. In addition, on July 26, 1996, the Company
sold  substantially  all of the assets of the Company's Alert  Manufacturing and
Supply Co.  ("Alert") for $3.9 million plus the  assumption of trade payables of
$750,000. The Company recorded gains of $783,000 and $700,000 on the sale of the
assets of Sign and Alert, respectively.

2.       Significant Accounting Policies
 Principles of Consolidation:  The consolidated financial statements include the
accounts  of the  Company  and  all of its  majority-owned  subsidiaries.  Sales
between the Company and its  subsidiaries  are billed at prices  consistent with
sales to third  parties and are  eliminated  in  consolidation.  Investments  in
affiliates in which the  Company's  ownership is less than 20% are accounted for
using the cost method.

 Revenue   Recognition:   The  Company   recognizes   revenues   on   locomotive
remanufacturing    and   manufacturing    contracts   on   the   percentage   of
completion-units  delivered method,  and on component part sales when product is
shipped to the customer.  Contract  revenues and cost estimates are reviewed and
revised periodically and adjustments are reflected in the accounting period when
known.  Provisions  are made  currently  for  estimated  losses  on  uncompleted
contracts.  Unbilled accounts receivable  represent shipments for which invoices
have not been processed.
         Revenue  recognized on the MK Gain  long-term  maintenance  contract is
based upon a percentage  of the expected  gross  margin.  Under the terms of the
maintenance  contract,  significant  costs  are  incurred  in  the  early  years
(locomotive overhauls and fleet normalization), while payments from the customer
remain  relatively  constant  throughout  the life of the  contract.  By using a
percentage  of  the  expected  gross  margin  to  recognize  revenue  under  the
maintenance contract appropriate  consideration is given to the risks associated
with  the  contract.   Costs  and  estimated  earnings  in  excess  of  billings
("Underbillings")  and  billings  in  excess  of costs  and  estimated  earnings
("Overbillings")  on the contract in progress are recorded on the balance  sheet
and are classified as current or non-current  based upon the expected  timing of
their realization or liquidation.

                                       29

<PAGE>



         Remanufactured locomotives are warranted for a period from one to three
years,  and  component  parts are warranted for a period from one to four years.
Additionally,  the Company  provides an overhaul  reserve on owned  locomotives.
Estimated costs for product warranty are recognized at the time the products are
sold. Overhaul reserves are recorded on a straight-line basis over the period of
time from  acquisition  of the  locomotive to the estimated  date of the related
overhaul.  Warranty  and  overhaul  reserves of $7.1 million and $4.4 million at
December 31, 1996 and 1995,  respectively,  are included in accrued  expenses in
the consolidated balance sheets.
         The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities at the
date of the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of  revenues  and
expenses  during the reporting  period.  Actual  results could differ from those
estimates.

Cash Equivalents:  Cash equivalents consist of investments in highly liquid debt
securities  having an original maturity of three months or less. Such securities
are considered to be held to maturity.

Inventories:  Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Locomotive
inventories under long-term  contracts consist of actual direct material,  labor
and  manufacturing  overhead and are allocated to individual  units based on the
estimated  average  production  costs of units to be produced  under a contract.
Locomotive  inventories  under  contract  were $3.5  million and $2.5 million at
December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  Component part inventories are valued
at purchase cost using the last-in first-out (LIFO) method or average production
cost.

Credit Risks:  Financial  instruments which  potentially  subject the Company to
concentrations   of  credit  risk  consist  of  cash  equivalents  and  accounts
receivable.  The Company, by policy, limits the amount of credit exposure to any
one financial institution and places its investments with financial institutions
that the Company  believes  are  financially  sound.  The Company  provides  its
products and services to the Class I Railroads in North America, to metropolitan
transit  and  commuter  rail  authorities,  to  Amtrak,  to  original  equipment
manufacturers and to other customers internationally.  A relatively small number
of customers has represented a significant  percentage of the Company's revenues
in most years. Collectively, the Company's top five customers accounted for 63%,
62%,  and 57% of  sales  in the  years  ended  December  1996,  1995  and  1994,
respectively.  The Company performs ongoing credit  evaluations of its customers
and their accounts with the Company.  The Company  historically has not incurred
any significant credit-related losses.

Locomotive  Lease Fleet:  Equipment on operating  leases  includes the Company's
locomotive lease fleet. The locomotives are depreciated on a straight-line basis
over their  estimated  useful  lives of five to 15 years.  Cost and  accumulated
depreciation   at  December  31,  1996  were  $3.6  million  and  $1.5  million,
respectively.  Cost and accumulated depreciation at December 31, 1995 were $17.9
million and $3.1 million, respectively.

Property,  Plant and  Equipment:  Buildings and  improvements  and machinery and
equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated on the straight-line  method over
periods from three to 30 years. The cost and accumulated depreciation associated
with property and equipment that is disposed of are removed from the

                                       30

<PAGE>



accounts,  and gains or losses  from such  disposals  are  included  in  income.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized on the straight-line method
over the terms of the related leases.  Expenditures  for repairs and maintenance
are charged to expense as incurred.

Goodwill and Other  Intangibles:  Goodwill and other intangibles  consist of the
following:

         Goodwill - Cost in excess of tangible assets of businesses  acquired in
         purchase  transactions is amortized on the straight-line method over 15
         years from the date of acquisition.  The  unamortized  cost of goodwill
         was $17.8  million at December  31, 1996 and $19.5  million at December
         31, 1995.

         Covenants  Not To Compete - These  agreements  are recorded at cost and
         amortized on the straight-line method over the terms of the agreements.
         Terms of the agreements  range from three to 10 years.  The unamortized
         cost was $4.5 million at December 31, 1996 and $5.3 million at December
         31, 1995.

         Loan  Origination Fees - These fees are associated with the origination
         of the Company's  debt.  The fees are recorded at cost and amortized on
         the  straight-line  method  over  the  terms  of  the  respective  loan
         agreements.  The unamortized cost was $2.1 million at December 31, 1996
         and $2.5 million at December 31, 1995.

         Patent Costs - Patent costs related to proprietary technology have been
         deferred  and are  amortized  on the  straight-line  method  over three
         years.  The  unamortized  cost was  $217,000 at  December  31, 1996 and
         $417,000 at December 31, 1995.

         Accumulated amortization at December 31, 1996 and 1995 was $8.0 million
and $4.1  million,  respectively.  The  Company  evaluates  the  realization  of
intangible assets on a quarterly basis and adjusts,  if necessary,  the carrying
value or useful life accordingly.

Research  and  Development:  Research  and  development  costs are  expensed  as
incurred  and  include  research  and  development   expenses  for  new  product
development and costs to improve existing products.  The Company does not engage
in research and  development  activities in the normal  course of business,  but
rather in point of use engineering.

Foreign  Currency  Translation:  During 1995,  due to changes in the sourcing of
component  parts to U.S.  suppliers  at MK Gain and the U.S.  dollar-denominated
financing  secured  by MK  Gain  in  1995,  it was  determined  that  MK  Gain's
functional  currency was the U.S.  dollar and not the Mexican peso. As a result,
MK Gain  remeasures  monetary  assets and liabilities at year end exchange rates
and inventory,  property and  nonmonetary  assets and  liabilities at historical
rates. Income and expense accounts are remeasured at the average rates in effect
during the year,  except that  depreciation,  amortization and cost of sales are
remeasured at historical rates. Adjustments resulting from the remeasurement are
included in the result of operations as they occur.  Gains and losses  resulting
from foreign currency transactions are

                                       31

<PAGE>



included  in  income  based  upon  the  provisions  of  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting Standards No. 52 Foreign Currency Translation. MK Gain has a contract
that provides for escalation  adjustments to the base contract based upon, among
other things,  changes in the exchange rate.  Such  escalation  adjustments  are
included in revenues when realized.

Income Taxes: The provision for income taxes includes federal, state and foreign
income  taxes  currently  payable  and those  deferred  or  prepaid  because  of
temporary  differences  between the financial  statement and tax basis of assets
and liabilities. The carrying amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities are
determined based on differences  between the financial statement amounts and the
tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect in the
years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company has recorded
a net deferred tax asset of $20 million reflecting the benefit of $71 million in
loss  carryforwards,  which  expire in varying  amounts  between  2004 and 2010.
Realization  is  dependent  on  generating  sufficient  taxable  income prior to
expiration  of the loss  carryforwards.  Although  realization  is not  assured,
management  believes it is more likely than not that the net  deferred tax asset
will be realized.

Asset Impairment: In March 1995, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
121  "Accounting  for the  Impairment  of Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived
Assets to be Disposed of" ("SFAS 121") was issued.  The Company adopted SFAS 121
on January 1, 1996. Adoption of SFAS 121 did not have an effect on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.

Stock-based  Compensation:  In October 1995,  Statement of Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 123  "Accounting for  Stock-Based  Compensation"  ("SFAS 123") was
issued. SFAS 123 is effective for transactions entered into in fiscal years that
begin after December 15, 1995. The Company  adopted SFAS 123 on January 1, 1996,
and  as  permitted  by  that  standard  the  Company  retained  the  recognition
provisions of Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion Number 25.  Adoption of SFAS
123 did not have an impact on the  Company's  financial  position  or results of
operations.

Environmental  Remediation Liabilities:  In October 1996, the American Institute
of  Certified   Public   Accountants   issued   Statement   of  Position   96-1,
"Environmental  Remediation Liabilities" ("SOP 96-1"). SOP 96-1 is effective for
fiscal years  beginning  after December 15, 1996. The Company  believes that its
liabilities  have been  recorded  in  compliance  with SOP 96-1 and,  therefore,
implementation  of SOP 96-1  will  have no  impact  on the  Company's  financial
position or results of operations.

Reclassifications: Certain reclassifications have been made to the 1995 and 1994
financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

                                       32

<PAGE>


3.       Unusual Items
         The Company  incurred  charges for Unusual Items in 1996, 1995 and 1994
which consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                           December 31,
                                                                  ---------------------------
                                                                     1996      1995      1994
                                                                  -------   -------   -------
                                                                          (In thousands)

<S>                                                               <C>       <C>       <C>  
Provisions for impaired assets and lease losses ...............   $ 2,126   $  --     $  --
High horsepower locomotive manufacturing and technology .......      --      20,273     8,398
Mountaintop facility writedown ................................      --       9,570      --
Locomotive lease fleet impairment .............................      --       7,064      --
Provision for loss on disposition of Australian operations ....      --       2,849      --
Contract losses ...............................................      --         500    12,418
Provision for loss on disposition of Argentine operations .....      --        --      11,060
Legal and finance (primarily attributable to stockholder
   litigation), Other .........................................      --         582     7,340
                                                                  -------   -------   ------- 
                                                                  $ 2,126   $40,838   $39,216
                                                                  =======   =======   =======
</TABLE>


         Year Ended December 31, 1996
         As a continuation of the restructuring plan of the Company, which began
in early 1996,  charges were incurred due to the  impairment of certain  assets,
facility rationalization and the restructuring of lease commitments.

         Year Ended December 31, 1995
         Charges for Unusual Items in 1995 were incurred  principally due to the
Company's exit from the high-horsepower  locomotive  manufacturing business, the
writedown  of  the  Mountaintop  production  facility,  the  impairment  of  the
locomotive  lease  fleet  and  the  disposition  of  the  Company's   Australian
operations.  These charges were incurred as part of the Company's  restructuring
plan,  which  would  allow  the  Company  to  concentrate  efforts  on its  core
businesses.

         Year Ended December 31, 1994
         Charges  for  Unusual  Items in 1994  were  incurred  due to  losses on
high-horsepower   locomotive  manufacturing,   contract  losses  for  locomotive
remanufacturing,  maintenance  contracts,  and  losses on certain  contracts  in
Australia,  the restructuring and disposition of Argentine  operations and legal
costs incurred in connection with stockholder  litigation.  In 1994, the Company
experienced  significant  operational  and  financial  management  turnover  and
incurred charges to provide for the losses on previously  underbid contracts and
the decision to terminate manufacturing operations in Argentina.





                                       33

<PAGE>




4.       Inventories
         Inventories consist of the following:


                                                                  December 31,
                                                             -------------------
                                                                1996        1995
                                                             -------     -------
                                                                (In thousands)
Raw materials ..........................................     $50,699     $74,251
Work in process ........................................      13,912      14,279
Finished goods .........................................      13,827      10,929
                                                             -------     -------

Total inventories ......................................     $78,438     $99,459
                                                             =======     =======


         Approximately  $34  million  and $37  million of total  inventories  at
December 31, 1996 and 1995,  respectively,  were valued on the LIFO cost method,
and the excess of current  replacement cost of these inventories over the stated
LIFO value was $902,000 and $3.6 million,  at December 31, 1996 and December 31,
1995,  respectively.  Two of the Company's domestic subsidiaries value inventory
on the LIFO basis.

5.       Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
         Accrued  expenses  and  other  current   liabilities   consist  of  the
following:


                                                                  December 31,
                                                               -----------------
                                                                  1996      1995
                                                               -------   -------
                                                                 (In thousands)
Accrued payroll and benefits ..........................        $ 8,075   $ 8,260
Warranty and overhaul accruals ........................          7,053     4,402
Reserve for future losses .............................          2,085    12,308
Other accrued liabilities .............................         11,023     8,301
                                                               -------   -------

     Total ............................................        $28,236   $33,271
                                                               =======   =======


6.       Underbillings
         During  1994,  MK Gain  entered  into a  long-term  contract to provide
maintenance and other locomotive services.  Details relative to cumulative costs
incurred and revenue recognized are as follows:

                                                              December 31,
                                                         ----------------------
                                                            1996         1995
                                                         ---------    ---------
                                                             (In thousands)
Costs incurred .......................................   $ 101,326    $  56,602
Estimated earnings ...................................      12,682        6,655
                                                         ---------    --------- 
                                                           114,008       63,257
Less billings to date ................................     (94,447)     (52,929)
                                                         ---------    --------- 
Underbillings ........................................   $  19,561    $  10,328
                                                         =========    =========
                                                                         
7.       Indebtedness

         In August  1995,  the Company and its  subsidiaries  entered into a $75
million loan agreement (the "Loan  Agreement") with BankAmerica  Business Credit
("BABC")  which  provided  for  revolving  borrowings  based on the  amounts  of
eligible  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  and  certain  other  assets  which,
together  with  property,  plant  and  equipment,   collateralized  the  amounts
borrowed.
         The Loan  Agreement was modified  several times during 1995 and 1996 to
revise covenants, provide for term borrowings, and various other provisions and,
on September 10, 1996, was amended and renamed the Amended and Restated Loan and
Security  Agreement  (the  "Restated  Agreement").  On December  31,  1996,  the
Restated  Agreement was modified to effect  reductions  in rates on  borrowings,
reinstate the Company's ability to convert borrowings to LIBOR-based rather than
base-rate  loans,  and to provide for a September 30, 1997  termination date for
the Restated  Agreement  at which time all  outstanding  principal  and interest
would  become  due.  In  connection  with  the  modifications  to  the  Restated
Agreement, the Company repaid amounts owed certain participating lenders who are
no longer  lenders  under the Restated  Agreement,  as modified,  and paid early
termination   fees  to  those  lenders.   The  early   termination  fees  and  a
proportionate  unamortized portion of previously incurred deferred debt issuance
costs were expensed as an extraordinary item of $1,751,000 in the 1996 statement
of operations.
         Under the terms of the Restated  Agreement,  as modified,  the interest
rate on amounts drawn under the revolving portion of the facility was reduced to
the base rate  plus .5% (as  compared  to the  prior  rate of the base rate plus
1.5%),  and the rate on the term loan portion of the facility was reduced to the
base rate plus .75%  (compared  to the prior rate of the base rate plus  1.75%).
Additionally,  the  modifications  enabled  the  Company  to  convert  revolving
base-rate borrowings to LIBOR-based  borrowings at LIBOR plus 2%. Under both the
Loan  Agreement  and the Restated  Agreement,  the Company was required to pay a
monthly fee based on the unused portion of its borrowing  capacity.  At December
31, 1996 and 1995,  balances  outstanding under the Restated  Agreement and Loan
Agreement  were  $29.8  million  and $59.8  million,  respectively,  and  unused
borrowing   capacity  at  those  dates  was  $22.8  million  and  $3.1  million,
respectively.  The interest  rates in effect on amounts  borrowed at Decmber 31,
1996 ranged from 8.75% to 9.00%, and at December 31,1995 was 10%.
         The Restated Agreement provides for a maximum of $10 million of letters
of credit, of which  approximately  $4.3 million was outstanding at December 31,
1996.  The Company pays a monthly fee of 1.5% per annum on the undrawn amount of
outstanding letters of credit.
         The  Restated   Agreement  provides  certain   restrictive   covenants,
including  attaining a minimum  consolidated  tangible  net worth,  fixed charge
coverage,  limitations on capital  expenditures,  restrictions on the payment of
dividends and other financial covenants.
         In November 1995,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board Emerging
Issues Task Force  reached a consensus on issue  number  95-22,  "Balance  Sheet
Classification of Borrowings  Outstanding under Revolving Credit Agreements that
Include both a Subjective Acceleration Clause and a Lock-Box  Arrangement"("EITF
95-22").  In accordance with EITF 95-22,  the Company has classified the balance
of the revolving loans due under the Loan Agreement as current.
         On February  27,  1997,  the Company and a syndicate of lenders led  by
Bank of America NT and SA entered  into a Second  Amended  and  Restated  Credit
Agreement to replace the Company's  Restated  Agreement  with BABC. The facility
consists  of a $20  million  amortizing  term loan and a $55  million  revolving
credit line including a $15 million letter of credit subfacility. The entire $75
million  facility  is  for a  term  of  four  years  and  is  collateralized  by
substantially  all of the domestic assets of the Company.  Interest rate spreads
charged  under the new facility  will reset at the end of each quarter  based on
the ratio of the Company's  quarter-ending  debt to trailing 12-month cash flow.
Both base rate and LIBOR

                                       34

<PAGE>



borrowings are available, at the Company's discretion. Interest rates range from
LIBOR plus  0.50% to LIBOR plus 2.0%,  and base rate plus 0.0% to base rate plus
1.0%. For the first six months of the facility,  interest rates may not go below
LIBOR  plus 1.0% for  LIBOR-based  borrowings,  and base rate plus 0.0% for base
rate borrowings.
         On July 6, 1995, MK Gain entered into a $30 million loan agreement (the
"Agreement")  with  Bancomer,  S.A.  ("Bancomer"),  a  Mexican  bank.  Under the
Agreement,  Bancomer  will  advance  up to $30  million  to  finance  85% of the
purchase price of U.S.-manufactured  locomotive parts and components exported to
Mexico for use in the overhaul of  locomotives  in  connection  with the Mexican
National  Railway  contract.  Each  advance  under the  Agreement  is subject to
interest at the Funding  Rate  (5.9180% to 6.0625% at  December  31,  1996),  as
defined in the  Agreement  plus 2.5%.  The  Canadian  Imperial  Bank of Commerce
("CIBC") has agreed to fund Bancomer in connection  with this  transaction.  The
Export-Import  Bank of the  United  States  ("Eximbank")  has  issued  a  credit
guarantee which covers  repayment risk between  Bancomer and CIBC. Upon funding,
Eximbank receives,  from MK Gain, an Exposure Fee equal to 4.14% of each advance
under the Agreement.
         Advances  under the  Agreement  will be drawn over a period of up to 36
months  from July 6, 1995 as  documents  evidencing  MK Gain's  receipt  of U.S.
exports are  presented  to the  satisfaction  of  Bancomer,  CIBC and  Eximbank.
Principal and interest payments on each advance are to be made in 10 semi-annual
installments  due on May 15 and November 15 of each year with interest  payments
beginning May 15, 1996 and principal  payments  beginning November 15, 1996. The
Agreement  provides for a prepayment  penalty under certain  circumstances.  The
balance  outstanding  at  December  31,  1996 and 1995  was $18  million  and $6
million,  respectively.  Maturities under the Agreement are as follows:  1997 to
2000 - $3,888,000 annually; and 2001 - $2,479,000.
         The Agreement contains certain covenants,  including a requirement that
MK Gain maintain specified  cash-flow-to-debt-service and debt-to-equity ratios.
Additionally,  the return of $13.7 million of the initial  equity  investment to
the Company from MK Gain is restricted by a subordination  agreement. If MK Gain
maintains specified operating and financial ratios, the subordination  agreement
permits payments of interest and principal on the intercompany debt concurrently
with payments to Bancomer under the Agreement.
         In  connection  with  the  Agreement,  MK  Gain  entered  into a  trust
agreement  ("Trust  Agreement")  with a  Mexican  multiple  banking  institution
("Trustee").  The Trust  Agreement  provides  that all monies  received from the
Mexican  National Railway contract are to be deposited into a trust. The Trustee
is required to maintain  specified  balances in a reserve fund  established  for
debt service.  Once required debt service and other payments have been made, any
remaining  amounts in excess of the reserve fund requirements are to be returned
to MK Gain.  Amounts held in trust at the balance  sheet date are  classified as
restricted  cash and have  been  included  in other  non-current  assets  in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 1996 and 1995.
         On December 16, 1996, MK Gain and Bancomer  amended the Agreement.  The
amendment is intended to provide MK Gain with greater  financial  flexibility by
way of, among other modifications,  an increase in the maximum permitted monthly
disbursement  from $1.1  million to $1.5  million,  an  increase  in the maximum
amount of principal  that MK Gain is permitted  to have  outstanding  under this
facility from $23.5 million to $27.1 million, a change in the calculation of the
success fee payable to Bancomer  from 5.56% of net  after-tax  cash flow without
limitation to a series of 11 fixed semi-annual  payments of $75,000 each, and an
initial  payment of $90,000 which was made in December  1996.  The amendment did
not modify the interest rate or term of the facility.

                                       35

<PAGE>



         On  December  16,  1996,  MK Gain  entered  into an  additional  credit
agreement  with  Bancomer  which will provide up to $3.5 million in U.S.  dollar
financing,  non-recourse  to  MotivePower,  to support MK Gain's  investments in
property,  plant and  equipment.  At  December  31,  1996 and 1995,  a  domestic
subsidiary of the Company had other outstanding debt obligations of $1.8 million
and  $2.2  million,   respectively.   These  obligations  consist  primarily  of
Industrial  Revenue Bonds ("IRB") in the amount of $1.4 million in 1996 and $1.6
million in 1995, and bear interest at rates ranging from 4.5% to 10%. Maturities
under these  obligations at December 31, 1996 were as follows:  1997 - $411,000;
1998 - $444,000;  1999 - $477,000;  and 2000 - $471,000.  Total maturities under
long-term  obligations  are as follows:  1997 - $11,626,000;  1998 - $4,332,000;
1999 - $4,365,000; 2000 - $4,359,000; 2001 - $2,479,000.

8.       Redeemable Preferred Stock
         In  September  1995,  the Company  deposited  10,000  shares of Class A
Preferred  Stock  into  a  joint  settlement  account  in  connection  with  the
settlement  of certain  class action  suits.  Effective as of May 15, 1996,  the
Company  exercised  its right to  replace  the Class A  Preferred  Stock with $1
million  in cash and  issued  10,000  shares of Class B  Preferred  Stock to The
Fidelity & Casualty Company of New York in  consideration  of $1 million,  which
was in turn paid to the  plaintiffs  to satisfy  the  Company's  obligations  to
settle the class action suits, and all of the previously  issued shares of Class
A Preferred Stock were simultaneously canceled. On December 6, 1996, the Company
exercised  its  option  to  redeem  all of the  outstanding  shares  of  Class B
Preferred Stock at a price of $1.1 million including accrued dividends.

9.       Stock Option Plans
         The Company has  established two stock option plans which are described
below.  The  Company  applies  APB  Opinion 25 and  related  Interpretations  in
accounting for its plans.
         The compensation cost that has been charged against income was $775,000
and  $63,000  for 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  Had  compensation  cost for the
Company's plans been  determined  based on the fair value at the grant dates for
awards under those plans  consistent  with the method of SFAS 123, the Company's
net  income and  earnings  per share  would  have been  reduced to the pro forma
amounts indicated below:

                                                       1996              1995
                                                       ----              ----

Net income (loss)             As reported....       $   11,509      $   (40,414)
                              Pro forma......       $   11,104      $   (40,414)

Earnings (loss) per share     As reported....       $        .66    $     (2.34)
                              Pro forma......       $        .63    $     (2.34)

         The following  weighted-average  assumptions  were used to estimate the
fair  value of each  option  grant on the grant  date  using  the  Black-Scholes
option-pricing  model in 1996 and  1995,  respectively;  dividend  yield of zero
percent for all years;  expected  volatility  of 72% and 69%; risk free interest
rates of 6.5% and 6.0%; and expected lives of 10 years for all plans.
         In  the  MotivePower   Industries,   Inc.  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (the
"Incentive  Plan"),  a maximum  of 2.5  million  shares  may be issued  upon the
exercise of stock options granted or through limited stock appreciation  rights.
Officers and other key employees of the Company or its subsidiaries are eligible
to receive awards.  The exercise price, term and other conditions  applicable to
each award are determined by

                                       36

<PAGE>



the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors at the time of the grant of
each award and may vary with each award granted.  Awards,  which are made at not
less  than  current  market  prices  at date of  grant,  have  been  granted  to
executives and directors  under the Incentive Plan in the form of stock options.
Options  granted  generally  vest either over a  five-year  period,  20% on each
anniversary  date  following  the  grant,  or a  four-year  period  25% on  each
anniversary  date following the grant.  All unexercised  options expire 10 years
from the date of grant, subject to acceleration in certain cases.
         Restricted  stock awards for a total of 150,000 shares of the Company's
Common Stock have been granted to certain key management employees. The weighted
average grant date fair value of  restricted  stock granted was $5.27 per share.
Sale restrictions on the restricted stock lapse between January 1, 1997 and June
30,  2001.  The Company  recorded an expense of $155,000 in 1996  related to the
restricted stock.
         In the MotivePower Industries,  Inc. Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee
Directors (the  "Non-Employee  Directors Plan"), a maximum of 150,000 shares may
be granted. The price per share of the options shall be equal to 50% of the fair
market value of the stock on the grant date. All options granted shall vest over
a three-year period,  one-third on each anniversary date. Unearned compensation,
representing the difference  between the fair market value at the grant date and
the exercise price is charged to income over the vesting period.
         A summary of the status of the  Company's  two stock option plans as of
December  31,  1996 and 1995 and the  changes  during the years  ending on those
dates is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                    1996                      1995
                                                          ------------------------   --------------------------                 

                                                                        Weighted                    Weighted
                                                                        Average                     Average            
                                                                        Exercise                    Exercise 
                                                           Shares       Price           Shares      Price
                                                          ----------    -----------   ----------    -----------

<S>                                                       <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>      
Outstanding at beginning of year ......................   1, 271,000    $  5.26        1,476,250    $   14.91
Granted ...............................................    1,261,500    $  4.96          532,000    $    7.72
Forfeited .............................................     (792,000)   $ 10.59         (737,250)   $   15.82
                                                          ----------                  -----------

Outstanding at end of year ............................    1,740,500    $  7.08        1,271,000    $    5.26
                                                          ==========                   ========== 


Options exercisable at year end .......................      457,396                     313,292
Weighted average fair value of options
granted during the year ...............................    $    3.98                   $    6.20

</TABLE>










                                       37

<PAGE>



         The  following  table  summarizes   information   about  stock  options
outstanding at December 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                       Options Outstanding                         Options Exercisable
                        ------------------------------------------------------    -----------------------------

                                         Weighted Average       Weighted                         Weighted
Range of                Number           Remaining              Average           Number         Average
Exercise Prices         Outstanding      Contractual Life       Exercise price    Exercisable    Exercise Price
- ---------------         -----------      ----------------       --------------    -----------    --------------
   
<C>      <C>                <C>              <C>                      <C>           <C>            <C>        
$4.75 to $16.00             374,000          7.5                     $  14.26       282,500        $     13.74
$5.375 to $8.00             105,000          8.6                     $   7.00        41,396        $      6.64
$2.84 to $8.00            1,261,500          9.3                     $   4.96       150,000        $      3.81
                          ---------                                                 -------        
                   
                          1,740,500                                                 457,396
                          =========                                                 =======
                   
</TABLE>


10.      Taxes on Income
         The Company and its domestic  subsidiaries file a consolidated  federal
income tax return and certain combined or separate state income tax returns.  MK
Gain files an income tax return in Mexico. For tax periods ended prior to May 3,
1994,  the Company  filed  consolidated  federal  income tax returns and certain
combined  state income tax returns with Morrison  Knudsen and its  subsidiaries.
The  Company is  responsible  for all taxes  attributable  to the  Company  with
respect to periods ending after May 3, 1994.
         The components of income tax (expense) benefit are as follows:


                                           Year ended December 31,
                                      --------------------------------
                                        1996        1995        1994
                                               (In thousands)
                                      --------    --------    --------          

Currently payable:
         U.S. federal ............   $ (1,687)   $   --      $ (2,370)
         State and local .........       (625)       (447)       (505)
         Foreign .................       --          --          (133)
                                     --------    --------    --------
                                       (2,312)       (447)     (3,008)
                                     --------    --------    --------  
Deferred:
         U.S. federal ............     (4,235)     16,957      15,067
         State and local .........        345       3,172         332
         Foreign .................     (1,512)        212        (326)
                                     --------    --------    --------    
                                       (5,402)     20,341      15,073
                                     --------    --------    --------
                                                             
Total income tax (expense) benefit   $ (7,714)   $ 19,894    $ 12,065
                                     ========    ========    ========
                                                            

         For the year ended  December  31,  1996,  income tax  expense  was $7.7
million,  and the extraordinary loss on debt  extinguishment  produced an income
tax benefit of $687,000.

                                       38

<PAGE>



         As discussed in Note 12, on September 10, 1996, the Company repurchased
for $34.6  million all of the debt plus accrued  interest of the Company owed to
Morrison Knudsen, which totaled $56.6 million. This settlement decreased the net
deferred  tax asset by $3.9  million.  On June 15, 1995 the Company and Morrison
Knudsen  entered into an agreement  under which the Company's  net  intercompany
account was reduced by $29.5 million. This settlement decreased the net deferred
tax asset by $10.9 million.
         At December 31, 1996, MK Gain had a net operating loss  carryforward of
approximately  $23.4 million expiring in various amounts during  2004-2005,  and
the Company had a consolidated  U.S. federal net operating loss  carryforward of
approximately  $48 million expiring in various amounts during 2009- 2010. Due to
an ownership  change on September 11, 1996, the Company will be restricted as to
annual use of certain tax attributes.
         For the years ended  December  31, 1996,  1995 and 1994 foreign  income
(loss) before income tax (benefit) was $4.6 million,  ($3.2) million and ($12.3)
million, respectively.
         Deferred  tax assets and  liabilities  as of December 31, 1996 and 1995
consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  December 31, 1996                 December 31, 1995
                                            ----------------------------      ------------------------------
                                            Assets   Liabilities   Total      Assets    Liabilities    Total
                                            ------   -----------   -----      ------    -----------    -----                        
                                                    (In thousands)                    (In thousands)
Provision for estimated
<S>                                       <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
   losses .............................   $ 18,624    $  --      $ 18,624    $ 22,818    $   --      $ 22,818
Depreciation ..........................       --       (3,022)     (3,022)       --        (5,753)     (5,753)
Revenue recognition ...................       --       (3,293)     (3,293)       --        (5,230)     (5,230)
Employee benefit plans ................      2,249       --         2,249       1,246        --         1,246
Deferred costs ........................       --         (538)       (538)       --        (1,834)     (1,834)
Affiliate earnings ....................      3,222       --         3,222       3,519        --         3,519
Other .................................        260       --           260         854        --           854
Net operating loss
   carryforwards ......................      8,792       --         8,792      22,400        --        22,400
                                          --------    -------    --------    --------    --------    --------

Subtotal ..............................     33,147     (6,853)     26,294      50,837     (12,817)     38,020
Valuation allowance ...................     (6,311)      --        (6,311)     (9,408)       --        (9,408)
                                          --------    -------    --------    --------    --------    --------

Net deferred tax assets
   (liabilities) ......................   $ 26,836    $(6,853)   $ 19,983    $ 41,429    $(12,817)   $ 28,612
                                          ========    =======    ========    ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>


         A valuation  allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company
has   established  a  valuation   allowance  for  certain  net  operating   loss
carryforwards not expected to be utilized and for losses  anticipated to produce
no tax benefit.









                                       39

<PAGE>



         The  provision  for income  taxes  differ from the amounts  computed by
applying the statutory U.S. Corporate income tax rate of 35% for all years shown
for the following reasons:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                    Year ended December 31,
                                                                -------------------------------
                                                                  1996        1995      1994
                                                                -------    --------    --------                       
                                                                       (In thousands)

<S>                                                             <C>        <C>         <C>     
U.S. corporate income tax (expense) benefit at statutory rate   $(7,100)   $ 21,108    $ 19,547
Research and development tax credits ........................      --          --           149
State income taxes, net of federal benefit ..................      (855)      1,187       2,205
Foreign income taxes ........................................      --           680         328
Losses involving jurisdictions without tax benefit ..........      --        (1,590)     (4,242)
Valuation allowance .........................................     1,762      (2,156)     (6,063)
Other .......................................................    (1,521)        665         141
                                                                -------    --------    --------

Income tax (expense) benefit ................................   $(7,714)   $ 19,894    $ 12,065
                                                                =======    ========    ========
</TABLE>


11.      Benefit Plans
         Retirement:  Beginning in May 1994,  the Company  established a defined
contribution,  401(k) savings plan to replace the former Morrison  Knudsen plan.
In January  1996,  the Company  suspended  Company  contributions  to the 401(K)
savings  plan.  On  January  1,  1997 the  Company  partially  reinstated  those
contributions  equal to 1% of an eligible  employees gross salary in the form of
Company stock.  The program may be fully reinstated (2%) later in 1997 dependent
upon the achievement of certain  performance  goals. The Company's costs of this
plan were $71,000, $752,000 and $446,000 for 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
           In addition,  Company salaried employees  participated  through April
1994 in a Morrison Knudsen Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP").  Compensation
expense  was  $281,000  in 1994.  The  Company's  employees  had the  option  of
transferring  their  contributions into the Company's new 401(k) plan or leaving
their contributions in the Morrison Knudsen ESOP.


















                                       40

<PAGE>



           One  of  the  Company's  subsidiaries  sponsored  a  non-contributory
defined benefit pension plan covering  certain  nonunion  salaried  employees of
that subsidiary.  During 1994, the subsidiary  curtailed its plan resulting in a
loss of  $233,000.  In 1996 the plan was  settled  which  resulted  in a gain of
$309,000. Pension cost included the following components:


                                                 Year ended December 31,
                                                 -----------------------
                                                  1996     1995    1994
                                                 -----    -----   -----        
                                                     (In thousands)
Service cost of benefits earned during year .   $  --    $ --     $  39
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation      --      61        16
Prior service cost ..........................     311      --        --
Return on plan assets .......................      --     (96)      (10)
Net amortization and deferral ...............      --     (22)       10
                                                -----    ----    ------

Net periodic pension (income) cost ..........     311     (57)       55
Curtailment loss ............................      --      --       233
Settlement gain .............................    (309)     --        --
                                                -----    ----    ------
Pension (income) cost .......................   $   2    $(57)   $  288
                                                =====    ====    ======

           The funded status of the plan is as follows:


                                                             December 31,
                                                            --------------
                                                            1996      1995
                                                            ----      ----
                                                           (In thousands)
Accumulated benefit obligation (all vested) ...........   $ --     $  (868)
                                                          ======   =======


Projected benefit obligation ..........................     --     $  (868)
Plan assets at fair value .............................     --       1,183
                                                          ------   -------

Excess of plan assets over projected benefit obligation     --         315
Unrecognized net gains ................................     --        (309)
                                                          ------   -------

Prepaid pension liability .............................   $   --   $     6
                                                          ======   =======
                                                                                

           The discount rates used in determining the actuarial present value of
the  accumulated  benefit  obligation  were  7.5% and  8.5%  for 1995 and  1994,
respectively. The expected long-term rate of return was 8.5% for 1995 and 1994.
           The Company  participates in  multiemployer  pension,  and health and
welfare plans. The plans are defined contribution plans and provide benefits for
craft  employees  covered  under  collective   bargaining  agreements  at  Boise
Locomotive and Motor Coils. Costs under the plan amounted to $2.1 million,  $2.3
million and $3.8 million for 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
           The  Company  adopted  two  long-term  incentive  plans for  selected
employees in 1994.  The plans  provide  deferred  compensation  based upon total
shareholder  return or return on total  capital.  No  compensation  expense  was
recognized in connection with these plans in 1996, 1995 or 1994.


                                       41

<PAGE>



 Health Care:  Certain  health care  benefits are  provided  for  employees  who
retired  prior to July 1, 1993.  Employees  who have  retired,  or will  retire,
thereafter  must pay the  full  cost of  postretirement  health  care  benefits.
Retirees who retired before July 1, 1990 pay no contributions for coverage while
those who  retired  after  July 1,  1990 and  before  July 1, 1993 make  monthly
contributions equal to 1% of their final annual pay.

           Net   post-retirement   health  care  cost   includes  the  following
components:


                                            Year Ended December 31,
                                            -----------------------
                                              1996   1995  1994
                                              ----   ----  ----
                                               (In thousands)
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement
   benefit obligation .....................   $122   $138   $79
Net amortization and deferral .............     25     20    17
                                              ----   ----   ---

Net postretirement health care cost .......   $147   $158   $96
                                              ====   ====   ===


           The plans' funded status was as follows:


                                                           December 31,
                                                  ---------------------------
                                                  1996        1995       1994
                                                  ----        ----       ----
                                                         (In thousands)
Actuarial present value of benefit obligation:
     Retirees ................................   $(1,578)   $(1,800)   $(1,678)
                                                 =======    =======    =======

Accumulated postretirement benefit
     obligations in excess of plan assets ....    (1,578)    (1,800)    (1,678)
Unrecognized net loss ........................       266        505        455
                                                 -------    -------    -------

Accrued postretirement health care
obligation ...................................   $(1,312)   $(1,295)   $(1,223)
                                                 =======    =======    =======


           Assumptions  used for the Company's  retiree  health care plans as of
December 31 include:


                                                    1996    1995    1994
                                                    ----    ----    ----
 Discount rate for determining benefit obligations  7.5%    7.0%    8.5%
 Discount rate for interest cost                    7.0%    8.5%    7.0%

           The  annual  rate  increase  in the per  capita  cost of health  care
benefits is assumed to be 9% in 1996,  decreasing to 8% in 1999 and then grading
down .5% per  year to 4.5% in 2006 and  thereafter,  over the  projected  payout
period of the  benefits.  A 1% increase in the health care cost trend rate would
increase accumulated  postretirement  benefit obligation as of December 31, 1996
by $133,347 and the  aggregate of the service and interest cost  components  for
the year then ended by $13,052.



                                       42

<PAGE>



12.        Related Party Transactions
           As of December  31,  1995,  the  Company's  note  payable to Morrison
Knudsen  was $52.1  million.  This note  related  to  various  items,  including
advances made to the Company by Morrison  Knudsen net of repayments  made by the
Company to Morrison Knudsen.
           On June 15,  1995,  in order  to  settle  their  good  faith  dispute
regarding the intercompany account and the various transactions related thereto,
the Company and  Morrison  Knudsen  entered  into an  agreement  under which the
Company's  net  intercompany  account  was reduced by $29.5  million  from $81.7
million as of May 31, 1995 to $52.2 million.
           The $52.2 million original  balance of the net  intercompany  account
was  evidenced  by an  unsecured  promissory  note,  due May 31,  2000,  bearing
interest at the prime rate. On September 10, 1996, the Company  repurchased  for
$34.6  million all of the debt of the  Company  owed to  Morrison  Knudsen.  The
amount of the debt outstanding as of the date of repurchase,  including  accrued
interest,  was $56.6 million.  The effect of this transaction was an increase to
additional  paid-in  capital of $14.9  million,  a decrease in the  Deferred Tax
Asset of $3.9  million  and a reduction  in amounts  due to Morrison  Knudsen of
$56.6 million.
           The Company  leases  certain  facilities  from certain  directors and
former  directors  and  officers  of  the  Company.  Lease  payments,  including
utilities, to these individuals totaled $1.1 million,  $986,000 and $900,000 for
the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

           The Company  incurred $1.9 million and $3.6 million of legal fees and
expenses from a firm in which a former  officer of the Company is a shareholder,
for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

13.        Commitments and Contingencies
           The Company has commitments and performance  guarantees  arising from
locomotive  remanufacturing contracts and maintenance agreements, and warranties
from the sale of new  locomotives,  remanufactured  locomotives  and  locomotive
components.

Environmental:  The  Company is subject to  federal,  state,  local and  foreign
environmental laws and regulations concerning the discharge,  storage,  handling
and  disposal  of  hazardous  or  toxic   substances   and  petroleum   products
(collectively referred to as "waste").  Examples of regulated activities are the
disposal of  lubricating  oil, the discharge of water used to clean parts and to
cool machines,  the maintenance of underground  storage tanks and the release of
particulate  emissions produced by Company  operations.  For some activities the
Company must obtain permits.
           Violation of  environmental  laws or  regulations  could  subject the
Company  and  its   management  to  civil  and  criminal   penalties  and  other
liabilities.  In addition,  third parties may make claims for personal  injuries
and property damage  associated with releases of waste. A current or prior owner
or  operator  of property  may be  required  to  investigate  and clean up waste
releases  and may be liable to  governmental  entities or some other third party
for  their   investigation   and  remediation   costs  in  connection  with  the
contamination.  The Company  arranges  for the disposal or treatment of waste at
disposal or treatment  facilities  owned by third parties.  The Company could be
liable  for the costs of  removing  or  remediating  a release  of waste at such
facilities.
           Because  it  owns  and  operates  property,   the  Company  may  have
responsibility  and liability  even if it does not know of or cause the presence
of  contaminants.  Liability  is often joint and several  and is  generally  not
limited. The cost to investigate, remediate and remove waste may be substantial

                                       43

<PAGE>



and may even  exceed the value of the  property or the  aggregate  assets of the
owner  or  operator.   The  Company  may  have  difficulty  selling  or  renting
contaminated  property  or  borrowing  against  such  property.  The  government
sometimes  creates  liens  against  property  for damages and costs it incurs in
connection with contamination.  The Company has potential liabilities associated
with  its  and its  predecessor's  past  waste  disposal  activities,  including
disposal activities at plants currently being operated by the Company.

Boise, Idaho
       Heavy equipment repair and locomotive  remanufacturing commenced at Boise
Locomotive in 1972.  At the time,  solvents were used in the process of cleaning
parts  and  equipment  as  part  of the  repair/remanufacturing  process  at the
facility.  Wastewater  generated from the equipment  cleaning process containing
solvents was discharged  during the process to in-ground  wastewater  separation
basins that were  connected to buried drain fields.  This  wastewater  treatment
system was in place until 1984.  In 1985,  the  Company's  predecessor  received
notices  from  the  Idaho   Department  of  Health  and  Welfare,   Division  of
Environmental  Quality and the United States  Environmental  Protection  Agency,
indicating that it was in violation of state and federal environmental laws with
respect  to this  treatment  system  at  Boise  Locomotive.  Related  regulatory
requirements  led to the closure of the buried drain fields and a buried  trench
that was used for disposal of waste material.  Further  requirements  led to the
issuance in 1991 of a Resource Conservation and Recovery Act Part B Post Closure
Permit (the  "Permit"),  which is the formal permit pursuant to which a detailed
corrective  action plan is specified for groundwater  cleanup and for protection
of the public and  environment  following  the "closure" or  termination  of the
releases  which  created the problem.  In compliance  with the Permit,  about 57
wells  have  been  drilled  on the Boise  Locomotive  property  and on  adjacent
property to monitor,  collect, and treat contaminated  shallow  groundwater,  to
monitor  any  movement  of the  contaminated  plume,  and to monitor  the deeper
groundwater  systems at the  facility.  The Company has  estimated  the expected
aggregate undiscounted costs to be incurred over the next 24 years, adjusted for
inflation at 3% per annum, to be $4.8 million,  based on the Permit's corrective
action  plan,  and $4.4  million for  contingent  additional  Permit  compliance
requirements  related to  off-site  groundwater  contamination.  The  discounted
liability at December 31, 1996,  using a discount rate of 6.5%, was $2.1 million
based on the  Permit's  corrective  action plan,  and $2 million for  contingent
additional  Permit  compliance  requirements  related  to  off-site  groundwater
contamination.  The estimated outlays for each of the five succeeding years from
1997 to 2001 are:  $253,000,  $260,000,  $268,000,  $317,000 and  $284,000.  The
Company was in  compliance  with the Permit at December 31,  1996.  In addition,
Boise  Locomotive  would be liable  for any  damages  resulting  from  hazardous
substances migrating from the facility to deeper groundwater systems,  including
the regional  aquifer  system  which serves most of the domestic and  industrial
users of  groundwater  in the area (which  includes and extends  beyond  Boise).
Three  private  off-site  wells  are  known to have  been  impacted  by  shallow
groundwater contamination.  Two of these wells are used for residential domestic
purposes, and the third well is used for supply to a pond and landscape watering
for a residential  subdivision.  Boise  Locomotive  has entered into  agreements
whereby the residential domestic use of the wells will be abandoned and domestic
water  will be  provided  via a public  water  supply  hook-up.  In the event of
contamination of the regional aquifer, Boise Locomotive would be required, among
other  things,  to  provide  potable  water to  affected  users and to install a
treatment  system  to  clean  up the  polluted  water,  and  could  incur  other
liabilities,  the  combined  cost of which  cannot  be  estimated,  but would be
expected to be material in amount. The regional aquifer system,  however, occurs
at a depth which is approximately 200 feet below the shallow

                                       44

<PAGE>



contaminated  groundwater that is currently being  remediated.  While management
believes  there is no evidence  that the  regional  aquifer  system is currently
threatened by releases of contaminants from Boise  Locomotive,  no assurance can
be given in this regard.

Mexico
         Through its MK Gain, S.A. de C.V. ("MK Gain")  subsidiary,  the Company
has operational responsibility for facilities in Acambaro and San Luis Potosi in
Mexico,  pursuant to a contract  with the Mexican  National  Railway.  Under the
contract,  MK Gain  is  responsible  for  performing  certain  work  related  to
environmental protection at the facilities, such as waste water treatment, storm
water control,  tank repair, and spill prevention and control. The costs of this
work are either to be directly  reimbursed  to MK Gain by the  Mexican  National
Railway or recoverable  through fees payable under the contract,  which has been
structured to account for such cost. No assurance  can be given,  however,  that
the Mexican National Railway will not dispute any submissions for  reimbursement
or that the fee  structure  under the contract  will, in fact,  cover costs.  MK
Gain's operations are subject to Mexican environmental laws and regulations.  It
has obtained, or is in the process of obtaining, environmental permits, licenses
and approvals required for its operations.

Mountaintop, Pennsylvania
         The Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation and Liability
Act (also known as "CERCLA" or "Superfund") is a federal law regarding abandoned
hazardous waste sites which imposes joint and several liability,  without regard
to fault or the  legality of the  original  act, on certain  classes of persons,
including  those who contribute to the release of a "hazardous  substance"  into
the  environment.  Foster  Wheeler  Energy  Corporation  ("FWEC")  is named as a
potentially  responsible  party  with  respect  to  the  Company's  Mountaintop,
Pennsylvania  plant,  which  has  been  listed  by the EPA in its  data  base of
potential  hazardous  waste sites,  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
Compensation and Liability  Information System ("CERCLIS").  FWEC, the seller of
the  Mountaintop  property  to the  Company's  predecessor  in 1989,  agreed  to
indemnify the Company's predecessor against any liabilities associated with this
Superfund site.  Management  believes that this  indemnification  arrangement is
enforceable  for the benefit of the Company and,  although  such  obligation  is
unsecured and therefore  structurally  subordinate  to secured  indebtedness  of
FWEC, that FWEC has the financial  resources to honor its obligations under this
indemnification  arrangement.  This indemnification does not alter the Company's
potential liability to third parties (other than FWEC) or governmental  agencies
under CERCLA but creates  contractual  obligations  on the part of FWEC for such
liabilities.

Richland Township, Pennsylvania
         Motor Coils owns a vacant lot in Richland Township,  Pennsylvania which
has been subject to unauthorized dumping by unknown parties. The Company has not
yet tested the soil at the site or materials  disposed there.  Based on a visual
inspection,  Motor Coils  cannot yet  estimate  the cost to remove and  properly
dispose of the  material,  and does not  believe  that the  removal  will have a
material  adverse  impact on the  Company's  financial  position  or  results of
operations.

         St. Louis,  Missouri  Motor Coils  completed  voluntary  remediation of
surficial  contamination resulting from a release of xylene in connection with a
storage tank leak at its St. Louis, Missouri facility. Motor Coils

                                       45

<PAGE>



notified the relevant state regulatory  agency of its remediation plan and, with
the concurrence of the state agency,  initiated site  remediation in 1994. Based
on monitoring results, the Company discontinued site remediation in 1996.
         The Company believes that its planned expenditures are adequate to meet
its known environmental  obligations and liabilities,  including those under the
Permit, and under CERCLA and similar legislation. The Company's knowledge of its
environmental   obligations   and  liabilities  is,  for  the  majority  of  its
facilities,   based  on   assessments   and  due  diligence   conducted  by  its
predecessor's  personnel and Phase I and/or Phase II  environmental  assessments
conducted by third-party  consultants.  No assurance can be given, however, that
stricter  interpretation  and  enforcement  of  existing  environmental  laws or
regulations, the adoption of new laws or regulations, the discovery of currently
unknown  waste or  contamination  for  which  the  Company  may be  liable,  the
inability  of the Company to enforce  the  indemnification  with  respect to the
Mountaintop  plant or the continued  spread of the hazardous waste plume through
off-site  groundwater  near Boise  Locomotive  will not result in  significantly
higher environmental costs to the Company.
          Environmental  laws and regulations are subject to change at any time.
Compliance  with  current  or  future  laws and  regulations  could  potentially
necessitate  significant capital outlays by the Company, affect the economics of
a given project or cause material changes or delays in intended activities.

 Leases: The Company leases office and manufacturing  facilities under operating
leases with terms ranging from one to 12 years, excluding renewal options.
         The Company has also financed its locomotive lease fleet with operating
leases  arising  from sale and  leaseback  transactions.  The  Company  has sold
remanufactured  locomotives to various  financial  institutions  and leased them
back under operating leases with terms from five to 20 years.
         Total net rental expense  (income)  charged (or credited) to operations
in 1996, 1995 and 1994 was $(799,000), $(504,000), and $3 million, respectively.
Certain of the Company's  equipment  rental  obligations  under operating leases
pertain to locomotives  which are subleased to customers  under both  short-term
and long-term agreements. The above amounts are shown net of sublease rentals of
$8.7 million,  $7.8 million, and $5.7 million for the years 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.  Future  minimum  rental  payments  under  operating  leases  with
remaining  noncancelable  terms  in  excess  of  one  year  are as  follows  (in
thousands):


                                                         Sublease
                   Year     Real Estate   Equipment      Rentals          Total
                  -----      --------      --------      --------       --------
                   1997      $  1,005      $  6,139      $ (4,751)      $  2,393
                   1998           999         5,933        (4,395)         2,537
                   1999         1,041         4,852        (2,750)         3,143
                   2000         1,039         4,748        (2,750)         3,037
                   2001         1,044         4,616        (2,376)         3,284
             2002 and after     4,188        33,039       (12,805)        24,422


 Legal Proceedings:  In December 1995, Morrison Knudsen, the Company and certain
of Morrison  Knudsen's  directors  and officers  were named as  defendants  in a
complaint (the  "Pilarczyk  Lawsuit")  filed in the United States District Court
for the Northern District of New York by plaintiffs who were

                                       46

<PAGE>



principals in and/or held  substantial  stock in TMS, Inc.  ("TMS"),  a New York
corporation  acquired by Morrison  Knudsen on December 30, 1992.  The  complaint
alleges, among other things, violations of Section 10(b), Rule 10b-5 and Section
20(a)  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  breach  of  contract,  unjust
enrichment,  negligent  misrepresentation  and common law fraud during  Morrison
Knudsen's acquisition of TMS in 1992. Plaintiffs assert that the Company,  which
was not formed by Morrison Knudsen until 1993, is fully responsible for the acts
of Morrison  Knudsen.  However,  the actions  complained of occurred  before the
Company was formed and the Company did not assume such  liabilities  of Morrison
Knudsen. A motion to dismiss, filed in April 1996 on behalf of all defendants to
the Pilarczyk  Lawsuit,  is still pending.  Counsel to the Company  believes the
causes of action in the  Pilarczyk  Lawsuit  relating to the Company are without
merit and the Company expects that it will be successful on this motion, even if
the suit is not dismissed as to all  defendants.  If the Company is  successful,
the Company intends to make appropriate requests to the court to seek to require
the plaintiff to pay the Company's legal fees and costs.
         In June 1995,  the Company was named as defendant in a complaint  filed
with the Idaho Human Rights  Commission (the "Idaho  Commission")  and the Equal
Employment  Opportunity Commission by a female employee on behalf of herself and
other women employed by the Company alleging  discrimination based on sex, which
complaint was amended in December  1995 to include  allegations  of  retaliatory
discharge.  In 1996,  the idaho  Commission  announced that it found no probable
cause to believe either  discrimination or retaliatory discharge had occurred as
alleged in the complaint and, accordingly, the proceeding was dismissed.
          The Company is engaged in a commercial dispute with a former supplier,
Samyoung Machinery  Industrial Co. and Samyoung (America),  Inc.  (collectively,
"Samyoung").  The  Company  filed suit on April 16,  1996  alleging  delivery of
defective  product and seeking damages in excess of $1 million.  Samyoung denies
that the product was defective and  countersued  to recover  $300,000  under the
contract,  and $10  million for trade libel and  interference  with  prospective
economic  relationships  as a  result  of the  Company  allegedly  making  false
disparaging   statements   concerning  the  diesel  engine  assembly  liners  to
customers.  The Company believes that Samyoung's  claims are without merit, and,
to date,  no  evidence  supporting  Samyoung's  counterclaims  has come to light
through the discovery  being  conducted by the parties.  The Company  intends to
vigorously prosecute its own claims and defend against Samyoung's counterclaims.
          In the  ordinary  course of its  business,  the Company is involved in
legal  proceedings  incident to the normal  conduct of its  business,  including
contract claims and employee matters.  Although the outcome of any pending legal
proceeding cannot be predicted with certainty, at December 31, 1996, the Company
had accrued  approximately  $405,000 for these matters.  In part because of this
accrual,  and based upon the information  obtained to date,  management believes
that such legal proceedings,  individually and in the aggregate, will not have a
material adverse effect on the consolidated operations or financial condition of
the Company.









                                       47

<PAGE>



14.      Geographic Information and Major Customers
         A summary of the Company's  operations for the years ended December 31,
1996,  1995 and 1994 and the operating  assets employed at the end of such years
by geographic area as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                        Year Ended December 31,
                                                    ------------------------------
                                                    1996         1995         1994
                                                    ----         ----         ----
                                                            (In thousands)
Sales
<S>                                             <C>          <C>          <C>      
United States ...............................   $ 253,026    $ 234,300    $ 315,323
Mexico ......................................      51,196       46,032       17,919
Australia ...................................        --          1,830       36,041
Argentina ...................................        --           --          4,923
United States sales to other geographic areas     (12,815)     (18,444)      (5,669)
                                                ---------    ---------    ---------

     Net sales to customers .................   $ 291,407    $ 263,718    $ 368,537
                                                =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>
                                                                        



                                          Year Ended December 31,
                                    -------------------------------
                                        1996       1995        1994
                                    --------   --------    --------
                                            (In thousands)
Operating income (loss)
     United States ..............   $ 19,051   $(48,319)   $(38,447)
     Mexico .....................      5,181      1,691       1,705
     Australia ..................       --       (4,485)       (674)
     Argentina ..................       --         --       (12,561)
                                    --------   --------    --------

          Operating income (loss)   $ 24,232   $(51,113)   $(49,977)
                                    ========   ========    ========





                                      Year Ended December 31,
                                      -----------------------
                                        1996        1995
                                        ----        ----
                                         (In thousands)
Identifiable assets
     United States ................   $181,131   $238,258
     Mexico .......................     52,913     42,690
                                      --------   --------

          Total identifiable assets   $234,044   $280,948
                                      ========   ========



         The following table shows the annual  percentage of the Company's sales
to customers who accounted for 10% or more of the Company's  sales for the three
years ended December 31, 1996:


                                                 Year Ended December 31,
                                            -------------------------------
                                            1996          1995         1994
                                            ----          ----         ----
Burlington Northern/Santa Fe.......          19%           18%           12%
Union Pacific/Southern Pacific.....          16%           21%           32%
Mexican National Railway...........          14%           14%            5%


                                       48

<PAGE>



         The Mexican National Railway has the right, exercisable at any time, to
rescind its contract with the Company.  While it is not  presently  determinable
what effect, if any, this would have, if the contract is rescinded,  the Company
has the right to collect a  termination  payment  intended  to  provide  for the
recovery of the Company's investment. In addition, the contract with the Mexican
National Railway is subject to certain governmental privatization actions.

15.      Supplemental Pro Forma Earnings Per Share
         Supplemental  pro forma  earnings per share for the year ended December
31, 1994 is determined by dividing the adjusted net income for the period by the
number of shares determined as follows due to the initial public offering:


Common stock outstanding
   prior ..................................          11,149,000
Incremental shares of
   common stock ...........................           5,111,005
Weighted average shares
   since May 3, 1994 ......................             592,663
                                                     ----------

Weighted average shares ...................          16,852,668
                                                     ==========
                                                                         

         The net loss for the year ended  December  31,  1994,  was  adjusted to
reflect the  additional  interest  expense on a $19 million debt from January 1,
1994,  through February 25, 1994,  transferred from Morrison Knudsen and assumed
by the Company and the reduction of interest expense  resulting from the assumed
payment of $35.6 million  dividend  notes and $39.6  million gross  intercompany
debt due  Morrison  Knudsen  as if such debt had been paid at the  beginning  of
1994.

16.      Financial Instruments
         The estimated fair values of financial instruments have been determined
by the Company,  using available  market  information and appropriate  valuation
methodologies.   Although  considerable  judgment  is  necessarily  required  in
interpreting  market data to develop  estimates of fair value,  due to the small
notional  amount of  outstanding  letters of credit,  in the  estimation  of the
Company's management, the fair values of the Company's financial instruments are
not materially  different from their carrying values on the Company's  financial
statements.  In management's  estimation,  based on the variable  interest rates
applicable to outstanding  long-term  debt, the fair value of the long-term debt
is not materially different from its carrying value.











                                       49

<PAGE>








17.      Quarterly Financial Information (unaudited)
         The following information  summarizes the Company's quarterly financial
results. Information for the first and second quarters of 1995 has been restated
for the effects of certain accounting adjustments.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       Quarter
                                 ---------------------------------------------------------
                                 First       Second       Third        Fourth        Total
                                 -----       ------       -----        ------        -----
                                              (In thousands, except per share data)
1996                                        
- ----                                        
<S>                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>      
Net sales .................   $  69,655    $  66,581    $  69,046    $  86,125    $ 291,407
Unusual items .............        --           --           --         (2,126)      (2,126)
Gross profit ..............      13,786       12,885       12,716       17,460       56,847
Income before extraordinary
items .....................       2,584        2,437        2,588        4,964       12,573
Extraordinary item ........        --           --           --         (1,064)      (1,064)
Net income ................       2,584        2,437        2,588        3,900       11,509
Earnings per share before
extraordinary items .......        0.15         0.14         0.15         0.28         0.72
Earnings per share ........        0.15         0.14         0.15         0.22         0.66

1995
- ----
Net sales .................   $  78,404    $  60,669    $  57,189    $  67,456    $ 263,718
Unusual items .............        --         (2,849)        (125)     (37,864)     (40,838)
Gross profit (loss) .......      10,181        6,642       10,822      (32,812)      (5,167)
Net loss ..................      (4,155)      (3,735)      (3,212)     (29,312)     (40,414)
Loss per share ............       (0.24)       (0.22)       (0.19)       (1.67)       (2.34)

</TABLE>


18.      Subsequent Event
         On March 6,  1997 the  Company  signed a letter  of  intent to sell its
Mountaintop,  Pa. plant for $2.9 million.  The transaction,  which is subject to
certain conditions, is expected to close later this year.

                                       50

<PAGE>



<PAGE>



                                    PART III

Item 9.           CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                  ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

                  None.

Item 10.          DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

                  Information  regarding directors and executive officers of the
                  Company  is  set  forth  under  the   captions   "Election  of
                  Directors" and "Information  Concerning Executive Officers" in
                  the  company's  proxy  statement  related  to the 1997  annual
                  meeting  of  stockholders  (the  "Proxy   Statement")  and  is
                  incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

                  Information  required  by this  item is set  forth  under  the
                  caption  "Compensation" in the Proxy Statement and, except for
                  the information  under the caption  "Executive  Compensation -
                  Report  of  the   Compensation   Committee"   and   "Executive
                  Compensation  -  Performance  Information",   is  incorporated
                  herein by reference.

Item 12.          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
                  MANAGEMENT

                  Information  required  by this  item is set  forth  under  the
                  caption  "Security  Ownership"  in the Proxy  Statement and is
                  incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.          CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

                  Information  required  by this  item is set  forth  under  the
                  caption "Certain  Relationships  and Related  transactions" in
                  the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference herein.















                                       51

<PAGE>




                                     PART IV

Item 14.          EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)  Documents filed as a part of this Report:

         (1) A list of the financial  statements  filed as a part of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K is set forth on page 22 hereof.

         (2) See Item 14(d) below, for a description of the financial  statement
schedule filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

         (3) The following Exhibits are included as a part of this Annual Report
on Form 10-K or are incorporated herein by reference:


Exhibit No.                                  Document Description
- -----------                                  --------------------

3.01[1]        Form of Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation of the
               Company
3.02[18]       Form  of  Amended  and  Restated  By-Laws  of the  Company  as of
               December 26, 1996
3.03[7]        Designation of Rights and Preferences of Class A Preferred Stock
3.04[7]        Designation of Rights and Preferences of Class B Preferred Stock
3.05[9]        Certificate  of  Designations  of  Series C Junior  Participating
               Preferred Stock
3.06[12]       Certificate of Designations of Class B Preferred Stock
3.07[18]       Certificate  of Ownership and Merger of  MotivePower  Industries,
               Inc. Into MK Rail Corporation dated December 26, 1996.
4.01[9]        Rights  Agreement,  dated as of January  19,  1996,  between  the
               Company and Chemical Mellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
4.02[9]        Form of Right Certificate
4.03[11]       Amendment to Rights  Agreement  dated as of April 5, 1996 between
               the  Company  and  Chase  Mellon  Shareholder  Services,   L.L.C.
               (Formerly Chemical Mellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.)
4.04[13]       Second  Amendment to Rights  Agreement  dated as of June 20, 1996
               between the Company and Chase Mellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
10.01[2]       Environmental  Liability  Transfer  Agreement between the Company
               and Morrison Knudsen Corporation
10.02[2]       Corporate Support and Professional Services Agreement between the
               Company and Morrison Knudsen Corporation
10.03[2]       Form of Tax Matters  Agreement  between the Company and  Morrison
               Knudsen Corporation
10.04[1]       Agreement  between Morrison Knudsen  Corporation and Local 370 of
               the International Union of Operating Engineers, effective July 1,
               1992
10.05[1]       Agreement between Motor Coils Manufacturing Company and Local 606
               of the International Union of Electronic,  Electrical,  Salaried,
               Machine and Furniture Workers, AFL-CIO, effective August 1, 1990

                                       52

<PAGE>




10.06[1]       Agreement between Motor Coils Manufacturing Company and Local 607
               of the International Union of Electronic,  Electrical,  Salaried,
               Machine and Furniture  Workers,  AFL-CIO,  effective  November 1,
               1990
10.07[1]       Agreement between Motor Coils Manufacturing Company and Local 823
               of the International Union of Electronic,  Electrical,  Salaried,
               Machine and Furniture Workers, AFL-CIO, effective July 1, 1992
10.08[3]+      Railroad Equipment Lease Agreement between Caterpillar  Financial
               Services  Corporation  and Morrison  Knudsen  Corporation,  dated
               December 27, 1991
10.09[3]+      Railroad Equipment Lease Agreement between Caterpillar  Financial
               Services  Corporation  and Morrison  Knudsen  Corporation,  dated
               December 21, 1993
10.10[3]+      Master  Equipment  Lease  Agreement  between  Pitney Bowes Credit
               Corporation and Morrison Knudsen Corporation,  dated December 21,
               1991
10.11[3]+      Master  Equipment  Lease  Agreement  between  Pitney Bowes Credit
               Corporation and Morrison Knudsen Corporation,  dated December 10,
               1993
10.12[1]       Passenger  Railway Service Joint Venture Agreement between Benito
               Roggio  e  Hijos,  S.A.,  Cometrans,  S.A.,  Burlington  Northern
               Railroad Company and Morrison Knudsen Corporation,  dated June 1,
               1992
10.13[1]       Joint Venture Agreement between Morrison Knudsen  Corporation and
               Cometrans S.A. and IDESA S.A., dated May 7, 1993
10.14[3]       Concession Agreement between the Argentine Government Ministry of
               Economy and Public Works and Services and Metrovias S.A.
10.15[6]       Waiver and  Amendment  Letter  Agreement  dated  February 7, 1995
               between the Company and PNC Bank, National Association
10.16[2]       Form of MotivePower Industries , Inc. Stock Incentive Plan
10.17[1]       Credit Agreement  between Morrison Knudsen  Corporation and CIBC,
               Inc., dated as of February 18, 1994
10.18[6]       Lease between M & T Partners and Motor Coils  Manufacturing  Co.,
               dated July 16, 1991, and Amendment dated January 30, 1995
10.19[1]       Lease  between  Pittsburgh   Flatroll  Company  and  Motor  Coils
               Manufacturing Company, dated March 1, 1991
10.20[6]       Lease between MotivePower Industries, Inc. and SCI North Carolina
               Limited Partnership dated May 17, 1995
10.21[6]       Lease  between  MotivePower  Industries,  Inc. and M & T Partners
               effective  April 1,  1994  
10.22[10]      Employment Agreement between the Company and Joseph Fearon
10.23[2]       Form of Employment  Agreement  between the Company and Michael J.
               Farrell
10.24[3]       Master Lease Purchase Agreement, dated December 29, 1993, between
               MetLife Capital Corporation and Morrison Knudsen Corporation.
10.25[5]       Revolving  Credit and Letter of Credit  Insurance  Agreement  and
               Receivables  Purchase  Agreement  dated  September 30, 1994 among
               MotivePower Industries,  Inc., Touchstone, Inc. MK Engine Systems
               Company, Inc., Motor Coils Manufacturing Co., Power Parts Company
               and PNC Bank, National Association
10.26[4]       Form of  Company's  Indemnification  Agreement  and a schedule of
               individuals   with  whom  the  Company  has  entered   into  such
               agreements
10.27[5]       A schedule listing  additional  individuals with whom the Company
               has entered into Indemnification Agreements


                                       53

<PAGE>




10.28[5]       Employment Agreement between Company and Joseph S. Crawford dated
               as of March 29, 1994
10.29[5]       Receivables  Purchase  Agreement  dated as of September 30, 1994,
               among the Company,  Touchstone,  Inc., MK Engine Systems Company,
               Inc.,  Motor Coils  Manufacturing  Co., Power Parts Company,  and
               Clark Industries, Inc., and PNC Bank, National Association
10.30[5]       Indemnification   Agreement  between  the  Company  and  Morrison
               Knudsen Corporation, dated as of October 20, 1994
10.31[5]       MotivePower Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan
10.32[6]       Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit  and  Letter  of Credit
               Issuance   Agreement  dated  March  31,  1995  among  MotivePower
               Industries,  Inc.,  Touchstone,  Inc., MK Engine Systems Company,
               Inc., Motor Coils  Manufacturing Co., Power Parts Company,  Power
               Parts Sign Company,  Alert Manufacturing & Supply Company,  Clark
               Industries, Inc. and PNC Bank, National Association
10.33[6]       Agreement  on Transfer of Rights and  Corporate  Governance  with
               Cometrans dated February 21, 1995
10.34[6]       Agreement  with  Benito  Roggio e Hijos  S.A.  regarding  sale of
               interest in Metrovias dated February 21, 1995
10.35[6]       Development  Agreement and Manufacturing and License Agreement by
               and between  MotivePower  Industries,  Inc.  and CSX  Intermodal,
               Inc., dated March 30, 1995 (The Iron Highway)
10.36[7]       Global  Settlement  Agreement  dated June 15,  1995  between  the
               Company and Morrison Knudsen Corporation
10.37[6]       Share Purchase  Agreement dated June 15, 1995 between the Company
               and Morrison Knudsen Corporation
10.38[8]       Credit Line Agreement  dated July 6, 1995 among  Bancomer,  S.A.,
               Institution De Banca Multiple,  Grupo Financiero  Bancomer and MK
               Gain S.A. De C.V. (Translated version from Spanish to English)
10.39[7]       Loan and Security  Agreement  dated  August 31,  1995,  among the
               financial  institutions named as lenders and BankAmerica Business
               Credit,   Inc.,   as  agent,   and  the   Company,   Motor  Coils
               Manufacturing Co., MK Engine Systems Co., Inc., Clark Industries,
               Inc., Power Parts, Inc.,  Touchstone,  Inc., Power Parts Sign Co.
               and Alert Mfg. & Supply Co.
10.40[8]       Waiver and First  Amendment  to the Loan and  Security  Agreement
               dated November 7, 1995, among the financial institutions named as
               lenders and BankAmerica  Business Credit, Inc., as agent, and the
               Company,  Motor Coils  Manufacturing  Co., MK Engine Systems Co.,
               Inc.,  Clark  Industries,  Inc., Power Parts,  Inc.,  Touchstone,
               Inc., Power Parts Sign Co. and Alert Mfg. & Supply Co.
10.41[7]       Memorandum of Understanding between Plaintiffs and the Individual
               Defendants  re: Newman v. Agee, et al. and Susser v. Agee, et al.
               and side letters thereto
10.42[7]       Memorandum of Understanding  between Plaintiffs,  the Underwriter
               Defendants,  MotivePower Industries and MK re: Newman v. Agee, et
               al. and Susser v. Agee, et al. and side letter thereto

10.43[7]       MotivePower   Industries   Derivative  Litigation  Memorandum  of
               Understanding re: Wohlgelernter v. Agee, et al.
10.44[10]      Employment Agreement between Company and John C. Pope dated as of
               December 29, 1995
10.45[10]      Stipulation of Settlement  between  Plaintiffs,  the  Underwriter
               Defendants, the Individual Defendants,  Deloitte & Touche LLP and
               the Insurers re:  Newman v. Agee,  et al. and Susser v. Agee,  et
               al.
10.46[10]      Stipulation of Settlement between Plaintiffs acting derivatively,
               Defendants and the Insurers re: Wohlgelernter v. Agee, et al.
10.47[10]      Second Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement dated January
               22, 1996, among the financial  institutions  named as lenders and
               BankAmerica  Business  Credit,  Inc., as agent,  and the Company,
               Motor Coils Manufacturing Co., MK Engine Systems Co., Inc., Clark
               Industries,  Inc.,  Power Parts,  Inc.,  Touchstone,  Inc., Power
               Parts Sign Co. and Alert Mfg. & Supply Co.
10.48[10]      Waiver and  Amendment  No. 3 to the Loan and  Security  Agreement
               dated February 15, 1996, among the financial  institutions  named
               as lenders and BankAmerica  Business Credit,  Inc., as agent, and
               the Company,  Motor Coils  Manufacturing  Co., MK Engine  Systems
               Co., Inc., Clark Industries, Inc., Power Parts, Inc., Touchstone,
               Inc., Power Parts Sign Co. and Alert Mfg. & Supply Co.
10.49[14]      Locomotive  Purchase  Agreement dated as of April 8, 1996 between
               the Company and Helm Financial Corporation.
10.50[14]      Representative  Agreement  dated as of March 20, 1996 between the
               Company and Helm Financial Corporation.
10.51[14]      Agreement  dated  April 16,  1996  between  the  Company and Helm
               Financial Corporation.
10.52[14]      Locomotive  Lease  Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996 between MK
               Gain S.A. de C.V. and Helm Financial Corporation.
10.53[17]      Note  Cancellation and  Restructuring  Agreement dated as of June
               20, 1996,  by and among MK Rail  Corporation,  Morrisson  Knudsen
               Corporation,   a  Delaware  corporation,   and  Morrison  Knudsen
               Corporation, an Ohio Corporation
10.54[17]      Stockholders  Agreement dated as of June 20, 1996 between MK Rail
               Corporation and Morrison Knudsen Corporation
10.55[17]      Agreement for the Purchase and sale of Assets dated June 27, 1996
               by and among MK Rail  Corporation,  Alert  Manufacturing & Supply
               Co. and All-State Industrial
               Rubber Co., Inc.
10.56[15]      Closing  Agreement  dated July 29, 1996 among the Company,  Alert
               Manufacturing & Supply Co. and All-State  Industrial  Rubber Co.,
               Inc.
10.57[16]      Asset Purchase Agreement dated October 15, 1996 among Power Parts
               Sign Company and RI-DEL MFG. INC.
10.58[18]      Amendment  No. 1 and  Waiver to  Amended  and  Restated  Loan and
               Security Agreement dated December 30, 1996


                                       54

<PAGE>




10.59[18]      Second Amended and Restated  Credit  Agreement dated February 27,
               1997 among MotivePower Industries, Inc., as borrower, and Bank of
               America  National  Trust and  Savings  Association,  as Agent and
               Lender,  and The Other Financial  Institutions  Party Hereto,  as
               lenders
10.60[18]      Form of Employment Agreement and Exhibits thereto,  dated July 1,
               1996  between  MotivePower  Industries,  Inc. and Michael A. Wolf
10.61[18]      Form of Amendment to the Credit  Agreement dated December 13,1996
               between Bancomer,  A.A., Multiple Banking  Institution,  Bancomer
               Financial Group and MK Gain, S.A. de C.V.(Translated version from
               Spanish to English)
10.62[18]      Form of Loan Agreement dated December  13,1996 between  Bancomer,
               A.A., Multiple Banking Institution,  Bancomer Financial Group and
               MK Gain, S.A. de C.V.(Translated version from Spanish to English)
11.01[10]      Computation of Per Share Earnings
21.01[10]      Subsidiaries of the Company
23.01[18]      Consent of Independent  Auditor
27.01[18]      Article 5 Financial Data Schedule for the Year Ended December 31,
               1996
99.01[2]       Form of MotivePower Industries, Inc. Executive Incentive Plan
99.02[2]       Form of  MotivePower  Industries,  Inc.  Stock  Option  Plan  for
               Non-Employee Directors
99.03[2]       Form  of  MotivePower  Industries,   Inc.  Long-Term  Performance
               Compensation Benefit Plan
99.04[6]       Form of MotivePower Industries, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan
99.05[6]       Class Action  Complaint  filed in the case of Newman v. Agee,  et
               al., United States  District  Court,  District of Idaho (Case No.
               CIV 94-0478-S-EJL).
99.06[6]       Class Action  Complaint  filed in the case of Susser v. Agee,  et
               al., United States  District  Court,  District of Idaho (Case No.
               CIV 94-0477-S-LMB).
99.07[6]       Derivative  Complaint  filed in the District  Court of the Fourth
               Judicial   District  of  the  State  of  Idaho  in  the  case  of
               Wohlgelernter v. Agee, et al. (Case No. CV OC 9500656 D).
99.08[9]       First Amended  Complaint,  Pilarczyk et al. v. Morrison Knudsen ,
               Inc., MotivePower  Industries,  Inc. et al., U.S. District Court,
               Northern District of New York, Civil Action No. 95-CV-1835
99.09[14]      Complaint of Vicki Kovash dated June 19,1995, as amended December
               21, 1995,  filed with the Idaho Human Rights  Commission  and the
               United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission.
- ------------------------
1.             Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement
               on Form S-1 filed with the Commission on February 24, 1994.
2.             Incorporated  by reference to  Amendment  No. 1 to the  Company's
               Registration  Statement on Form S-1 filed with the  Commission on
               March 29, 1994.
3.             Incorporated  by reference to  Amendment  No. 3 to the  Company's
               Registration  Statement on Form S-1 filed with the  Commission on
               April 18, 1994.
4.             Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on
               Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 1994.
5.             Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on
               Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 1994.
6.             Incorporated by reference to the Company's  Annual Report on Form
               10-K for the Year ended December 31, 1994.
7.             Incorporated  by  reference to the  Company's  Report on Form 8-K
               filed with the Commission on September 18, 1995.
8.             Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on
               Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 1995.

                                       55

<PAGE>



9.             Incorporated  by  reference to the  Company's  Report on Form 8-K
               filed with the Commission on January 31, 1996.
10.            Incorporated by reference to the Company's  Annual Report on Form
               10-K for the Year ended December 31, 1995.
11.            Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  Amendment  No. 1 on
               Form 8-A/A filed with the Commission on April 25, 1996.
12.            Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form
               8-K filed with the Commission on April 18, 1995.
13.            Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  Amendment  No. 2 on
               Form 8-A/A filed with the Commission on July 3, 1996.
14.            Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on
               Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended March 31, 1996.
15.            Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on
               Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30, 1996.
16.            Incorporated  by reference to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on
               Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended September 30, 1996.
17.            Incorporated by reference to the Company's Current Report on Form
               8-K filed with the Commission on July 3, 1996.
18.            Filed herewith.

+ Subject to Freedom of Information Act request for confidential treatment.


(b)  Reports on Form 8-K

No reports  on Form 8-K were  filed by the  Company  during  the  quarter  ended
December 31, 1996.

(c)  Exhibits

The exhibits  listed under Item 14(a)(3) are filed herewith or are  incorporated
by reference herein.

(d)  Financial Statement Schedules

Independent Auditors' Report

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts is filed herewith.

                                       56
<PAGE>




INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of
MotivePower Industries, Inc.:

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of MotivePower Industries,
Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of December  31, 1996 and 1995,  and for each of the
three years in the period ended  December  31, 1996,  and have issued our report
thereon  dated  February  10,  1997  (except for Note 7, as to which the date is
February  27,  1997 and Note 18,  as to which the date is March 6,  1997);  such
report is included  elsewhere  in this Form 10-K.  Our audits also  included the
consolidated  financial  statement  schedule of  MotivePower  Industries,  Inc.,
listed  in Item  14.  This  consolidated  financial  statement  schedule  is the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion  based  on our  audits.  In our  opinion,  such  consolidated  financial
statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to the basic  consolidated
financial statements taken as a whole,  presents fairly in all material respects
the information set forth therein.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
February 10, 1997























                                       57

<PAGE>
<TABLE>

<CAPTION>

                                                                     Schedule II

                          MotivePower Industries, Inc.
                        Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
                                 (In thousands)


                                                          Additions -
                                Balance at  Additions -   Charged to
                                 beginning  Charged to      other                  Balance at
                                    of       costs and     accounts                  end of
Description                       period     expenses     - describe  Deductions     period
- -----------                       ------     --------     ----------  ----------     ------

Year Ended December 31,
1996
- -----------------------
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>     
Loss reserves .................   $ 15,176   $  2,841   $   --        $ (5,896)   $ 12,121
Warranty and overhaul reserves       4,402      5,450       --          (2,799)      7,053
Inventory reserves ............     13,028      4,072       --         (13,554)      3,546
Allowance for doubtful accounts        531         97       --            (344)        284
Valuation allowance - taxes ...      9,408       --         --          (3,097)      6,311
Environmental reserves ........      4,060         18       --            --         4,078

Year Ended December 31,
1995
- -----------------------                                                                                  
Loss reserves .................   $ 14,903   $ 10,458   $   --        $(10,185)   $ 15,176
Warranty and overhaul reserves       5,434      6,370       --          (7,402)      4,402
Inventory reserves ............        865     12,263       --            (100)     13,028
Allowance for doubtful accounts        205        450       --            (124)        531
Valuation allowance - taxes ...      7,252      2,156       --            --         9,408
Environmental reserves ........      2,653      1,451       --             (44)      4,060

Year Ended December 31,
1994
- -----------------------
Loss reserves .................   $    797   $ 15,790   $   --        $ (1,684)   $ 14,903
Warranty and overhaul reserves       4,032      4,315       --          (2,913)      5,434
Inventory reserves ............        351        790       --            (276)        865
Allowance for doubtful accounts        111        651       --            (557)        205
Valuation allowance - taxes ...       --        6,063      1,189(a)       --         7,252
Environmental reserves ........      2,669        160       --            (176)      2,653

<FN>



Notes:
(a) Effect of valuation  allowance  related to deferred  income taxes  resulting
from  translation  gains  and  losses  deferred  as  a  separate   component  of
stockholders' equity.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       58

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


MotivePower Industries, Inc.

By:/s/ Michael A. Wolf
Michael A. Wolf
President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 13, 1997




                                       59

<PAGE>



         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


  Signature                       Title                              Date
  ---------                       -----                              ----


/s/ John C. Pope                Non-Executive Chairman and        March 13, 1997
- -----------------------------   Director
John C. Pope                    


/s/ Michael A. Wolf             President and Chief Executive     March 13, 1997
- -----------------------------    Officer and Director         
Michael A. Wolf                  (Principal Executive Officer) 
                                


/s/ William F. Fabrizio         Senior Vice President             March 13, 1997
- -----------------------------    and Chief Financial Officer 
William F. Fabrizio             (Principal Financial Officer)
                                


/s/ William D. Grab             Vice President, Controller and    March 13, 1997
- -----------------------------   Principal Accounting Officer
William D. Grab                 


/s/ Gilbert E. Carmichael       Vice Chairman and Director        March 13, 1997
- -----------------------------
Gilbert E. Carmichael


                                 Director                         March 13, 1997
- -----------------------------
Ernesto Fernandez Hurtado


/s/ Lee B. Foster II             Director                         March 13, 1997
- -----------------------------
Lee B. Foster II


/s/ James P. Miscoll             Director                         March 13, 1997
- -----------------------------
James P. Miscoll


/s/ Nicholas J. Stanley          Director                         March 13, 1997
- -----------------------------
Nicholas J. Stanley                                            

                                   60

<PAGE>




                                                                  Exhibit 3.02



                          MOTIVEPOWER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                     BY-LAWS

                  Reflecting changes through December 26, 1996







<PAGE>



                          MOTIVEPOWER INDUSTRIES, INC.
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                     BY-LAWS
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                       Page


STOCKHOLDER'S MEETINGS...................................................1

             1.       Time and Place of Meetings.........................1
             2.       Annual Meeting.....................................1
             3.       Special Meetings...................................1
             4.       Notice of Meetings.................................1
             5.       Inspectors.........................................1
             6.       Quorum.............................................2
             7.       Voting.............................................2
             8.       Order of Business..................................2

DIRECTORS             ...................................................4

             9.       Function...........................................4
             10.      Number, Election, and Terms........................4
             11.      Vacancies and Newly Created Directorship...........4
             12.      Removal............................................4
             13.      Nominations of Directors; Election.................5
             14.      Resignation........................................6
             15.      Regular Meetings...................................6
             16.      Special Meetings...................................6
             17.      Quorum.............................................6
             18.      Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference..6
             19.      Committees.........................................6
             20.      Compensation.......................................7
             21.      Rules..............................................7

NOTICES               ...................................................8

             22.      Generally..........................................8
             23.      Waivers............................................8



<PAGE>



OFFICERS              ...................................................8

             24.      Generally..........................................8
             25.      Compensation.......................................8
             26.      Succession.........................................9
             27.      Authority and Duties.............................. 9

STOCK                 .................................................. 9

             28.      Certificates...................................... 9
             29.      Classes of Stock.................................. 9
             30.      Lost, Stolen, or Destroyed Certificates........... 9
             31.      Record Dates......................................10

INDEMNIFICATION.........................................................10

             32.      Damages and Expenses..............................10
             33.      Insurance, Contracts, and Funding.................11

GENERAL               ..................................................11

             34.      Fiscal Year.......................................11
             35.      Seal..............................................11
             36.      Reliance upon Books, Reports, and Records.........11
             37.      Time Periods......................................12
             38.      Amendments........................................12
             39.      Certain Defined Terms.............................12



<PAGE>




                             STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS


                  1.  Time  and  Place  of   Meetings.   All   meetings  of  the
stockholders for the election of Directors or for any other purpose will be held
at such time and  place,  within or  without  the State of  Delaware,  as may be
designated  by the Board or, in the absence of a designation  by the Board,  the
Chairman, the President, or the Secretary,  and stated in the notice of meeting.
The Board may postpone and reschedule any previously scheduled annual or special
meeting of the stockholders.

                  2. Annual Meeting.  An annual meeting of the stockholders will
be held at such  date and  time as may be  designated  from  time to time by the
Board,  at which  meeting the  stockholders  will elect by a plurality  vote the
Directors to succeed  those whose terms expire at such meeting and will transact
such other  business as may properly be brought before the meeting in accordance
with By-Law 8.

                  3. Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the stockholders may
be called only by (i) the  Chairman  and (ii) the  Secretary  within 10 calendar
days after receipt of the written request of a majority of the Whole Board.  Any
such  request by a majority of the Whole Board must be sent to the  Chairman and
the  Secretary  and must state the purpose or purposes of the proposed  meeting.
Special  meetings of holders of the outstanding  Preferred Stock, if any, may be
called in the manner and for the purposes  provided in the applicable  Preferred
Stock Designation.

                  4. Notice of MEETINGS.  Written notice of every meeting of the
stockholders,  stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting and, in the case
of a special  meeting,  the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called,
will be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 calendar days before the date of
the meeting to each  stockholder  of record  entitled  to vote at such  meeting,
except as otherwise  provided  herein or by law.  When a meeting is adjourned to
another place,  date, or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned
meeting if the place,  date,  and time  thereof are  announced at the meeting at
which the adjournment is taken;  provided,  however,  that if the adjournment is
for more than 30 calendar days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is
fixed for the adjourned meeting,  written notice of the place, date, and time of
the  adjourned  meeting must be given in conformity  herewith.  At any adjourned
meeting,  any  business  may  be  transacted  which  properly  could  have  been
transacted at the original meeting.

                  5. Inspectors. The Board may appoint one or more inspectors of
election to act as judges of the voting and to determine  those entitled to vote
at any meeting of the stockholders,  or any adjournment  thereof,  in advance of
such  meeting.  The  Board  may  designate  one or  more  persons  as  alternate
inspectors  to  replace  any  inspector  who fails to act.  If no  inspector  or
alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders,  the presiding officer of
the meeting may appoint one or more substitute inspectors.


                                        1

<PAGE>



                  6.  Quorum.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  by  law  or in a
Preferred Stock  Designation,  the holders of a majority of the stock issued and
outstanding  and entitled to vote thereat,  present in person or  represented by
proxy,  will  constitute  a quorum at all meetings of the  stockholders  for the
transaction  of business  thereat.  If,  however,  such quorum is not present or
represented at any meeting of the  stockholders,  the  stockholders  entitled to
vote thereat,  present in person or represented by proxy, will have the power to
adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at
the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented.

                  7.  Voting.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  by  law,  by the
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  or  in  a  Preferred  Stock  Designation,  each
stockholder  will be entitled at every meeting of the  stockholders  to one vote
for  each  share of  stock  having  voting  power  standing  in the name of such
stockholder  on the books of the  Company on the record date for the meeting and
such votes may be cast either in person or by written proxy. Every proxy must be
duly executed and filed with the Secretary.  A stockholder  may revoke any proxy
that is not  irrevocable  by  attending  the  meeting and voting in person or by
filing an  instrument  in writing  revoking the proxy or another  duly  executed
proxy  bearing a later  date  with the  Secretary.  The vote  upon any  question
brought  before a  meeting  of the  stockholders  may be by voice  vote,  unless
otherwise  required by the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or these  By-Laws or
unless the  Chairman or the holders of a majority of the  outstanding  shares of
all classes of stock  entitled to vote thereon  present in person or by proxy at
such meeting  otherwise  determine.  Every vote taken by written  ballot will be
counted by the inspectors of election.  When a quorum is present at any meeting,
the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock present in person
or  represented  by proxy at the  meeting  and  entitled  to vote on the subject
matter and which has  actually  been voted will be the act of the  stockholders,
except in the election of Directors or as otherwise  provided in these  By-Laws,
the Certificate of Incorporation, a Preferred Stock Designation, or by law.

                  8. Order of Business.  (a) The Chairman, or such other officer
of the Company  designated by a majority of the Whole Board,  will call meetings
of the stockholders to order and will act as presiding  officer thereof.  Unless
otherwise determined by the Board prior to the meeting, the presiding officer of
the meeting of the  stockholders  will also  determine the order of business and
have the authority in his or her sole  discretion to regulate the conduct of any
such  meeting,  including  without  limitation by imposing  restrictions  on the
persons (other than stockholders of the Company or their duly appointed proxies)
who may attend any such  stockholders'  meeting,  by  ascertaining  whether  any
stockholder  or his proxy may be excluded  from any meeting of the  stockholders
based upon any determination by the presiding  officer,  in his sole discretion,
that  any  such  person  has  unduly  disrupted  or is  likely  to  disrupt  the
proceedings  thereat,  and by determining the  circumstances in which any person
may make a statement or ask questions at any meeting of the stockholders.

                  (b) At any  annual  meeting  of the  stockholders,  only  such
business  will be  conducted or  considered  as is properly  brought  before the
meeting.  To be properly brought before an annual meeting,  business must be (i)
specified in the notice of meeting (or any  supplement  thereto)  given by or at
the direction of the Board in accordance with By-Law 4, (ii) otherwise

                                        2

<PAGE>



properly  brought  before the meeting by the  presiding  officer or by or at the
direction  of a  majority  of the  Whole  Board,  or  (iii)  otherwise  properly
requested to be brought  before the meeting by a  stockholder  of the Company in
accordance with By-Law 8(c).

                  (c) For business to be properly  requested by a stockholder to
be brought before an annual meeting,  the stockholder  must (i) be a stockholder
of the Company of record at the time of the giving of the notice for such annual
meeting provided for in these By-Laws, (ii) be entitled to vote at such meeting,
and (iii) have given timely notice  thereof in writing to the  Secretary.  To be
timely,  a  stockholder's  notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at
the  principal  executive  offices of the Company not less than 60 calendar days
prior  to the  annual  meeting;  provided,  however,  that in the  event  public
announcement  of the date of the annual meeting is not made at least 75 calendar
days prior to the date of the annual  meeting,  notice by the  stockholder to be
timely  must be so  received  not later than the close of  business  on the 10th
calendar day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the
date of the annual  meeting.  A  stockholder's  notice to the Secretary must set
forth as to each  matter the  stockholder  proposes  to bring  before the annual
meeting (A) a  description  in reasonable  detail of the business  desired to be
brought before the annual  meeting and the reasons for conducting  such business
at the annual meeting, (B) the name and address, as they appear on the Company's
books, of the stockholder  proposing such business and the beneficial  owner, if
any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (C) the class and number of shares of
the  Company  that are  owned  beneficially  and of  record  by the  stockholder
proposing such business and by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the
proposal is made, and (D) any material  interest of such  stockholder  proposing
such business and the beneficial  owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is
made in such  business.  A  stockholder  must also  comply  with all  applicable
requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  and the rules
and regulations  thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-Law
B(c).  For  purposes of this By-Law  8(c) and By-Law 13,  "public  announcement"
means  disclosure  in a press  release  reported by the Dow Jones News  Service,
Associated Press, or comparable  national news service or in a document publicly
filed by the Company with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to
Sections 13, 14, or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or
furnished to stockholders.  Nothing in this By-Law 8(c) will be deemed to affect
any rights of  stockholders  to request  inclusion of proposals in the Company's
proxy  statement  pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934, an amended.

                  (d) At a special meeting of  stockholders,  only such business
may be conducted or considered as is properly brought before the meeting.  To be
properly brought before a special meeting, business must be (i) specified in the
notice of the meeting (or any  supplement  thereto) given by or at the direction
of the Chairman or a majority of the Whole Board in accordance  with By-Law 4 or
(ii) otherwise  properly brought before the meeting by the presiding  officer or
by or at the direction of a majority of the Whole Board.

                  (e) The  determination  of whether any  business  sought to be
brought  before any annual or special  meeting of the  stockholders  is properly
brought before such meeting in

                                        3

<PAGE>



accordance  with this  By-Law 8 will be made by the  presiding  officer  of such
meeting.  If the presiding officer  determines that any business is not properly
brought  before such  meeting,  he or she will so declare to the meeting and any
such business will not be conducted or considered.


                                    DIRECTORS

                  9.  Function.  The business and affairs of the Company will be
managed under the direction of its Board.

                  10. Number, Election, and Terms. (a) Subject to the rights, if
any,  of any  series of  Preferred  Stock to elect  additional  Directors  under
circumstances  specified in a Preferred Stock Designation and to the minimum and
maximum  number  of  authorized   Directors   provided  in  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation, the authorized number of Directors may be determined from time to
time only by a vote of a majority of the Whole Board. The Directors,  other than
those who may be elected by the  holders of any series of the  Preferred  Stock,
will be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office
in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding  anything contained in the Certificate of
Incorporation or these By-Laws to the contrary,  the term of any Director who is
also an officer of the Company will terminate automatically, without any further
action on the part of the Board or such Director,  upon the  termination for any
reason of such  Director in his or her  capacity  as an officer of the  Company.
Notwithstanding  anything contained in the Certificate of Incorporation or these
ByLaws to the contrary, the affirmative vote of at least 66-23% of the Directors
then in office  will be  required  to  amend,  repeal,  or adopt  any  provision
inconsistent with this By-Law 10(b).

                  11. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.  Subject to the
rights,  if any,  of the  holders  of any  series  of  Preferred  Stock to elect
additional  Directors  under  circumstances   specified  in  a  Preferred  Stock
Designation,  newly  created  directorships  resulting  from any increase in the
number of  Directors  and any  vacancies  on the  Board  resulting  from  death,
resignation, disqualification,  removal, or other cause will be filled solely by
the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the remaining  Directors then in office,
even though less than a quorum of the Board,  or by a sole  remaining  Director;
provided,  however,  that  at the  sole  option  of  the  Board,  effected  by a
resolution  of the  Board of  Directors,  one or more  such  vacancies  or newly
created  directorships  may be filled by the  stockholders  at a meeting  of the
stockholders  called  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  Any  Director  elected  in
accordance with the preceding sentence will hold office for the remainder of the
full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or
the  vacancy  occurred  and until  such  Director's  successor  is  elected  and
qualified.  No decrease in the number of Directors  constituting  the Board will
shorten the term of an incumbent Director.

                  12. Removal.  Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of
any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional  Directors under circumstances
specified in a Preferred Stock

                                        4

<PAGE>



Designation,  any Director may be removed from office by the  stockholders  only
for cause and only in the manner  provided in the  Certificate of  Incorporation
and, if applicable, any amendment to this By-Law 12.

                  13.  Nominations  of Directors:  Election.  (a) Subject to the
rights,  if any,  of the  holders  of any  series  of  Preferred  Stock to elect
additional  Directors  under  circumstances   specified  in  a  Preferred  Stock
Designation,  only persons who are  nominated in  accordance  with the following
procedures  will be  eligible  for  election  at a meeting  of  stockholders  as
Directors of the Company.

                  (b)  Nominations  of persons for  election as Directors of the
Company may be made only at an annual meeting of  stockholders  (i) by or at the
direction of the Board or (ii) by any stockholder who is a stockholder of record
at the time of giving of notice  provided for in this By-Law 13, who is entitled
to vote for the election of Directors at such meeting, and who complies with the
procedures set forth in this By-Law 13. All nominations by stockholders  must be
made pursuant to timely notice in proper written form to the Secretary.

                  (c) To be timely, a stockholder's  notice must be delivered to
or mailed and  received at the  principal  executive  offices of the Company not
less  than 60  calendar  days  prior  to the  annual  meeting  of  stockholders;
provided, however, that in the event that public announcement of the date of the
annual  meeting is not made at least 75  calendar  days prior to the date of the
annual  meeting,  notice by the  stockholder to be timely must be so received no
later than the close of business on the 10th  calendar day  following the day an
which public announcement is first made of the date of the annual meeting. To be
in proper written form, such stockholder's  notice must set forth or include (i)
the name and address,  as they appear on the Company's books, of the stockholder
giving the notice  and of the  beneficial  owner,  if any,  on whose  behalf the
nomination is made; (ii) a representation that the stockholder giving the notice
is a holder of record of stock of the  Company  entitled  to vote at such annual
meeting  and  intends to appear in person or by proxy at the  annual  meeting to
nominate  the person or persons  specified  in the  notice;  (iii) the class and
number of shares of stock of the Company owned beneficially and of record by the
stockholder  giving  the  notice and by the  beneficial  owner,  if any on whose
behalf  the  nomination  is made;  (iv) a  description  of all  arrangements  or
understandings  between or among any of (A) the  stockholder  giving the notice,
(B) the beneficial  owner on whose behalf the notice is given, (C) each nominee,
and (D) any other person or persons (naming such person or persons)  pursuant to
which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the stockholder giving the
notice;  (v) such other  information  regarding  each  nominee  proposed  by the
stockholder  giving the notice as would be  required  to be  included in a proxy
statement  filed  pursuant to the proxy  rules of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission had the nominee been nominated,  or intended to be nominated,  by the
Board; and (vi) the signed consent of each nominee to serve as a Director of the
Company if so elected.  At the request of the Board, any person nominated by the
Board for election as a Director must furnish to the Secretary that  information
required to be set forth in a stockholder's  notice of nomination which pertains
to the nominee.  The presiding  officer of any annual meeting will, if the facts
warrant,  determine  that a  nomination  was not  made in  accordance  with  the
procedures

                                        5

<PAGE>



prescribed  by this By-Law 13, and if he or she should so  determine,  he or she
will so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination will be disregarded.
A  stockholder  must  also  comply  with  all  applicable  requirements  of  the
Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended,  and the rules and  regulations
thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-Law 13.

                  14. Resignation. Any Director may resign at any time by giving
written  notice  of his  resignation  to the  Chairman  or  the  Secretary.  Any
resignation  will be  effective  upon  actual  receipt by any such person or, if
later, as of the date and time specified in such written notice.

                  15.  Regular  Meetings.  Regular  meetings of the Board may be
held immediately  after the annual meeting of the stockholders and at such other
time and place  either  within or without the State of Delaware as may from time
to time be determined by the Board. Notice of regular meetings of the Board need
not be given.

                  16.  Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings of the Board may be
called by the Chairman or the  President on one day's notice to each Director by
whom such notice is not waived,  given either personally or by mail,  telephone,
telegram,  telex,  facsimile,  or similar medium of  communication,  and will be
called by the Chairman or the President in like manner and on like notice on the
written request of three or more Directors. Special meetings of the Board may be
held at such time and place either within or without the State of Delaware as is
determined by the Board or specified in the notice of any such meeting.

                  17.  Quorum.  At all meetings of the Board,  a majority of the
total  number of  Directors  then in office  will  constitute  a quorum  for the
transaction of business. Except for the designation of committees as hereinafter
provided and except for actions  required by these ByLaws or the  Certificate of
Incorporation  to be  taken  by a  majority  of the  Whole  Board,  the act of a
majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum will
be the act of the Board. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board,
the  Directors  present  thereat may  adjourn  the meeting  from time to time to
another  place,  time, or date,  without notice other than  announcement  at the
meeting, until a quorum is present.

                  18. Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference. Members
of the Board or any  committee  designated  by the Board  may  participate  in a
meeting  of the  Board or any such  committee,  as the case may be,  by means of
telephone conference or similar means by which all persons  participating in the
meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting will constitute
presence in person at the meeting.

                  19.  Committees.  (a) The  Board,  by  resolution  passed by a
majority of the Whole Board,  will designate an executive and finance  committee
("Executive and Finance Committee") of not less than three members of the Board,
one of whom will be the Chairman.  The Executive and Finance Committee will have
and may  exercise  the  powers of the  Board,  except  the power to amend  these
By-Laws or the Certificate of Incorporation (except, to the extent authorized by
a resolution of the Whole Board, to fix the designation,  preferences, and other
terms

                                        6

<PAGE>



of  any  series  of   Preferred   Stock),   adopt  an  agreement  of  merger  or
consolidation, authorize the issuance of stock, declare a dividend, or recommend
to the stockholders the sale,  lease, or exchange of all or substantially all of
the Company's property and assets, a dissolution of the Company, or a revocation
of a dissolution, and except an otherwise provided by law.

                  (b) The Board, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole
Board, may designate one or more additional  committees,  each such committee to
consist of one or more Directors and each to have such lawfully delegable powers
and duties as the Board may confer.

                  (c)  The  Executive  and  Finance  Committee  and  each  other
committee  of the Board  will  serve at the  pleasure  of the Board or as may be
specified in any  resolution  from time to time adopted by the Board.  The Board
may designate one or more Directors as alternate  members of any such committee,
who may  replace  any  absent  or  disqualified  member at any  meeting  of such
committee.   In  lieu  of  such   action  by  the  Board,   in  the  absence  or
disqualification  of any member of a committee of the Board, the members thereof
present at any such meeting of such committee and not disqualified  from voting,
whether or not they constitute a quorum, may unanimously  appoint another member
of the  Board  to act  at  the  meeting  in the  place  of any  such  absent  or
disqualified member.

                  (d) Except as otherwise  provided in these  By-Laws or by law,
any  committee  of the Board,  to the  extent  provided  in By-Law  19(a) or, if
applicable,  in the resolution of the Board,  will have and may exercise all the
powers and  authority  of the Board in the  direction of the  management  of the
business and affairs of the Company.  Any such committee designated by the Board
will have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted
by the  Board.  Unless  otherwise  prescribed  by the Board,  a majority  of the
members  of any  committee  of the  Board  will  constitute  a  quorum  for  the
transaction of business,  and the act of a majority of the members  present at a
meeting  at  which  there is a quorum  will be the act of such  committee.  Each
committee  of the Board may  prescribe  its own rules for  calling  and  holding
meetings and its method of  procedure,  subject to any rules  prescribed  by the
Board, and will keep a written record of all actions taken by it.

                  20.  Compensation.  The Board may establish  the  compensation
for, and reimbursement of the expenses of, Directors for membership on the Board
and on  committees  of the  Board,  attendance  at  meetings  of  the  Board  or
committees of the Board,  and for other  services by Directors to the Company or
any of its majority-owned subsidiaries.

                  21. Rules.  The Board may adopt rules and  regulations for the
conduct of meetings and the  oversight of the  management  of the affairs of the
Company.


                                        7

<PAGE>




                                     NOTICES

                  22.  Generally.  Except as  otherwise  provided by law,  these
By-Laws,  or the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  whenever  by law or under the
provisions  of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or these  By-Laws  notice in
required to be given to any Director or stockholder, it will not be construed to
require  personal  notice,  but such  notice may be given in  writing,  by mail,
addressed to such  Director or  stockholder,  at the address of such Director or
stockholder  as it appears on the records of the Company,  with postage  thereon
prepaid, and such notice will be deemed to be given at the time when the same is
deposited in the United  States mail.  Notice to Directors  may also be given by
telephone,  telegram, telex, facsimile, or similar medium of communication or as
otherwise nay be permitted by these By-Laws.

                  23.  Waivers.  Whenever  any notice is required to be given by
law or  under  the  provisions  of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or these
By-Laws,  a waiver thereof in writing,  signed by the person or persons entitled
to such notice,  whether  before or after the time of the event for which notice
is to be given, will be deemed equivalent to such notice. Attendance of a person
at a meeting will constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the
person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting,  at the beginning
of the meeting,  to the transaction,  of any business because the meeting is not
lawfully called or convened.


                                    OFFICERS

                  24. Generally.  The officers of the Company will be elected by
the Board and will consist of a Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a President
(who may also be the Chief Executive Officer), a Secretary, and a Treasurer. The
Board of Directors may also choose any or all of the following: one or more Vice
Chairmen  (which Vice Chairman for all purposes shall possess all the rights and
powers of the  Chairman),  one or more  Assistants to the Chairman,  one or more
Vice  Presidents  (who may be given  particular  designations  with  respect  to
authority,  function,  or  seniority),  and such other officers as the Board may
from time to time determine.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  by specific action
the Board may authorize the Chairman,  or the President to appoint any person to
any office other than Chairman,  President,  Secretary, or Treasurer. Any number
of offices may be held by the same person. Any of the offices may be left vacant
from time to time as the  Board may  determine.  In the case of the  absence  or
disability  of any  officer  of the  Company  or for  any  other  reason  deemed
sufficient  by a majority  of the Board,  the Board may  delegate  the absent or
disabled officer's powers or duties to any other officer or to any Director.

                  25. Compensation.  The compensation of all officers and agents
of the Company who are also  Directors of the Company will be fixed by the Board
or by a committee of the Board. The Board may fix, or delegate the power to fix,
the  compensation  of other  officers and agents of the Company to an officer of
the Company.

                                        8

<PAGE>



                  26.  Succession.  The officers of the Company will hold office
until their successors are elected and qualified.  Any officer may be removed at
any time by the affirmative  vote of a majority of the Whole Board.  Any vacancy
occurring  in any  office  of the  Company  may be filled by the Board or by the
Chairman as provided in By-Law 24.

                  27. Authority and Duties.  Each of the officers of the Company
will  have such  authority  and will  perform  such  duties  as are  customarily
incident to their respective offices or as may be specified from time to time by
the Board.


                                      STOCK

                  28. Certificates. Certificates representing shares of stock of
the  Company  will be in such form as is  determined  by the  Board,  subject to
applicable  legal  requirements.  Each such certificate will be numbered and its
issuance recorded in the books of the Company, and such certificate will exhibit
the holder's name and the number of shares and will be signed by, or in the name
of, the Company by the Chairman and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary,  or
the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, and will also be signed by, or bear the
facsimile  signature  of, a duly  authorized  officer  or agent of any  properly
designated  transfer agent of the Company.  Any or all of the signatures and the
seal of the Company, if any, upon such certificates may be facsimiles, engraved,
or printed.  Such certificates may be issued and delivered  notwithstanding that
the person whose facsimile  signature appears thereon may have ceased to be such
officer at the time the certificates are issued and delivered.

                  29.  Classes  of Stock.  The  designations,  preferences,  and
relative participating, optional, or other special rights of the various classes
of stock or series thereof, and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions
thereof,  will be set  forth  in full or  summarized  on the face or back of the
certificates  which  the  Company  issues  to  represent  its  stock or, in lieu
thereof,  such  certificates will set forth the office of the Company from which
the holders of certificates may obtain a copy of such information.

                  30. Lost, Stolen, or Destroyed Certificates. The Secretary may
direct  a new  certificate  or  certificates  to  be  issued  in  place  of  any
certificate or  certificates  theretofore  issued by the Company alleged to have
been lost,  stolen, or destroyed,  upon the making of an affidavit of that fact,
satisfactory  to the Secretary,  by the person claiming the certificate of stock
to be lost, stolen, or destroyed.  As a condition precedent to the issuance of a
new  certificate or  certificates,  the Secretary may require the owners of such
lost,  stolen,  or destroyed  certificate or  certificates to give the Company a
bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Secretary may direct as
indemnity  against any claims that may be made  against the Company with respect
to the  certificate  alleged  to have been lost,  stolen,  or  destroyed  or the
issuance of the new certificate.


                                        9

<PAGE>



                  31. Record Dates.  (a) In order that the Company may determine
the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders
or any adjournment  thereof,  the Board may fix a record date, which will not be
more than 60 nor less than 10 calendar days before the date of such meeting.  If
no  record  date  is  fixed  by the  Board,  the  record  date  for  determining
stockholders  entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders will
be at the close of business on the calendar day next  preceding the day on which
notice is  given,  or, if notice  is  waived,  at the close of  business  on the
calendar  day  next   preceding  the  day  on  which  the  meeting  is  held.  A
determination  of  stockholders  of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a
meeting  of the  stockholders  will  apply to any  adjournment  of the  meeting;
provided,  however,  that the Board may fix a new record date for the  adjourned
meeting.

                  (b) In order that the Company may determine  the  stockholders
entitled to receive  payment of any dividend or other  distribution or allotment
of any rights or the stockholders  entitled to exercise any rights in respect of
any change,  conversion,  or exchange of stock,  or for the purpose of any other
lawful  action,  the Board may fix a record date,  which record date will not be
more than 60 calendar days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the
record date for  determining  stockholders  for any such  purpose will be at the
close of business on the calendar  day on which the Board adopts the  resolution
relating thereto.

                  (c) The Company  will be entitled to treat the person in whose
name any share of its stock is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes,
and will not be bound to recognize  any equitable or other claim to, or interest
in, such share on the part of any other  person,  whether or not the Company has
notice thereof, except as expressly provided by applicable law.


                                 INDEMNIFICATION

                  32. Damages and Expenses.  (a) Without limiting the generality
or effect of Article Ninth of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company will
go the fullest extent  permitted by applicable  law as then in effect  indemnify
any person (an  "Indemnitee")  who is or was  involved in any manner  (including
without  limitation  as a party or a  witness)  or is  threatened  to be made so
involved in any threatened, pending, or completed investigation,  claim, action,
suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,  administrative,  or investigative
(including without limitation any action, suit, or proceeding by or in the right
of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) (a "Proceeding") by reason of
the fact that such person is or was or had agreed to become a director, officer,
employee,  or agent of the  Company,  or is or was serving at the request of the
Board or an officer of the Company as a director, officer, employee, or agent of
another  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust, or other enterprise,
whether for profit or not for profit,  or anything done or not by such person in
any such capacity,  against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments,
fines, and amounts paid in settlement  actually and reasonably  incurred by such
person  in  connection  with such  proceeding.  Such  indemnification  will be a
contract  right and will include the right to receive  payment in advance of any
expenses  incurred by an  Indemnitee  in connection  with such  Proceeding  upon
receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of

                                       10

<PAGE>



such person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is
not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized by this By-Law 32 or
otherwise.

                  (b) The right of  indemnification  provided  in this By-Law 32
will  not be  exclusive  of  any  other  rights  to  which  any  person  seeking
indemnification  may otherwise be entitled and will be applicable to Proceedings
commenced or continuing  after the adoption of this By-Law 32,  whether  arising
from acts or emissions occurring before or after such adoption.

                  (c) The  indemnification  and advancement of expenses provided
by, or granted pursuant to, this By-Law 32 shall, unless otherwise provided when
authorized or ratified, continue as to a person-who has ceased to be a director,
officer,  employee,  or agent  and  shall  inure to the  benefit  of the  heirs,
executors, and administrators of such person.

                  33.  Insurance,   Contracts,  and  Funding.  The  Company  may
purchase and maintain insurance to protect itself and any Indemnitee against any
expenses,  judgments,  fines,  and amounts paid in settlement or incurred by any
Indemnitee  in  connection  with any  Proceeding  referred  to in  By-Law  32 or
otherwise,  to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as then in effect.
The Company may enter into contracts with any person entitled to indemnification
under  By-Law 32 or  otherwise,  and may create a trust  fund,  grant a security
interest,  or use other means (including  without limitation a letter of credit)
to  ensure  the  payment  of  such   amounts  as  may  be  necessary  to  effect
indemnification as provided in By-Law 32.


                                     GENERAL

                  34.  Fiscal  Year.  The fiscal  year of the  Company  will end
December  31st of each year or such other date as may be fixed from time to time
by the Board.

                  35.  Seal.  The Board may adopt a  corporate  seal and use the
same by  causing  it or a  facsimile  thereof  to be  impressed  or  affixed  or
reproduced or otherwise.

                  36. Reliance upon Books,  Reports, and Records. Each Director,
each  member of a committee  designated  by the Board,  and each  officer of the
Company will, in the  performance  of his or her duties,  be fully  protected in
relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information,
opinions,  reports,  or  statements  presented  to  the  Company  by  any of the
Company's  officers or employees,  or  committees of the Board,  or by any other
person or entity as to  matters  the  Director,  committee  member,  or  officer
believes are within such other person's  professional  or expert  competence and
who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.


                                       11

<PAGE>


                  37. Time  Periods.  In applying any provision of these By-Laws
that  requires  that an act be done or not be done a  specified  number  of days
prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a  specified  number
of  days  prior  to an  event,  calendar  days  will be  used  unless  otherwise
specified,  the day of the doing of the act will be excluded, and the day of the
event will be included.

                  38. Amendments.  Except as otherwise provided by law or by the
Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws,  these By-Laws or any of them may
be amended in any respect or repealed at any time,  either (i) at any meeting of
stockholders,  provided that any  amendment or  supplement  proposed to be acted
upon at any such meeting has been described or referred to in the notice of such
meeting, or (ii) at any meeting of the Board, provided that no amendment adopted
by  the  Board  may  vary  or  conflict  with  any  amendment   adopted  by  the
stockholders.

                  39.  Certain  Defined  Terms.  Terms used herein with  initial
capital-letters that are not otherwise defined are used herein as defined in the
Certificate of Incorporation.

                                       12
<PAGE>



                                                               Exhibit 3.07

                       Certificate of Ownership and Merger
                                       of
                    MotivePower Industries, Inc. (Subsidiary)
                            (a Delaware corporation)
                                      into
                          MK Rail Corporation (Parent)
                            (a Delaware corporation)


Pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,
MK Rail  Corporation  (the  "Parent"),  a  Delaware  corporation  and the parent
corporation to its wholly-owned  subsidiary,  MotivePower Industries,  Inc. (the
"Subsidiary"), a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies that:

1.       Attached  hereto as  Exhibit A are  resolutions  (the  "Resolutions  of
         Merger") duly adopted on December 16, 1996 by the Board of Directors of
         the Parent,  pursuant to which the Subsidiary  shall be merged into the
         Parent,  and the  name of the  surviving  parent  corporation  shall be
         changed from "MK Rail Corporation" to "MotivePower  Industries,  Inc.,"
         which Resolutions of Merger have been approved and adopted by the Board
         of Directors of the Parent in accordance  with the  requirements of the
         General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

2.       The Certificate of Incorporation of the surviving  corporation shall be
         the Certificate of Incorporation of the Parent as in effect immediately
         prior to the merger  (except  the name shall be changed as  provided in
         the  Resolutions  of  Merger  and  as  noted  in  paragraph  1 of  this
         Certificate).

3.       The  Resolutions  of  Merger  are on  file at  1200  Reedsdale  Street,
         Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania 15233, the principal place of business of the
         surviving corporation.

4.       The merger shall be effective at 12:01 a.m. on January 1, 1997.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Certificate  is  executed  by the  undersigned  duly
authorized  officer on behalf of MK Rail  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation,
this 26th day of December, 1996.

                                                     MK Rail Corporation
                                                     (a Delaware corporation)


                                                     By: /s/ William D. Grab
                                                     Name:    William D. Grab
                                                     Title:      Vice President

122714.WPD

<PAGE>


                                    Exhibit A

         Resolutions  of the  Board of  Directors  of MK Rail  Corporation  (the
         "Company")  Adopted at a Meeting of the Board of  Directors on December
         16, 1996

         WHEREAS,  MotivePower  Industries,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation,  was
         incorporated on August 26, 1996; and

         WHEREAS,  the Company owns all of the issued and  outstanding  stock of
         MotivePower Industries, Inc.; and

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to merge MotivePower Industries, Inc. into
         the Company under Sections 253 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law
         (the "DGCL"); and

         WHEREAS,  the Company  shall be the surviving  corporation  of the said
         merger; and

         WHEREAS,  as a result of said merger,  the name of Company shall change
         to MotivePower Industries, Inc.;

         RESOLVED, that the merger of MotivePower  Industries,  Inc., which is a
         wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, with and into the Company shall
         be, and hereby is, approved in all respects; and further

         RESOLVED,  that as a result of the  merger,  all  stock of  MotivePower
         Industries,  Inc. outstanding  immediately prior to the merger shall be
         cancelled and all stock of the Parent outstanding  immediately prior to
         the merger  shall  continue  to be stock of the  surviving  corporation
         after the merger; and further

         RESOLVED,  that the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Company in
         effect  immediately  prior to the merger  shall be the  Certificate  of
         Incorporation of the Company as the surviving  corporation at and after
         the effective date of the merger, except that the name of the surviving
         corporation  shall be changed from MK Rail  Corporation  to MotivePower
         Industries, Inc.; and further

         RESOLVED,  that the merger shall be  effective on January 1, 1997;  and
         further

         RESOLVED,  that the  President or any Vice  President of the Company is
         hereby authorized,  empowered and directed to execute for and on behalf
         of the Company a  Certificate  of  Ownership  and Merger and such other
         documents, all containing such terms as any such officer approves, such
         approval to be conclusively  evidenced by any such officer's  execution
         and  delivery  thereof,  and to  perform  such  other  acts as any such
         officer shall deem necessary or  appropriate to effectuate  such merger
         in the State of Delaware; and further

         RESOLVED,  that the President  and any Vice  President and Secretary of
         the Company be, and each of them hereby is,  authorized,  empowered and
         directed,  for and on behalf of the Company,  and as its  corporate act
         and deed,  to execute  and deliver  all other  documents,  instruments,
         certificates,  and agreements,  and to do all acts and things as may be
         necessary and  appropriate to carry out the purpose and intent of these
         resolutions.

<PAGE>




                                                                  Exhibit 10.58
                         



               AMENDMENT NO. 1 AND WAIVER TO AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


         This Amendment No. 1 and Waiver (this  "Amendment")  is entered into as
of December 30, 1996 by and among MK Rail  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation
("MKR"),  with its chief executive office at 1200 Reedsdale Street,  Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania  15233; Motor Coils  Manufacturing Co., a Pennsylvania  corporation
("Motor  Coils");  MK  Engine  Systems  Company,  Inc.,  a New York  Corporation
("MKES"); Clark Industries, Inc., an Illinois corporation ("Clark"); Power Parts
Company, a Nevada  corporation  ("Power Parts");  Touchstone,  Inc., a Tennessee
corporation  ("Touchstone");  Power  Parts  Sign Co.,  an  Illinois  corporation
("Sign")  (each  of  MKR  and  the  Component   Subsidiaries  a  "Borrower"  and
collectively the "Borrowers"), and BankAmerica Business Credit, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, individually as a lender ("Lender") and as agent ("Agent").

                                    RECITALS


         A. The  Borrowers,  the Agent and the Lender are party to that  certain
Amended and Restated Loan and Security  Agreement dated as of September 10, 1996
(as previously  amended,  the "Credit  Agreement").  Unless otherwise  specified
herein,  capitalized  terms  used in this  Amendment  shall  have  the  meanings
ascribed to them by the Credit Agreement.

         B. Immediately prior to the execution of this Amendment,  the Agent and
the Lender  entered into  Assignment and  Acceptance  Agreements  dated the date
hereof (the "Assignment Agreements") with each of Heller Financial,  Inc., Green
Tree  Financial  Servicing  Corporation  and Star Bank, N.A  (collectively,  the
"Former Lenders"),  pursuant to which the Lender purchased from such Persons all
of their  outstanding  Loans and  commitments  under the Credit  Agreement  (the
"Buyout"),  and paid them (on behalf of and with the consent of the Borrowers) a
prepayment  fee for  agreeing  to the  Buyout,  plus any and all unpaid  accrued
interest and fees owed by the Borrowers through the date hereof or the Effective
Date,  whichever  is later,  all  amounts as set forth in each  Exhibit A to the
Assignment Agreements.

         C.  The  Borrowers  intend  to  implement  a  corporate  restructuring,
effective as of January 1, 1997, as set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

         D. The  Borrowers,  the  Lender  and the Agent wish to amend the Credit
Agreement and waive certain provisions thereof with respect to (a) the corporate
restructuring,  (b) the maturity  date of the Loans and (c) the rate of interest
on the Loans, all pursuant to the terms as set forth below.


                                       -1-


<PAGE>



         Now,  therefore,  in  consideration  of the mutual execution hereof and
other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Amendment to Credit Agreement. Upon the "Effective Date" (as defined
below), the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

         (a) The  following  definitions  in  Section  1.1 are  amended in their
entirety to read as follows:

  o     "'Stated Termination Date' means September 30, 1997."

  o     "'Applicable Revolver Base Rate Margin' shall mean one half of one
        percent (0.50%)."

  o     "'Applicable Revolver LIBOR Margin' shall mean two percent (2%)."

  o     "'Applicable Term Base Rate Margin' shall mean three-quarters of
        one percent (0.75%)."

  o     "'Applicable Term LIBOR Margin' shall mean two and one-quarter
        percent (2.25%)."

  o     "'Default Rate' means a fluctuating per annum interest rate at all times
          ------------                      ---------
        equal to the sum of (a) the Interest Rate for each Loan or Obligation
        which would be derived by applying the otherwise Applicable
        Margin, plus (b) two percent (2.0%).  Each Default Rate shall be
                ----
        adjusted simultaneously with any change in the applicable Interest
        Rate.  In addition, with respect to Letters of Credit, the Default Rate
        shall mean an increase in the Letter of Credit Fee by two percent
        (2.0%) per annum."

         (b) The second sentence of Section 2.2(c) is amended in its entirety to
read as follows:

                           "The  Term  Loan  Notes  delivered  to the  Agent (on
                  behalf of the Lenders) shall be dated the Closing Date and the
                  principal  amount of the Term Loan  shall  mature in  thirteen
                  (13)  monthly  installments.  Each of the  first  twelve  (12)
                  installments  of principal shall be payable in an amount equal
                  to $133,334 (and paid ratably by the Borrowers  receiving Term
                  Loans) and shall be  payable  on the first day of each  month,
                  commencing on October 1, 1996 and ending on September 1, 1997,
                  and the final  installment of principal on the Term Loan shall
                  be payable in an amount equal to $6,399,992 or, if

                                       -2-


<PAGE>



different,  the then remaining  principal balance of the Term Loan, and shall be
payable on the Stated Termination Date."
     (c) Thefirst paragraph of Section 3.1(a)(iii) is amended in its entirety to
 read as follows: 
               "(iii)  Without  limiting  any other  restrictions  herein on the
               availability  of LIBOR Rate Loans,  the Borrowers  shall not have
               the option to elect,  designate,  continue  or convert  any Loans
               into LIBOR Rate Loans on the Closing  Date  (through  October 31,
               1996) or at any time when a Default  or an Event of  Default  has
               occurred and is continuing." (d) Section 3.1(b) is amended in its
               entirety to read as follows:

                                    "(b).   Intentionally Omitted."

                           (e)      Section 3.2(c) is amended in its entirety to
                                    read as follows:

                                    "(c) If upon the  expiration of any Interest
                                    Period  applicable to LIBOR Rate Loans,  MKR
                                    has failed to select  timely a new  Interest
                                    Period to be  applicable to LIBOR Rate Loans
                                    or if any  Default or Event of Default  then
                                    exists,  then the applicable  Borrower shall
                                    be deemed to have  elected to  convert  such
                                    LIBOR   Rate  Loans  into  Base  Rate  Loans
                                    effective as of the expiration  date of such
                                    Interest Period."

                           (f)      Section 4.2 is amended  in its  entirety  to
                                    read as follows:

                                    "4.2  Termination of Facility;  Prepayments.
                                    The Borrowers may terminate  this  Agreement
                                    upon at least ten (10) Business  Days' prior
                                    written notice from MKR to the Agent and the
                                    Lenders,  upon  (a) the  payment  in full in
                                    cash of all outstanding Loans, together with
                                    accrued    interest    thereon,    and   the
                                    cancellation of all  outstanding  Letters of
                                    Credit,  (b) the  payment in full in cash of
                                    all other Obligations  together with accrued
                                    interest  thereon,  and (c) with  respect to
                                    any LIBOR Rate Loans  prepaid in  connection
                                    with   such   termination   prior   to   the
                                    expiration   date  of  the  Interest  Period
                                    applicable  thereto,   the  payment  of  the
                                    amounts described in Section 5.4."

                           (g)      Schedules   8.5  and  8.7  are  deleted  and
                                    Schedules  8.5 and 8.7  attached  hereto are
                                    hereby   substituted   in   their   entirety
                                    therefor.


                                       -3-


<PAGE>



                           (h)      The  Lender's  signature  page to the Credit
                                    Agreement is amended and  substituted in its
                                    entirety  by  the  form  of  signature  page
                                    signed by the  Lender and  attached  to this
                                    Amendment.

                  2.       Consent and Waiver.

                           (a)  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  set
         forth in  Section  9.21 of the Credit  Agreement,  the Agent and Lender
         consent to MKR creating the following new wholly-owned  subsidiaries as
         of January 1, 1997:

             (i)     MotivePower Investments Ltd., a Delaware corporation;

             (ii)    MotivePower Investments, Inc., a Delaware corporation;

             (iii)   Boise Locomotive Company, a Delaware corporation; and

             (iv)    Motive Power Foreign Sales Corporation, a Barbados
                     corporation;

         provided,   however,   that  the  consent  in  this  paragraph  (a)  is
         conditioned on the Borrower's acknowledgment and agreement that each of
         these   subsidiaries   shall  not  (i)  conduct  business  or  business
         operations,  (ii) start  operations  without the written consent of the
         Agent and (iii)  have  assets or  liabilities  of any kind in excess of
         $10,000 in the aggregate.

                           (b)  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  set
forth in Section 9.9 of the Credit  Agreement,  the Agent and the Lender consent
to (a) the merger of MotivePower Industries, Inc. into MKR to be effective as of
January 1, 1997 and (b) the  dissolution of Sign and AMS  Manufacturing  Company
(f/k/a Alert Mfg. & Supply Co.) to be effective as of January 1, 1997.

                           (c)  Notwithstanding  anything  to the  contrary  set
forth in  Section  7.3(j) of the  Credit  Agreement,  the  Agent and the  Lender
consent to the Borrowers name changes as set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

                           (d) No later  than  January 6,  1997,  the  Borrowers
shall provide to the Agent and the Lender written evidence in form and substance
acceptable to the Agent and the Lender of the effectiveness of (i) the Merger of
MotivePower  Industries,  Inc.  into MKR, (ii) the  dissolution  of Sign and AMS
Manufacturing  Company  (f/k/a  Alert  Mfg.  & Supply  Co.),  and (iii) the name
changes as set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

                           3.  Representations  and  Warranties of the Borrower.
Each of the Borrowers represents and warrants that:


                                       -4-


<PAGE>



                           (a) The  execution,  delivery and  performance by the
         Borrowers of this Amendment have been duly  authorized by all necessary
         corporate action and that this Amendment is a legal,  valid and binding
         obligation  of the  Borrowers  enforceable  against  the  Borrowers  in
         accordance  with its terms,  except as the  enforcement  thereof may be
         subject to (i) the  effect of any  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
         reorganization,  moratorium or similar law affecting  creditors' rights
         generally and (ii) general  principles of equity (regardless of whether
         such enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law);

                           (b)  Each  of  the   representations  and  warranties
         contained  in the Credit  Agreement is true and correct in all material
         respects on and as of the date hereof as if made on the date hereof;

                           (c) The  execution,  delivery and  performance by the
         Borrowers of this  Amendment,  and the  performance by the Borrowers of
         the  Credit  Agreement  (as  amended  hereby)  do not and  will not (i)
         violate any provision of any law, rule or regulation  applicable to the
         Borrowers,  the Certificate or Articles of  Incorporation  or Bylaws of
         the  Borrowers  or any order,  judgment or decree of any court or other
         agency or  government  binding on any  Borrower,  (ii)  conflict  with,
         result in a breach of or  constitute  (with due notice or lapse of time
         or  both)  a  default  under  any  contract,   agreement,  mortgage  or
         obligation  of any  Borrower  except  where the  Borrowers  shall  have
         obtained  waivers or consents from the other parties to such agreements
         and  disclosed  the same to the Agent,  (iii)  result in or require the
         creation  or  imposition  of  any  lien  upon  any  of  the  Borrowers'
         properties or assets (other than Liens  permitted under Section 9.19 of
         the Credit  Agreement) or (iv) require any approval of  stockholders or
         any  approval or consent of any Person under any  contract,  agreement,
         mortgage or  obligation  to which any  Borrower is a party (or by which
         its  assets or  properties  are  bound)  except  for the  approvals  or
         consents  which  will be  obtained  on or before  the date  hereof  and
         disclosed in writing to the Agent.

                           (d) After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default
         or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

                           (e) The  Borrowers  authorize  and agree  that on the
         Effective  Date (i) MKR will be deemed to have  made a  Revolving  Loan
         borrowing  (and to have provided the funds to the Agent for the use set
         forth below) in an aggregate  amount equal to the prepayment fee as set
         forth on each Exhibit A to the Assignment  Agreements of  approximately
         $1,000,000 in the aggregate (the  "Prepayment  Fee"),  plus any and all
         unpaid  accrued  interest and fees owed by the  Borrowers to the Former
         Lenders  through the date hereof or the  Effective  Date,  whichever is
         later as set forth on each Exhibit A to the Assignment  Agreements (the
         "Payoff  Amount"),and  (ii) the  Agent  will use the  proceeds  of such
         Revolving  Loan  borrowing  on  behalf of the  Borrowers  to pay to the
         Former  Lenders  the   Prepayment   Fee,  plus  the  Payoff  Amount  as
         consideration for consenting to the Buyout.


                                       -5-


<PAGE>



               4.  Effective  Time.  Sections  1 and 2 of this  Amendment  shall
          become effective  - upon:

                           (a)  the  execution   and  delivery   hereof  by  the
         Borrowers, the Lender and the Agent;

                           (b)  the  payment  by the  Borrowers  to  BankAmerica
         Business Credit, Inc., individually, on the date hereof of a prepayment
         fee of  $500,000 in  immediately  available  funds,  which fee shall be
         deemed fully  earned and  non-refundable  on the date  hereof,  and MKR
         hereby  authorizes  such payment to be made as a revolving loan advance
         to MKR;

                           (c) the  delivery  of a legal  opinion  from  Doepken
         Keevican & Weiss, counsel to the Borrowers,  as to all the transactions
         described herein;

                           (d) receipt by the Agent of evidence of the corporate
         restructuring  and the other  documents and  deliveries as set forth in
         the  Closing  Memorandum  attached  hereto as Exhibit B all in form and
         substance acceptable to the Agent; and

                           (e)  the  execution  and  delivery  of  that  certain
         Commitment  Letter and Fee Letter among MKR, Bank of America  Illinois,
         Bank of America NT & SA and BA Securities, Inc.

In the event the Effective Time has not occurred on or before 5:00 p.m. (Chicago
time) December 31, 1996,  Sections 1 and 2 hereof shall not become operative and
shall be of no force or effect.

                  5.       Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit Agreement.

                           (a) Except as specifically  amended above, the Credit
         Agreement and the other Loan  Documents  shall remain in full force and
         effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed.

                           (b) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this
         Amendment  shall not operate as a waiver of any right,  power or remedy
         of the Agent or any  Lender  under  the  Credit  Agreement  or any Loan
         Document,  nor  constitute  a waiver  of any  provision  of the  Credit
         Agreement  or any Loan  Document,  except  as  specifically  set  forth
         herein. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the
         Credit Agreement to "this Agreement",  "hereunder",  "hereof", "herein"
         or words of similar  import shall mean and be a reference to the Credit
         Agreement as amended hereby.

                  6.       Costs and Expenses.

                           (a) The Borrower hereby affirms its obligation  under
         Section 15.7 of the Credit  Agreement  to  reimburse  the Agent and the
         Lender for all reasonable costs, internal

                                       -6-


<PAGE>



         charges  and  out-of-pocket  expenses  paid or incurred by the Agent in
         connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of
         this  Amendment,  including but not limited to the attorneys'  fees and
         time charges of attorneys (and the allocated cost of in-house  counsel)
         for the Agent with respect thereto.

                  7.  GOVERNING  LAW.  THIS  AMENDMENT  SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS OPPOSED TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS
PROVISIONS)  OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS;  PROVIDED  THAT THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT
SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

                  8. Headings.  Section  headings in this Amendment are included
herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this
Amendment for any other purposes.

                  9. Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in any number
of counterparts,  each of which when so executed shall be deemed an original but
all such counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                  10.  JURY  TRIAL  WAIVER.  THE  BORROWERS,  THE  AGENT AND THE
LENDERS HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO
ENFORCE OR DEFEND AND RIGHTS UNDER THIS  AMENDMENT,  THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR UNDER
ANY AMENDMENT,  INSTRUMENT,  DOCUMENT OR AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH MAY IN THE
FUTURE  BE  DELIVERED  IN  CONNECTION  HEREWITH  OR  ARISING  FROM  ANY  LENDING
RELATIONSHIP  EXISTING IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS  AMENDMENT OR ANY LOAN DOCUMENT,
AND AGREE THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND
NOT BEFORE A JURY.

                  11.  Releases.  In further  consideration  of the execution of
this  Amendment by the Agent and the Lenders,  the Borrowers  hereby release the
Agent and the Lenders and all current and future  holders of  assignments  of or
participations  in the Obligations and their  respective  affiliates,  officers,
employees, directors, agents and attorneys (collectively,  the "Releasees") from
any and all claims, demands, liabilities, responsibilities,  disputes, causes of
action (whether at law or in equity) and obligations of every nature whatsoever,
whether  liquidated  or  unliquidated,  known or unknown,  matured or unmatured,
fixed or contingent (collectively, "Claims") that the Borrowers may have against
the Releasees  which arise from or relate to any actions which the Releasees may
have taken or omitted to take on or prior to the date hereof with respect to the
Obligations,  any Collateral,  the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document and
any third parties liable in whole or in part for the  Obligations.  For purposes
of the release contained in this paragraph,  the term "Borrowers" shall mean and
include the  Borrowers  and their  successors  and assigns,  including,  without
limitation,   any   trustees   acting  on  behalf  of  such   parties   and  any
debtor-in-possession in respect of any such party.


                                       -7-


<PAGE>



                  12.  Reaffirmation  of  Guaranty.  Each of the  Borrowers as a
guarantor under Article 16 of the Credit  Agreement  hereby (i) acknowledges and
reaffirms  all of its  obligations  and  undertakings  under the guaranty  under
Article 16 of the  Credit  Agreement,  and (ii)  acknowledges  and  agrees  that
subsequent  to, and taking into  account  this  Amendment,  the  guaranty  under
Article 16 of the Credit  Agreement is and shall remain in full force and effect
in accordance with the terms thereof.

                  13.  Date Down on Title  Insurance.  If on March 31,  1997 the
Lender still has any  outstanding  Commitment  under the Credit  Agreement,  the
Borrowers shall deliver to the Agent and the Lender date down  endorsements  for
the  title  policies  with  respect  to the  Mortgages  in  form  and  substance
acceptable to the Agent.


                                       -8-


<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Amendment
as of the date and year first above written.

                                                    "BORROWERS"


Power Parts Company                MK Rail Corporation

By:                                         By:
Title:                             Title:

Touchstone, Inc.                   Motor Coils Manufacturing Co.

By:                                         By:
Title:                             Title:

Power Parts Sign Co.                        MK Engine Systems Company, Inc.

By:                                         By:
Title:                             Title:

                                   Clark Industries, Inc.

                                   By:
                                   Title:



Acknowledged and agreed to:

AMS Manufacturing Company
 (f/k/a Alert Mfg & Supply Co.)

By:
Title:

                                       -9-


<PAGE>




Commitment:        $75,000,000           BANKAMERICA BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.,
                                         individually as a Lender and as Agent
Revolving Loan
 Commitment:       $67,000,000
                                         By:
Term Loan
 Commitment:       $8,000,000            Its:

Pro Rate Share:    100%

                                      -10-


<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT A

                             Corporate Restructuring


Existing Name                          New Name as of January 1, 1997
- -------------                          ------------------------------



                                      -11-


<PAGE>


                                                     EXHIBIT B

                                                Closing Memorandum




































<PAGE>

                                      -12-




                                                                 Exhibit 10.59

                           SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT




                          Dated as of February 27, 1997

                                      among

                          MOTIVEPOWER INDUSTRIES, INC.,
                                   as Borrower


                         BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                            AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                              as Agent and Lender,

                                       and

                 THE OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO,
                                   as Lenders




                                   Arranged By


                          BANCAMERICA SECURITIES, INC.













<PAGE>





                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                                                                     Page

ARTICLE I

         DEFINITIONS..........................................................2
         1.01  Certain Defined Terms..........................................2
         1.02  Other Interpretive Provisions.................................31
         1.03  Accounting Principles.........................................32
         1.04  Amendment and Restatement.....................................32

ARTICLE II

         THE CREDITS.........................................................33
         2.01  Amounts and Terms of Commitments..............................33
                  (a)      The Term Credit...................................33
                  (b)      The Revolving Credit..............................34
                  (c)      Letters of Credit.................................34
         2.02  Loan Accounts; Notes..........................................40
               --------------------
         2.03  Procedure for Borrowing.......................................40
               -----------------------
         2.04  Conversion and Continuation Elections.........................41
               -------------------------------------
         2.05  Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitments.............42
               -------------------------------------------------
         2.06  Optional Prepayments..........................................43
               --------------------
         2.07  Mandatory Prepayments of Loans; Mandatory Commitment
               ----------------------------------------------------
                  Reductions.................................................43
                  (a)      Asset Dispositions................................43
                  (b)      Subordinated Debt Issuance........................44
                  (c)      Overadvances......................................44
                  (d)      General...........................................44
                  (e)      Reduction of Commitment...........................45
         2.08  Repayment.....................................................45
               ---------
                  (a)      The Term Credit...................................45
                           ---------------
                  (b)      The Revolving Credit..............................45
                           --------------------
         2.09  Interest......................................................46
         2.10  Fees..........................................................46
                  (a)  Arrangement, Agency Fees..............................46
                  (b)      Commitment Fees...................................47
                  (c)      Compensation for Letters of Credit................47
         2.11  Computation of Fees and Interest..............................48
               --------------------------------
         2.12  Payments by the Borrower......................................48
               ------------------------
         2.13  Payments by the Lenders to the Agent..........................49
               ------------------------------------
         2.14  Sharing of Payments, Etc......................................50
               -------------------------
         2.15  Security and Guaranty.........................................50
               ---------------------

ARTICLE III

         TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY..............................50
         3.01  Taxes.........................................................50
         3.02  Illegality....................................................51
         3.03  Increased Costs and Reduction of Return.......................52
         3.04  Funding Losses................................................53
         3.05  Inability to Determine Rates..................................54




                                        i

<PAGE>


Section                                                                    Page



         3.06  Reserves on Offshore Rate Loans..............................54
               -------------------------------
         3.07  Certificates of Lenders......................................54
               -----------------------
         3.08  Substitution of Lenders......................................54
               -----------------------
         3.09  Survival.....................................................55
               --------

ARTICLE IV

         CONDITIONS PRECEDENT...............................................55
         4.01  Conditions of Initial Closing................................55
                  (a)      Credit Agreement and Notes.......................55
                  (b)      Resolutions; Incumbency..........................55
                  (c)      Organization Documents; Financials and Solvency;
                           Good Standing....................................55
                           -------------
                  (d)      Legal Opinions...................................56
                           --------------
                  (e)      Payment of Fees..................................56
                           ---------------
                  (f)      Collateral Documents.............................56
                           --------------------
                  (g)      Insurance Policies...............................58
                           ------------------
                  (h)      Environmental Review.............................58
                           --------------------
                  (i)      Certificate......................................58
                           -----------
                  (j)      Borrower Reorganization..........................59
                           -----------------------
                  (k)      Repayment of Eurodollar Loans to BABC............59
                           -------------------------------------
                  (l)      Assignment of BABC Loans.........................59
                           ------------------------
                  (m)      Documentation of Borrowing Subsidiary Loans......59
                           -------------------------------------------
                  (n)      Termination of PTRA and HBTC Liens...............59
                           ----------------------------------
                  (o)      Other Documents..................................59
                           ---------------
         4.02  Conditions to All Borrowings.................................59
                  (a)      Notice of Borrowing or Conversion/Continuation
                            ................................................60
                  (b)      Continuation of Representations and Warranties
                            ................................................60
                  (c)      No Existing Default..............................60
                  (d)      Availability.....................................60

ARTICLE V

         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.....................................60
         5.01  Corporate Existence and Power................................60
         5.02  Corporate Authorization; No Contravention....................61
         5.03  Governmental Authorization...................................61
         5.04  Binding Effect...............................................61
         5.05  Litigation...................................................62
         5.06  No Default...................................................62
         5.07  ERISA Compliance.............................................62
         5.08  Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations..........................63
         5.09  Title to Properties..........................................63
         5.10  Taxes........................................................63
         5.11  Financial Condition..........................................63
         5.12  Environmental Matters........................................64
         5.13  Collateral Documents.........................................65




                                       ii

<PAGE>


Section                                                                    Page



         5.14  Regulated Entities...........................................66
         5.15  No Burdensome Restrictions...................................66
         5.16  Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc.
                   .........................................................66
         5.17  Capitalization and Subsidiaries..............................67
               -------------------------------
         5.18  Insurance....................................................67
               ---------
         5.19  Solvency.....................................................67
               --------
         5.20  Swap Obligations.............................................67
               ----------------
         5.21  Full Disclosure..............................................67
               ---------------

ARTICLE VI

         AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS..............................................68
         6.01  Financial Statements and Borrowing Base Certificate
                   .........................................................68
         6.02  Certificates; Other Information..............................69
               -------------------------------
         6.03  Notices......................................................70
               -------
         6.04  Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc.....................72
               ----------------------------------------
         6.05  Maintenance of Property; Locomotives.........................72
               ------------------------------------
         6.06  Insurance....................................................72
               ---------
         6.07  Payment of Obligations.......................................73
               ----------------------
         6.08  Compliance with Laws.........................................73
               --------------------
         6.09  Compliance with ERISA........................................74
               ---------------------
         6.10  Inspection of Property and Books and Records.................74
               --------------------------------------------
         6.11  Environmental Laws...........................................74
               ------------------
         6.12  Use of Proceeds..............................................74
               ---------------
         6.13  Location and Perfection of Collateral........................75
               -------------------------------------
         6.14  Further Assurances...........................................75
               ------------------

ARTICLE VII

         NEGATIVE COVENANTS.................................................76
         7.01  Limitation on Liens..........................................76
         7.02  Disposition of Assets........................................78
         7.03  Restriction on Fundamental Changes; Acquisitions.............79
         7.04  Loans and Investments........................................82
         7.05  Limitation on Indebtedness...................................84
         7.06  Transactions with Affiliates.................................84
         7.07  Use of Proceeds..............................................85
         7.08  Contingent Obligations.......................................85
         7.09  Joint Ventures; Subsidiaries.................................86
         7.10  Lease Obligations............................................87
         7.11  Restricted Payments; No Permitted Restrictions for
                  Subsidiaries..............................................87
         7.12  ERISA........................................................88
         7.13  Change in Business; Holding Companies; FSC Operations
                   .........................................................88
         7.14  Accounting Changes...........................................89
               ------------------
         7.15  Capital Expenditures.........................................89
               --------------------




                                       iii

<PAGE>


Section                                                                    Page



         7.16  Maximum Ratio of Funded Debt to Cash Flow....................89
               -----------------------------------------
         7.17  Minimum Tangible Net Worth...................................89
               --------------------------
         7.18  Minimum Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio.........................89
               ------------------------------------

ARTICLE VIII

         EVENTS OF DEFAULT..................................................90
         8.01  Event of Default.............................................90
                  (a)      Non-Payment......................................90
                           -----------
                  (b)      Representation or Warranty.......................90
                           --------------------------
                  (c)      Specific Defaults................................90
                           -----------------
                  (d)      Other Defaults...................................90
                           --------------
                  (e)      Cross-Default....................................90
                           -------------
                  (f)      Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings................91
                           ---------------------------------
                  (g)      Involuntary Proceedings..........................91
                           -----------------------
                  (h)      ERISA............................................91
                           -----
                  (i)      Monetary Judgments...............................92
                           ------------------
                  (j)      Non-Monetary Judgments...........................92
                           ----------------------
                  (k)      Change of Control................................92
                           -----------------
                  (l)      Loss of Licenses.................................92
                           ----------------
                  (m)      Adverse Change...................................92
                           --------------
                  (n)      Guarantor Defaults...............................92
                           ------------------
                  (o)      Collateral.......................................93
                           ----------
                  (p)      Cross-Acceleration to MK Gain Debt...............93
                           ----------------------------------
                  (q)      Locomotive Leases................................93
                           -----------------
         8.02  Remedies.....................................................93
               --------
         8.03  Specified Swap Contract Remedies.............................94
               --------------------------------
         8.04  Rights Not Exclusive.........................................94
               --------------------
         8.05  Certain Financial Covenant Defaults..........................96
               -----------------------------------

ARTICLE IX

         THE AGENT..........................................................96
         9.01  Appointment and Authorization; "Agent".......................96
         9.02  Delegation of Duties.........................................97
         9.03  Liability of Agent...........................................97
         9.04  Reliance by Agent............................................97
         9.05  Notice of Default............................................98
         9.06  Credit Decision..............................................98
         9.07  Indemnification of Agent.....................................99
         9.08  Agent in Individual Capacity.................................99
         9.09  Successor Agent.............................................100
         9.10  Withholding Tax.............................................100
         9.11  Collateral Matters..........................................102

ARTICLE X

         MISCELLANEOUS.....................................................102
         10.01  Amendments and Waivers.....................................102




                                       iv

<PAGE>


Section                                                                    Page



         10.02  Notices.....................................................103
                -------
         10.03  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies..............................104
                ------------------------------
         10.04  Costs and Expenses..........................................105
                ------------------
         10.05  Borrower Indemnification....................................105
                ------------------------
         10.06  Marshalling; Payments Set Aside.............................107
                -------------------------------
         10.07  Successors and Assigns......................................107
                ----------------------
         10.08  Assignments, Participations, etc............................107
                ---------------------------------
         10.09  Confidentiality.............................................109
                ---------------
         10.10  Set-off.....................................................110
                -------
         10.11  Intentionally Omitted.......................................110
                ---------------------
         10.12  Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc.
                   .........................................................110
         10.13  Counterparts................................................110
                ------------
         10.14  Severability................................................111
                ------------
         10.15  No Third Parties Benefited..................................111
                --------------------------
         10.16  Governing Law and Jurisdiction..............................111
                ------------------------------
         10.17  Waiver of Jury Trial........................................111
                --------------------
         10.18  Entire Agreement............................................112
                ----------------
||




                                        v

<PAGE>



    SCHEDULES

    Schedule 1.1A                 Terms of Reorganization
    Schedule 2.01                 Commitments
    Schedule 2.01(c)              Outstanding Letters of Credit as of Closing
    Schedule 2.07                 Motor Coils Machine Shop Equipment
    Schedule 5.05                 Litigation
    Schedule 5.07                 ERISA
    Schedule 5.11                 (A)  December 31, 1996 Unaudited
                                       Financials
                                  (B)  Off Balance Sheet Liabilities
                                  (C)  Pro Forma
                                  (D)  Projections
    Schedule 5.12                 Environmental Matters
    Schedule 5.13                 List of UCC Filing Jurisdictions
    Schedule 5.17                 Capitalization and Subsidiaries
    Schedule 5.18                 Insurance Matters
    Schedule 6.05                 Owned Railroad Locomotives
    Schedule 6.13                 Location of Collateral
    Schedule 7.01                 Permitted Liens
    Schedule 7.05                 Permitted Indebtedness
    Schedule 7.06                 Affiliate Transactions
    Schedule 7.08                 Contingent Obligations
    Schedule 10.02                Lending Offices; Addresses for Notices


    EXHIBITS

    Exhibit A                 Form of Compliance Certificate (Section 1.01)
    Exhibit B                 Form of Amended and Restated Guaranty (Section
                              1.01)
    Exhibit C                 Form of Notice of Borrowing (Section 1.01)
    Exhibit D                 Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
                              (Section 1.01)
    Exhibit E                 Form of Revolving Loan Note (Section 1.01)
    Exhibit F                 Form of Amended and Restated Term Loan Note
                              (Section 1.01)
    Exhibit G                 Form of Amended and Restated Security Agreement
                              (Borrower)(Section 1.01)
    Exhibit H                 Form of Amended and Restated Security Agreement
                              (Guarantors) (Section 1.01)
    Exhibit I                 Form of Legal Opinion of Borrower's Counsel
                              (Section 4.01)
    Exhibit J                 Form of Borrowing Base Certificate (Section
                              6.01)
    Exhibit K                 Form of Assignment and Acceptance (Section
                              10.08)




                                       vi

<PAGE>



                           SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


         This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of
February 27, 1997, among MotivePower  Industries,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation
(the "Borrower"),  the several financial institutions from time to time party to
this Agreement (collectively, the "Lenders"; individually, a "Lender"), and Bank
of America National Trust and Savings Association, as agent for the Lenders (the
"Agent").

         WHEREAS,  MotivePower Industries,  Inc. (f/k/a MK Rail Corporation),  a
Delaware  corporation,  Motor Coils  Manufacturing  Company  (f/k/a  Motor Coils
Manufacturing Co.), a Pennsylvania  corporation ("Motor Coils"),  Engine Systems
Company,  Inc. (f/k/a MK Engine Systems  Company,  Inc.), a New York corporation
("Engine"), Clark Industries Company (f/k/a Clark Industries, Inc.), an Illinois
corporation ("Clark"),  Touchstone Company (f/k/a Touchstone, Inc.), a Tennessee
corporation  ("Touchstone"),  Power Parts Company, a Nevada corporation  ("Power
Parts")   (each  an  "Existing   Borrower"  and   collectively,   the  "Existing
Borrowers"),  and  BankAmerica  Business  Credit,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation
individually  as a lender and as agent  ("BABC"),  are  parties to that  certain
Amended and Restated Loan and Security  Agreement dated as of September 10, 1996
(as amended, the "Existing Loan Agreement");

         WHEREAS,  immediately  prior to the effectiveness of this amendment and
restatement  of the  Agreement,  BABC has  resigned as agent and assigned to the
Agent all of its rights, duties and obligations as agent under the Existing Loan
Agreement (and Agent has assumed all such rights,  duties and obligations as the
successor  agent  thereunder),  and BABC has  assigned to the Lenders all of its
rights and outstanding loans, commitments and letter of credit obligations under
the Existing  Loan  Agreement,  and each Lender has assumed its ratable share of
such loans,  commitments and letter of credit obligations in accordance with the
Pro Rata Shares (as defined below) hereunder;

         WHEREAS,  on the Closing  Date (as defined  below) the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries are undertaking a  reorganization  (the  "Reorganization")of  their
corporate  structure as described in full on Schedule  1.1A hereto,  pursuant to
which (among other  things) the  Borrower  will become a holding  company and no
longer conduct business operations;

         WHEREAS,  pursuant to the  Borrower's  request on the Closing Date, the
proceeds of the Loans (as defined below) hereunder, to the extent necessary, are
being  applied  in  repayment  of  the   outstanding   loans  to  the  Borrowing
Subsidiaries  (as defined  below) on the date  hereof  under the  Existing  Loan
Agreement and Boise Locomotive Company, a Delaware corporation ("Boise




                                        1

<PAGE>



Locomotive"),  provided,  that such  repayment  shall not in any way release the
Borrowing  Subsidiaries from their continuing obligations under the Guaranty (as
defined below); and

         WHEREAS,  the Agent,  the Lenders and the Borrower have agreed to amend
and restate the Existing Loan Agreement (i) to continue to make available to the
Borrower credit facilities in an aggregate amount up to $75,000,000,  which will
(among  other  things) be restated as a secured  term loan which is increased to
$20,000,000  and a  secured  revolving  credit  facility  which  is  reduced  to
$55,000,000, all upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, (ii)
to amend and restate the guaranty obligations of the Borrowing  Subsidiaries and
certain  other  Subsidiaries  of the  Borrower  set forth in the  Existing  Loan
Agreement to continue such  obligations  as part of the  Guaranty,  and (iii) to
amend and  restate  the  mortgages,  security  interests  and liens  granted  by
Borrower,  the  Borrowing  Subsidiaries  and certain other  Subsidiaries  of the
Borrower in the Existing Loan  Agreement and the other  agreements  contemplated
thereby to continue such mortgages, liens and security interests pursuant to the
Security  Agreements and other  Collateral  Documents (as such terms are defined
below);

         NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual agreements,  provisions
and covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         1.01  Certain Defined Terms.  The following terms have the
following meanings:

                  "Account Debtor" means the Person obligated in any way
         on or in connection with an Account.

                  "Accounts"   means  all  of  the  Borrower's,   the  Borrowing
         Subsidiaries',  Clark's and in certain limited circumstances, the FSC's
         (on a  consolidated  basis) now owned or hereafter  acquired or arising
         accounts,  and any  other  rights to  payment  for the sale or lease of
         goods or rendition of services, whether or not they have been earned by
         performance.

                  "Acquisition"  means any  transaction  or  series  of  related
         transactions  for the purpose of or resulting,  directly or indirectly,
         in (a) the acquisition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of a
         Person, or of any business or division of a Person, (b) the acquisition
         of in  excess  of 50%  of the  capital  stock,  partnership  interests,
         membership interests or equity of any Person, or otherwise




                                        2

<PAGE>



         causing  any  Person  to  become  a  Subsidiary,  or  (c) a  merger  or
         consolidation or any other  combination with another Person (other than
         a  Person  that is a  Subsidiary)  provided  that the  Borrower  or the
         Subsidiary is the surviving entity.

                  "Affiliate"  means, as to any Person,  any other Person which,
         directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under
         common control with,  such Person.  A Person shall be deemed to control
         another  Person  if  the  controlling  Person  possesses,  directly  or
         indirectly,  the  power  to  direct  or  cause  the  direction  of  the
         management  and  policies  of the other  Person,  whether  through  the
         ownership of voting securities,  membership interests,  by contract, or
         otherwise;  provided,  however, that neither Agent, Arranger or Bank of
         America  Illinois  shall in any event be deemed to be Affiliates of the
         Borrower or its Affiliates.

                  "Agent"  means BofA in its  capacity  as agent for the Lenders
         hereunder, and any successor agent arising under Section 9.09.

                  "Agent-Related  Persons"  means BofA and any  successor  agent
         arising under Section 9.09,  together with their respective  Affiliates
         (including, without limitation, in the case of BofA, the Arranger), and
         the officers,  directors,  employees,  agents and  attorneys-in-fact of
         such Persons and Affiliates.

                  "Agent's  Payment  Office"  means the address for payments set
         forth on  Schedule  10.02 or such  other  address as the Agent may from
         time to time specify.

                  "Agreement"  means this  Second  Amended and  Restated  Credit
         Agreement,  as  hereafter  modified,  amended or restated  from time to
         time.

                  "Applicable  Margin"  means the  percentage as set forth below
         then applicable to,  respectively,  the Commitment  Fee,  Offshore Rate
         Loans, Base Rate Loans, documentary or commercial Letter of Credit fees
         and stand-by Letter of Credit fees as determined by using the following
         performance  based grid after  determining  which of the pricing levels
         (being I through V) specified thereon is then in effect:









                                        3

<PAGE>



<TABLE>

                                            
<CAPTION>
                                            
                                             Pricing             Pricing              Pricing                    
                                            Level II:           Level III:           Level IV:            
         Ratio of:                          less than           less than            less than
     (A) Funded Debt to     Pricing         1.50x and           2.25x and            3.00x and            Pricing
     (B) Cash Flow          Level I:        greater than        greater than         greater than         Level V:     
                            less than       or equal to         or equal to          or equal to          greater than
                            1.00x           1.00x               1.50x                2.25x                3.00
                          ------------      ------------        ------------         ------------         ------------
<S>                           <C>              <C>                  <C>                 <C>                 <C>   
Commitment Fee:               0.20%            0.25%                0.30%               0.35%               0.375%
Offshore Rate Loans:          0.50%            0.75%                1.00%               1.50%               2.00%
Base Rate Loans:              0.00%            0.00%                0.00%               0.50%               1.00%
Documentary or                
Commercial Letters                              
of Credit:                    0.25%            0.375%               0.50%               0.75%               1.00%
Stand-by Letters of          
Credit:                       0.50%            0.75%                1.00%               1.50%               2.00%


</TABLE>



                  As of the Closing Date, the  Applicable  Margin shall mean the
         percentages  set forth under Pricing Level III and in no event will the
         Applicable  Margin be reduced  below  Pricing Level III for a period of
         six (6) months after the Closing Date.  Subject to the  limitations  of
         the first sentence of this  paragraph,  the Pricing Level in effect and
         thereby the  Applicable  Margin will first be subject to  adjustment on
         the third  (3rd)  Business  Day  following  delivery  of the  financial
         statements   as  required  by  Section   6.01(b)  and  the   Compliance
         Certificate  as  required  by Section  6.02(b)  for the Fiscal  Quarter
         ending June 27, 1997, and any such adjustment  shall be effective as of
         the third (3rd)  Business Day following the delivery of such  quarterly
         financial  statements  for each Fiscal  Quarter  thereafter;  provided,
         however,  that if the Borrower would be entitled to have the Applicable
         Margin decreased based on the financial  results for its Fiscal Quarter
         ending in June,  1997 but for the  operation  of the first  sentence of
         this  paragraph,  then such  decrease in the  Applicable  Margin  shall
         instead  take  effect  as of the  date  which  is  the  six  (6)  month
         anniversary  of the Closing Date,  and the  Applicable  Margin shall be
         readjusted  again based on the  financial  results  for the  Borrower's
         Fiscal Quarter  ending in September  1997 and  thereafter  from time to
         time in accordance  with the above  provision.  The applicable  pricing
         level set forth in the grid above (and as such the  Applicable  Margin)
         for  the  Commitment  Fee,   Offshore  Rate  Loans,  Base  Rate  Loans,
         documentary or commercial  Letter of Credit fees and stand-by Letter of
         Credit fees will be  determined  and adjusted (up or down) as necessary
         quarterly  based on which  pricing level as set forth in the grid above
         reflects  the  Borrower's  ratio  of  Funded  Debt  to  Cash  Flow  (as
         determined pursuant to Section




                                        4

<PAGE>



         7.16) for the trailing  twelve  month  period then ended as  calculated
         using  the  Borrower's  quarterly  consolidated  financial  statements.
         Further, if Borrower's annual audited financial statements (as required
         by Section  6.01(a))  and the  Compliance  Certificate  as  required by
         Section  6.02(b)  for  any  Fiscal  Year  as   subsequently   delivered
         demonstrate  that such ratio of Funded Debt to Cash Flow (as determined
         pursuant to Section  7.16)  calculated  at the end of the final  Fiscal
         Quarter in such Fiscal  Year was higher than was  reported in the final
         quarterly  financial  statement  delivered during any such Fiscal Year,
         then the  Borrower  shall pay to the Agent for the  ratable  benefit of
         Lenders a make-up  payment  within five (5) days after  delivery of the
         Borrower's  annual audited  financial  statements.  The make-up payment
         shall be equal to the difference between interest that should have been
         paid   during   such   Fiscal   Year  and   interest   actually   paid.
         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  at any time during which the Borrower
         has failed to deliver the financial  statements  for any Fiscal Quarter
         end as required by Section  6.01(b) and the  Compliance  Certificate as
         required by Section 6.02(b), or the annual audited financial statements
         required by Section  6.01(a) hereof and the  Compliance  Certificate as
         required  by  Section  6.02(b),  the ratio of Funded  Debt to Cash Flow
         shall be deemed to be greater  than or equal to 3.0 to 1.0 for purposes
         of the  calculation  of which Pricing Level shall apply in  determining
         the Applicable Margin.

                  "Arranger" means BancAmerica Securities, Inc., a
         Delaware corporation.

                  "Assignee" has the meaning specified in Section
         10.08(a).

                  "Attorney Costs" means and includes all fees and disbursements
         of any law  firm or  other  external  counsel,  the  allocated  cost of
         internal legal services and all disbursements of internal counsel.

                  "Availability"  means,  at  any  time,  (a)  the  sum  of  (A)
         eighty-five percent (85%) of the Net Amount of Eligible Accounts of the
         Borrower,  the  Borrowing  Subsidiaries,   Clark  and  the  FSC  (on  a
         consolidated  basis) plus (B) seventy  percent  (70%) of the  aggregate
         amount  of all  Eligible  Inventory  consisting  of raw  materials  and
         finished goods of the Borrower,  the Borrowing  Subsidiaries  and Clark
         (on a  consolidated  basis),  plus  (C)  thirty  percent  (30%)  of the
         aggregate   amount   of   all   Eligible   Inventory    consisting   of
         work-in-process of the Borrower,  the Borrowing  Subsidiaries and Clark
         (on a  consolidated  basis),  minus  (b)  the sum of (i)  reserves  for
         accrued interest on the Obligations,  (ii) the Environmental Compliance
         Reserve,  and (iii) all other reserves which the Agent deems  necessary
         in the exercise of




                                        5

<PAGE>



         its  reasonable  credit  judgment  to  maintain  with  respect  to  the
         Borrower's, the Borrowing Subsidiaries', Clark's and the FSC's Accounts
         and/or  Inventory,  including,  without  limitation,  reserves  for any
         amounts  which the Agent or any Lender may be  obligated  to pay in the
         future for the account of the Borrower or any Guarantor.

                  "BABC" means BankAmerica Business Credit, Inc., a
         Delaware corporation.

                  "Bankruptcy Code" means the Federal Bankruptcy Reform
         Act of 1978 (11 U.S.C. ss.101, et seq.).

                  "Base Rate" means, for any day, the higher of: (a) one-half of
         one percent  (0.50%) per annum above the latest Federal Funds Rate; and
         (b) the rate of interest  in effect for such day as publicly  announced
         from  time  to  time  by  BofA  in San  Francisco,  California,  as its
         "reference  rate."  (The  "reference  rate" is a rate set by BofA based
         upon various factors including BofA's costs and desired return, general
         economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point
         for pricing some loans,  which may be priced at,  above,  or below such
         announced  rate.) Any change in the  reference  rate  announced by BofA
         shall take effect at the opening of  business on the day  specified  in
         the public announcement of such change.

                  "Base Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears interest based on the
         Base Rate.

                  "BofA"  means  Bank of  America  National  Trust  and  Savings
         Association, a national banking association.

                  "Boise Locomotive" has the meaning set forth in the
         recitals to this Agreement.

                  "Borrower" means MotivePower Industries, Inc., a
         Delaware corporation.

                  "Borrower Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge Agreement of even
         date herewith executed by the Borrower in favor of the Agent, on behalf
         of the Lenders,  pledging all the stock of its Subsidiaries (other than
         MK Gain), and any amendments, modifications or restatements thereof, or
         any  pledge  agreements  entered  into  after the  Closing  Date by the
         Borrower.

                  "Borrowing" means a borrowing hereunder consisting of Loans of
         the same Type made to the Borrower on the same day by the Lenders under
         Article II, and, other than in the case of Base Rate Loans,  having the
         same Interest Period.





                                        6

<PAGE>



                  "Borrowing  Date" means any date on which a  Borrowing  occurs
         under Section 2.03 or a letter of credit is issued under Section 2.01.

                  "Borrowing  Subsidiary"  or  "Borrowing  Subsidiaries"  means,
         individually or collectively,  Engine Systems Company, Inc., a New York
         corporation;   Motor  Coils   Manufacturing   Company,  a  Pennsylvania
         corporation;  Power Parts  Company,  a Nevada  corporation;  Touchstone
         Company,  a Tennessee  corporation;  and Boise  Locomotive  Company,  a
         Delaware corporation.

                  "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday,  Sunday or
         other  day on which  commercial  banks in  Chicago  are  authorized  or
         required by law to close and, if the applicable Business Day relates to
         any Offshore Rate Loan,  means such a day on which dealings are carried
         on in the applicable offshore dollar interbank market.

                  "Capital Adequacy Regulation" means any guideline,  request or
         directive of any central bank or other Governmental  Authority,  or any
         other law, rule or regulation,  whether or not having the force of law,
         in  each  case,  regarding  capital  adequacy  of  any  bank  or of any
         corporation controlling a bank.

                  "Capital Expenditures" means, all payments due (whether or not
         paid) during a Fiscal Year in respect of the cost of any fixed asset or
         improvement, or replacement,  substitution,  or addition thereto, which
         has a useful life of more than one year, including, without limitation,
         those  costs  arising  in  connection   with  the  direct  or  indirect
         acquisition  of such  asset  by way of  increased  product  or  service
         charges or offset items or in connection with a capital lease.

                  "Cash  Flow"  means,  as to any  Person and for any period for
         which  such  amount  is  being   determined,   EBITDA   minus   Capital
         Expenditures.

                  "CERCLA" has the meaning specified in the definition of
         "Environmental Laws."

                  "Change of Control" means (a) that the Borrower shall cease to
         own,  directly or indirectly,  all of the outstanding  capital stock of
         each Guarantor or MK Gain and its Subsidiaries;  or (b) that any Person
         or group of Persons (within the meaning of the Exchange Act) shall have
         acquired  beneficial  ownership  (within  the  meaning  of  Rule  13d-3
         promulgated  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  under  the
         Exchange  Act) of 20% or more of the issued and  outstanding  shares of
         the Borrower's  capital stock having the right to vote for the election
         of directors of Borrower




                                        7

<PAGE>



         under ordinary  circumstances;  or (c) that during any period of twelve
         (12) consecutive  calendar months,  individuals who at the beginning of
         such period  constituted  the Borrower's  board of directors  (together
         with  any new  directors  whose  election  by the  Borrower's  board of
         directors  or  whose   nomination   for  election  by  the   Borrower's
         stockholders  was  approved  by a vote of at  least  two-thirds  of the
         directors  then  still in  office  who  either  were  directors  at the
         beginning of such period or whose  election or nomination  for election
         was  previously  so approved)  cease for any reason other than death or
         disability to constitute a majority of the directors then in office.

                  "Closing Date" means the date of this Agreement.

                  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and
         regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  "Collateral"  means all property and interests in property and
         proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any
         Guarantor or any Borrowing  Subsidiary  (excluding the capital stock of
         MK Gain), including, without limitation, any such property or interests
         in property  (or the  proceeds  thereof) in or upon which a Lien now or
         hereafter exists in favor of the Lenders, or the Agent on behalf of the
         Lenders,  whether  under this  Agreement  or under any other  documents
         executed by any such Person and delivered to the Agent or the Lenders.

                  "Collateral Documents" means,  collectively,  (i) the Security
         Agreements,  the Guaranty, the Mortgages, the Pledge Agreements and all
         other locomotive mortgages and lease assignments,  security agreements,
         mortgages,  deeds of trust,  patent and  trademark  assignments,  lease
         assignments,  guarantees  and  other  similar  agreements  between  the
         Borrower or any  Borrowing  Subsidiary or any Guarantor and the Lenders
         or the Agents for the  benefit of the Agent (on behalf of the  Lenders)
         and/or the Lenders  now or  hereafter  delivered  to the Lenders or the
         Agent pursuant to or in connection with the  transactions  contemplated
         hereby,  and all financing  statements (or comparable  documents now or
         hereafter  filed in  accordance  with the  Uniform  Commercial  Code or
         comparable law) against the Borrower,  any Borrowing  Subsidiary or any
         Guarantor  as  debtor  in favor of the  Lenders  or the  Agent  for the
         benefit  of the  Lenders  as secured  party,  and (ii) any  amendments,
         supplements,  modifications,  renewals,  replacements,  consolidations,
         substitutions and extensions of any of the foregoing.

                  "Commitment",  as to each Lender, means such Lender's Pro Rata
         Share of each of the Term  Commitment  and the Revolving  Commitment as
         the same may be reduced under




                                        8

<PAGE>



         Section 2.05 or as a result of one or more  assignments  under  Section
         10.08.

                  "Commitment Fee" has the meaning specified in
         Section 2.09.

                  "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate
         substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

                  "Contingent Obligation" means, as to any Person, any direct or
         indirect liability of that Person,  whether or not contingent,  with or
         without  recourse,  (a)  with  respect  to  any  Indebtedness,   lease,
         dividend,   letter  of  credit  or  other   obligation   (the  "primary
         obligations") of another Person (the "primary obligor"),  including any
         obligation  of that Person (i) to  purchase,  repurchase  or  otherwise
         acquire such primary  obligations  or any  security  therefor,  (ii) to
         advance  or provide  funds for the  payment  or  discharge  of any such
         primary obligation, or to maintain working capital or equity capital of
         the primary  obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency
         or any balance  sheet item,  level of income or financial  condition of
         the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services
         primarily  for the  purpose of assuring  the owner of any such  primary
         obligation  of the  ability of the primary  obligor to make  payment of
         such primary  obligation,  or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless
         the  holder of any such  primary  obligation  against  loss in  respect
         thereof (each, a "Guaranty Obligation"); (b) with respect to any Surety
         Instrument  issued for the  account of that  Person or as to which that
         Person is otherwise  liable for  reimbursement of drawings or payments;
         (c) to purchase any  materials,  supplies or other property from, or to
         obtain the services  of,  another  Person if the  relevant  contract or
         other  related  document or  obligation  requires that payment for such
         materials,  supplies or other property, or for such services,  shall be
         made  regardless  of whether  delivery of such  materials,  supplies or
         other  property is ever made or  tendered,  or such  services  are ever
         performed or tendered or (d) in respect of any Swap Contract.

                  "Contractual   Obligation"   means,  as  to  any  Person,  any
         provision  of any security  issued by such Person or of any  agreement,
         undertaking,  contract,  indenture,  mortgage,  deed of  trust or other
         instrument, document or agreement to which such Person is a party or by
         which it or any of its property is bound.

                  "Conversion/Continuation  Date" means any date on which, under
         Section  2.04,  the Borrower (a) converts  Loans of one Type to another
         Type,  or (b)  continues  as  Loans of the  same  Type,  but with a new
         Interest Period, Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such date.




                                        9

<PAGE>



                  "Default"  means any  event or  circumstance  which,  with the
         giving of notice,  the lapse of time,  or both,  would (if not cured or
         otherwise remedied during such time) constitute an Event of Default.

                  "Disposition"  means (i) the sale, lease,  conveyance or other
         disposition  of property or assets by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of
         the  Borrower  and/or (ii) the sale or transfer by the  Borrower or any
         Subsidiary  of the  Borrower  of any  equity  securities  issued by any
         Subsidiary of the Borrower and held by such transferor Person.

                  "Dollars", "dollars" and "$" each mean lawful money of
         the United States.

                  "EBITDA"  means,  as to any  Person  and for any  period as to
         which such  amount is being  determined,  the sum of the  amounts (on a
         consolidated  basis) for such period of (i) net income from  operations
         (meaning,  among other things,  income exclusive of extraordinary gains
         and losses), (ii) interest expense, (iii) provisions for taxes based on
         income, (iv) depreciation expense, and (v) amortization expense.

                  "Eligible  Accounts"  means all Accounts of the Borrower,  the
         Borrowing  Subsidiaries,  Clark and the FSC (on a  consolidated  basis)
         which the Agent in the exercise of its reasonable commercial discretion
         determines to be Eligible Accounts.  Without limiting the discretion of
         the  Agent to  establish  other  criteria  of  ineligibility,  Eligible
         Accounts shall not include any Account:

                           (A) with  respect  to which  more  than 90 days  have
         elapsed  since the date of the  original  invoice  therefor or which is
         more than 60 days past due  except to the extent  that such  Account is
         secured or payable by a letter of credit in form and substance and from
         an issuer  satisfactory to the Agent in its reasonable  discretion (and
         assigned  to the  Agent,  for the  benefit of the  Lenders);  provided,
         however, that if the Account Debtor is either (i) a Class I Carrier (as
         defined  for  carriers  other than  common  and  contract  carriers  of
         passengers from time to time in the rules and  regulations  promulgated
         by the Surface  Transportation Board,  Department of Transportation) or
         (ii) a Specified Original Equipment Manufacturer, then up to $3,000,000
         of Accounts owing by such Account Debtors  otherwise deemed  ineligible
         by virtue of not having satisfied the requirements of the first part of
         this clause (A) shall  nonetheless be eligible so long as not more than
         120 days have elapsed since the date of the original  invoices therefor
         and such  Accounts  are not more  than 90 days  past due and  otherwise
         satisfy the requirements for Eligible Accounts;





                                       10

<PAGE>



                           (B) with respect to which any of the representations,
         warranties,   covenants,  and  agreements  contained  in  any  Security
         Agreement  are not or have  ceased to be  complete  and correct or have
         been breached;

                           (C) with  respect  to which,  in whole or in part,  a
         check, promissory note, draft, trade acceptance or other instrument for
         the  payment of money has been  received,  presented  for  payment  and
         returned uncollected for any reason;

                           (D)  which   represents   a  progress   billing   (as
         hereinafter  defined),  arises under a contract backed by a performance
         bond,  or as to which the  Borrower  has  extended the time for payment
         without the consent of the Agent;  for the purposes  hereof,  "progress
         billing"  means  any  invoice  for goods  sold or  leased  or  services
         rendered  under a contract or  agreement  pursuant to which the Account
         Debtor's  obligation  to pay  such  invoice  is  conditioned  upon  the
         Borrower's,   such  Borrowing   Subsidiary's,   Clark's  or  the  FSC's
         completion of any further performance under the contract or agreement;

                           (E) as to  which  any one or  more  of the  following
         events has occurred with respect to the Account Debtor on such Account:
         death or judicial  declaration of incompetency of an Account Debtor who
         is an  individual;  the filing by or against  the  Account  Debtor of a
         request  or  petition  for  liquidation,  reorganization,  arrangement,
         adjustment of debts,  adjudication as a bankrupt,  winding-up, or other
         relief under the bankruptcy,  insolvency, or similar laws of the United
         States,  any state or territory thereof,  or any foreign  jurisdiction,
         now or hereafter in effect; the making of any general assignment by the
         Account  Debtor for the  benefit of  creditors;  the  appointment  of a
         receiver or trustee for the Account  Debtor or for any of the assets of
         the Account Debtor, including,  without limitation,  the appointment of
         or taking  possession by a  "custodian",  as defined in the  Bankruptcy
         Code;  the  institution  by or against the Account  Debtor of any other
         type of insolvency  proceeding (under the bankruptcy laws of the United
         States or  otherwise) or of any formal or informal  proceeding  for the
         dissolution or liquidation of, settlement of claims against, or winding
         up of affairs of, the Account Debtor;  the nonpayment  generally by the
         Account Debtor of its debts as they become due; or the cessation of the
         business of the Account Debtor as a going concern;

                           (F) if fifty  percent  (50%) or more of the aggregate
         dollar  amount  of  outstanding  Accounts   (excluding,   however,  any
         so-called  retainages  which are not then due and  owing)  owed at such
         time by the Account Debtor is classified




                                       11

<PAGE>



         as ineligible under the other criteria set forth herein or
         otherwise established by the Agent;

                           (G)  owed  to the FSC or  owed  to any  Person  by an
         Account Debtor which:  (i) does not maintain its chief executive office
         in the United  States;  or (ii) is not organized  under the laws of the
         United States or any state  thereof;  or (iii) is the government of any
         foreign  country  or  sovereign  state,  or  of  any  state,  province,
         municipality,  or  other  political  subdivision  thereof,  or  of  any
         department,   agency,  public  corporation,  or  other  instrumentality
         thereof;  except to the extent that such  Account is secured or payable
         by a letter of credit or foreign credit insurance in form and substance
         and  from  an  issuer  satisfactory  to the  Agent  in  its  reasonable
         discretion (and assigned to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders);

                           (H) owed by an Account  Debtor  which is an Affiliate
         or  employee  of  the  Borrower  or  any  Subsidiary  of  the  Borrower
         including, without limitation, the FSC or MK Gain and its Subsidiaries;

                           (I) except as  provided  in clause  (K) below,  as to
         which either the perfection, enforceability, or validity of the Agent's
         Lien in such Account,  or the Agent's right or ability to obtain direct
         payment to the Agent of the  proceeds of such  Account,  is governed by
         any federal, state, or local statutory requirements other than those of
         the UCC;

                           (J) which is owed by an  Account  Debtor to which the
         Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is indebted in any way, or which is
         subject to any right of setoff or  recoupment  by the  Account  Debtor,
         unless the Account  Debtor has entered into an agreement  acceptable to
         the Agent to waive setoff rights;  or if the Account Debtor thereon has
         disputed  liability or made any claim with respect to any other Account
         due from such Account Debtor;  but in each such case only to the extent
         of such indebtedness, setoff, recoupment, dispute, or claim;

                           (K)  which is owed by the  government  of the  United
         States of America, or any department,  agency,  public corporation,  or
         other instrumentality  thereof, unless the Federal Assignment of Claims
         Act of 1940,  as amended (31 U.S.C.  ss.  3727 et seq.),  and any other
         steps necessary to perfect the Agent's Lien therein, have been complied
         with to the Agent's satisfaction with respect to such Account;

                           (L)  which  is owed by any  state,  municipality,  or
         other  political  subdivision  of the United States of America,  or any
         department, agency, public corporation, or other




                                       12

<PAGE>



         instrumentality thereof and as to which the Agent determines
         that its Lien therein is not or cannot be perfected;

                           (M)  which  represents  a  sale  on a  bill-and-hold,
         guaranteed  sale, sale and return,  sale on approval,  consignment,  or
         other repurchase or return basis;

                           (N)      which is evidenced by a promissory note or
         other instrument or by chattel paper;

                           (O)  if  Agent  believes,  in  the  exercise  of  its
         reasonable judgment, that the prospect of collection of such Account is
         impaired  or that the  Account may not be paid by reason of the Account
         Debtor's financial inability to pay;

                           (P) with  respect  to which  the  Account  Debtor  is
         located in the states of New Jersey,  Minnesota,  West Virginia, or any
         other  state  requiring  the  filing of a Business  Activity  Report or
         similar  document  in order  to bring  suit or  otherwise  enforce  its
         remedies  against  such  Account  Debtor in the courts or  through  any
         judicial  process of such state,  unless the  Borrower,  any  Borrowing
         Subsidiary,  Clark or the  FSC,  as  applicable,  has  qualified  to do
         business in New Jersey,  Minnesota, West Virginia, or such other state,
         or has filed a Notice of Business Activities Report with the applicable
         division of taxation,  the  department  of revenue,  or with such other
         state offices, as appropriate,  for the then-current year, or is exempt
         from such filing requirement;

                           (Q)     arises out of a sale not made in the ordinary
         course of the Borrower's, any such Borrowing Subsidiary's,
         Clark's, or the FSC's business;

                           (R) the goods  giving rise to such  Account  have not
         been shipped and delivered to and accepted by the Account Debtor or the
         services  giving rise to such  Account  have not been  performed by the
         Borrower  or any  applicable  Borrowing  Subsidiary  or Clark,  and, if
         applicable,  accepted by the  Account  Debtor,  or the  Account  Debtor
         revokes its acceptance of such goods or services;

                           (S)      arising under a contract providing for
         financial penalties for default that may be set-off against
         such Account;

                           (T)      which is not subject to a first priority and
         perfected security interest in favor of the Agent for the
         benefit of the Lenders;

                           (U)      of Touchstone with respect to which the
         Account Debtor is located in Minnesota; or





                                       13

<PAGE>



                           (V) which is owed by an  Account  Debtor who has been
         issued, granted or provided with a performance bond, surety contract or
         other Surety Instrument with respect to Accounts which are related to a
         contract so secured by such performance  bond, surety contract or other
         Surety Instrument.

                  If any Account at any time ceases to be an Eligible Account by
         reason of any of the  foregoing  exclusions  or any failure to meet any
         other eligibility  criteria established by the Agent in the exercise of
         its reasonable  discretion then such Account shall promptly be excluded
         from the calculation of Eligible Accounts,  and the Accounts of the FSC
         shall not in any event be Eligible  Accounts unless they satisfy all of
         the restrictions above, including, without limitation clause (G) above,
         and in addition the Borrower  shall have  provided the Agent (on behalf
         of the Lenders) with a legal opinion from counsel  licensed in Barbados
         and such other  documents  as the Agent  shall  request all in form and
         substance and from Persons  acceptable to the Agent  establishing  that
         Agent  (on  behalf  of the  Lenders)  has a  prior  perfected  security
         interest  in such  Accounts  and such other  matters as the Agent shall
         request on the FSC and further that the Agent shall be  satisfied  with
         its ability to prosecute any claims related to such Accounts.

                  "Eligible  Assignee"  means (a) a  commercial  bank  organized
         under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof, and having a
         combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000; (b) a commercial
         bank organized under the laws of any other country which is a member of
         the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (the "OECD"),
         or a political  subdivision of any such country,  and having a combined
         capital and surplus of at least  $100,000,000,  provided that such bank
         is acting through a branch or agency located in the United States;  (c)
         a Person  that is  primarily  engaged  in the  business  of  commercial
         banking and that is (i) a Subsidiary of a Lender,  (ii) a Subsidiary of
         a Person of which a Lender is a Subsidiary,  or (iii) a Person of which
         a Lender is a Subsidiary;  (d) a commercial  finance company or finance
         subsidiary  of a  corporation  organized  under the laws of the  United
         States of America,  or any State  thereof,  and having  total assets in
         excess of $100,000,000;  (e) an insurance  company  organized under the
         laws of the United States of America (or any State  thereof) and having
         total assets in excess of  $100,000,000;  (f) a savings bank or savings
         and loan  association  organized under the laws of the United States of
         America,  or any State  thereof,  and having  total assets in excess of
         $100,000,000;  (g) a  pension  fund or other  institutional  lender  or
         investor;  (h) a  corporation  (other  than  a  financial  institution)
         organized  under the laws of any State of the United  States of America
         and having total assets in excess




                                       14

<PAGE>



         of $100,000,000;  and (i) and any Lender party to this Agreement on the
         Closing Date or any Affiliate of any thereof.

                  "Eligible Inventory" means all Inventory of the Borrower,  the
         Borrowing  Subsidiaries  and  Clark  (determined  individually  or on a
         consolidated  basis,  as  applicable),  valued  at the lower of cost or
         market on a first-in,  first out ("FIFO") basis,  that  constitutes raw
         materials,  work-in-process, and first quality finished goods and that:
         (a) is not, in the Agent's reasonable opinion, obsolete, slow-moving or
         unmerchantable;  (b) is  located  at  premises  owned by the  Borrower,
         Borrowing  Subsidiary  or Clark  or on  premises  otherwise  reasonably
         acceptable to the Agent,  provided,  however, that Inventory located on
         premises leased to the Borrower,  a Borrowing Subsidiary or Clark shall
         not be  Eligible  Inventory  unless  the Agent  shall  have  received a
         written waiver or subordination  agreement,  duly executed on behalf of
         the  appropriate  landlord and in form and substance  acceptable to the
         Agent,  of all  Liens  which  the  landlord  for such  premises  may be
         entitled to assert  against  such  Inventory;  (c) is not in transit or
         held on consignment or at a third party's premises;  (d) upon which the
         Agent for the  benefit of the Lenders  has a first  priority  perfected
         security interest; (e) is not spare parts (for manufacturing  equipment
         or not otherwise held for sale in the ordinary  course),  packaging and
         shipping  materials,  supplies,  bill-and-hold  Inventory,  returned or
         defective  Inventory,   or  Inventory  delivered  to  the  Borrower,  a
         Borrowing Subsidiary or Clark on consignment; (f) is not raw materials,
         work-in-process  or finished goods identified to a specific contract as
         to which progress  payments have been  received;  (g) has excluded from
         the value  thereof  freight-in  and other  transportation  charges  and
         warehouse  overhead;  (h)  is not  raw  materials,  work-in-process  or
         finished goods inventory in excess of $3,000,000 in value (based on the
         lower of cost or market value on a FIFO basis) in the  aggregate to the
         extent  it  has  been  identified  to a  specific  contract  for  which
         performance  bonds or a surety  contract or other Surety  Instrument of
         any kind has been issued or provided; or (i) the Agent, in the exercise
         of its reasonable  commercial  discretion,  deems eligible as the basis
         for Revolving Loans based on such collateral and credit criteria as the
         Agent may from time to time  establish.  If any  Inventory  at any time
         ceases to be  Eligible  Inventory,  such  Inventory  shall  promptly be
         excluded from the calculation of Eligible Inventory.

                  "Environmental  Claims" means all claims, however asserted, by
         any Governmental Authority or other Person alleging potential liability
         or  responsibility  for  violation  of any  Environmental  Law,  or for
         release  or injury  to the  environment  or  threat  to public  health,
         personal injury




                                       15

<PAGE>



         (including  sickness,  disease  or  death),  property  damage,  natural
         resources damage, or otherwise alleging liability or responsibility for
         damages  (punitive  or  otherwise),  investigation,  cleanup,  removal,
         remedial or response costs,  restitution,  civil or criminal penalties,
         injunctive  relief,  or other type of relief,  resulting  from or based
         upon the presence, placement, discharge, emission or release (including
         intentional and unintentional,  negligent and non-negligent,  sudden or
         non-sudden,  accidental or non-accidental,  placement,  spills,  leaks,
         discharges, emissions or releases) of any Hazardous Material at, in, or
         from  Property,  whether  or not  owned  by the  Borrower  or  taken as
         Collateral in connection with any operations of the Borrower.

                  "Environmental  Compliance  Reserve"  means any reserves which
         the Agent,  after the Closing Date,  establishes  from time to time for
         amounts that are  reasonably  likely to be expended by the Borrower (or
         its  Subsidiaries) in order for the Borrower (or its  Subsidiaries) and
         their  operations  and  property  to  comply  with  any  notice  from a
         Governmental   Authority   asserting   material   non-compliance   with
         Environmental  Laws;  provided,  however,  that such  reserve  shall be
         limited to an amount  reasonably  likely to be expended by the Borrower
         (or  its  Subsidiaries)  prior  to the  Stated  Maturity  Date,  all as
         reasonably determined by Agent.

                  "Environmental  Laws" means all federal,  state or local laws,
         statutes, common law duties, rules, regulations,  ordinances and codes,
         together with all  administrative  orders,  directed duties,  requests,
         licenses,  authorizations  and permits  of, and  agreements  with,  any
         Governmental  Authorities,  in each  case  relating  to  environmental,
         health,  safety  and  land use  matters;  including  the  Comprehensive
         Environmental   Response,   Compensation  and  Liability  Act  of  1980
         ("CERCLA"),  the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act
         of  1972,   the  Solid  Waste   Disposal  Act,  the  Federal   Resource
         Conservation  and Recovery Act, the Toxic  Substances  Control Act, and
         the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act.

                  "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of
         1974, and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  "ERISA  Affiliate" means any trade or business (whether or not
         incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning
         of Section  414(b) or (c) of the Code (and  Sections  414(m) and (o) of
         the Code for  purposes  of  provisions  relating  to Section 412 of the
         Code).

                  "ERISA  Event" means (a) a Reportable  Event with respect to a
         Pension Plan;  (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA  Affiliate
         from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063




                                       16

<PAGE>



         of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial  employer (as
         defined in Section  4001(a)(2)  of ERISA) or a cessation of  operations
         which is treated as such a withdrawal  under Section  4062(e) of ERISA;
         (c) a  complete  or partial  withdrawal  by the  Borrower  or any ERISA
         Affiliate   from  a   Multiemployer   Plan  or   notification   that  a
         Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization;  (d) the filing of a notice of
         intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination
         under  Section  4041  or  4041A  of  ERISA,  or  the   commencement  of
         proceedings  by the PBGC to terminate a Pension  Plan or  Multiemployer
         Plan; (e) an event or condition  which might  reasonably be expected to
         constitute  grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of,
         or the  appointment  of a trustee to  administer,  any Pension  Plan or
         Multiemployer  Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title
         IV of ERISA,  other than PBGC  premiums  due but not  delinquent  under
         Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

                  "Estimated  Remediation Costs" means all costs associated with
         performing  work  to  remediate   contamination  of  real  property  or
         groundwater,  including  engineering  and other  professional  fees and
         expenses,  costs to remove, transport and dispose of contaminated soil,
         costs to "cap" or otherwise  contain  contaminated  soil,  and costs to
         pump and treat water and monitor water quality.

                  "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" has the meaning
         specified in the definition of "Offshore Rate".

                  "Event of Default" means any of the events or
         circumstances specified in Section 8.01.

                  "Event of Loss" means,  with respect to any  property,  any of
         the  following:  (a) any loss,  destruction or damage of such property;
         (b) any pending or threatened  institution of any  proceedings  for the
         condemnation  or seizure of such  property  or for the  exercise of any
         right of eminent  domain;  or (c) any actual  condemnation,  seizure or
         taking,  by exercise of the power of eminent  domain or  otherwise,  of
         such property,  or  confiscation of such property or the requisition of
         the use of such property.

                  "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
         amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  "Existing Borrowers" has the meaning set forth in the
         recitals to this Agreement.

                  "Existing Loan Agreement" has the meaning set forth in
         the recitals to this Agreement.





                                       17

<PAGE>



                  "FDIC" means the Federal Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  and
         any  Governmental   Authority   succeeding  to  any  of  its  principal
         functions.

                  "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate set forth in
         the  weekly  statistical  release  designated  as  H.15(519),   or  any
         successor  publication,  published  by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New
         York  (including  any such  successor,  "H.15(519)")  on the  preceding
         Business Day opposite the caption "Federal Funds  (Effective)";  or, if
         for  any  relevant  day  such  rate  is not so  published  on any  such
         preceding  Business  Day, the rate for such day will be the  arithmetic
         mean as determined  by the Agent of the rates for the last  transaction
         in overnight  federal funds  arranged prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York City
         time) on that day by each of three  leading  brokers of  federal  funds
         transactions in New York City selected by the Agent.

                  "Fee Letter" has the meaning specified in Section
         2.10(a).

                  "Fiscal  Month" means  Borrower's  fiscal month for accounting
         purposes,  which  shall be the four or five week  period  ending on the
         last Friday of each calendar month.

                  "Fiscal  Quarter"  means the  Borrower's  fiscal  quarter  for
         accounting  purposes,  which shall be the three (3) Fiscal Month period
         ending  during  the  calendar  months of  March,  June,  September  and
         December of each year.

                  "Fiscal Year" means the  Borrower's  fiscal year for financial
         accounting  purposes.  The current Fiscal Year of the Borrower will end
         on December 31, 1997.

                  "Fixed  Charges" means, as to any Person and for any period on
         which such  amount is to be  determined,  the sum of the  amounts (on a
         consolidated basis) for such period for (i) interest expense, (ii) rent
         expenses pursuant to all operating leases, (iii) Capital  Expenditures,
         (iv)  principal  payments  which such  Person is  obligated  to make as
         scheduled  payments  with respect to the  Commitments,  Loans and other
         Indebtedness,  (v) cash tax expense paid or due and (vi) cash dividends
         paid.

                  "FRB"  means the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve
         System,  and  any  Governmental  Authority  succeeding  to  any  of its
         principal functions.

                  "FSC" means MotivePower Foreign Sales Corporation, a
         Barbados corporation.

                  "Funded Debt" means, for any Person and for any period
         for which such amount is being determined, the sum of the




                                       18

<PAGE>



         amounts for such period (without duplication) of (i) Indebtedness, (ii)
         the aggregate drawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit,  (iii)
         the aggregate amount of payments which the Borrower is obligated to pay
         at any time with respect to its redeemable preferred stock and (iv) the
         aggregate amount of obligations with respect to capital leases.

                  "GAAP" means  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  set
         forth  from  time to time in the  opinions  and  pronouncements  of the
         Accounting  Principles  Board and the  American  Institute of Certified
         Public  Accountants and statements and  pronouncements of the Financial
         Accounting  Standards  Board (or  agencies  with  similar  functions of
         comparable   stature   and   authority   within  the  U.S.   accounting
         profession),  which  are  applicable  to  the  circumstances  as of the
         Closing Date and consistently applied.

                  "Governmental  Authority" means any nation or government,  any
         state or other  political  subdivision  thereof,  any central  bank (or
         similar  monetary  or  regulatory   authority)   thereof,   any  entity
         exercising   executive,    legislative,    judicial,    regulatory   or
         administrative  functions  of or  pertaining  to  government,  and  any
         corporation  or other  entity  owned or  controlled,  through  stock or
         capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

                  "Guarantors"   means  each  of  the  Borrowing   Subsidiaries,
         MotivePower Investments,  Clark, FSC, and any other Person that becomes
         a Subsidiary of the Borrower  after the Closing Date other than MK Gain
         and its Subsidiaries.

                  "Guaranty"  means the  Amended and  Restated  Guaranty of even
         date  herewith in  substantially  the form of Exhibit B executed by the
         Guarantors  in favor of the Agent,  on behalf of the Lenders,  together
         with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto consented to
         by the Agent in writing.

                  "Guaranty Obligation" has the meaning specified in the
         definition of "Contingent Obligation."

                  "Hazardous  Materials"  means  all those  substances  that are
         regulated by, or which may form the basis of liability or a standard of
         conduct  under,  any   Environmental   Law,   including  any  substance
         identified  under any  Environmental  Law as a pollutant,  contaminant,
         hazardous  waste,  hazardous  constituent,   special  waste,  hazardous
         substance,  hazardous  material,  or toxic  substance,  or petroleum or
         petroleum derived substance or waste.





                                       19

<PAGE>



                  "HBTC" means the Houston Belt & Terminal Railway
         Company, a corporation.

                  "Indebtedness" of any Person means, without  duplication,  (a)
         all  indebtedness  for  borrowed  money;  (b) all  obligations  issued,
         undertaken  or assumed as the  deferred  purchase  price of property or
         services (other than trade payables entered into in the ordinary course
         of business on ordinary terms); (c) all non-contingent reimbursement or
         payment  obligations  with  respect  to  Surety  Instruments;  (d)  all
         obligations   evidenced  by  notes,   bonds,   debentures   or  similar
         instruments,  including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection
         with  the  acquisition  of  property,  assets  or  businesses;  (e) all
         indebtedness  created or arising  under any  conditional  sale or other
         title  retention  agreement,  or incurred as financing,  in either case
         with respect to property acquired by the Person (even though the rights
         and remedies of the seller or bank under such agreement in the event of
         default are limited to repossession or sale of such property);  (f) all
         obligations  with  respect  to  capital  leases;  (g) all  indebtedness
         referred to in clauses  (a) through (f) above  secured by (or for which
         the holder of such  Indebtedness  has an existing right,  contingent or
         otherwise,  to be secured by) any Lien upon or in  property  (including
         accounts and contracts  rights) owned by such Person,  even though such
         Person  has not  assumed  or  become  liable  for the  payment  of such
         Indebtedness;   and  (h)  all  Guaranty   Obligations   in  respect  of
         indebtedness  or  obligations  of others of the  kinds  referred  to in
         clauses (a) through (g) above.

                  "Indemnified Liabilities" has the meaning specified in
         Section 10.05.

                  "Indemnified Person" has the meaning specified in
         Section 10.05.

                  "Independent Auditor" has the meaning specified in
         Section 6.01(a).

                  "Insolvency   Proceeding"   means  (a)  any  case,  action  or
         proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to
         bankruptcy,  reorganization,   insolvency,  liquidation,  receivership,
         dissolution,  winding-up  or  relief  of  debtors,  or (b) any  general
         assignment  for the benefit of creditors,  composition,  marshalling of
         assets for creditors,  or other,  similar arrangement in respect of its
         creditors  generally  or any  substantial  portion  of  its  creditors;
         undertaken  under U.S.  federal,  state or foreign law,  including  the
         Bankruptcy Code.

                  "Interest Payment Date" means, (a) as to any Offshore
         Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable




                                       20

<PAGE>



         to such Offshore Rate Loan,  (b) as to any Offshore Rate Loan with a 6-
         or 12-month Interest Period, on each 3-month  anniversary of the making
         of such Offshore  Rate Loan and the last day of the Interest  Period of
         such  Offshore  Rate Loan,  and (c) as to any Base Rate Loan,  the last
         Business  Day of each  calendar  quarter  and each  date  such  Loan is
         converted into another Type of Loan.

                  "Interest  Period"  means,  as to any Offshore Rate Loan,  the
         period  commencing  on  the  Borrowing  Date  of  such  Loan  or on the
         Conversion/Continuation  Date on which  the Loan is  converted  into or
         continued as an Offshore  Rate Loan,  and ending on the date one,  two,
         three or six months (or if available, 12-months) thereafter as selected
         by  the   Borrower   in  its   Notice   of   Borrowing   or  Notice  of
         Conversion/Continuation; provided that:

                                (i) if any Interest  Period would  otherwise end
                  on a day that is not a  Business  Day,  that  Interest  Period
                  shall be extended  to the  following  Business  Day unless the
                  result  of such  extension  would  be to carry  such  Interest
                  Period  into  another  calendar  month,  in which  event  such
                  Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

                               (ii) any Interest  Period that begins on the last
                  Business Day of a calendar  month (or on a day for which there
                  is no numerically  corresponding  day in the calendar month at
                  the  end of  such  Interest  Period)  shall  end  on the  last
                  Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest
                  Period; and

                              (iii) no Interest Period for any Loan shall extend
                  beyond the Stated Maturity Date.

                  "Inventory"  means  all  of  the  Borrower's,   the  Borrowing
         Subsidiaries'  and  Clark's  (on a  consolidated  basis)  now owned and
         hereafter acquired inventory,  goods,  merchandise,  and other personal
         property,  wherever  located,  to be  furnished  under any  contract of
         service or held for sale,  all returned  goods,  raw  materials,  other
         materials and supplies of any kind,  nature or description which are or
         might be consumed in such Person's  business or used in connection with
         the packing, shipping, advertising, selling or finishing of such goods,
         merchandise  and such other  personal  property,  and all  documents of
         title or other documents representing them but excluding, in any event,
         railroad locomotives and rolling stock held for lease.

                  "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service, and any Governmental
         Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under the Code.





                                       21

<PAGE>



                  "Issuing  Bank" shall  initially mean BofA, and any other bank
         selected  by the  Agent  from time to time to issue  Letters  of Credit
         under Section 2.01(c).

                  "Joint  Venture"  means  a  partnership,   limited   liability
         company,  joint  venture or other similar  legal  arrangement  (whether
         created by contract or conducted  through a separate  legal entity) now
         or  hereafter  formed by the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  with
         another Person in order to conduct a common venture or enterprise  with
         such Person.

                  "Lenders" means the institutions specified in the introductory
         clause hereto. Unless the context otherwise clearly requires,  "Lender"
         includes  any  such  institution  in its  capacity  as  Specified  Swap
         Provider or the Issuing  Bank.  Unless the  context  otherwise  clearly
         requires,  references to any such  institution as a "Lender" shall also
         include any of such  institution's  Affiliates  that may at any time of
         determination be Specified Swap Providers or the Issuing Bank.

                  "Lending  Office"  means,  as to any  Lender,  the  office  or
         offices of such Lender  specified as its "Lending  Office" or "Domestic
         Lending Office" or "Offshore  Lending  Office",  as the case may be, on
         Schedule  10.02, or such other office or offices as the Lender may from
         time to time
         notify the Borrower and the Agent.

                  "Lien" means any security interest,  mortgage,  deed of trust,
         pledge,  hypothecation,  assignment,  charge  or  deposit  arrangement,
         encumbrance,  lien (statutory or other) or preferential  arrangement of
         any kind or nature  whatsoever  in respect of any  property  (including
         those created by, arising under or evidenced by any conditional sale or
         other title  retention  agreement,  the  interest  of a lessor  under a
         capital  lease,  any  financing  lease  having  substantially  the same
         economic effect as any of the foregoing, or the filing of any financing
         statement  naming the owner of the asset to which such lien  relates as
         debtor,  under the Uniform  Commercial Code or any comparable law), but
         not including the interest of a lessor under an operating lease.

                  "Letter of Credit" has the meaning specified in
         Section 2.01(c).

                  "Loan"  means  an  extension  of  credit  by a  Lender  to the
         Borrower  under  Article II, and may be a Base Rate Loan or an Offshore
         Rate Loan (each, a "Type" of Loan),  and includes any Revolving Loan or
         Term Loan.

                  "Loan  Documents"   means  this  Agreement,   the  Notes,  the
         Collateral  Documents,  the Fee Letter,  any  documents  evidencing  or
         related to Specified Swap Contracts or Letters




                                       22

<PAGE>



         of Credit, and all other documents  delivered to the Agent, any Lender,
         a Specified  Swap Provider or the Issuing Bank in  connection  with the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                  "Majority Lenders" means, at any time, Lenders then holding at
         least  66-2/3% of the then  aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of the
         Loans,  or, if no such principal  amount is then  outstanding,  Lenders
         then having at least 66-2/3% of the Commitments.

                  "Margin Stock" means "margin stock" as such term is defined in
         Regulation G, T, U or X of the FRB.

                  "Material  Adverse Effect" means (a) a material adverse change
         in, or a  material  adverse  effect  upon,  the  operations,  business,
         properties,  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  or prospects of the
         Borrower or the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole; (b) a
         material  impairment of the ability of the Borrower or any Guarantor to
         perform under any Loan  Document and to avoid any Event of Default;  or
         (c) a material adverse effect upon (i) the legality,  validity, binding
         effect or  enforceability  against the Borrower or any Guarantor of any
         Loan  Document,  or (ii) the perfection or priority of any Lien granted
         under any of the Collateral Documents.

                  "MK Gain" means (i) initially MK Gain, S.A. de C.V., a
         Mexican corporation, and its direct and indirect wholly
         owned subsidiaries and (ii) thereafter MPI de Mexico, S.A.
         de C.V. if and when the Agent is notified in writing of the
         consummation of the Borrower's corporate reorganization of
         its Mexican operations, pursuant to which a newly formed
         holding company, MPI de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., shall become a
         Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and all of the
         assets and operations of MK Gain, S.A. de C.V. shall have
         been merged into or contributed to such Person.

                  "Mortgage"  means  any  deed  of  trust,  mortgage,  leasehold
         mortgage, assignment of rents or other document creating a Lien on real
         property or any interest in real property.

                  "Mortgaged Property" means all property subject to a
         Lien pursuant to a Mortgage.

                  "MotivePower   Investments"   means  MotivePower   Investments
         Limited, a Delaware corporation and a direct Wholly-Owned subsidiary of
         the Borrower.

                  "MotivePower  Investments  Pledge  Agreement" means the Pledge
         Agreement of even date herewith executed by MotivePower  Investments in
         favor of the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, pledging all the stock of
         its Subsidiaries, and




                                       23

<PAGE>



         any amendments,  modifications or restatements  thereof,  or any pledge
         agreements   entered  into  after  the  Closing  Date  by   MotivePower
         Investments.

                  "Multiemployer Plan" means a "Multiemployer  plan", within the
         meaning of Section  4001(a)(3)  of ERISA,  to which the Borrower or any
         ERISA Affiliate makes, is making, or is obligated to make contributions
         or,  during the  preceding  three  calendar  years,  has made,  or been
         obligated to make, contributions.

                  "Net  Amount of Eligible  Accounts"  means,  at any time,  the
         gross amount of Eligible Accounts less sales,  excise or similar taxes,
         and less  returns,  discounts,  claims,  credits and  allowances of any
         nature at any time issued,  owing, granted,  outstanding,  available or
         claimed.

                  "Net Issuance  Proceeds"  means, as to any issuance of debt or
         equity by any Person,  cash proceeds and non-cash  proceeds received or
         receivable  by such Person in connection  therewith,  net of reasonable
         out-of-pocket  costs  and  expenses  paid  or  incurred  in  connection
         therewith in favor of any Person not an Affiliate of such Person,  such
         costs and  expenses  not to exceed  5% of the  gross  proceeds  of such
         issuance.

                  "Net  Proceeds"  means,  as to any  Disposition  by a  Person,
         proceeds in cash, checks or other cash equivalent financial instruments
         as and when  received  by such  Person,  net of: (a) the  direct  costs
         relating to such Disposition  excluding  amounts payable to such Person
         or any Affiliate of such Person,  (b) sales,  use or other  transaction
         taxes paid or payable by such Person as a direct  result  thereof,  and
         (c) amounts  required to be applied to repay  principal,  interest  and
         prepayment premiums and penalties on Indebtedness  secured by a Lien on
         the asset  which is the  subject of such  Disposition.  "Net  Proceeds"
         shall also include  proceeds paid on account of any Event of Loss,  net
         of (i) all money actually  applied to repair or reconstruct the damaged
         property or property  affected by the condemnation or taking,  (ii) all
         of the costs and expenses  reasonably  incurred in connection  with the
         collection of such  proceeds,  award or other  payments,  and (iii) any
         amounts  retained by or paid to parties having  superior rights to such
         proceeds, awards or other payments.

                  "Note" or "Notes" means the Revolving Loan Note and the
         Term Loan Note.

                  "Notice of Borrowing" means a notice in substantially
         the form of Exhibit B.





                                       24

<PAGE>



                  "Notice of Conversion/Continuation" means a notice in
         substantially the form of Exhibit C.

                  "Obligations"   means  all   advances,   debts,   liabilities,
         obligations, covenants and duties arising under any Loan Document owing
         by the Borrower,  the Borrowing Subsidiaries and any other Guarantor to
         any Lender,  the Agent,  the Issuing  Bank, a Specified  Swap  Provider
         and/or any Indemnified  Person,  whether direct or indirect  (including
         those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become
         due, now existing or hereafter arising.

                  "Offshore Rate" means, for any Interest  Period,  with respect
         to Offshore Rate Loans comprising part of the same Borrowing,  the rate
         of  interest  per  annum  (rounded  upward  to the next  1/16th  of 1%)
         determined by the Agent as follows:

         Offshore Rate =         LIBOR
                         1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

         Where,

                  "Eurodollar  Reserve  Percentage"  means  for  any day for any
                  Interest Period the maximum reserve percentage (expressed as a
                  decimal,  rounded  upward to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect
                  on such day (whether or not  applicable  to any Lender)  under
                  regulations   issued   from  time  to  time  by  the  FRB  for
                  determining  the maximum  reserve  requirement  (including any
                  emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement)
                  with respect to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as
                  "Eurocurrency liabilities"); and

                         "LIBOR" means the rate of interest per annum determined
                  by the Agent to be the arithmetic  mean (rounded upward to the
                  next 1/16th of 1%) of the rates of interest per annum notified
                  to the Agent by each Reference  Lender as the rate of interest
                  at which  dollar  deposits  in the  approximate  amount of the
                  amount of the Loan to be made or  continued  as, or  converted
                  into,  an  Offshore  Rate Loan by such  Reference  Lender  and
                  having a maturity  comparable to such Interest Period would be
                  offered to major banks in the London interbank market at their
                  request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business
                  Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

                  The Offshore  Rate shall be adjusted  automatically  as to all
         Offshore Rate Loans then  outstanding  as of the effective  date of any
         change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

                  "Offshore Rate Loan" means a Loan that bears interest based on
         the Offshore Rate.




                                       25

<PAGE>



                  "Organization  Documents"  means,  for  any  corporation,  the
         certificate or articles of incorporation,  the bylaws,  any certificate
         of  determination  or  instrument  relating to the rights of  preferred
         shareholders of such corporation, any shareholder rights agreement, and
         all applicable  resolutions of the board of directors (or any committee
         thereof) of such corporation.

                  "Other Taxes" means any present or future stamp or documentary
         taxes or any other excise or property taxes,  charges or similar levies
         which  arise from any payment  made  hereunder  or from the  execution,
         delivery  or  registration  of, or  otherwise  with  respect  to,  this
         Agreement or any other Loan Documents.

                  "Participant" has the meaning specified in Section
         10.08(d).

                  "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation,  or any
         Governmental  Authority  succeeding to any of its  principal  functions
         under ERISA.

                  "Pension  Plan"  means a pension  plan (as  defined in Section
         3(2) of  ERISA)  subject  to  Title  IV of  ERISA  which  the  Borrower
         sponsors,  maintains,  or to which it makes, is making, or is obligated
         to make  contributions,  or in the case of a multiple employer plan (as
         described in Section  4064(a) of ERISA) has made  contributions  at any
         time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

                  "Permitted Acquisitions" has the meaning specified in
         Section 7.03.

                  "Permitted Liens" has the meaning specified in
         Section 7.01.

                  "Person"  means  an  individual,   partnership,   corporation,
         limited liability company,  business trust, joint stock company, trust,
         unincorporated association, joint venture or Governmental Authority.

                  "Plan"  means an employee  benefit plan (as defined in Section
         3(3) of ERISA) which the Borrower sponsors or maintains or to which the
         Borrower makes, is making,  or is obligated to make  contributions  and
         includes any Pension Plan.

                  "Pledge Agreements" means the Borrower Pledge
         Agreement, the MotivePower Investments Pledge Agreement and
         the Power Pledge Agreement.

                  "Pledged Collateral" has the meaning specified in the
         Pledge Agreements.




                                       26

<PAGE>



                  "Power Pledge  Agreement"  means the Pledge  Agreement of even
         date herewith executed by Power Parts Company,  a Nevada corporation in
         favor of the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, pledging all the stock of
         its  Subsidiaries,  and any amendments,  modifications  or restatements
         thereof,  or any pledge agreements  entered into after the Closing Date
         by such Person.

                  "Pro Rata  Share"  means,  as to any  Lender at any time,  the
         percentage  equivalent  (expressed  as a decimal,  rounded to the ninth
         decimal place) at such time of such Lender's  Commitment divided by the
         combined Commitments of all Lenders.

                  "PTRA" means the Port Terminal Railroad Association, a
         Texas association.

                  "Reference Lender" means BofA.

                  "Reorganization" shall have the meaning specified in
         the recitals hereto.

                  "Replacement Lender" has the meaning specified in
         Section 3.08.

                  "Reportable  Event"  means  any of the  events  set  forth  in
         Section 4043(b) of ERISA or the regulations thereunder,  other than any
         such event for which the 30-day notice requirement under ERISA has been
         waived in regulations issued by the PBGC.

                  "Requirement  of  Law"  means,  as  to  any  Person,  any  law
         (statutory or common),  treaty,  rule or regulation or determination of
         an arbitrator or of a Governmental  Authority,  in each case applicable
         to or binding  upon the Person or any of its  property  or to which the
         Person or any of its property is subject.

                  "Responsible Officer" means the chief executive officer or the
         president of the Borrower,  or any other officer  having  substantially
         the same authority and  responsibility;  or, with respect to compliance
         with financial covenants,  the chief financial officer or the treasurer
         of the Borrower,  or any other officer  having  substantially  the same
         authority and responsibility.

                  "Revolving Commitment" means Fifty-Five Million Dollars
         ($55,000,000).

                  "Revolving Loan" has the meaning specified in
         Section 2.01.





                                       27

<PAGE>



                  "Revolving  Loan Note" means the  promissory  note executed by
         the Borrower in favor of the Agent,  on behalf of the Lenders  pursuant
         to  Section  2.02(b),  in  substantially  the  form  of  Exhibit  E  as
         thereafter amended from time to time with the consent of the Agent.

                  "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or
         any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its
         principal functions.

                  "Security Agreement (Borrower)" means the Amended and Restated
         Security  Agreement  executed by the Borrower in favor of the Agent, on
         behalf of the Lenders, in substan tially the form of Exhibit G together
         with all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto consented to
         by the Agent in writing.

                  "Security  Agreement   (Guarantors)"  means  the  Amended  and
         Restated Security  Agreement executed by the Guarantors in favor of the
         Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, in substantially the form of Exhibit H
         together with all amendments,  modifications  and  supplements  thereto
         consented to by the Agent in writing.

                  "Security Agreements" means, collectively, the Security
         Agreement (Borrower) and the Security Agreement
         (Guarantors).

                  "Solvent"  means,  as to any Person at any time,  that (a) the
         fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the amount of
         such  Person's   liabilities   (including   disputed,   contingent  and
         unliquidated  liabilities) as such value is established and liabilities
         evaluated for purposes of Section  101(31) of the Bankruptcy  Code and,
         in the  alternative,  for purposes of the Illinois  Uniform  Fraudulent
         Transfer  Act; (b) the present fair  saleable  value of the property of
         such  Person is not less than the amount  that will be  required to pay
         the  probable  liability  of such  Person on its  debts as they  become
         absolute  and  matured;  (c) such  Person is able to  realize  upon its
         property and pay its debts and other liabilities  (including  disputed,
         contingent and  unliquidated  liabilities) as they mature in the normal
         course of  business;  (d) such  Person does not intend to, and does not
         believe that it will,  incur debts or liabilities  beyond such Person's
         ability  to pay as such  debts  and  liabilities  mature;  and (e) such
         Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to
         engage in business or a transaction,  for which such Person's  property
         would constitute unreasonably small capital.

                  "Specified Original Equipment Manufacturer" means
         General  Motors  Corporation  and  General  Electric  Company and their
         respective Subsidiaries and divisions that engage




                                       28

<PAGE>



         primarily in the business of manufacturing railroad
         locomotives or locomotive parts.

                  "Specified  Swap  Contract"  means any Swap  Contract  made or
         entered into at any time, or in effect at any time (whether  heretofore
         or hereafter),  whether directly or indirectly, and whether as a result
         of assignment  or transfer or  otherwise,  between the Borrower and any
         Specified  Swap Provider  which Swap Contract is or was intended by the
         Borrower to have been entered into,  in part or entirely,  for purposes
         of mitigating  interest rate or currency  exchange risk relating to the
         Loans  (which  intent  shall  conclusively  be  deemed  to exist if the
         Borrower so represents to the Specified Swap Provider in writing),  and
         as to which the final  scheduled  payment by the  Borrower is not later
         than the Stated Maturity Date.

                  "Specified Swap Provider"  means any Lender,  or any Affiliate
         of any  Lender,  that  is at the  time of  determina  tion  party  to a
         Specified Swap Contract with the Borrower.

                  "Stated Maturity Date" means the fourth (4th)
         anniversary of the Closing Date.

                  "Subsidiary" of a Person means any  corporation,  association,
         partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business
         entity of which more than 50% of the voting stock, membership interests
         or  other  equity   interests  (in  the  case  of  Persons  other  than
         corporations),  is owned or  controlled  directly or  indirectly by the
         Person,  or one  or  more  of the  Subsidiaries  of  the  Person,  or a
         combination  thereof.  Unless the context  otherwise  clearly requires,
         references   herein  to  a  "Subsidiary"   refer  to  a  Subsidiary  or
         Subsidiaries of the Borrower including, without limitation, MK Gain and
         the Guarantors.

                  "Surety  Instruments"  means all letters of credit  (including
         standby and commercial), banker's acceptances,  performance bonds, bank
         guaranties, shipside bonds, surety bonds and similar instruments.

                  "Swap  Contract"  means  any  agreement,  whether  or  not  in
         writing,  relating to any transaction  that is a rate swap, basis swap,
         forward rate transaction,  commodity swap, commodity option,  equity or
         equity index swap or option,  bond, note or bill option,  interest rate
         option,  forward  foreign  exchange  transaction,  cap, collar or floor
         transaction,  currency  swap,  cross-currency  rate swap,  swap option,
         currency option or any other, similar transaction (including any option
         to  enter  into  any  of  the  foregoing)  or  any  combination  of the
         foregoing,  and, unless the context  otherwise  clearly  requires,  any
         master agreement relating to or governing any or all of the foregoing.




                                       29

<PAGE>



                  "Tangible  Net  Worth"  means,  as to any Person and as of any
         date on which the amount  thereof is to be  determined,  (a) the stated
         amount of the  shareholders'  equity  for all  issued  and  outstanding
         capital stock,  minus (b) the aggregate stated amount of any redeemable
         preferred stock (plus accrued and unpaid dividends),  and minus (c) the
         stated  amount of all  patents,  copyrights,  trademarks,  trade names,
         franchises,   goodwill,   deferred  charges,   organization   expenses,
         unamortized discounts and other intangibles.

                  "Taxes"  means any and all  present or future  taxes,  levies,
         imposts, deductions,  charges or withholdings, and all liabilities with
         respect thereto,  excluding,  in the case of each Lender and the Agent,
         such taxes  (including  income taxes or franchise taxes) as are imposed
         on or measured by each Lender's net income by the  jurisdiction (or any
         political  subdivision  thereof) under the laws of which such Lender or
         the Agent,  as the case may be, is  organized  or  maintains  a lending
         office.

                  "Term Commitment" means Twenty Million Dollars
         ($20,000,000).

                  "Term Loan" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

                  "Term Loan Note"  means the  amended  and  restated  term loan
         promissory  note  executed  by the  Borrower  in favor of the  Agent on
         behalf of the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.02(b),in  substantially the
         form of  Exhibit  F as  thereafter  amended  from time to time with the
         consent of the Agent.

                  "Type" has the meaning specified in the definition of
         "Loan."

                  "UCC" means the Uniform  Commercial Code as the same may, from
         time to time, be in effect in the State of Illinois; provided, however,
         in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all
         of the attachment,  perfection or priority of the security  interest of
         Agent  (or any party for  which  Agent is agent) in any  collateral  is
         governed by the Uniform  Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction
         other than the State of Illinois, the term "UCC" shall mean the Uniform
         Commercial  Code as in effect in such  other  jurisdiction  solely  for
         purposes  of  the  provisions   hereof  relating  to  such  attachment,
         perfection or priority and for purposes of definitions  related to such
         provisions.

                  "Unfunded  Pension  Liability"  means  the  excess of a Plan's
         benefit  liabilities  under  Section  4001(a)(16)  of  ERISA,  over the
         current value of that Plan's assets,  determined in accordance with the
         assumptions used for




                                       30

<PAGE>



         funding  the Pension  Plan  pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the
         applicable plan year.

                  "United States" and "U.S." each means the United States
         of America.

                  "Unused Letter of Credit Subfacility" means an amount equal to
         $15,000,000  minus the sum of (a) the aggregate  undrawn  amount of all
         outstanding   Letters  of  Credit   plus  (b)  the   aggregate   unpaid
         reimbursement obligations with respect to all Letters of Credit.

                  "Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary"  means  any  corporation  in  which
         (other than directors'  qualifying  shares required by law) 100% of the
         capital stock of each class having ordinary  voting power,  and 100% of
         the capital stock of every other class, in each case, at the time as of
         which any  determination  is being made, is owned,  beneficially and of
         record, by the Person being considered,  or by one or more of the other
         Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, or both.

         1.02  Other Interpretive Provisions.  (a) The meanings of
defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural
forms of the defined terms.

                  (b) The words  "hereof",  "herein",  "hereunder"  and  similar
         words  refer to this  Agreement  as a whole  and not to any  particular
         provision of this  Agreement;  and  subsection,  Section,  Schedule and
         Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

                  (c) (i) The term "documents" includes any and all instruments,
documents,  agreements,  certificates,  indentures,  notices and other writings,
however evidenced.

                           (ii)   The term "including" is not limiting and means
         "including without limitation."

                          (iii) In the  computation  of  periods  of time from a
         specified date to a later  specified  date, the word "from" means "from
         and  including";   the  words  "to"  and  "until"  each  mean  "to  but
         excluding", and the word "through" means "to and including."

                           (iv)  The  term  "property"   includes  any  kind  of
         property or asset, real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible.

                            (v)  Reference  to "$" or  "dollars"  shall  mean US
         Dollars or if evaluating another currency,  then the US Dollar value or
         equivalent  at the time of  consideration  utilizing  the spot rate for
         open market transactions in such currency.




                                       31

<PAGE>



                  (d) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references
to agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall
be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications  thereto,
but  only  to the  extent  such  amendments  and  other  modifications  are  not
prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document, and (ii) references to any statute
or regulation  are to be construed as including  all  statutory  and  regulatory
provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting the
statute or regulation.

                  (e)  The  captions  and  headings  of this  Agreement  are for
convenience  of reference only and shall not affect the  interpretation  of this
Agreement.

                  (f) This  Agreement  and other Loan  Documents may use several
different  limitations,  tests or  measurements  to regulate the same or similar
matters.  All such limitations,  tests and measurements are cumulative and shall
each be performed in accordance  with their terms.  Unless  otherwise  expressly
provided,  any  reference  to any  action of the Agent or the  Lenders by way of
consent, approval or waiver shall be deemed modified by the phrase "in its/their
sole discretion."

                  (g) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result
of  negotiations  among and have been  reviewed  by counsel  to the  Agent,  the
Borrower  and  the  other  parties,   and  are  the  products  of  all  parties.
Accordingly, they shall not be construed against the Lenders or the Agent merely
because of the Agent's or Lenders' involvement in their preparation.

         1.03  Accounting  Principles.  Unless  the  context  otherwise  clearly
requires or Mexican GAAP is specifically  referenced,  all accounting  terms not
expressly  defined  herein shall be construed,  and all  financial  computations
required  under  this  Agreement   shall  be  made,  in  accordance  with  GAAP,
consistently  applied.  References  herein to "fiscal year" and "fiscal quarter"
refer to such fiscal periods of the Borrower.

         1.04 Amendment and  Restatement.  (a) This Agreement,  the Guaranty and
the  Security  Agreements  collectively  amend and restate in its  entirety  the
Existing Loan Agreement and, upon effectiveness of this Agreement,  the Guaranty
and the Security  Agreements,  the terms and  provisions  of the  Existing  Loan
Agreement shall,  subject to Sections 1.04(b) and (c), be superseded  hereby and
thereby.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding  the  amendment  and  restatement  of the
Existing Loan Agreement by this Agreement, the Guaranty, the Security Agreements
and the Notes,  the Borrower and the other Existing  Borrowers shall continue to
be liable to BABC,  the Agent and the Lenders with respect to  agreements on the
part of the Existing Borrowers under the Existing Loan Agreement to indemnify




                                       32

<PAGE>



and hold BABC,  the Agent and the Lenders  harmless from and against all claims,
demands,  liabilities,  damages,  losses,  costs,  charges and expenses to which
BABC,  the Agent or any  Lender may be subject  arising in  connection  with any
action taken, failure to take action or transaction contemplated in or under the
Existing Loan Agreement during the period that such agreement was in effect.

                  (c)  Notwithstanding  the  amendment  and  restatement  of the
Existing  Loan  Agreement  by this  Agreement,  the  Guaranty  and the  Security
Agreements, the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations owing to the Agent and
the Lenders by the Borrower and the other Existing  Borrowers under the Existing
Loan Agreement remain outstanding as of the date hereof,  constitute  continuing
Obligations  hereunder and  thereunder  and shall  continue to be secured by the
Collateral.

                  This  Agreement  is  given  in  partial  substitution  for the
Existing Loan  Agreement,  and does not evidence a repayment and  reborrowing of
the obligations of the Existing Borrowers under such agreement, and is in no way
intended to  constitute a novation of the Existing  Loan  Agreement,  including,
without limitation, the guarantees provided thereunder which shall be continuing
under the Guaranty and the Liens  granted  thereunder  which shall be continuing
under the Security Agreements.

                  (d) Upon the  effectiveness of this Agreement,  each reference
to the Existing Loan  Agreement in any other  document,  instrument or agreement
executed   and/or   delivered  in  connection   therewith  (the  "Existing  Loan
Documents") shall mean and be a reference to this Agreement.

                  (e) The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that any waivers,
express  or  implied by course of  conduct  or  otherwise,  amendments  or other
actions (or failures to act) under the  Existing  Loan  Agreement  and the other
Existing  Loan  Documents  shall  be of no  force  or  effect,  and of no use in
interpreting  the rights and duties of the parties under this  Agreement and the
other Loan Documents.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                   THE CREDITS

         2.01  Amounts and Terms of Commitments.

                  (a) The Term  Credit.  Each Lender  severally  agrees,  on the
terms and conditions set forth herein,  to continue to make a single loan to the
Borrower (each such Loan, a "Term Loan") on the Closing Date in an amount not to
exceed such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Term  Commitment,  and that such Term
Loan shall be made by continuing the Borrower's term loan under the Existing




                                       33

<PAGE>



Loan  Agreement and  converting as much of the revolving loan under the Existing
Loan  Agreement  as shall be  necessary  thereafter  so that  the  Borrower  has
borrowed  the  aggregate  Term  Commitment  of the Lenders on the Closing  Date.
Amounts  borrowed as Term Loans which are repaid or prepaid by the  Borrower may
not be reborrowed.

                  (b) The Revolving Credit. Each Lender severally agrees, on the
terms and conditions set forth herein,  to make revolving  loans to the Borrower
(each such loan,  a  "Revolving  Loan")  from time to time on any  Business  Day
during the period from the Closing Date to the Stated  Maturity Date, in amounts
not to exceed such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the lesser of (i) the Availability
and (ii) the  Revolving  Commitment;  provided,  however,  that, if after giving
effect to any proposed  Borrowing of Revolving  Loans,  the aggregate  principal
amount of all  outstanding  Revolving  Loans,  the undrawn amount of outstanding
Letters  of Credit and any unpaid  reimbursement  obligations  in respect of the
Letters of Credit  would  exceed  either of the  Availability  or the  Revolving
Commitment of the Lenders,  then the Lenders shall not be obligated to make such
proposed  Revolving  Loans  until such  excess has been  eliminated.  Within the
limits  of  each  Lender's  Commitment,  and  subject  to the  other  terms  and
conditions  hereof,  the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(b),  prepay
under Section 2.06 and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b).

                  (c)    Letters of Credit.

                  (i)  Agreement  to Cause  Issuance.  Subject  to the terms and
         conditions of this Agreement,  and in reliance upon the representations
         and  warranties of the Borrower  herein set forth,  the Agent agrees to
         take  reasonable  steps  to cause  the  Issuing  Bank to issue  for the
         account  of the  Borrower  and  to  provide  credit  support  or  other
         enhancement  in  connection  with one or more  stand-by or  documentary
         letters of credit (each such letter of credit, a "Letter of Credit" and
         such  letters of credit,  collectively,  the  "Letters  of  Credit") in
         accordance  with this Section 2.01(c) from time to time during the term
         of this Agreement.

                  (ii) Amounts;  Outside  Expiration  Date.  The Agent shall not
         have any  obligation  to take steps to cause to be issued any Letter of
         Credit at any time: (1) if the maximum  undrawn amount of the requested
         Letter  of  Credit  is  greater  than  the  Unused   Letter  of  Credit
         Subfacility  at such time;  (2) if the  maximum  undrawn  amount of the
         requested Letter of Credit and all  commissions,  fees, and charges due
         from the Borrower in  connection  with the opening  thereof  exceed the
         Availability of Borrower at such time; (3) which has an expiration date
         later than the Stated Maturity Date; or (4) if the stated amount of all
         Letters of Credit (including the one proposed to be issued)  supporting
         or issued in respect




                                       34

<PAGE>



         of any performance bonds, surety contracts or Surety Instruments of any
         kind  exceeds  $2,500,000;  provided,  however,  that,  if after giving
         effect to any such new Letter of Credit, the aggregate principal amount
         of all outstanding  Revolving  Loans, the undrawn amount of outstanding
         Letters of Credit and any unpaid  reimbursement  obligations in respect
         of the Letters of Credit  exceeds  the  Availability  or the  Revolving
         Commitment  of the  Lenders,  then the Lenders  shall refuse to make or
         otherwise restrict the issuance of new Letters of Credit as the Lenders
         determine until such excess has been eliminated.

             (iii)Other  Conditions.   In  addition  to  being  subject  to  the
         satisfaction  of  the  applicable  conditions  precedent  contained  in
         Article IV, the  obligation  of the Agent to take  reasonable  steps to
         cause to be issued any  Letter of Credit is  subject  to the  following
         conditions  precedent having been satisfied in a manner satisfactory to
         the Agent:

                  (1) The Borrower shall have delivered to the proposed  Issuing
Bank of such Letter of Credit,  at such time and in such manner as such proposed
issuer may prescribe,  an application in form and substance satisfactory to such
proposed  issuer  for the  issuance  of the  Letter  of  Credit  and such  other
documents as may be required  pursuant to the terms thereof,  the form and terms
of the  proposed  Letter of Credit shall be  satisfactory  to the Agent and such
proposed Issuing Bank; and

                  (2) as of  the  date  of  issuance,  no  order  of any  court,
arbitrator  or  Governmental  Authority  shall purport by its terms to enjoin or
restrain money center banks generally from issuing letters of credit of the type
and in the  amount  of the  proposed  Letter  of  Credit,  and no  law,  rule or
regulation  applicable  to  money  center  banks  generally  and no  request  or
directive  (whether  or not  having  the  force of law)  from  any  Governmental
Authority with jurisdiction over money center banks generally shall prohibit, or
request  that the proposed  issuer of such Letter of Credit  refrain  from,  the
issuance  of letters of credit  generally  or the  issuance  of such  Letters of
Credit.

                  (iv)   Issuance of Letters of Credit.

                  (1) Request for  Issuance.  The Borrower  shall give the Agent
and the Issuing Bank three (3) Business Days' prior written  notice,  containing
the original  signature of a  Responsible  Officer of the Borrower of Borrower's
request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit. Such notice shall be irrevocable
and shall  specify the original  face amount of the Letter of Credit  requested,
the  effective  date  (which  date shall be a Business  Day) of issuance of such
requested  Letter of  Credit,  whether  such  Letter of Credit may be drawn in a
single or in partial draws, the date on which such requested Letter of Credit is
to expire (which date shall be a Business Day), the purpose for which such




                                       35

<PAGE>



Letter of Credit is to be issued  (such Letter of Credit shall not be issued for
the purpose of backing the issuance of performance  bonds,  or to a surety or in
lieu of performance bonds unless such surety or performance bond has been issued
in accordance with Section 7.08(e) hereof), and the beneficiary of the requested
Letter of Credit.  The Borrower shall attach to such notice the proposed form of
the Letter of Credit that the Agent is requested to cause to be issued.

                  (2)    Responsibilities of the Agent; Issuance.  The Agent
                         ---------------------------------------
shall determine, as of the Business Day immediately preceding the
requested effective date of issuance of the Letter of Credit set
forth in the notice from the Borrower pursuant to Section
                                                  -------
2.01(c)(1), (i) the amount of the applicable Unused Letter of
- ----------
Credit Subfacility and (ii) the Availability of the Borrower as
of such date, and that such issuance will comply with Section
                                                      -------
2.01(c)(ii).  If the undrawn amount of the requested Letter of
- -----------
Credit is not greater than the applicable Unused Letter of Credit
Subfacility and would not exceed the Availability of the
Borrower, and if such issuance will comply with Section
                                                -------
2.01(c)(ii), then the Agent shall take reasonable steps to cause
- -----------
such issuer to issue the requested Letter of Credit on such
requested effective date of issuance.

                  (3) Notice of  Issuance.  Promptly  after the  issuance of any
Letter of Credit,  the Agent shall give notice to each Lender of the issuance of
such Letter of Credit.

                  (4)  No  Extensions  or  Amendment.  The  Agent  shall  not be
obligated  to cause any Letter of Credit to be  extended  or amended  unless the
requirements  of this Section  2.01(c)(iv)(4)  are met as though a new Letter of
Credit were being  requested  and issued.  With  respect to any Letter of Credit
which contains any "evergreen" or automatic renewal provision, each Lender shall
be deemed to have  consented to any such  extension  or renewal  unless any such
Lender shall have provided to the Agent, not less than 30 days prior to the last
date on which the  applicable  issuer  can in  accordance  with the terms of the
applicable  Letter of Credit  decline to extend or renew such  Letter of Credit,
written  notice that it declines  to consent to any such  extension  or renewal,
provided,  that if all of the  requirements of this Section  2.01(c)(iv) are met
and no Event or Event of Default  exists,  no Lender shall decline to consent to
any such extension or renewal.

                  (v)    Payments Pursuant to Letters of Credit.

                  (1)  Payment  of Letter of Credit  Obligations.  The  Borrower
agrees to  reimburse  the  Issuing  Bank for any draw under any Letter of Credit
issued for its benefit  immediately  upon  demand,  and to pay the issuer of the
Letter of Credit the amount of all other  obligations  and other amounts payable
to such issuer under or in connection with any Letter of Credit immediately when
due, irrespective of any claim, setoff, defense or other right




                                       36

<PAGE>



which the  Borrower  may have at any time against such Issuing Bank or any other
Person.

                  (2) Revolving Loans to Satisfy Reimbursement  Obligations.  In
the event that the Issuing Bank of any Letter of Credit honors a draw under such
Letter of Credit  and the  Borrower  shall not have  repaid  such  amount to the
Issuing  Bank of such Letter of Credit  pursuant to Section  2.04(c)(v)(1),  the
Agent shall,  upon receiving notice of such failure,  notify each Lender of such
failure, and each Lender shall unconditionally pay to the Agent, for the account
of such Issuing Bank, as and when provided hereinbelow,  an amount equal to such
Lender's Pro Rata Share of the amount of such payment in Dollars and in same day
funds.  If the Agent so notifies the Lenders prior to noon (Chicago time) on any
Business Day,  each Lender shall make  available to the Agent the amount of such
payment,  as provided in the immediately  preceding  sentence,  on such Business
Day.  Such  amounts  paid by the  Lenders to the Agent,  for the  benefit of the
Issuing Bank,  shall  constitute  Revolving  Loans which shall be deemed to have
been requested by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

                  (vi)   Participations.

                  (1) Purchase of Participations. With respect to all Letters of
Credit set forth on Schedule  2.01(c) and immediately upon issuance of any other
Letter of Credit in  accordance  with Section  2.01(c)(iv)  each Lender shall be
deemed to have  irrevocably and  unconditionally  purchased and received without
recourse or warranty,  an undivided  interest  and  participation  in the credit
support  or  enhancement  provided  through  the Agent to such  Issuing  Bank in
connection  with the issuance of such Letter of Credit,  equal to such  Lender's
Pro Rata Share of the face amount of such Letter of Credit  (including,  without
limitation,  all  obligations  of the  Borrower  with respect  thereto,  and any
security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto).

                  (2) Sharing of Reimbursement Obligation Payments. Whenever the
Agent  receives  a  payment  from  the  Borrower  on  account  of  reimbursement
obligations  in  respect  of a Letter  of  Credit  as to  which  the  Agent  has
previously  received for the account of the Issuing Bank thereof  payment from a
Lender pursuant to Section  2.01(c)(v)(2),  the Agent shall promptly pay to such
Lender such  Lender's Pro Rata Share of such  payment from  Borrower in Dollars.
Each such  payment  shall be made by the Agent on the  Business Day on which the
Agent receives  immediately  available funds paid to such Person pursuant to the
immediately preceding sentence, if received prior to noon (Chicago time) on such
Business Day and otherwise on the next succeeding Business Day.

                  (3)    Documentation.  Upon the request of any Lender, the
Agent shall furnish to such Lender copies of any Letter of
Credit, reimbursement agreements executed in connection




                                       37

<PAGE>



therewith,   application  for  any  Letter  of  Credit  and  credit  support  or
enhancement  provided  through the Agent in connection  with the issuance of any
Letter of Credit, and such other documentation as may reasonably be requested by
such Lender.

                  (4) Obligations Irrevocable. The obligations of each Lender to
make payments to the Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Bank, with respect to
any  Letter of Credit or with  respect  to any  credit  support  or  enhancement
provided  through  the  Agent  with  respect  to a  Letter  of  Credit,  and the
obligations  of the Borrower to make  payments to the Agent,  for the account of
the Lenders, shall be irrevocable, not subject to any qualification or exception
whatsoever, including, without limitation, any of the following circumstances:

                         (I) any lack of validity or enforceability of this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;

                     (II)  the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or
other right which the Borrower may have at any time against a beneficiary  named
in a Letter of Credit or any  transferee  of any Letter of Credit (or any Person
for whom any such transferee may be acting),  any Lender, the Agent, the Issuing
Bank of such Letter of Credit,  or any other Person,  whether in connection with
this Agreement,  any Letter of Credit, the transactions  contemplated  herein or
any unrelated  transactions  (including any underlying  transactions between the
Borrower or any other Person and the beneficiary named in any Letter of Credit);

                    (III) any draft, certificate or any other document presented
under  the  Letter  of Credit  proving  to be  forged,  fraudulent,  invalid  or
insufficient in any respect or any statement  therein being untrue or inaccurate
in any respect;

                     (IV)  the surrender or impairment of any security
for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of
the Loan Documents; or

                         (V)  the occurrence of any Default or Event of
Default.

                  (vii)  Recovery or  Avoidance  of  Payments.  In the event any
payment by or on behalf of the  Borrower  received by the Agent with  respect to
any  Letter  of  Credit  (or  any  guaranty  by the  Borrower  or  reimbursement
obligation of the Borrower relating thereto) and distributed by the Agent to the
Lenders on account of their respective  participations therein is thereafter set
aside,  avoided or recovered from the Agent in connection with any receivership,
liquidation  or bankruptcy  proceeding,  the Lenders  shall,  upon demand by the
Agent,  pay to the Agent  their  respective  Pro Rata  Shares of such amount set
aside,  avoided or recovered,  together with interest at the rate required to be
paid by the Agent upon the amount required to be repaid by it.




                                       38

<PAGE>



                  (viii) Indemnification; Exoneration.

                  (1)  Indemnification.   In  addition  to  amounts  payable  as
elsewhere  provided in this  Section  2.01(c),  the  Borrower  hereby  agrees to
protect,  indemnify,  pay and save the  Lenders,  the Issuing Bank and the Agent
harmless  from and against any and all claims,  demands,  liabilities,  damages,
losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) which
any Lender or the Agent may incur or be subject to as a  consequence,  direct or
indirect, of the issuance of any Letter of Credit or the provision of any credit
support or enhancement in connection therewith.

                  (2) Assumption of Risk by the Borrower. As among the Borrower,
the Lenders,  the Issuing Bank and the Agent,  the Borrower assumes all risks of
the acts and  omissions  of, or misuse of any of the  Letters  of Credit by, the
respective  beneficiaries  of such Letters of Credit.  In furtherance and not in
limitation of the foregoing,  subject to the provisions of the  applications for
the issuance of Letters of Credit,  the Lenders,  the Issuing Bank and the Agent
shall not be responsible  for: (A) the form,  validity,  sufficiency,  accuracy,
genuineness  or  legal  effect  of  any  document  submitted  by any  Person  in
connection with the  application for and issuance of and  presentation of drafts
with  respect to any of the Letters of Credit,  even if it should prove to be in
any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (B)
the  validity or  sufficiency  of any  instrument  transferring  or assigning or
purporting  to transfer or assign any Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits
thereunder  or  proceeds  thereof,  in whole or in part,  which  may prove to be
invalid or ineffective for any reason; (C) the failure of the beneficiary of any
Letter of Credit to comply duly with  conditions  required in order to draw upon
such  Letter of  Credit;  (D)  errors,  omissions,  interruptions,  or delays in
transmission or delivery of any messages,  by mail, cable,  telegraph,  telex or
otherwise,  whether or not they be in cipher;  (E) errors in  interpretation  of
technical  terms;  (F) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any
document  required in order make a drawing  under any Letter of Credit or of the
proceeds  thereof;  (G) the  misapplication  by the beneficiary of any Letter of
Credit of the  proceeds of any drawing  under such Letter of Credit;  or (H) any
consequences  arising from causes beyond the control of the Lenders, the Issuing
Bank or the Agent, including,  without limitation,  any act or omission, whether
rightful or wrongful,  of any present or future de jure or de facto Governmental
Authority.  None of the foregoing shall affect, impair or prevent the vesting of
any rights or powers of the Agent,  the  Issuing  Bank or any Lender  under this
Section 2.01(c).

                  (ix)   Outstanding Letters of Credit at Closing.
Schedule 2.01(c) sets forth a complete list, as of the Closing
Date, of all outstanding Letters of Credit under the Existing




                                       39

<PAGE>



Loan Agreement  which are continuing as Letters of Credit  hereunder,  including
the number of such Letters of Credit, the beneficiary, the stated amount and the
expiry date thereof.

         2.02 Loan Accounts;  Notes.  (a) The Loans made by each Lender shall be
evidenced by one or more loan  accounts or records  maintained by such Lender in
the ordinary course of business.  The loan accounts or records maintained by the
Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of
the Loans made by the Lenders to the  Borrower  and the  interest  and  payments
thereon.  Any failure so to record or any error in doing so shall not,  however,
limit or otherwise  affect the  obligation of the Borrower  hereunder to pay any
amount owing with respect to the Loans.

                  (b) The Loans made by the  Lenders  will be  evidenced  by the
Revolving  Loan Note and the Term Loan Note in  addition to loan  accounts.  The
Agent,  on behalf of the Lenders,  is irrevocably  authorized by the Borrower to
endorse the Note(s) and the Agent's record shall be conclusive  absent  manifest
error; provided,  however, that the failure of the Agent to make, or an error in
making, a notation thereon with respect to any Loan shall not limit or otherwise
affect the  obligations of the Borrower  hereunder or under any such Note to the
Agent or any Lender.

         2.03 Procedure for Borrowing. (a) Each Borrowing shall be made upon the
Borrower's  irrevocable  written notice  delivered to the Agent in the form of a
Notice of Borrowing  (which  notice must be received by the Agent prior to 11:00
a.m.  (Chicago  time))  (i)  three  (3)  Business  Days  prior to the  requested
Borrowing  Date, in the case of Offshore  Rate Loans,  and (ii) one (1) Business
Day prior to the  requested  Borrowing  Date,  in the case of Base  Rate  Loans,
specifying:

                              (A) the amount of the Borrowing, which shall be in
                  an aggregate  minimum amount of (i) $5,000,000 or any multiple
                  of $1,000,000  in excess  thereof in the case of Offshore Rate
                  Loans and (ii)  $1,000,000  or any  multiple  of  $500,000  in
                  excess thereof in the case of Base Rate Loans;

                              (B)  the requested Borrowing Date, which shall
                  be a Business Day;

                              (C)  the Type of Loans comprising the Borrowing;
                  and

                              (D) if an Offshore Rate Loan,  the duration of the
                  Interest  Period  applicable  to such Loans  included  in such
                  notice.  If the  Notice  of  Borrowing  fails to  specify  the
                  duration of the Interest Period for any




                                       40

<PAGE>



                  Borrowing  comprised  of Offshore  Rate Loans,  such  Interest
                  Period shall be three months.

provided,  however, that with respect to the Borrowing to be made on the Closing
Date,  the Notice of  Borrowing  shall be  delivered to the Agent not later than
12:00 noon (Chicago time) on the Closing Date and such Borrowing will consist of
Base Rate Loans only;  and further  provided  that if so requested by the Agent,
all Borrowings during the first sixty (60) days following the Closing Date shall
have the same  Interest  Period  and shall be Base Rate Loans or  Offshore  Rate
Loans for Interest Periods no longer than one month.

                  (b) The Agent will promptly  notify each Lender of its receipt
of any Notice of Borrowing  and of the amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of
that Borrowing.

                  (c) Each  Lender will make the amount of its Pro Rata Share of
each  Borrowing  available  to the Agent for the account of the  Borrower at the
Agent's  Payment  Office by 11:00  a.m.  (Chicago  time) on the  Borrowing  Date
requested  by the  Borrower in funds  immediately  available  to the Agent.  The
proceeds of all such Loans will then be made  available  to the  Borrower by the
Agent by wire transfer in accordance with written  instructions  provided to the
Agent by the Borrower of like funds as received by the Agent.

                  (d) After  giving  effect to any  Borrowing,  unless the Agent
shall otherwise consent,  there may not be more than five (5) different Interest
Periods in effect.

         2.04  Conversion and Continuation Elections. (a)  The
Borrower may, upon irrevocable written notice to the Agent in
accordance with Section 2.04(b):

                            (i) elect,  as of any  Business  Day, in the case of
         Base  Rate  Loans,  or as of the  last day of the  applicable  Interest
         Period,  in the case of any other Type of Loans,  to  convert  any such
         Loans (or any part  thereof in an amount not less than  $5,000,000,  or
         that is in an integral  multiple of $1,000,000 in excess  thereof) into
         Offshore Rate Loans; or

                           (ii)  elect,  as of the  last  day of the  applicable
         Interest Period, to continue any Loans having Interest Periods expiring
         on such day (or any part thereof in an amount not less than $5,000,000,
         or that is in an integral  multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof) as
         Offshore Rate Loans with an Interest Period of the same duration;

provided,  that if at any time the  aggregate  amount of Offshore  Rate Loans in
respect of any Borrowing is reduced,  by payment,  prepayment,  or conversion of
part  thereof  to be less  than  $5,000,000,  such  Offshore  Rate  Loans  shall
automatically convert into Base Rate Loans, and on and after such date the right
of the




                                       41

<PAGE>



Borrower to continue  such Loans as, and convert such Loans into,  Offshore Rate
Loans shall terminate.

                  (b)   The    Borrower    shall    deliver    a    Notice    of
Conversion/Continuation  to be  received  by the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m.
(Chicago   time)  at  least  (i)  three   Business   Days  in   advance  of  the
Conversion/Continuation Date, if the Loans are to be converted into or continued
as  Offshore  Rate  Loans;   and  (ii)  one  Business  Day  in  advance  of  the
Conversion/Continuation  Date,  if the Loans are to be converted  into Base Rate
Loans, specifying:

                              (A)  the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;

                              (B)  the aggregate amount of Loans to be
                  converted or continued;

                              (C)  the Type of Loans resulting from the
                  proposed conversion or continuation; and

                              (D)  other  than in the case of  conversions  into
                  Base  Rate  Loans,  the  duration  of the  requested  Interest
                  Period.

                  (c) If upon the expiration of any Interest  Period  applicable
to Offshore Rate Loans,  the Borrower has failed to select timely a new Interest
Period to be  applicable  to such Offshore Rate Loans or if any Default or Event
of Default then exists,  the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert
such  Offshore  Rate Loans into Base Rate Loans  effective as of the  expiration
date of such Interest Period.

                  (d) The Agent will promptly  notify each Lender of its receipt
of a Notice of  Conversion/Continuation,  or, if no timely notice is provided by
the Borrower,  the Agent will promptly  notify each Lender of the details of any
automatic  conversion.  All conversions and continuations  shall be made ratably
according  to the  respective  outstanding  principal  amounts of the Loans with
respect to which the notice was given held by each Lender.

                  (e) Unless the Majority Lenders otherwise consent,  during the
existence of a Default or Event of Default, the Borrower may not elect to have a
Loan funded as, converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan.

                  (f) After giving effect to any conversion or  continuation  of
Loans, unless the Agent shall otherwise consent, there may not be more than five
(5) different Interest Periods in effect.

        2.05  Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitments.  The
Borrower may, upon not less than four (4) Business Days' prior
notice to the Agent, terminate the Term Commitments, or




                                       42

<PAGE>



permanently  reduce the Revolving  Commitments by an aggregate minimum amount of
$5,000,000 or any multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; unless, after giving
effect  thereto  and to any  prepayments  of Loans  made on the  effective  date
thereof,  the  then-outstanding  principal  amount of the Loans would exceed the
amount of the combined  Commitments  then in effect.  Once reduced in accordance
with this Section 2.05, the Commitments  may not be increased.  Any reduction of
the Commitments shall be applied to each Lender according to its Pro Rata Share.
All accrued  Commitment  Fees to, but not including  the  effective  date of any
reduction or termination of Commitments,  shall be paid on the effective date of
such reduction or termination.

        2.06 Optional Prepayments. Subject to Section 3.04, the Borrower may, at
any time or from  time to  time,  upon not less  than  four (4)  Business  Days'
irrevocable notice to the Agent (or on one (1) Business Days' irrevocable notice
to the Agent with respect to Base Rate Loans  outstanding  as Revolving  Loans),
ratably  prepay Loans in whole or in part,  in minimum  amounts of $5,000,000 or
any multiple of $1,000,000 in excess  thereof.  Such notice of prepayment  shall
specify  the date and amount of such  prepayment  and the Type(s) of Loans to be
prepaid.  The Agent will promptly  notify each Lender of its receipt of any such
notice,  and of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of such prepayment.  If such notice
is given by the  Borrower,  the  Borrower  shall  make such  prepayment  and the
payment  amount  specified  in such notice  shall be due and payable on the date
specified  therein,  together  with  accrued  interest  to each such date on the
amount  prepaid and any amounts  required  pursuant  to Section  3.04.  Optional
prepayments of the Term Loan shall be made without  prepayment  penalties  other
than any amounts owing  pursuant to Section 3.04 and shall be applied in inverse
order of maturity.

        2.07  Mandatory Prepayments of Loans; Mandatory Commitment
Reductions.

                (a)  Asset   Dispositions.   If  the  Borrower  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries (other than MK Gain) shall at any time or from time to time make or
agree to make a  Disposition,  or shall  suffer  an Event of Loss,  then (i) the
Borrower shall promptly  notify the Agent of such proposed  Disposition or Event
of Loss  (including  the amount of the  estimated Net Proceeds to be received by
the Borrower or such Subsidiary in respect  thereof) and (ii) promptly upon, and
in no event later than 10 days after, receipt by the Borrower or such Subsidiary
of the Net Proceeds of such  Disposition  or Event of Loss,  the Borrower  shall
prepay the Term Loan in an aggregate  amount equal to such Net Proceeds,  in the
inverse  order  of  their  stated  maturity;  provided,  however,  that  no such
prepayment shall be required with respect to (A) equipment sales in the ordinary
course of business of obsolete and  non-useable  equipment to the extent the Net
Proceeds of such sale are  reinvested  in equipment  used in the business of the
Borrower or any such Subsidiary within 90 days of receipt




                                       43

<PAGE>



thereof,  or (B) the sale of the  Borrower's  facility  located in  Mountaintop,
Pennsylvania  or  Touchstone's  facility  located in Jackson,  Tennessee  to the
extent the Net  Proceeds of such sale (I) received in cash are  reinvested  in a
new facility for Touchstone and  construction for such facility begins within 12
months from the date of such sale and is  completed  with  reasonable  diligence
thereafter and (II) received in the form of a promissory  note of up to $500,000
in principal  amount are  reinvested  in  equipment  used in the business of the
Borrower or any Guarantor  within 90 days of receipt of the cash payments  under
or in respect of such promissory note, or (C) the sale of equipment resulting in
Net Proceeds of up to  $2,000,000  in  aggregate  amount by Motor Coils from its
machine shop in Braddock, Pennsylvania and identified on Schedule 2.07 hereto to
the extent the Net Proceeds of such sales are  reinvested  in equipment  used by
Motor Coils on or before December 31, 1997.

                (b)  Subordinated   Debt  Issuance.   If  the  Borrower  or  any
Subsidiary (other than MK Gain) shall, at any time, issue any Indebtedness after
the Closing Date which is subordinated  in right of payment to the  Obligations,
is  permitted  under  Section  7.05 and is  otherwise  on terms  and  conditions
including,   without   limitation,   subordination  and  standstill   provisions
acceptable to the Agent in its sole discretion, then the Borrower shall promptly
notify the Agent of the estimated  Net Issuance  Proceeds of such issuance to be
received by the  Borrower in respect  thereof.  Promptly  upon,  and in no event
later than 1 day after, receipt by the Borrower of Net Issuance Proceeds of such
issuance,  the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loan in an aggregate  amount equal
to the amount of such Net Issuance Proceeds, in the inverse order of maturity.

                (c) Overadvances.  In the event that the outstanding  balance of
the Revolving  Loans shall,  at any time,  exceed the lesser at such time of (i)
the Revolving  Commitment and (ii)  Availability less in both the case of clause
(i) and (ii)  above the  outstanding  amount of the  Letters  of Credit  and the
unpaid  reimbursement  obligations  in respect of drawn  letters of credit,  the
Borrower  shall  immediately  repay the  Revolving  Loans in the  amount of such
excess.

                (d)      General.  Any prepayments pursuant to this Section
2.07 shall be applied first to any Base Rate Loans then
outstanding and then to Offshore Rate Loans with the shortest
Interest Periods remaining; provided, however, that if the amount
of Base Rate Loans then outstanding is not sufficient to satisfy
the entire prepayment requirement, the Borrower may, at its
option, place any amounts which it would otherwise be required to
use to prepay Offshore Rate Loans on a day other than the last
day of the Interest Period therefor in an interest-bearing
account pledged to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders until
the end of such Interest Period at which time such pledged
amounts will be applied to prepay such Offshore Rate Loans.  The




                                       44

<PAGE>



Borrower  shall pay,  together  with each  prepayment  under this Section  2.07,
accrued  interest on the amount  prepaid and any  amounts  required  pursuant to
Section 3.04.

                (e)  Reduction of  Commitment.  Upon the making of any mandatory
prepayment  under this  Section  2.07  (other  than  under  paragraph  (c),  the
Commitment of each Lender shall  automatically  be reduced by an amount equal to
such Lender's ratable share of the aggregate of principal  repaid,  effective as
of the  earlier  of the date that such  prepayment  is made or the date by which
such prepayment is due and payable  hereunder.  All accrued  Commitment Fees to,
but  not  including  the  effective  date of any  reduction  or  termination  of
Commitments,  shall  be  paid  on  the  effective  date  of  such  reduction  or
termination.

        2.08  Repayment.

                (a)      The Term Credit. The Borrower shall repay the Term
Loan on each date as follows (each a "Principal Payment Date"):


                                                                Quarterly Term
                                                                Loan Repayment
                   Payment Date                                     Amount
                   ------------                                     ------
each of June 30, 1997,                                $625,000 each
September 30, 1997,
December 31, 1997, and
March 31, 1998
each of June 30, 1998,                              $1,250,000 each
September 30, 1998,
December 31, 1998 and
March 31, 1999
each of June 30, 1999,                              $1,250,000 each
September 30, 1999,
December 31, 1999 and
March 31, 2000
each of June 30, 2000,                              $1,875,000 each
September 30, 2000, and
December 31, 2000
Stated Maturity Date                                $1,875,000 or the
                                                    then remaining
                                                    principal amount of
                                                    the Term Loan


                (b)      The Revolving Credit.  The Borrower shall repay to
the Lenders in full on the Stated Maturity Date the aggregate
principal amount of Revolving Loans outstanding on such date.





                                       45

<PAGE>



        2.09  Interest.  (a) Each Loan shall bear  interest  on the  outstanding
principal amount thereof from the applicable  Borrowing Date at a rate per annum
equal to the Offshore  Rate or the Base Rate, as the case may be (and subject to
the  Borrower's  right to convert to other Types of Loans under  Section  2.04),
plus the Applicable Margin in effect for such Type of Loan from time to time.

                (b)  Interest  on each  Loan  shall be paid in  arrears  on each
Interest Payment Date. Interest shall also be paid on the date of any prepayment
of Loans under  Section 2.06 or 2.07 for the portion of the Loans so prepaid and
upon payment (including prepayment) in full thereof and, during the existence of
any Event of Default, interest shall be paid on demand of the Agent, which shall
be made at the request or with the consent of the Majority Lenders.

                (c)  Notwithstanding  subsection (a) of this Section 2.09, while
any Event of Default exists and after  acceleration  of the maturity date of the
Loans,  the  Borrower  shall pay  interest  (after  as well as  before  entry of
judgment  thereon to the extent permitted by law) on the principal amount of all
outstanding  Loans,  at a rate per annum  which is  determined  by adding 2% per
annum to the  otherwise  applicable  interest  rate in  effect  for such  Loans;
provided,  however,  that, on and after the  expiration  of any Interest  Period
applicable  to any Offshore Rate Loan  outstanding  on the date of occurrence of
such Event of Default or acceleration,  the principal amount of such Loan shall,
during the  continuation  of such Event of Default or after  acceleration,  bear
interest as a Base Rate Loan at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus (i)
the  Applicable  Margin in effect  for such  Loan  plus (ii) an  additional  two
percent (2%).

                (d)  Anything  herein  to  the  contrary  notwithstanding,   the
obligations  of the  Borrower  to any Lender  hereunder  shall be subject to the
limitation  that payments of interest shall not be required,  for any period for
which  interest  is computed  hereunder,  to the extent (but only to the extent)
that  contracting for or receiving such payment by such Lender would be contrary
to the provisions of any law applicable to such Lender limiting the highest rate
of interest  that may be lawfully  contracted  for,  charged or received by such
Lender,  and in such event the  Borrower  shall pay such Lender  interest at the
highest rate permitted by applicable law.

        2.10 Fees.  (a)  Arrangement,  Agency Fees.  The  Borrower  shall pay an
arrangement fee to the Arranger for the Arranger's own account, and shall pay an
agency fee to the Agent for the Agent's own  account,  as required by the letter
agreement  ("Fee  Letter")  between the Borrower,  the Arranger BofA and Bank of
America Illinois dated December 30, 1996, as amended from time to time.





                                       46

<PAGE>



                (b) Commitment Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent for the
account of each Lender a commitment  fee (the  "Commitment  Fee") on the average
daily  unused  portion of such  Lender's  Revolving  Commitment,  computed  on a
quarterly basis in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar  quarter as
an  amount  equal to the  average  daily  non-utilization  for that  quarter  as
calculated  by the Agent on the Revolving  Commitment  multiplied by a per annum
rate equal to the Applicable  Margin then in effect for the Commitment Fee. Such
Commitment  Fee shall accrue from the Closing Date to the Stated  Maturity  Date
and shall be due and payable  quarterly  in arrears on the last  Business Day of
each quarter commencing on March 31, 1997 through the Stated Maturity Date, with
the final  payment to be made on the Stated  Maturity  Date;  provided  that, in
connection  with any reduction or termination of Commitments  under Section 2.05
or Section 2.07, the accrued  Commitment Fee calculated for the period ending on
such date shall also be paid on the date of such reduction or termination,  with
the following quarterly payment being calculated on the basis of the period from
such  reduction  or  termination  date  to  such  quarterly  payment  date.  The
Commitment Fees provided in this subsection  shall accrue at all times after the
above-mentioned  commencement  date,  including  at any time during which one or
more conditions in Article IV are not met.

                (c)      Compensation for Letters of Credit.

                (1) Letter of Credit Fees.  Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent,
for the ratable account of the Lenders,  (i) for each stand-by Letter of Credit,
a fee  calculated  at a per annum  rate  equal to the  Applicable  Margin on the
undrawn amount of each such stand-by  Letter of Credit issued for the Borrower's
account and (ii) for each  commercial  or  documentary  Letter of Credit,  a fee
calculated at a one-time flat rate equal to the Applicable  Margin multiplied by
the stated amount of each such commercial or documentary Letter of Credit issued
for the Borrower's  account.  The Letter of Credit fees for stand-by  Letters of
Credit  shall be payable in arrears on the last  Business  Day of each  calendar
quarter  during which each such Letter of Credit  remains  outstanding,  and the
Letter of Credit fees for all commercial or documentary Letters of Credit issued
during each calendar quarter will be payable in arrears on the last Business Day
of each calendar quarter and at maturity.  The Letter of Credit Fee for stand-by
Letters  of Credit  shall be  computed  on the  basis of a 360-day  year for the
actual number of days elapsed.

                (2)  Issuer  Fees and  Charges.  The  Borrower  shall pay to the
Issuing  Bank of any Letter of Credit  issued for the benefit of or on behalf of
the  Borrower  or its  Borrowing  Subsidiaries  solely for such  Issuing  Bank's
account  (i) a  one-time  fronting  fee of 1/8 of 1% of the face  amount of such
Letter of Credit payable upon issuance;  provided, however, that BofA will if it
is the Issuing Bank with respect to any Letter of Credit set forth




                                       47

<PAGE>



on  Schedule  2.01(c)  attempt in good faith to obtain  any  necessary  internal
approvals  or satisfy  any  regulatory  concerns  to permit any such  Letters of
Credit  which have been  issued by BofA under the  Existing  Loan  Agreement  to
continue as outstanding Letters of Credit under this Agreement without requiring
a  reissuance  of such  Letters  of Credit  which  would  necessitate  paying or
otherwise require the payment of an additional fronting fee, and (ii) such other
standard  charges as are  assessed  by such  Issuing  Bank for letters of credit
issued by it, including,  without limitation, its standard fees for documenting,
administering,  amending, renewing, negotiating, paying and canceling letters of
credit and all other  fees  associated  with  issuing  or  servicing  letters of
credit, as and when assessed.

        2.11 Computation of Fees and Interest.  (a) All computations of interest
for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by BofA's  "reference rate"
shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and
actual days elapsed.  All other  computations of fees and interest shall be made
on the basis of a 360-day  year and actual days elapsed  (which  results in more
interest being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day  year).  Interest
and fees shall accrue during each period during which  interest or such fees are
computed  from and including the first day thereof to and excluding the last day
thereof.

                (b)      Each determination of an interest rate by the Agent
shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders
in the absence of manifest error.

        2.12  Payments  by the  Borrower.  (a)  All  payments  to be made by the
Borrower shall be made without set-off,  recoupment or  counterclaim.  Except as
otherwise  expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower shall be made
to the Agent for the account of the Lenders at the Agent's Payment  Office,  and
shall be made in Dollars and in immediately available funds, no later than 12:00
noon.  (Chicago  time) on the date  specified  herein.  The Agent will  promptly
distribute  to each  Lender  its Pro Rata  Share (or other  applicable  share as
expressly  provided  herein)  of such  payment in like  funds as  received.  Any
payment  received  by the Agent  later than 12:00 noon  (Chicago  time) shall be
deemed to have been  received on the following  Business Day and any  applicable
interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

                (b) Subject to the  provisions  set forth in the  definition  of
"Interest  Period"  herein,  whenever  any  payment is due on a day other than a
Business Day, such payment shall be made on the following Business Day, and such
extension of time shall in such case be included in the  computation of interest
or fees, as the case may be.

                (c)      Unless the Agent receives notice from the Borrower
prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that




                                       48

<PAGE>



the Borrower will not make such payment in full as and when required,  the Agent
may assume that the  Borrower has made such payment in full to the Agent on such
date in  immediately  available  funds and the  Agent  may (but  shall not be so
required),  in reliance upon such assumption,  distribute to each Lender on such
due date an  amount  equal to the  amount  then due such  Lender.  If and to the
extent the Borrower has not made such payment in full to the Agent,  each Lender
shall  repay to the Agent on demand  such  amount  distributed  to such  Lender,
together with  interest  thereon at the Federal Funds Rate for each day from the
date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date repaid.

        2.13  Payments by the Lenders to the Agent.

                (a) Unless the Agent  receives  notice from a Lender on or prior
to the Closing Date or, with respect to any Borrowing after the Closing Date, at
least one (1) Business Day prior to the date of such Borrowing, that such Lender
will not make  available  as and when  required  hereunder  to the Agent for the
account  of the  Borrower  the  amount of that  Lender's  Pro Rata  Share of the
Borrowing,  the Agent may assume that each Lender has made such amount available
to the Agent in immediately  available funds on the Borrowing Date and the Agent
may (but shall not be so  required),  in  reliance  upon such  assumption,  make
available to the  Borrower on such date a  corresponding  amount.  If and to the
extent any Lender shall not have made its full amount  available to the Agent in
immediately  available  funds  and the  Agent  in such  circumstances  has  made
available  to the Borrower  such  amount,  that Lender shall on the Business Day
following such Borrowing Date make such amount available to the Agent,  together
with  interest at the  Federal  Funds Rate for each day during  such  period.  A
notice of the Agent  submitted to any Lender with respect to amounts owing under
this  subsection (a) shall be conclusive,  absent manifest error. If such amount
is so made available,  such payment to the Agent shall  constitute such Lender's
Loan on the date of Borrowing for all purposes of this Agreement. If such amount
is not made  available to the Agent on the Business Day  following the Borrowing
Date,  the Agent will  notify the  Borrower  of such  failure to fund and,  upon
demand by the Agent,  the  Borrower  shall pay such  amount to the Agent for the
Agent's  account,  together with interest thereon for each day elapsed since the
date  of  such  Borrowing,  at a rate  per  annum  equal  to the  interest  rate
applicable at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing.

                (b) The failure of any Lender to make any Loan on any  Borrowing
Date shall not relieve any other  Lender of any  obligation  hereunder to make a
Loan on such Borrowing  Date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure
of any  other  Lender  to make the Loan to be made by such  other  Lender on any
Borrowing Date.





                                       49

<PAGE>



        2.14  Sharing of Payments,  Etc.  If,  other than as expressly  provided
elsewhere  herein,  any Lender shall obtain on account of the Obligations in its
favor any payment (whether voluntary,  involuntary,  through the exercise of any
right of set-off,  or  otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share
contemplated  hereunder),  such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Agent of
such fact,  and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such  participations  in the
Loans  made by them as shall be  necessary  to cause such  purchasing  Lender to
share the excess payment pro rata with each of them; provided,  however, that if
all or any  portion of such  excess  payment is  thereafter  recovered  from the
purchasing  Lender,  such  purchase  shall to that extent be rescinded  and each
other  Lender  shall  repay to the  purchasing  Lender the  purchase  price paid
therefor,  together with an amount equal to such paying  Lender's  ratable share
(according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender's  required
repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the  purchasing  Lender) of
any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect
of the  total  amount so  recovered.  The  Borrower  agrees  that any  Lender so
purchasing  a  participation  from  another  Lender may,  to the fullest  extent
permitted  by law,  exercise all its rights of payment  (including  the right of
set-off,  but subject to Section  10.10) with respect to such  participation  as
fully as if such Lender were the direct  creditor of the  Borrower in the amount
of such  participation.  The Agent will keep records  (which shall be conclusive
and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations  purchased under
this  Section  and will in each  case  notify  the  Lenders  following  any such
purchases or repayments.

        2.15  Security  and  Guaranty.  All  Obligations  of the  Borrower,  the
Guarantors and the Borrowing  Subsidiaries  under this Agreement,  the Notes and
all other Loan  Documents  shall be secured in  accordance  with the  Collateral
Documents.


                                   ARTICLE III

                     TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

        3.01 Taxes.  (a) Any and all  payments by the Borrower to each Lender or
the Agent under this  Agreement and any other Loan  Document  shall be made free
and clear of, and without  deduction or withholding  for any Taxes. In addition,
the Borrower shall pay all Other Taxes.

                (b) The Borrower  agrees to  indemnify  and hold  harmless  each
Lender and the Agent for the full amount of Taxes or Other Taxes  (including any
Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any  jurisdiction  on amounts payable under this
Section) paid by the Lender or the Agent and any liability (including penalties,
interest,  additions  to tax and  expenses)  arising  therefrom  or with respect
thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes




                                       50

<PAGE>



were correctly or legally asserted.  Payment under this indemnification shall be
made within 30 days after the date the Lender or the Agent makes written  demand
therefor.

                (c) If the  Borrower  shall  be  required  by law to  deduct  or
withhold  any  Taxes  or  Other  Taxes  from or in  respect  of any sum  payable
hereunder to any Lender or the Agent, then:

                                (i)  the sum payable shall be increased as
        necessary so that after making all required  deductions and withholdings
        (including  deductions and  withholdings  applicable to additional  sums
        payable under this  Section)  such Lender or the Agent,  as the case may
        be,  receives an amount  equal to the sum it would have  received had no
        such deductions or withholdings been made;

                               (ii)  the Borrower shall make such deductions and
        withholdings;

                              (iii)  the Borrower shall pay the full amount
        deducted or withheld to the relevant taxing authority or
        other authority in accordance with applicable law; and

                               (iv)  the Borrower shall also pay to each Lender
        or the Agent for the  account of such  Lender,  at the time  interest is
        paid, all additional  amounts which the respective  Lender  specifies as
        necessary to preserve the after-tax yield the Lender would have received
        if such Taxes or Other Taxes had not been imposed.

                (d) Within 30 days after the date of any payment by the Borrower
of Taxes or Other Taxes,  the Borrower shall furnish the Agent the original or a
certified copy of a receipt  evidencing  payment  thereof,  or other evidence of
payment satisfactory to the Agent.

                (e) If the Borrower is required to pay additional amounts to any
Lender or the Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, then such Lender
shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions)
to change the  jurisdiction  of its Lending  Office so as to eliminate  any such
additional  payment by the Borrower which may thereafter  accrue, if such change
in the judgment of such Lender is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

                (f) Nothing in this Section 3.01 shall override the terms of any
Specified Swap Contract relating to the subject matter hereof.

        3.02  Illegality. (a)  If any Lender determines that the
introduction of any Requirement of Law, or any change in any
Requirement of Law, or in the interpretation or administration of
any Requirement of Law, has made it unlawful, or that any central




                                       51

<PAGE>



bank or other Governmental  Authority has asserted that it is unlawful,  for any
Lender or its applicable  Lending  Office to make Offshore Rate Loans,  then, on
notice thereof by the Lender to the Borrower  through the Agent,  any obligation
of that Lender to make Offshore  Rate Loans shall be suspended  until the Lender
notifies the Agent and the Borrower that the  circumstances  giving rise to such
determination no longer exist.

                (b) If a Lender  determines  that it is unlawful to maintain any
Offshore Rate Loan, the Borrower shall,  upon its receipt of notice of such fact
and demand  from such  Lender  (with a copy to the  Agent),  prepay in full such
Offshore  Rate Loans of that Lender then  outstanding,  together  with  interest
accrued thereon and amounts required under Section 3.04,  either on the last day
of the Interest Period thereof,  if the Lender may lawfully continue to maintain
such  Offshore  Rate Loans to such day,  or  immediately,  if the Lender may not
lawfully  continue to  maintain  such  Offshore  Rate Loan.  If the  Borrower is
required  to so prepay any  Offshore  Rate  Loan,  then  concurrently  with such
prepayment, the Borrower shall borrow from the affected Lender, in the amount of
such repayment, a Base Rate Loan.

                (c) If the obligation of any Lender to make or maintain Offshore
Rate Loans has been so  terminated  or  suspended,  the Borrower  may elect,  by
giving  notice to the  Lender  through  the Agent  that all  Loans  which  would
otherwise  be made by the Lender as Offshore  Rate Loans  shall be instead  Base
Rate Loans.

                (d) Before  giving any notice to the Agent  under this  Section,
the affected Lender shall  designate a different  Lending Office with respect to
its Offshore Rate Loans if such  designation will avoid the need for giving such
notice or making  such demand and will not,  in the  judgment of the Lender,  be
illegal or otherwise disadvantageous to the Lender.

        3.03  Increased  Costs  and  Reduction  of  Return.  (a) If  any  Lender
determines that, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change (other than
any change by way of imposition of or increase in reserve requirements  included
in the  calculation  of the Offshore Rate or in respect of the  assessment  rate
payable  by any  Lender to the FDIC for  insuring  U.S.  deposits)  in or in the
interpretation  of any law or regulation  or (ii) the  compliance by that Lender
with any  guideline  or  request  from any  central  bank or other  Governmental
Authority  (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase
in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining
any Offshore Rate Loans,  then the Borrower  shall be liable for, and shall from
time to time,  upon demand (with a copy of such demand to be sent to the Agent),
pay to the Agent for the  account  of such  Lender,  additional  amounts  as are
sufficient to compensate such Lender for such increased costs.





                                       52

<PAGE>



                (b)  If  any  Lender   shall  have   determined   that  (i)  the
introduction of any Capital Adequacy Regulation,  (ii) any change in any Capital
Adequacy Regulation, (iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of
any  Capital  Adequacy  Regulation  by any  central  bank or other  Governmental
Authority charged with the  interpretation or  administration  thereof,  or (iv)
compliance by the Lender (or its Lending Office) or any corporation  controlling
the Lender with any Capital  Adequacy  Regulation,  affects or would  affect the
amount of capital  required or expected  to be  maintained  by the Lender or any
corporation  controlling the Lender and (taking into consideration such Lender's
or such  corporation's  policies  with  respect  to  capital  adequacy  and such
Lender's  desired return on capital)  determines that the amount of such capital
is increased as a consequence of its Commitments,  loans, credits or obligations
under this Agreement,  then, upon demand of such Lender to the Borrower  through
the Agent, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender,  from time to time as specified
by the Lender,  additional  amounts sufficient to compensate the Lender for such
increase.

        3.04 Funding  Losses.  The Borrower shall reimburse each Lender and hold
each Lender  harmless  from any loss or expense  which the Lender may sustain or
incur as a consequence of:

                (a)      the failure of the Borrower to make on a timely
basis any payment of principal of any Offshore Rate Loan;

                (b) the failure of the Borrower to borrow, continue or convert a
Loan  after the  Borrower  has  given  (or is deemed to have  given) a Notice of
Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/ Continuation;

                (c)      the failure of the Borrower to make any prepayment
in accordance with any notice delivered under Section 2.06;

                (d) the prepayment (including pursuant to Section 2.07) or other
payment (including after acceleration thereof) of an Offshore Rate Loan on a day
that is not the last day of the relevant Interest Period; or

                (e)      the automatic conversion under Section 2.04 of any
Offshore Rate Loan to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the
last day of the relevant Interest Period;

including any such loss or expense  arising from the liquidation or reemployment
of funds obtained by it to maintain its Offshore Rate Loans or from fees payable
to terminate the deposits from which such funds were  obtained.  For purposes of
calculating  amounts  payable by the Borrower to the Lenders  under this Section
3.04 and under  Section  3.03(a),  each Offshore Rate Loan made by a Lender (and
each  related  reserve,   special  deposit  or  similar  requirement)  shall  be
conclusively  deemed to have been  funded at the LIBOR used in  determining  the
Offshore Rate for such Offshore




                                       53

<PAGE>



Rate Loan by a matching  deposit or other borrowing in the interbank  eurodollar
market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period,  whether or not such
Offshore Rate Loan is in fact so funded.

        3.05 Inability to Determine  Rates. If the Agent determines that for any
reason  adequate and reasonable  means do not exist for determining the Offshore
Rate for any requested  Interest Period with respect to a proposed Offshore Rate
Loan or that the Offshore Rate  applicable  pursuant to Section  2.09(a) for any
requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Offshore Rate Loan does not
adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the
Agent will  promptly so notify the  Borrower and each  Lender.  Thereafter,  the
obligation  of the Lenders to make or  maintain  Offshore  Rate Loans  hereunder
shall be suspended until the Agent revokes such notice in writing.  Upon receipt
of such  notice,  the  Borrower  may revoke any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of
Conversion/Continuation  then  submitted by it. If the Borrower  does not revoke
such Notice,  the Lenders shall make, convert or continue the Loans, as proposed
by the Borrower,  in the amount specified in the applicable  notice submitted by
the Borrower,  but such Loans shall be made, converted or continued as Base Rate
Loans instead of Offshore Rate Loans.

        3.06  Reserves on Offshore  Rate Loans.  The Borrower  shall pay to each
Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required under regulations of the FRB to
maintain  reserves  with  respect  to  liabilities  or assets  consisting  of or
including  Eurocurrency  funds or  deposits  (currently  known as  "Eurocurrency
liabilities"),  additional costs on the unpaid principal amount of each Offshore
Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such  reserves  allocated to such Loan by
the Lender (as determined by the Lender in good faith, which determination shall
be conclusive),  payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan,
provided the Borrower shall have received at least 15 days' prior written notice
(with a copy to the Agent) of such  additional  interest  from the Lender.  If a
Lender fails to give notice 15 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date,
such additional interest shall be payable 15 days from receipt of such notice.

        3.07  Certificates  of Lenders.  Any Lender  claiming  reimbursement  or
compensation  under this Article III shall deliver to the Borrower  (with a copy
to the  Agent) a  certificate  setting  forth in  reasonable  detail  the amount
payable to the Lender  hereunder and such  certificate  shall be conclusive  and
binding on the Borrower in the absence of manifest error.

        3.08  Substitution of Lenders.  Upon the receipt by the
Borrower from any Lender (an "Affected Lender") of a claim for
compensation under Section 3.03, the Borrower may:  (i) request
the Affected Lender to use commercially reasonable efforts to




                                       54

<PAGE>



obtain a replacement bank or financial institution  satisfactory to the Borrower
and to the Agent (a "Replacement Lender") to acquire and assume all or a ratable
part of all of such Affected Lender's Loans and  Commitment;(ii)  request one or
more of the other  Lenders  to acquire  and assume all or part of such  Affected
Lender's Loans and Commitment; or (iii) designate a Replacement Lender. Any such
designation  of a Replacement  Lender under clause (i) or (iii) shall be subject
to  the  prior  written  consent  of  the  Agent  (which  consent  shall  not be
unreasonably withheld).

        3.09 Survival.  The  agreements and  obligations of the Borrower in this
Article III shall survive the payment of all other Obligations.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

        4.01  Conditions of Initial  Closing.  The  obligation of each Lender to
agree to enter into this  Agreement and to purchase the existing loans and other
obligations of the Existing Borrowers from BABC is subject to the condition that
the Agent has  received on or before the Closing Date all of the  following,  in
form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and with sufficient copies for each
Lender:

                (a)      Credit Agreement and Notes.  This Agreement
(together with the Exhibits and Schedules substantially in the
form of the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto, together with
such supplements thereto as the Agent shall approve) and the
Notes executed by the Borrower;

                (b)      Resolutions; Incumbency. The following documents:

                         (i) Copies of the resolutions of the board of directors
        of the Borrower,  MotivePower Investments and each Guarantor authorizing
        the transactions  contemplated hereby,  certified as of the Closing Date
        by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person; and

                         (ii)  A  certificate  of  the  Secretary  or  Assistant
        Secretary of the Borrower,  MotivePower  Investments  and each Guarantor
        certifying  the  names  and  true  signatures  of  the  officers  of the
        Borrower,  MotivePower  Investments  or  such  Guarantor  authorized  to
        execute,  deliver and perform,  as applicable,  this Agreement,  and all
        other Loan Documents to be delivered by it hereunder;

                (c)      Organization Documents; Financials and Solvency;
Good Standing. Each of the following documents:





                                       55

<PAGE>



                                (i) the articles or certificate of incorporation
        and  the  bylaws  of the  Borrower,  MotivePower  Investments  and  each
        Guarantor as in effect on the Closing  Date,  certified by the Secretary
        or Assistant Secretary of the Borrower,  MotivePower Investments or such
        Guarantor as of the Closing Date;

                               (ii)  a good standing certificate for the
        Borrower,  MotivePower Investments and each Guarantor from the Secretary
        of State (or similar, applicable Governmental Authority) of its state of
        incorporation and each state where the Borrower, MotivePower Investments
        or such  Guarantor is qualified to do business as a foreign  corporation
        as  of  a  recent  date,  together  with  a  bring-down  certificate  by
        facsimile, dated the Closing Date;

                         (iii)  evidence  satisfactory  to  the  Agent  and  the
        Lenders that the Borrower had consolidated EBITDA (excluding MK Gain) of
        not less than $25 million for the  immediately  preceding  four quarters
        ending December 31, 1996;  provided,  however,  that this calculation of
        EBITDA  may  exclude  from  consideration   certain  cost  items  to  be
        identified  by the  Borrower  and  acceptable  to the  Agent in its sole
        discretion; and

                         (iv)  a  certificate  from  the  Borrower,  MotivePower
        Investments  and each  Guarantor  certifying  that each  such  Person is
        Solvent on a  stand-alone  basis as of the Closing  Date,  together with
        such  evidence  or  financial  statements  as the Agent may  request  to
        document such certification.

                (d)      Legal Opinions.  An opinion of Doepken Keevican &
Weiss, counsel to the Borrower and the Guarantors and addressed
to the Agent and the Lenders, substantially in the form of
Exhibit I together with such local counsel opinions as may be
requested by the Agent;

                (e) Payment of Fees.  Evidence of payment by the Borrower of all
accrued and unpaid  fees,  costs and expenses to the extent then due and payable
on the Closing Date, together with Attorney Costs of BofA to the extent invoiced
prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional  amounts of Attorney Costs
as shall constitute BofA's reasonable  estimate of Attorney Costs incurred or to
be incurred by it through the closing  proceedings  (provided that such estimate
shall not thereafter  preclude  final settling of accounts  between the Borrower
and  BofA);  including  any such  costs,  fees  and  expenses  arising  under or
referenced in Sections 2.10 and 10.04;

                (f)      Collateral Documents.  The Guaranty, the Security
Agreement (Borrower), the Security Agreement (Guarantors) and the
other Collateral Documents, executed by the Borrower and/or the




                                       56

<PAGE>



Guarantors, as appropriate, in appropriate form for recording,
where necessary, together with

                                (i) acknowledgment copies of all UCC-l financing
        statements  filed,  registered  or  recorded  to  perfect  the  security
        interests of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, or other evidence
        satisfactory  to the Agent  that  there has been  filed,  registered  or
        recorded all financing  statements and other filings,  registrations and
        recordings necessary and advisable to perfect the Liens of the Agent for
        the benefit of the Lenders in accordance with applicable law;

                               (ii)  written advice relating to such Lien and
        judgment   searches  as  the  Agent  shall  have  requested,   and  such
        termination statements or other documents as may be necessary to confirm
        that the Collateral is subject to no other Liens in favor of any Persons
        (other than Permitted Liens);

                              (iii)  all certificates and instruments
        representing the Pledged Collateral, stock transfer powers
        executed in blank in such form as the Agent may specify;

                               (iv)  evidence that all other actions necessary
        or, in the  opinion of the Agent,  desirable  to perfect and protect the
        first priority  security  interest  created by the Collateral  Documents
        have been taken;

                                (v)  funds sufficient to pay any filing or
        recording tax or fee in connection with any and all UCC-1
        financing statements and the Mortgages;

                               (vi)  with respect to the Mortgaged Property, an
        A.L.T.A.  Form B (or other form acceptable to the Agent mortgagee policy
        of title  insurance  or a binder  issued  by a title  insurance  company
        satisfactory  to the Agent and the Lenders)  insuring (or undertaking to
        insure,  in the  case  of a  binder)  that  such  Mortgage  creates  and
        constitutes a valid first Lien against the  Mortgaged  Property in favor
        of the  Agent,  on behalf of the  Lenders,  subject  only to  exceptions
        acceptable  to  the  Agent,   with  such  endorsements  and  affirmative
        insurance as the Agent or any Lender may reasonably request;

                              (vii)  evidence that the Agent, on behalf of the
        Lenders,  has been named as loss payee  under all  policies  of casualty
        insurance,  and as  additional  insured  under all policies of liability
        insurance, required by the Mortgage;

                             (viii)  flood insurance and earthquake insurance on
        terms satisfactory to the Agent;

                               (ix)  current ALTA surveys and surveyor's
        certification as to all real property and all land covered by




                                       57

<PAGE>



        a lease in respect of which there is delivered a Mortgage,  or as may be
        reasonably   required  by  the  Agent,   each  in  form  and   substance
        satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders;

                                (x)  proof of payment of all title insurance
        premiums,  documentary  stamp or intangible  taxes,  recording  fees and
        mortgage taxes payable in connection  with the recording of any Mortgage
        or the  issuance of the title  insurance  policies  (whether  due on the
        Closing Date or in the future) including sums due in connection with any
        future advances;

                               (xi)  such consents, estoppels, subordination
        agreements and other  documents and  instruments  executed by landlords,
        tenants and other  Persons party to material  contracts  relating to any
        Collateral as to which the Agent shall be granted a Lien for the benefit
        of the Lenders, as requested by the Agent; and

                              (xii)  evidence that all other actions necessary
        or, in the  opinion of the Agent,  desirable  to perfect and protect the
        first priority Lien created by the Collateral Documents,  and to enhance
        the Agent's  ability to preserve and protect its interests in and access
        to the Collateral, have been taken;

                (g)      Insurance Policies.  Standard lenders' payable
endorsements with respect to the insurance policies or other
instruments or documents evidencing insurance coverage on the
properties of the Borrower in accordance with Section 6.06;

                (h) Environmental  Review. An environmental site assessment with
respect  to any real  property  as to which the Agent is  granted a Lien for the
benefit of the  Lenders,  dated as of a recent date prior to the  Closing  Date,
prepared by a  qualified  firm  acceptable  to the Agent,  stating,  among other
things,  that  such real  property  is free from  Hazardous  Materials  and that
operations  conducted thereon are in compliance with all Environmental  Laws and
showing any Estimated Remediation Costs;

                (i)      Certificate.  A certificate signed by a Responsible
Officer, dated as of the Closing Date, stating that:

                                (i) the representations and warranties contained
        in Article V are true and correct on and as of such date, as
        though made on and as of such date;

                               (ii)  no Default or Event of Default exists or
        would result from the initial Borrowing; and

                              (iii)  there has occurred since December 31, 1995,
        no event or circumstance that has resulted or could




                                       58

<PAGE>



        reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
        Effect; and

                (j) Borrower Reorganization.  The Reorganization of the Borrower
and its  Subsidiaries  shall have been  consummated in accordance  with Schedule
1.1A hereto,  and  otherwise on terms and  conditions  and pursuant to documents
acceptable to the Agent (and certified  copies of all such documents  shall have
been  provided to the Agent and the  Lenders),  including,  without  limitation,
evidence that all outstanding  loans and letter of credit  obligations under the
Existing Loan Agreement shall have been repaid by the Existing  Borrowers (other
than the  Borrower)  or assumed by the  Borrower,  except to the extent any such
obligations remain under the other Loan Documents;

                (k) Repayment of Eurodollar  Loans to BABC.  Any loans under the
Existing Loan Agreement  with BABC bearing  interest at or with reference to any
type of  Offshore,  LIBOR,  Eurodollar  or other  similar  rate  shall have been
converted into base rate or reference rate loans in a manner satisfactory to the
Agent;

                (l)  Assignment of BABC Loans.  BABC,  the Lenders and the Agent
shall  have  entered  into  Assignment  and  Assumption  Agreements  in form and
substance   acceptable  to  all  such  Persons  pursuant  to  which  the  loans,
commitments  and  rights of BABC as agent and  lender  under the  Existing  Loan
Agreement and the Existing Loan  Documents  shall have been assigned and assumed
by the Agent and the Lenders hereunder;

                (m)      Documentation of Borrowing Subsidiary Loans.   The
                         -------------------------------------------
Borrower shall have provided the Agent with original copies of
the documents and promissory notes (together with pledge
agreements and assignments collaterally assigning such
instruments to the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders) evidencing
the intercompany loans to be made from time to time by the
Borrower directly to the Borrowing Subsidiaries, which
intercompany loans will be unsecured, payable on a demand basis,
subordinated to the obligations and otherwise in form and
substance acceptable to the Agent;

                (n)      Termination of PTRA and HBTC Liens. Evidence that
the Liens in favor of the PTRA and the HBTC have been terminated
pursuant to documents and termination statements in form and
substance acceptable to the Agent; and

                (o)      Other Documents.  Such other approvals, opinions,
documents or materials as the Agent may reasonably request.

        4.02  Conditions to All Borrowings.  The obligation of each
Lender and/or the Agent to make any Loan to be made by it
(including its initial Loan), to cause any Letter of Credit to be
issued or to continue or convert any Loan under Section 2.04 is




                                       59

<PAGE>



subject  to  the  satisfaction  of the  following  conditions  precedent  on the
relevant Borrowing Date or Conversion/Continuation Date:

                (a) Notice of  Borrowing or  Conversion/Continuation.  The Agent
shall have received (with, in the case of the initial Loan only, a copy for each
Lender) a fully  completed  and signed a Notice of  Borrowing,  a request  for a
Letter of Credit (together with an appropriate letter of credit  application) or
a Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as applicable;

                (b)  Continuation  of   Representations   and  Warranties.   The
representations  and warranties in Article V shall be true and correct on and as
of such Borrowing Date or Conversion/  Continuation Date with the same effect as
if made on and as of such Borrowing Date or Conversion/Continuation Date (except
to the extent such  representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier
date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date);

                (c)      No Existing Default.  No Default or Event of
Default shall exist or shall result from such Borrowing, Letter
of Credit issuance or continuation or conversion;

                (d)  Availability.  The  amount  of  Availability  at such  time
(taking into account such proposed Loan or Letter of Credit) shall be sufficient
to permit  the  making  of such  Revolving  Loan,  provided,  however,  that the
foregoing  conditions  precedent are not conditions to each Lender participating
in  or  precedent  are  not  conditions  to  each  Lender  participating  in  or
reimbursing  the Agent for such  Lenders' Pro Rata Share of any Letter of Credit
which is drawn at any time; and

Each  Notice  of  Borrowing,  request  for a Letter  of  Credit  and  Notice  of
Conversion/Continuation  submitted by the Borrower  hereunder shall constitute a
representation  and warranty by the Borrower  hereunder,  as of the date of each
such notice and as of each  Borrowing Date or  Conversion/Continuation  Date, as
applicable, that the conditions in Section 4.02 are satisfied.


                                    ARTICLE V

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

        The Borrower represents and warrants to the Agent and each Lender that:

        5.01  Corporate Existence and Power.  The Borrower and each
of its Subsidiaries:

                (a)      is a corporation duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation;




                                       60

<PAGE>



                (b) has the power and authority and all  governmental  licenses,
authorizations,  consents and approvals to own its assets, carry on its business
and to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to
which it is a party;

                (c) is duly qualified as a foreign  corporation  and is licensed
and in good standing under the laws of each  jurisdiction  where in any material
respect  its  ownership,  lease or  operation  of property or the conduct of its
business requires such qualification or license.

        5.02 Corporate Authorization; No Contravention.  The execution, delivery
and performance by the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries of this Agreement and each
other Loan Document to which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is party, and the
consummation of the  Reorganization,  have been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate action, and do not and will not:

                (a)      contravene the terms of any of that Person's
Organization Documents;

                (b) conflict with or result in any breach or  contravention  of,
or the  creation of any Lien under,  any  document  evidencing  any  Contractual
Obligation  to which such  Person is a party or any order,  injunction,  writ or
decree of any  Governmental  Authority  to which such Person or its  property is
subject; or

                (c)      violate any Requirement of Law.

        5.03  Governmental  Authorization.   No  approval,  consent,  exemption,
authorization,   or  other  action  by,  or  notice  to,  or  filing  with,  any
Governmental  Authority (except for recordings or filings in connection with the
Liens  granted to the Agent under the  Collateral  Documents)  is  necessary  or
required  in  connection  with the  execution,  delivery or  performance  by, or
enforcement  against,  the Borrower or any of the Guarantors of the Agreement or
any other Loan Document or the consummation of the Reorganization.

        5.04 Binding  Effect.  This  Agreement  and each other Loan  Document to
which  the  Borrower  or  any of its  Subsidiaries  is a  party  and  the  other
agreements in connection with the Reorganization constitute the legal, valid and
binding obligations of the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries to the extent it
is a party  thereto,  enforceable  against such Person in accordance  with their
respective  terms,  except  as  enforceability  may  be  limited  by  applicable
bankruptcy,  insolvency, or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'
rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.





                                       61

<PAGE>



        5.05  Litigation.  Except as  specifically  disclosed in Schedule  5.05,
there are no actions, suits, proceedings,  claims or disputes pending, or to the
best knowledge of the Borrower,  threatened or contemplated,  at law, in equity,
in arbitration or before any Governmental  Authority,  against the Borrower,  or
its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties which:

                (a)      purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby; or

                (b) if determined adversely to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries,
would reasonably be expected to have a Material  Adverse Effect.  No injunction,
writ, temporary  restraining order or any order of any nature has been issued by
any court or other Governmental  Authority  purporting to enjoin or restrain the
execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
or  directing  that the  transactions  provided  for  herein or  therein  not be
consummated as herein or therein provided.

        5.06 No Default.  No Default or Event of Default  exists or would result
from the  incurring  of any  Obligations  by the  Borrower  or from the grant or
perfection  of the Liens of the Agent and the Lenders on the  Collateral.  As of
the Closing Date, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under or
with respect to any Contractual Obligation in any respect which, individually or
together with all such defaults, could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse  Effect,  or that would,  if such default had occurred after the Closing
Date, create an Event of Default under Section 8.01(e).

        5.07  ERISA Compliance.  Except as specifically disclosed in
Schedule 5.07:

                (a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the
applicable  provisions  of ERISA,  the Code and other federal or state law. Each
Plan which is intended to qualify under Section  401(a) of the Code has received
a favorable  determination  letter from the IRS and to the best knowledge of the
Borrower, nothing has occurred which would cause the loss of such qualification.
The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate has made all required contributions to any
Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver
or an extension of any  amortization  period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code
has been made with respect to any Plan.

                (b) There are no pending or, to the best  knowledge of Borrower,
threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority,
with respect to any Plan which has resulted or could  reasonably  be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or
violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to




                                       62

<PAGE>



any Plan which has  resulted  or could  reasonably  be  expected  to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.

                (c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to
occur;  (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension  Liability;  (iii) neither
the Borrower nor any ERISA  Affiliate  has incurred,  or  reasonably  expects to
incur,  any  liability  under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan
(other than premiums due and not delinquent  under Section 4007 of ERISA);  (iv)
neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects
to incur,  any liability  (and no event has occurred  which,  with the giving of
notice  under  Section  4219 of ERISA,  would  result in such  liability)  under
Section  4201 or 4243 of ERISA with  respect to a  Multiemployer  Plan;  and (v)
neither the Borrower nor any ERISA  Affiliate has engaged in a transaction  that
could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

        5.08 Use of Proceeds; Margin Regulations.  The proceeds of the Loans are
to be used solely for the  purposes  set forth in and  permitted by Section 6.12
and Section 7.07.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is generally  engaged
in the business of  purchasing or selling  Margin Stock or extending  credit for
the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.

        5.09 Title to Properties.  The Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  have good
record and marketable  title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold  interests in,
all real property  necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of their respective
businesses,  except for such defects in title as could not,  individually  or in
the  aggregate,  have a Material  Adverse  Effect.  As of the Closing Date,  the
property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than
Permitted Liens.

        5.10 Taxes. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal and
other material tax returns and reports  required to be filed,  and have paid all
Federal  and other  material  taxes,  assessments,  fees and other  governmental
charges  levied  or  imposed  upon  them or their  properties,  income or assets
otherwise due and payable,  except those which are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in
accordance  with GAAP,  or if such taxes are due by MK Gain to a Mexican  taxing
authority  then in  accordance  with  Mexican  GAAP.  There is no  proposed  tax
assessment  against the Borrower or any Subsidiary  that would,  if made, have a
Material Adverse Effect.

        5.11  Financial  Condition.   (a)  The  audited  consolidated  financial
statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  dated December 31, 1995 and the
unaudited  consolidated and consolidating  financial  statements of the Borrower
and its  Subsidiaries  dated  December  31, 1996 (which are  attached  hereto as
Schedule 5.11(A)), and the related consolidated and consolidating  statements of
income or operations, shareholders'




                                       63

<PAGE>



equity and cash flows for the fiscal years then ended on such
dates:

                                (i)  were prepared in accordance with GAAP
        consistently  applied  throughout the period covered thereby,  except as
        otherwise  expressly  noted  therein,  subject to  ordinary,  good faith
        year-end audit adjustments;

                               (ii)  fairly present the financial condition of
        the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and
        results of operations for the period covered thereby; and

                              (iii) except as specifically disclosed in Schedule
        5.11(B), show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or
        contingent,  of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the
        date thereof,  including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and
        Contingent Obligations.

                (b)      Since December 31, 1995, there has been no Material
Adverse Effect.

                (c) The pro forma  delivered  on the date  hereof  and  attached
hereto as  Schedule  5.11(C) is the  unaudited  consolidated  and  consolidating
balance  sheet of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries,  and was prepared by the
Borrower  assuming the  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated by this
Agreement  as  of  the  Closing  Date   (including,   without   limitation   the
Reorganization)  and based on the unaudited  consolidating  balance sheet of the
Borrower  dated  December  31,  1996 and was  prepared in  accordance  with GAAP
(subject to the exceptions set forth on Schedule 5.11(C) hereof), with only such
adjustments thereto as would be required in accordance with GAAP.

                (d) The  projections  delivered on the Closing Date and attached
hereto as Schedule 5.11(D)  represent the Borrower's best estimate of the future
financial  performance of the Borrower and its consolidated  Subsidiaries (other
than MK Gain) for the periods set forth  therein.  These  projections  have been
prepared on the basis of the assumptions  set forth therein,  which the Borrower
believes are fair and reasonable in light of current and reasonably  foreseeable
business conditions.

        5.12  Environmental  Matters.  (a) Except as  specifically  disclosed in
Schedule  5.12,  the ongoing  operations  of the Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries
comply in all respects with all Environmental  Laws,  except such  noncompliance
which  would not (if  enforced  in  accordance  with  applicable  law) result in
liability  in excess of $500,000 in the  aggregate  (or with respect to MK Gain,
which could have a Material Adverse Effect).

                (b)      Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.12,
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have obtained all licenses,




                                       64

<PAGE>



permits,  authorizations and registrations  required under any Environmental Law
("Environmental  Permits") and necessary for their  respective  ordinary  course
operations,  all  such  Environmental  Permits  are in  good  standing,  and the
Borrower and each of its  Subsidiaries are in compliance with all material terms
and conditions of such Environmental Permits.

                (c) Except as  specifically  disclosed in Schedule 5.12, none of
the Borrower,  its Subsidiaries or any of their  respective  present property or
operations,  is subject to any outstanding  written order from or agreement with
or investigation by any Governmental  Authority,  nor subject to any judicial or
docketed   administrative   proceeding,   respecting  any   Environmental   Law,
Environmental Claim or Hazardous Material, nor subject to any claim,  proceeding
or notice from any Person regarding Environmental Laws,  Environmental Claims or
Hazardous Materials.

                (d) Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.12, there are
no Hazardous  Materials  or other  conditions  or  circumstances  existing  with
respect to any  property of the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary,  or arising  from
operations prior to the Closing Date, of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
that would  reasonably be expected to give rise to  Environmental  Claims with a
potential  liability of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries in excess of $500,000
in the  aggregate  for any such  condition,  circumstance  or property  (or with
respect to MK Gain, which could have a Material  Adverse  Effect).  In addition,
(i) neither the Borrower nor any  Subsidiary has any  underground  storage tanks
(x) that are not properly registered or permitted under applicable Environmental
Laws, or (y) that are leaking or disposing of Hazardous Materials off-site,  and
(ii) the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  have notified all of their employees of
the existence, if any, of any health hazard arising from the conditions of their
employment and have met all notification  requirements under Title III of CERCLA
and all other Environmental Laws.

        5.13 Collateral Documents.  (a) The provisions of each of the Collateral
Documents  are  effective to create in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the
Lenders,  a legal, valid and enforceable first priority security interest in all
right,  title and interest of the Borrower and the  Guarantors in the collateral
described  therein;  and financing  statements have been filed in the offices in
all of the  jurisdictions  listed on Schedule 5.13,  which is also a schedule to
the Security Agreement and each patent and trademark assignment included as part
of the  Collateral  Documents  has been filed in the U.S.  Patent and  Trademark
Office and the U.S. Copyright Office.

                (b) Each Mortgage when  delivered  will be effective to grant to
the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders a legal, valid and enforceable mortgage
lien on all the right,  title and interest of the mortgagor  under such Mortgage
in the Mortgaged




                                       65

<PAGE>



Property  described  therein.  When each such  Mortgage is duly  recorded in the
offices listed on the schedule to such Mortgage and the mortgage  recording fees
and taxes in respect  thereof are paid and  compliance is otherwise had with the
formal  requirements  of state law  applicable  to the  recording of real estate
mortgages generally,  each such mortgaged property,  subject to the encumbrances
and  exceptions  to title set  forth  therein  and  except as noted in the title
policies delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 4.01, is subject to a legal,
valid,  enforceable  and  perfected  first  priority  deed of  trust;  and  when
financing  statements have been filed in the offices specified in such Mortgage,
such Mortgage also creates a legal, valid,  enforceable and perfected first Lien
on, and security  interest in, all right,  title and interest of the Borrower or
any Guarantor under such Mortgage in all personal property and fixtures which is
covered by such Mortgage, subject to no other Liens, except the encumbrances and
exceptions to title set forth therein and except as noted in the title  policies
delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 4.01, and Permitted Liens.

                (c)      All representations and warranties of the Borrower
and the Guarantors party thereto contained in the Collateral
Documents are true and correct.

        5.14 Regulated  Entities.  None of the Borrower,  any Person controlling
the Borrower,  or any Subsidiary,  is an "Investment Company" within the meaning
of the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Borrower is not subject to regulation
under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the
Interstate  Commerce Act, any state public  utilities code, or any other Federal
or state statute or regulation limiting its ability to incur Indebtedness.

        5.15 No Burdensome Restrictions.  Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor
is a  party  to or  bound  by any  Contractual  Obligation,  or  subject  to any
restriction in any Organization Document, or any Requirement of Law, which could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

        5.16 Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks and Licenses, etc. The Borrower and
the Guarantors own or are licensed or otherwise have the right to use all of the
patents,  trademarks,  service  marks,  trade  names,  copyrights,   contractual
franchises,  authorizations  and other rights that are reasonably  necessary for
the operation of their respective  businesses,  without conflict with the rights
of any other Person.  To the best knowledge of the Borrower,  no slogan or other
advertising device, product,  process, method, substance, part or other material
now  employed,  or now  contemplated  to be  employed,  by the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary  (other  than MK Gain)  infringes  upon any rights  held by any other
Person.  Except  as  specifically  disclosed  in  Schedule  5.05,  no  claim  or
litigation  regarding  any of the  foregoing  is pending or  threatened,  and no
patent, invention, device, application,




                                       66

<PAGE>



principle or any statute, law, rule, regulation, standard or code is pending or,
to the  knowledge  of the  Borrower,  proposed,  which,  in either  case,  could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

        5.17  Capitalization  and  Subsidiaries.  As of the  Closing  Date,  the
Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in part (a)
of Schedule 5.17 hereto and has no equity  investments in any other  corporation
or entity other than those specifically  disclosed in part (b) of Schedule 5.17.
The amount of the Borrower's and each of its Subsidiaries' authorized and issued
capital stock and the ownership of every block  representing  5% or more thereof
is  as  set  forth  on  Schedule  5.17  including,   without  limitation,  after
implementation of the Reorganization.

        5.18 Insurance.  Except as specifically  disclosed in Schedule 5.18, the
properties  of the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  are insured with  financially
sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower,  in such
amounts,  with such  deductibles  and  covering  such  risks as are  customarily
carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties
in  localities  where the  Borrower or such  Subsidiary  operates,  and all such
insurance policies in effect on the Closing Date are described on Schedule 5.18.

        5.19  Solvency.  The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries
are Solvent.

        5.20  Swap Obligations.   On the Closing Date, neither the
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any outstanding
obligations under any Swap Contracts.

        5.21 Full Disclosure.  None of the representations or warranties made by
the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  in the Loan  Documents  as of the  date  such
representations  and  warranties  are  made  or  deemed  made,  and  none of the
statements contained in any exhibit,  report, statement or certificate furnished
by or on behalf of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary in  connection  with the Loan
Documents  (including the offering and disclosure  materials  delivered by or on
behalf of the Borrower to the Lenders prior to the Closing  Date),  contains any
untrue  statement of a material  fact or omits any material  fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading as of the time when made
or delivered.






                                       67

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

        So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment  hereunder,  or any Loan
or other  Obligation  shall remain  unpaid or  unsatisfied,  unless the Majority
Lenders waive compliance in writing:

        6.01 Financial  Statements and Borrowing Base Certificate.  The Borrower
shall deliver to the Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent and the
Majority Lenders, with sufficient copies for each Lender:

                (a) as soon as  available,  but not later than 90 days after the
end of each Fiscal Year  (commencing  with the Fiscal  Year ended  December  31,
1996, a copy of the (i) audited  consolidated  balance sheet of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries,  (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries  (excluding MK Gain and its Subsidiaries),  and (iii) unaudited
consolidated   and   consolidating   balance  sheet  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries,  all  as at  the  end  of  such  year,  and  the  related  audited
consolidated and unaudited consolidated (excluding MK Gain and its Subsidiaries)
and consolidating  statements of income or operations,  shareholders' equity and
cash flows for such year for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, setting forth in
each case in  comparative  form the figures for the previous  Fiscal  Year,  and
accompanied   by  the   opinion  of  Deloitte  &  Touche,   L.L.P.   or  another
nationally-recognized independent public accounting firm ("Independent Auditor")
which report shall state that such  consolidated  financial  statements  present
fairly the financial  position for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP
applied  on a basis  consistent  with prior  years.  Such  opinion  shall not be
qualified  or limited  because of a  restricted  or limited  examination  by the
Independent   Auditor  of  any  material   portion  of  the  Borrower's  or  any
Subsidiary's  records and shall be delivered to the Agent pursuant to a reliance
agreement between the Agent and Lenders and such Independent Auditor in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent;

                (b) as soon as  available,  but not later than 45 days after the
end of each  Fiscal  Quarter of each  Fiscal  Year  (commencing  with the Fiscal
Quarter  ending  in  March  1997),  a copy  of the  unaudited  consolidated  and
consolidating  balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  (including an
additional  consolidated  balance  sheet of the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries
excluding MK Gain and its Subsidiaries) as of the end of such Fiscal Quarter and
the related consolidated,  consolidated (excluding MK Gain and its Subsidiaries)
and consolidating statements of income,  shareholders' equity and cash flows for
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing on the first day and
ending on the last day of such Fiscal  Quarter,  and  certified by a Responsible
Officer as fairly presenting, in




                                       68

<PAGE>



accordance   with  GAAP  (subject  to  ordinary,   good  faith   year-end  audit
adjustments),  the  financial  position  and the  results of  operations  of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

                (c) as soon as  available,  but not later than 30 days after the
end of each Fiscal  Month  (commencing  for the Fiscal  Month ending in February
1997), a copy of the unaudited  consolidated and consolidating  balance sheet of
the Borrower and its Subsidiaries  (including an additional consolidated balance
sheet  of  the  Borrower  and  its  Subsidiaries   excluding  MK  Gain  and  its
Subsidiaries)  as at the end of such Fiscal Month and the related  consolidated,
consolidated   (excluding  MK  Gain  and  its  Subsidiaries)  and  consolidating
statement of income,  shareholders' equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Month,
and certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting,  in accordance with
GAAP (subject to ordinary, good faith year-end audit adjustments), the financial
position and the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

                (d) as soon as  available,  but not later than fifteen (15) days
after the end of each Fiscal  Month  (commencing  with the Fiscal  Month  ending
February 21, 1997):  (a) a Borrowing  Base  Certificate  for the  Borrower,  the
Borrowing  Subsidiaries  and  Clark  (on a  consolidated  basis)  in the form of
Exhibit J attached  hereto;  and (b) a  statement  of the balance of each of the
intercompany  loans  between  the  Borrower  and each  Borrowing  Subsidiary  in
accordance  with  Section  7.04.  If the  Borrower's  records  or reports of the
Collateral  are prepared by an accounting  service or other agent,  the Borrower
hereby  authorizes such service or agent to deliver such records,  reports,  and
related documents to the Agent, for distribution to the Lenders.

        6.02  Certificates; Other Information.  The Borrower shall
furnish to the Agent, with sufficient copies for each Lender:

                (a) concurrently  with the delivery of the financial  statements
referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate of the Independent Auditor stating
that in making the examination  necessary  therefor no knowledge was obtained of
any Default or Event of Default, except as specified in such certificate;

                (b)      concurrently with the delivery of the financial
statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a Compliance
Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer;

                (c) as soon as  available,  but not later  than five (5) days of
filing with the SEC,  copies of all  financial  statements  and reports that the
Borrower sends to its shareholders,  and copies of all financial  statements and
regular,  periodical or special reports  (including  Forms 10K, 10Q and 8K) that
the Borrower or any Subsidiary may make to, or file with, the SEC;





                                       69

<PAGE>



                (d)  on  or  before  December  1 of  each  year,  a  budget  and
projections  for the next Fiscal Year on a month by month and  consolidated  and
consolidating basis and otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to
the Agent; and

                (e)  promptly,   such  additional   information   regarding  the
business,  financial  or  corporate  affairs of (I) the  Borrower  or any of its
Subsidiaries  (other  than MK Gain) as the Agent,  at the request of any Lender,
may  from  time to time  request,  and (II) MK Gain or its  Subsidiaries  as the
Agent,  at the request of any Lender,  may from time to time  request  after the
occurrence  of a  Default  or  Event  of  Default  or if MK  Gain  or any of its
Subsidiaries  shall  breach,  default or violate any terms or  conditions of any
Contractual  Obligations of such person evidencing Indebtedness with a principal
amount in excess of  $1,000,000  which breach,  default or violation  would with
notice or the passage of time cause or permit the  acceleration  of the maturity
of such Indebtedness or a failure to pay any amounts due and owing thereon.

        6.03  Notices.  The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent,
and if requested by the Agent, all the Lenders:

                (a)      of the occurrence of any Default or Event of
Default, and of the occurrence or existence of any event or
circumstance that foreseeably will become a Default or Event of
Default;

                (b) of (i) any  breach  or  nonperformance  of,  or any  default
under,  any  Contractual  Obligation of the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries
which  could  result  in a  Material  Adverse  Effect;  and  (ii)  any  dispute,
litigation, investigation,  proceeding or suspension which may exist at any time
between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  and any Governmental  Authority
involving  amounts in excess of  $250,000  or which  could  result in a Material
Adverse Effect;

                (c) of the commencement of, or any material  development in, any
litigation or proceeding  affecting the Borrower or any  Subsidiary (i) in which
the  amount of damages  claimed  is  $2,500,000  (or its  equivalent  in another
currency or currencies) or more,  (ii) in which  injunctive or similar relief is
sought and which, if adversely determined,  would reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect,  or (iii) in which the relief sought is an injunction
or other stay of the performance of this Agreement or any Loan Document;

                (d) upon,  but in no event  later than 10 days  after,  becoming
aware of (i) any and all enforcement,  investigation,  cleanup, removal or other
governmental or regulatory actions  instituted,  completed or threatened against
the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties pursuant to
any applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) all other Environmental




                                       70

<PAGE>



Claims,  and (iii) any  environmental or similar  condition on any real property
adjoining or in the  vicinity of the property of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary
that could  reasonably be anticipated to cause such property or any part thereof
to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership,  occupancy,  transferability
or use of such property under any Environmental Laws;

                (e) of any other litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries which the Borrower would be required to report to the
SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act,  within four (4) days after reporting the same
to the SEC;

                (f) of  any of the  following  events  affecting  the  Borrower,
together  with a copy of any  notice  with  respect  to such  event  that may be
required to be filed with a Governmental Authority and any notice delivered by a
Governmental Authority to the Borrower with respect to such event:

                                (i)  an ERISA Event;

                               (ii) if any of the representations and warranties
        in Section 5.07 ceases to be true and correct;

                              (iii)  the adoption of any new Pension Plan or
        other Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code;

                               (iv)  the adoption of any amendment to a Pension
        Plan or other Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, if such amendment
        results in a material  increase in  contributions  or  Unfunded  Pension
        Liability; or

                                (v)  the commencement of contributions to any
        Pension Plan or other Plan subject to Section 412 of the
        Code;

                (g)      of any material change in accounting policies or
financial reporting practices by the Borrower or any of its
consolidated Subsidiaries;

                (h)      of the entry by the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries (other than MK Gain) into any Swap Contract,
together with the details thereof;

                (i)  of  the  occurrence  of  any  default,  event  of  default,
termination  event or other event under any Swap  Contract that after the giving
of notice,  passage of time or both,  would permit either  counterparty  to such
Swap Contract to terminate  early any or all trades  relating to such  contract;
and

                (j) upon the request from time to time of the Agent, termination
or unwind  amounts,  together  with a  description  of the  method by which such
amounts were determined, relating to any




                                       71

<PAGE>



then-outstanding Swap Contracts to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
(other than MK Gain) is party.

                Each notice under this Section shall be accompanied by a written
statement by a  Responsible  Officer  setting  forth  details of the  occurrence
referred  to  therein,  and stating  what  action the  Borrower or any  affected
Subsidiary  proposes to take with respect  thereto and at what time. Each notice
under Section 6.03(a) shall describe with  particularity  any and all clauses or
provisions  of this  Agreement  or  other  Loan  Document  that  have  been  (or
foreseeably will be) breached or violated.

        6.04  Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc.  The Borrower
shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to:

                (a)      preserve and maintain in full force and effect its
corporate existence and good standing under the laws of its state
or jurisdiction of incorporation;

                (b)   preserve  and  maintain  in  full  force  and  effect  all
governmental  rights,   privileges,   qualifications,   permits,   licenses  and
franchises  necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business  except
in connection  with  transactions  permitted by Section 7.03 and sales of assets
permitted by Section 7.02;

                (c)      use reasonable efforts, in the ordinary course of
business, to preserve its business organization and goodwill; and

                (d) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks,
trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

        6.05  Maintenance  of  Property;  Locomotives.  (a) The  Borrower  shall
maintain,  and shall cause each  Subsidiary  to  maintain,  and preserve all its
property  which is used or  useful in its  business  in good  working  order and
condition,  ordinary  wear and tear and make all necessary  repairs  thereto and
renewals and  replacements  thereof  except where the failure to do so could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as permitted by
Section 7.02.

        (b) All  railroad  locomotives  which are owned by the Borrower or Boise
Locomotive  as of the  Closing  Date are listed on Schedule  6.05,  and all such
locomotives and any other owned locomotives  acquired after the Closing Date are
currently and during the term of this  Agreement  shall only be located and used
within the 48 contiguous states of the United States.

        6.06  Insurance.  In addition to insurance requirements set
forth in the Collateral Documents, the Borrower shall maintain,
and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, with




                                       72

<PAGE>



financially sound and reputable independent insurers,  insurance with respect to
its  properties  and business  against  loss or damage of the kinds  customarily
insured  against by Persons  engaged  in the same or similar  business,  of such
types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances
by  such  other  Persons;  including  workers'  compensation  insurance,  public
liability and property and casualty insurance, which amount shall not be reduced
by the Borrower in the absence of 30 days' prior  notice to the Agent.  All such
insurance (other than for MK Gain) shall name the Agent as loss  payee/mortgagee
and as additional  insured,  for the benefit of the Lenders,  as their interests
may appear.  All casualty and key man  insurance  maintained by the Borrower and
the  Guarantors  shall name the Agent as loss payee and all liability  insurance
shall name the Agent as  additional  insured for the benefit of the Lenders,  as
their  interests  may  appear.  Upon  request  of the Agent or any  Lender,  the
Borrower shall furnish the Agent,  with  sufficient  copies for each Lender,  at
reasonable intervals (but not more than once per calendar year) a certificate of
a  Responsible  Officer of the Borrower  (and,  if  requested by the Agent,  any
insurance  broker of the  Borrower)  setting  forth the nature and extent of all
insurance  maintained by the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  in accordance  with
this  Section  or  any  Collateral  Documents  (and  which,  in  the  case  of a
certificate of a broker, were placed through such broker).

        6.07 Payment of Obligations.  The Borrower  shall,  and shall cause each
Subsidiary  (excluding MK Gain for purposes of paragraphs (b) and (c) below) to,
pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all their respective
obligations and liabilities, including:

                (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or
levies upon it or its properties or assets,  unless the same are being contested
in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings  and adequate  reserves in accordance
with GAAP are being  maintained  by the Borrower or such  Subsidiary  or if such
taxes are due by MK Gain to a Mexican taxing  authority then in accordance  with
Mexican GAAP;

                (b)      all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law
become a Lien upon its property; and

                (c)      all indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but
subject to any subordination provisions contained in any
instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness.

        6.08  Compliance  with Laws. The Borrower shall comply,  and shall cause
each Subsidiary to comply, in all material respects with all Requirements of Law
of any  Governmental  Authority  having  jurisdiction  over  it or its  business
(including  the  Federal  Fair  Labor  Standards  Act),  except  such  as may be
contested in good faith or as to which a bona fide dispute may exist.




                                       73

<PAGE>



        6.09 Compliance with ERISA.  The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of
its ERISA  Affiliates  to: (a) maintain  each Plan in compliance in all material
respects with the applicable  provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or
state law; (b) cause each Plan which is qualified  under  Section  401(a) of the
Code to maintain such qualification;  and (c) make all required contributions to
any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code.

        6.10  Inspection of Property and Books and Records.  The Borrower  shall
maintain and shall cause each  Subsidiary to maintain proper books of record and
account,  in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP (or in
the case of MK Gain,  Mexican  GAAP)  consistently  applied shall be made of all
financial  transactions  and matters  involving  the assets and  business of the
Borrower and such  Subsidiary.  The Borrower shall permit,  and shall cause each
Subsidiary  (including MK Gain only to the extent an event  specified in Section
6.02(e)(II)  has  occurred and is  continuing)  to permit,  representatives  and
independent  contractors  of the  Agent  or any  Lender  to  visit  and  inspect
(including taking and removing samples) any of their respective  properties,  to
examine their respective  corporate,  financial and operating records,  and make
copies thereof or abstracts therefrom,  and to discuss their respective affairs,
finances and accounts with their respective directors, officers, and independent
public  accountants,  all at the expense of the Borrower and at such  reasonable
times during normal  business  hours and as often as may be reasonably  desired,
upon  reasonable  advance  notice to the  Borrower;  provided,  however,  when a
Default or an Event of Default  exists the Agent or any Lender may do any of the
foregoing  at the expense of the  Borrower at any time  during  normal  business
hours and without advance notice.

        6.11  Environmental Laws.  (a)  The Borrower shall, and shall
cause each Subsidiary to, conduct its operations and keep and
maintain its property in compliance in all material respects with
all Environmental Laws.

                (b) Upon the  written  request of the Agent or any  Lender,  the
Borrower shall submit and cause each of its Subsidiaries to submit, to the Agent
with sufficient copies for each Lender, at the Borrower's sole cost and expense,
at  reasonable  intervals,  a report  providing  an update of the  status of any
environmental, health or safety compliance, hazard or liability issue identified
in any notice or report  required  pursuant  to  Section  6.03(d),  that  could,
individually or in the aggregate, result in liability in excess of $500,000.

        6.12 Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower  shall use the proceeds of the Loans
solely (i) to refinance all Obligations under the Existing Loan Agreement,  (ii)
to fund  Permitted  Acquisitions,  (iii) for other working  capital needs of the
Borrower not in contravention of any Requirement of Law or of any Loan Document




                                       74

<PAGE>



or (iv) to loan such  proceeds  directly to the  Borrowing  Subsidiaries  (on an
unsecured and demand  repayment basis pursuant to documents and promissory notes
acceptable to the Agent and the Lenders,  which  documents and promissory  notes
are  subordinated  to the  Obligations and pledged to the Agent on behalf of the
Lenders)  provided  that such  Borrowing  Subsidiaries  shall  likewise  only be
permitted  to use the proceeds of such  intercompany  loans in  accordance  with
paragraphs (i) through (iii) above.

        6.13 Location and Perfection of Collateral.  The Borrower represents and
warrants to the Agent and the Lenders  that:  (a)  Schedule 6.3 is a correct and
complete list of the Borrower's and each Guarantor's chief executive office, the
location of its books and records,  the locations of the Collateral with respect
to that Person,  and the  locations of all of its other places of business;  and
(b) Schedule 6.3 correctly  identifies any of such facilities and locations that
are not owned by the  Borrower  or a  Guarantor  and sets forth the names of the
owners  and  lessors  or  sublessors  of  and,  to the  best  of the  Borrower's
knowledge,  the holders of any mortgages on, such facilities and locations.  The
Borrower covenants and agrees that it will not and will cause the Guarantors not
to (i) maintain any Collateral at any location other than those locations listed
for the Borrower or any Guarantor on Schedule 6.3, (ii) otherwise  change or add
to any of such locations,  or (iii) change the location of their chief executive
office from the location  identified in Schedule 6.3,  unless it gives the Agent
at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice thereof and executes any and all
financing  statements and other  documents that the Agent requests in connection
therewith.  Without  limiting  the  foregoing,   Borrower  represents  that  all
Inventory is, and covenants  that all of its Inventory  will be,  located either
(a) on premises owned by the Borrower or a Guarantor,  (b) on premises leased by
the Borrower,  provided that the Agent has received an executed  landlord waiver
from the landlord of such  premises in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the
Agent,  (c) in a public  warehouse,  provided  that the  Agent has  received  an
executed  bailee  letter from the  applicable  public  warehouseman  in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent or (d) up to $5,000,000 in the aggregate may
be held by a consignee  of the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  for sale on
consignment  with no landlord  waiver.  The Borrower  agrees and agrees to cause
each  Guarantor  to, take all steps  necessary  to maintain the  perfection  and
priority of the Agent's Lien and security interest (on behalf of the Lenders) in
the Collateral.

        6.14 Further Assurances.  (a) The Borrower shall ensure that all written
information,  exhibits and reports  furnished to the Agent or the Lenders do not
and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and do not and will
not omit to state any material fact or any fact necessary to make the statements
contained  therein not misleading in light of the  circumstances  in which made,
and will  promptly  disclose to the Agent and the Lenders and correct any defect
or error that may be




                                       75

<PAGE>



discovered therein or in any Loan Document or in the execution,
acknowledgment or recordation thereof.

                (b) Promptly upon request by the Agent or the Majority  Lenders,
the Borrower  shall (and shall cause each  Guarantor  to) execute,  acknowledge,
deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register, any and all
such  further  acts,  deeds,   conveyances,   security  agreements,   mortgages,
assignments,  estoppel  certificates,  financing  statements  and  continuations
thereof, termination statements, notices of assignment, transfers, certificates,
assurances and other instruments the Agent or such Lenders,  as the case may be,
may  reasonably  require  from  time to time in  order  (i) to  carry  out  more
effectively  the purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document,  (ii) to
subject  to the Liens  created  by any of the  Collateral  Documents  any of the
properties,  rights or  interests  covered by any of the  Collateral  Documents,
(iii) to perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of any of
the Collateral  Documents and the Liens intended to be created thereby, and (iv)
to better assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm
to the Agent and Lenders the rights  granted or now or hereafter  intended to be
granted  to the  Lenders  under any Loan  Document  or under any other  document
executed in connection therewith.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

        So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment  hereunder,  or any Loan
or other  Obligation  shall remain  unpaid or  unsatisfied,  unless the Majority
Lenders waive compliance in writing:

        7.01  Limitation on Liens.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not suffer
or permit any Subsidiary (other than MK Gain) to, directly or indirectly,  make,
create,  incur,  assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with  respect to any
part of its property,  whether now owned or hereafter  acquired,  other than the
following ("Permitted Liens"):

                (a) any Lien (other than a Lien on the  Collateral)  existing on
property of the  Borrower or any  Guarantor on the Closing Date and set forth in
Schedule 7.01 securing Indebtedness outstanding on such date;

                (b)      any Lien created under any Loan Document;

                (c) Liens for taxes,  fees,  assessments  or other  governmental
charges which are not delinquent or remain payable  without  penalty,  or to the
extent that  nonpayment  thereof is permitted by Section 6.07,  provided that no
notice of lien has been filed or recorded under the Code;




                                       76

<PAGE>



                (d)   carriers',    warehousemen's,    mechanics',   landlords',
materialmen's, repairmen's or other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course
of business which are not delinquent or remain payable  without penalty or which
are  being  contested  in  good  faith  and by  appropriate  proceedings,  which
proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property
subject thereto;

                (e) Liens  (other than any Lien  imposed by ERISA and other than
on the  Collateral)  consisting of pledges or deposits  required in the ordinary
course of  business  in  connection  with  workers'  compensation,  unemployment
insurance and other social security legislation;

                (f) Liens (other than Liens on the  Collateral)  on the property
of the Borrower or the Guarantors securing (i) the nondelinquent  performance of
bids,  trade  contracts  (other  than for  borrowed  money),  leases,  statutory
obligations,  (ii) contingent  obligations on surety and appeal bonds, and (iii)
other nondelinquent  obligations of a like nature; in each case, incurred in the
ordinary course of business,  provided all such Liens in the aggregate would not
(even if enforced) cause a Material Adverse Effect;

                (g) Liens  (other than Liens on the  Collateral)  consisting  of
judgment or judicial  attachment  liens,  provided that the  enforcement of such
Liens is  effectively  stayed  and all such liens in the  aggregate  at any time
outstanding for the Borrower and the Guarantors do not exceed $250,000;

                (h)  easements,  rights-of-way,  restrictions  and other similar
encumbrances  incurred  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  which,  in  the
aggregate,  are  not  substantial  in  amount,  and  which  do not  in any  case
materially  detract from the value of the property  subject thereto or interfere
with  the  ordinary   conduct  of  the   businesses  of  the  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries;

                (i) Liens on assets of  corporations  which become  Subsidiaries
after the date of this Agreement;  provided, however, that such Liens existed at
the time the respective corporations became Subsidiaries and were not created in
anticipation thereof;

                (j) purchase money security  interests on any property  acquired
or held by the Borrower or its Borrowing  Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of
business, securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed for the purpose of financing
all or any part of the cost of acquiring  such  property;  provided that (i) any
such Lien  attaches to such property  concurrently  with or within 20 days after
the  acquisition  thereof,  (ii) such Lien  attaches  solely to the  property so
acquired in such  transaction,  (iii) the  principal  amount of the debt secured
thereby  does  not  exceed  100% of the  cost of such  property,  and  (iv)  the
principal amount of the Indebtedness  secured by any and all such purchase money
security




                                       77

<PAGE>



interests shall not at any time exceed, together with
Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.05(d), $5,000,000;

                (k) Liens  securing  obligations in respect of capital leases on
assets  subject to such leases;  provided that such capital leases are otherwise
permitted hereunder;

                (l) Liens  arising  solely by virtue of any  statutory or common
law provision  relating to banker's  liens,  rights of set-off or similar rights
and remedies as to deposit  accounts or other funds  maintained  with a creditor
depository  institution;  provided  that  (i)  such  deposit  account  is  not a
dedicated cash  collateral  account and is not subject to  restrictions  against
access by the Borrower in excess of those set forth by  regulations  promulgated
by the FRB, and (ii) such deposit account is not intended by the Borrower or any
Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution; and

                (m) Liens on certain limited assets of Boise Locomotive in favor
of the issuer of a performance  bond on behalf of Boise Locomotive in connection
with the  issuance  of  performance  bonds as  expressly  permitted  by  Section
7.08(e).

        7.02 Disposition of Assets. The Borrower shall not, and shall not suffer
or permit any  Subsidiary  to,  directly or  indirectly,  sell,  assign,  lease,
convey,  transfer  or  otherwise  permit a  Disposition  of (whether in one or a
series of transactions) any property  (including  accounts and notes receivable,
with  or  without  recourse)  or  enter  into  any  agreement  to do  any of the
foregoing,  except the following transactions to the extent they are arms-length
transactions  with  Persons  who  are  not  Affiliates  of the  Borrower  or its
Subsidiaries  for  pricing  reflecting  the fair  market  value of any assets or
property being sold:

                (a)      Dispositions of inventory, or used, worn-out or
surplus equipment, all in the ordinary course of business;

                (b)  the  sale  of  equipment  in  the  ordinary  course  and in
accordance  with past  practices to the extent that such  equipment is exchanged
for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement  equipment,  or the
proceeds of such sale are  reasonably  promptly  (and in any event within ninety
(90)  days of such  sale)  applied  to the  purchase  price of such  replacement
equipment;

                (c)  Dispositions  (other than by MK Gain and its  Subsidiaries)
not  otherwise  permitted  hereunder  which  are  made for  fair  market  value;
provided,  that  (i) at the  time of any  Disposition,  no  Default  or Event of
Default  shall exist or shall result after  giving  effect to such  Disposition,
(ii) the aggregate sales price from such Disposition  shall be paid in cash, and
(iii) the aggregate value of all assets so sold by the




                                       78

<PAGE>



Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries,  together,  shall not  exceed the lesser of (i)
$3,000,000  in any Fiscal Year (plus the amount of the proceeds from the sale of
the Borrower's  Mountaintop,  PA facility  during the Fiscal Year it is sold, if
ever) and (ii)  $10,000,000  in the aggregate  during the term of the Agreement;
and

                (d)  Dispositions by MK Gain and its Subsidiaries of assets with
a value  not in excess of twenty  percent  (20%) of the  aggregate  value of the
assets of MK Gain and its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated  basis) as shown on MK
Gain's  consolidated  financial  statements in any Fiscal Year, and in any event
not in excess of $20,000,000 in the aggregate.

        7.03 Restriction on Fundamental Changes; Acquisitions.  Neither Borrower
nor any of its  Subsidiaries  will: (a) enter into any  transaction of merger or
consolidation;   (b)  liquidate,  windup  or  dissolve  itself  (or  suffer  any
liquidation or dissolution);  (c) convey,  sell,  lease,  sublease,  transfer or
otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any
substantial  part of its  business or assets,  or the capital  stock of or other
equity  interests  in any of its  Subsidiaries,  whether now owned or  hereafter
acquired; or (d) acquire by purchase or otherwise all or any substantial part of
the business or assets of, or stock or other  evidence of  beneficial  ownership
of,  any  Person;   provided,   however,  (i)  the  Borrower  may  make  Capital
Expenditures  used for the purchase of assets  permitted  under Section 7.15 and
Investments  permitted  under Section 7.04;  (ii) any Subsidiary  (other than MK
Gain) of Borrower may be merged with or into Borrower (provided that Borrower is
the surviving  entity) or any other Subsidiary of Borrower (other than MK Gain);
(iii)   notwithstanding   any  prohibition  on  MK  Gain  or  its   wholly-owned
Subsidiaries making any such purchases or acquisitions  referenced above, and so
long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing  hereunder
after giving effect thereto, MK Gain and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries may enter
into  future  acquisitions  that are not  hostile  in nature to  acquire  all or
substantially  all of the assets or capital stock of any corporation,  entity or
division   (collectively,   "MK  Gain   Acquisitions")  if:  (A)  the  aggregate
consideration to be paid by MK Gain and its wholly-owned  Subsidiaries,  whether
in the form of cash payments, promissory notes or other deferred purchase price,
or assumed debt and liabilities and Indebtedness, in connection with all such MK
Gain Acquisitions and howsoever  evidenced,  shall not exceed $25,000,000 in the
aggregate  (less the  amount  of any  Investments  by MK Gain in Joint  Ventures
pursuant to Section  7.04(g));  (B) such MK Gain  Acquisitions  shall only be of
businesses  and assets  related or similar to the  Borrower's  current  lines of
business and satisfying the  restrictions in Section 7.13, and which  businesses
would not subject the Agent or any Lender to regulatory or third party  approval
in  connection  with the  exercise  of their  rights  and  remedies  under  this
Agreement or any other Loan Documents; and (C) other than as




                                       79

<PAGE>



permitted by Section 7.05(f),  no new Indebtedness for borrowed money to finance
such acquisition will be incurred in connection with such MK Gain  Acquisitions;
(iv)  notwithstanding  any prohibition on the Borrower making any such purchases
or acquisitions  referenced above, and so long as no Default or Event of Default
has occurred  and is  continuing  hereunder  after giving  effect  thereto,  the
Borrower  may enter into future  acquisitions  that are not hostile in nature to
acquire  all  or  substantially  all of  the  assets  or  capital  stock  of any
corporation, entity or division (collectively, "Permitted Acquisitions") if:

                (A) the  aggregate  consideration  to be  paid by the  Borrower,
whether  in the  form of cash  payments,  promissory  notes  or  other  deferred
purchase price, or assumed debt and liabilities and Indebtedness,  in connection
with all such Permitted  Acquisitions and howsoever evidenced,  shall not exceed
$15,000,000  in the  aggregate  during the first  twelve (12)  months  after the
Closing Date or $45,000,000 in the aggregate at any time;

                (B) such Permitted  Acquisitions shall only be of businesses and
assets  related or similar  to the  Borrower's  current  lines of  business  and
satisfying  the  restrictions  in Section 7.13, and which  businesses  would not
subject  the Agent or any  Lender  to  regulatory  or third  party  approval  in
connection  with the exercise of their rights and remedies  under this Agreement
or any other Loan Documents;

                (C) the assets so acquired shall be  transferred  free and clear
of any liens and encumbrances (other than Permitted Liens), and any assumed debt
and  liabilities  and  Indebtedness  (excluding  purchase money debt and Capital
Leases  otherwise  permitted  under  Section  7.05) shall be repaid  prior to or
simultaneously with any such Permitted Acquisition;

                (D) other  than under the  Agreement,  no new  Indebtedness  for
borrowed money to finance such  acquisition  will be incurred in connection with
such Permitted Acquisitions;

                (E) environmental  audits, pro forma financial  statements and a
pro forma  borrowing base  certificate (in the form of Exhibit J and showing the
pro forma  borrowing  base of the Borrower after  consummation  of the Permitted
Acquisition),  appraisals  and any other testing or due diligence  investigation
reasonably  required by Agent shall have been completed in a satisfactory manner
and  shows  that the  Borrower  shall  continue  to be in  compliance  with this
Agreement  after  the  consummation  of such  Permitted  Acquisition  including,
without limitation, its pro forma compliance with Sections 7.16, 7.17 and 7.18;

                (F)  Agent,  on behalf of  Lenders,  will be granted a first and
prior perfected  security  interest  (subject to Permitted  Liens) in any assets
being so acquired including, without




                                       80

<PAGE>



limitation, a pledge of any capital stock together with a guarantee from any new
Subsidiary  (if such  Permitted  Acquisition  is an  acquisition of stock) and a
pledge of the underlying assets to secure such Subsidiary guarantee; and

                (G) Agent and the Lenders  shall have  received at least 15 days
advance  written  notice of any proposed  acquisition  together with each of the
following documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent:

                (I) pro forma balance  sheets of the Borrower (the  "Acquisition
Pro Forma") on a consolidated and consolidating  basis,  based on financial data
as of a recent  date,  which shall be complete and shall  accurately  and fairly
represent  Borrower's assets,  liabilities,  financial  condition and results of
operations in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, but taking into account
such Permitted  Acquisition  and the  transactions  contemplated by any purchase
agreement documenting such Permitted Acquisition, and such Acquisition Pro Forma
shall  establish that the maximum  Revolving  Loans shall exceed the outstanding
principal  balance  on  the  Revolving  Loan  by at  least  $5,000,000  and  the
Acquisition  Projections  (as  hereinafter  defined)  shall  establish that such
minimum  availability shall continue for at least 30 days after the consummation
of such Future Acquisition;

                (II)   Projections   prepared   in   accordance   with   Section
7.03(iv)(G)(I) (the "Acquisition  Projections") hereof and based upon historical
financial data of a recent date satisfactory to Agent,  taking into account such
Future  Acquisition on a pro forma basis for the prior four (4) quarters and for
the next three (3) years; and

                (III) a certificate of the chief  financial  officer of Borrower
to the effect that:  (x) Borrower will be Solvent upon the  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated  by the  Acquisition;  (y) the  Acquisition Pro Forma
fairly  presents the  financial  condition  of the  Borrower (on a  consolidated
basis)  as  of  the  date  thereof  after  giving  effect  to  the  transactions
contemplated by such Permitted Acquisition;  (z) the Acquisition Projections are
reasonable estimates of the future financial  performance of Borrower subsequent
to the date thereof  based upon the  historical  performance  of Borrower  after
taking  into  account  the  consummation  of the  Permitted  Acquisition  and in
addition show that on that basis the Borrower would have been in compliance with
the financial  covenants set forth in Sections 7.16,  7.17 and 7.18 for the four
(4) quarter period immediately prior to such Permitted Acquisition; and

                (H)  Agent,  on behalf of  Lenders,  shall  have  received  Lien
searches  (reasonably  satisfactory  to Agent) with  respect to any assets being
acquired.





                                       81

<PAGE>



        7.04 Loans and Investments.  The Borrower shall not purchase or acquire,
or suffer or permit any of its Subsidiaries to purchase or acquire,  or make any
commitment therefor,  any capital stock, equity interest,  or any obligations or
other  securities of, or any interest in, any Person,  or make or commit to make
any  Acquisitions,  or make or commit to make any  advance,  loan,  extension of
credit  or  capital  contribution  to or any other  investment  in,  any  Person
including any Affiliate of the Borrower (together, "Investments"), except for:

                (a)      Investments held by the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries in the form of cash equivalents or short-term
marketable securities;

                (b)      extensions of credit in the nature of accounts
receivable or notes receivable arising from the sale or lease of
goods or services in the ordinary course of business;

                (c) extensions of credit by the Borrower in cash directly to any
of its Borrowing  Subsidiaries in the form of intercompany loans;  provided that
such intercompany loans shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

                (i) such loans shall be unsecured and payable on demand, and the
                Borrower and the  Borrowing  Subsidiaries  hereby agree that all
                such  Indebtedness  shall be subordinated in right of payment to
                the final payment in full in cash of the Obligations;

                (ii) no  Default  or Event of  Default  shall  then exist and be
                continuing  or would  result after giving  effect  thereto,  and
                after giving  effect to each such  intercompany  loan,  both the
                Borrower  making such loan and the  recipient  thereof  shall be
                Solvent;

                (iii)  each  recipient  of such a loan  shall  use the  proceeds
                thereof  solely for its own  working  capital  requirements  and
                other general corporate  purposes arising in the ordinary course
                of its business or as permitted by Section 6.12; and

                (iv) such loans shall be  evidenced by  subordinated  promissory
                notes in form and substance  acceptable to the Agent and pledged
                to and delivered to the Agent pursuant to  documentation in form
                and  substance  acceptable  to the Agent  granting the Agent (on
                behalf  of the  Lenders)  a first  perfected  security  interest
                therein;

                (d)  Investments  by the Borrower in its Borrowing  Subsidiaries
satisfying the terms and conditions of paragraph (c) above and incurred in order
to consummate Permitted Acquisitions otherwise permitted under Section 7.03;





                                       82

<PAGE>



                (e)      Investments by the Borrower in Joint Ventures not
exceeding $2,500,000 in any Fiscal Year as to all such
investments in the aggregate;

                (f)      Investments by the Borrower in its wholly-owned
Subsidiaries (other than MK Gain and its Subsidiaries and/or the
Borrowing Subsidiaries) not in excess of $2,500,000 in the
aggregate;

                (g) Investments by MK Gain in (i) its wholly-owned  Subsidiaries
from  time to time  or (ii) in  Joint  Ventures  in  amounts  not in  excess  of
$10,000,000 in the aggregate (less the aggregate amount of MK Gain  Acquisitions
in excess of  $15,000,000),  provided  that in either  case the  funds,  monies,
properties or  consideration  constituting  such Investment or Joint Venture was
not received  from or provided by (directly or  indirectly)  the Borrower or its
other  Subsidiaries  at any time on or after the Closing Date  provided  that at
such  time no  Default  or Event of  Default  shall  then have  occurred  and be
continuing or would result after giving effect thereto;

                (h) Investments by the Borrower in Boise  Locomotive in the form
of asset drop downs and  assignments of title to owned  railroad  locomotives or
rights with respect to leased railroad  locomotives,  provided that the Borrower
shall have (i) obtained all consents with respect to Contractual Obligations and
otherwise  required  to  consummate  such  transactions  without  violating  any
Contractual  Obligations  of the  Borrower  or any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  (ii)
provided  the Agent with ten (10)  Business  Days prior  written  notice of such
transactions  (including  a  certification  that all  consents  as  required  by
paragraph (i) above have been  obtained),  (iii) with respect to owned  railroad
locomotives,  provided the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) with such  documents
as may be reasonably requested by the Agent and in form and substance reasonably
acceptable  to  the  Agent  including,  without  limitation,  properly  recorded
assignments of all locomotives  mortgages and assignments of leases with respect
to such locomotives and a legal opinion from legal counsel in form and substance
reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Agent  opining  as to  the  continuing  prior
perfected  security  interest  of the Agent (on behalf of the  Lenders)  in such
owned  railroad   locomotives  and  the  corporate  power  and  authority,   and
enforceability of the transfer documents and mortgages with respect thereto; and
(iv) no Default or Event of Default  shall then have  occurred and be continuing
or would result after giving effect thereto;

                (i)  Investments  by  the  Borrower  in  any  purchaser  of  its
Mountaintop,  Pennsylvania  facility  in the form of a  promissory  note  with a
principal  amount not in excess of $500,000 in the  aggregate  which  promissory
note represents the deferred portion of the purchase price from the sale of such
Mountaintop, Pennsylvania facility; and





                                       83

<PAGE>



                (j)  Investments  by the Borrower in MK Gain in the form of that
certain  promissory note in the original  principal amount of $16,551,001.67 and
dated June 30, 1995, provided that the Borrower may not extend any further funds
or loans under such promissory note, but the Borrower may (so long as no Default
or Event of Default  has then  occurred  or would  result  after  giving  effect
thereto) elect to make a further  capital  contribution to MK Gain by converting
such promissory  note to equity,  and after written notice thereof the Agent may
present the original of such promissory note which has been pledged to Agent (on
behalf of the Lenders) for cancellation.

        7.05 Limitation on  Indebtedness.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not
suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, create,  incur, assume,  suffer to exist, or
otherwise  become or remain  directly or indirectly  liable with respect to, any
Indebtedness, except:

                (a)      Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Agreement;

                (b)      Indebtedness consisting of Contingent Obligations
permitted pursuant to Section 7.08;

                (c)      Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and set
forth in Schedule 7.05;

                (d)      Indebtedness incurred in connection with leases
permitted pursuant to Section 7.10(c);

                (e)      Indebtedness consisting of purchase money loans
permitted pursuant to Section 7.01(j); and

                (f)  Indebtedness  of MK Gain  (including and not in addition to
any Indebtedness permitted under paragraphs (a) through (e) above) not in excess
of $65,000,000 in aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding;  provided,
however, that in no event may the Borrower or any Guarantor be liable in any way
or have any Contingent  Obligation  with respect to any such  Indebtedness of MK
Gain.

        7.06 Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower shall not, and shall not
suffer  or  permit  any  Subsidiary  to,  enter  into any  transaction  with any
Affiliate  of the  Borrower,  except  upon  fair  and  reasonable  terms no less
favorable to the Borrower or such  Subsidiary  than would obtain in a comparable
arm's-length  transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of the Borrower or such
Subsidiary  (which shall  include,  without  limitation,  not  permitting  their
outstanding  trade credit being extended to, or accounts or accounts  receivable
due from MK Gain and its  Subsidiaries to exceed,  the payment terms provided to
other creditors generally,  and in any event to not be outstanding for more than
90 days)  except  that (a) the  Borrower  and its  Subsidiaries  may make travel
advances  or other  loans to their  employees  in  connection  with  relocations
provided that all such




                                       84

<PAGE>



loans and advances are less than $75,000 in the  aggregate,  (b) the  Borrower's
Subsidiaries  may make  payments to the  Borrower,  (i) to satisfy the  Federal,
state and local income tax  obligations to the extent such  obligations  are the
result of the net  consolidated  income  of the  Borrower's  Subsidiaries  being
attributed  to the Borrower for tax  purposes,  (ii) as permitted  under Section
9.10  hereof or (iii) to pay such other  amounts as are  described  on  Schedule
7.06.

        7.07 Use of Proceeds.  (a) The Borrower  shall not, and shall not suffer
or permit any  Borrowing  Subsidiary  to, use any portion of the Loan  proceeds,
directly or indirectly,  (i) to purchase or carry Margin Stock, (ii) to repay or
otherwise refinance  indebtedness of the Borrower or others incurred to purchase
or carry Margin  Stock,  (iii) to extend credit for the purpose of purchasing or
carrying any Margin  Stock,  or (iv) to acquire any security in any  transaction
that is subject to Section 13 or 14 of the Exchange Act.

                (b) The  Borrower  shall not,  directly or  indirectly,  use any
portion of the Loan  proceeds (i)  knowingly to purchase  Ineligible  Securities
from the Arranger during any period in which the Arranger makes a market in such
Ineligible  Securities,  (ii) knowingly to purchase  during the  underwriting or
placement period Ineligible Securities being underwritten or privately placed by
the  Arranger,  or (iii) to make payments of principal or interest on Ineligible
Securities underwritten or privately placed by the Arranger and issued by or for
the benefit of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower.  The Arranger is a
registered  broker-dealer  and  permitted  to  underwrite  and  deal in  certain
Ineligible  Securities;  and "Ineligible  Securities" means securities which may
not be  underwritten  or dealt in by member banks of the Federal  Reserve System
under  Section 16 of the Banking  Act of 1933 (12 U.S.C.  ss. 24,  Seventh),  as
amended.

        7.08  Contingent  Obligations.  The  Borrower  shall not,  and shall not
suffer or permit any Subsidiary to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Contingent Obligations or to have any surety or performance bond obligation used
on its behalf except:

                (a)      endorsements for collection or deposit in the
ordinary course of business;

                (b)      Contingent Obligations of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries existing as of the Closing Date and listed in
Schedule 7.08;

                (c)      Contingent Obligations under the Loan Documents;

                (d)      Contingent Obligations of MK Gain and its wholly-
owned Subsidiaries in the form of guaranties with respect to any
Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.05(f);




                                       85

<PAGE>



                (e)  Contingent  Obligations  of the  Borrower  with  respect to
performance bonds or surety contracts of any kind provided that such performance
bonds or surety contracts are issued in connection with Contractual  Obligations
to reconstruct  railroad locomotives which provide aggregate total consideration
and payments to the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  not in excess of $10,000,000
in the aggregate  (whether or not progress payments have been made thereunder or
such amounts are then due and owing) and are issued  pursuant to  contracts  and
agreements  in form  and  substance  and from an  issuer  or  surety  reasonably
satisfactory  to the Agent,  and in any event such issuer or surety shall not be
permitted  to take a Lien on any  property  or  assets  of the  Borrower  or its
Subsidiaries other than the Inventory and Accounts  (excluding cash payments not
made directly to such issuer or surety)  directly  identifiable  to the contract
being supported by such surety or performance bond; and

                (f)  Contingent  Obligations  of the  Borrower  in the  form  of
unsecured  guaranties of (i) the  Indebtedness of any Borrowing  Subsidiary with
respect to  Indebtedness  permitted  under Section 7.05(a) through (e), (ii) the
obligations  of Boise  Locomotive  being  assumed by Boise  Locomotive  from the
Borrower pursuant to the transactions permitted under Section 7.04(h), and (iii)
up  to  $1,000,000  of  other   obligations  or  liabilities  of  any  Borrowing
Subsidiaries  which are  permitted  by the terms of this  Agreement,  but in any
event excluding any guaranty or other  Contingent  Obligation of any kind of the
Indebtedness,  obligations and/or liabilities of MK Gain and its Subsidiaries or
Joint Ventures.

        7.09 Joint Ventures; Subsidiaries. The Borrower shall not, and shall not
suffer or permit any Subsidiary to (a) form a new  Subsidiary  after the Closing
Date, except that MK Gain may form additional Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, and the
Borrower may form a new  Wholly-Owned  Subsidiary to serve as a Mexican  holding
company called MPI de Mexico,  S.A. de C.V. provided that such corporation shall
not hold any  assets  except  that all of the  assets or stock of MK Gain (as it
exists on the Closing Date) may be contributed to such company provided that (i)
no Default or Event of Default  then exists and is  continuing  or would  result
after  giving  effect  thereto,  (ii) such  transaction  can be  completed  on a
tax-free basis to the Borrower and the Guarantors,  (iii) MPI de Mexico, S.A. de
C.V.  will be only a holding  company and not conduct any business or operations
of any kind and (iv) the  Borrower  provides  the  Agent  with at least ten (10)
Business  Days prior written  notice of such  transaction  providing  reasonable
details on the terms and structure  thereof and reaffirming the treatment of and
pledge to the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) of any  Indebtedness  owing by MK
Gain to the Borrower or any Guarantor or (b) enter into any Joint Venture, other
than in the ordinary  course of business and in accordance  with past practices,
except that MK Gain may enter into Joint  Ventures with Persons  (other than the
Borrower and/or any Guarantors) as permitted by Section 7.04(g)(ii).




                                       86

<PAGE>



        7.10 Lease Obligations.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, (i) create or suffer to exist any  obligations for the
payment  of rent for any  property  under  lease or  agreement  to lease or (ii)
directly or indirectly, enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for
the Borrower or such  Subsidiary  to lease or rent property that the Borrower or
such  Subsidiary  has sold or will sell or  otherwise  transfer to such  Person,
except for:

                (a)      leases of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in
existence on the Closing Date and any renewal, extension or
refinancing thereof;

                (b)  operating  leases  entered  into  by the  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries in the ordinary  course of business  (including any in existence on
the Closing  Date) for which the  aggregate  amount of Rentals  (as  hereinafter
defined) payable by (i) the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  (other than MK Gain)
on a  consolidated  basis in any  Fiscal  Year in  respect of such lease and all
other such leases would exceed Fifteen Million Dollars  ($15,000,000) or (ii) MK
Gain and its  Subsidiaries  (on a  consolidated  basis)  in any  Fiscal  Year in
respect  of such lease and all other  such  leases  would  exceed  Four  Million
Dollars  ($4,000,000);  where the term "Rentals" means all payments due from the
lessee or sublessee under a lease,  including,  without limitation,  basic rent,
percentage  rent,  property taxes,  utility or maintenance  costs, and insurance
premiums;

                (c) capital leases other than those  permitted  under clause (a)
of this  Section,  entered  into by the  Borrower  or any  Subsidiary  after the
Closing  Date to  finance  the  acquisition  of  equipment;  provided  that  the
aggregate  rental  payments  for  all  such  capital  leases  shall  not  exceed
$5,000,000  less the  amount  of any  outstanding  purchase  money  Indebtedness
permitted under Section 7.05(e); and

                (d)  sale-leasebacks  of  locomotives  by the  Borrower or Boise
Locomotive  in  the  ordinary  course  of  its  business,  which  sale-leaseback
transactions are otherwise done in compliance with Section 7.02(c) above.

        7.11 Restricted  Payments;  No Permitted  Restrictions for Subsidiaries.
(a) The Borrower  shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any  Subsidiary  to,
declare  or  make  any  dividend  payment  or  other   distribution  of  assets,
properties,  cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any shares of
any class of its capital  stock,  or purchase,  redeem or otherwise  acquire for
value any  shares of its  capital  stock or any  warrants,  rights or options to
acquire such shares, now or hereafter outstanding; except that:

                (i)      the Borrower may declare and make dividend payments
or other distributions payable solely in its common stock;




                                       87

<PAGE>



                (ii) the Borrower  may  purchase,  redeem or  otherwise  acquire
shares of its common  stock or  warrants  or options to acquire  any such shares
with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares
of its common stock;

                (iii) any Subsidiary may declare and pay cash dividends
to the Borrower;

                (iv) so long as no  Default  or  Event  of  Default  shall  have
occurred or would result after giving effect thereto, the Borrower may make cash
dividend  payments on its common stock not in excess of $3,000,000 in any Fiscal
Year; and

                (v) Motor Coils or  Touchstone  may declare and pay dividends to
MotivePower  Investments in the form of promissory notes which otherwise satisfy
the terms and  conditions  for loans under Section  7.04(c) (as if such dividend
constituted a loan from MotivePower Investments instead of the Borrower).

                (b) The Borrower shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries (other
than MK Gain) to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to
exist or become  effective any  encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any
such  Subsidiary  to (I) pay  dividends or make any other  distributions  to the
Borrower or any of its other  Subsidiaries  (1) on its capital stock or (2) with
respect to any other interest or participation  in, or measured by, its profits,
(II) pay any indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries,
(III) make loans or advances to the  Borrower or any of its other  Subsidiaries,
or (IV)  transfer any of its  properties or assets to the Borrower or any of its
other Subsidiaries (collectively,  "Encumbrances"), except for such Encumbrances
existing  under or by reason of (1) this  Agreement,  (2)  applicable  law,  (3)
customary  non-assignment  provisions  in leases  entered  into in the  ordinary
course of business and  consistent  with past  practices,  or (4) purchase money
obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose
restrictions of the nature described in paragraph  (b)(IV) above on the property
so acquired.

        7.12 ERISA.  The Borrower  shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any
of its ERISA Affiliates to: (a) engage in a prohibited  transaction or violation
of the  fiduciary  responsibility  rules  with  respect  to any Plan  which  has
resulted or could  reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower
in an  aggregate  amount in excess of $500,000;  or (b) engage in a  transaction
that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

        7.13  Change in Business; Holding Companies; FSC Operations.
The Borrower shall not, and shall not suffer or permit any
Subsidiary to, engage in any material line of business
substantially different from those lines of business carried on




                                       88

<PAGE>



by the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries on the date hereof.  Both the Borrower and
MotivePower  Investments  shall only act as holding companies to own the capital
stock of their  Subsidiaries  and shall not own other assets or conduct business
operations  except in accordance  with past  practices as in effect  immediately
after the  Reorganization.  The FSC will only be permitted to engage in business
as a foreign sales  corporation on a commission  basis,  being  commissioned for
foreign sales on an  acceptable  basis within the IRS  guidelines,  and will not
have any assets or property of any kind other than  Accounts  then due and owing
in the ordinary course of business from foreign Persons in aggregate amounts not
in excess of $5,000,000 (and provided that an equivalent  account  receivable is
created in favor of one of the  Guarantors or the Borrower) and a minimal amount
in a bank account which may be maintained in Barbados.

        7.14 Accounting Changes. The Borrower shall not, and shall not suffer or
permit any Subsidiary to, make any significant change in accounting treatment or
reporting  practices,  except as required by GAAP,  or change the fiscal year of
the Borrower or of any Subsidiary.

        7.15 Capital Expenditures.  The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit
any Subsidiary to make or incur any Capital  Expenditure if, after giving effect
thereto,  the aggregate  amount of all Capital  Expenditures by the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis would exceed during any Fiscal Year the
amount of  $15,000,000  plus an amount equal to the proceeds of equipment  sales
which are made and  reinvested  in  replacement  equipment  in  accordance  with
Section 7.02(b) during any Fiscal Year.

        7.16  Maximum  Ratio of Funded  Debt to Cash Flow.  The  Borrower  (on a
consolidated  basis with its  subsidiaries  other than MK Gain) shall not permit
the ratio as of the last day of each Fiscal  Quarter  after the Closing  Date of
its (A)  Funded  Debt  as of such  date to (B)  Cash  Flow  for the  immediately
preceding  four  Fiscal  Quarters  ending on such date,  to be greater  than (i)
3.50:1.00 for Fiscal Quarters ending during Fiscal Year 1997, (ii) 3.25:1.00 for
Fiscal Quarters ending during Fiscal Year 1998, and (iii) 3.00:1.00 thereafter.

        7.17 Minimum Tangible Net Worth.  The Borrower (on a consolidated  basis
with its  Subsidiaries  other than MK Gain)  shall not permit its  Tangible  Net
Worth at any  time to be less  than the sum of (i) 90% of  actual  Tangible  Net
Worth as of December  31, 1996  (which  excludes MK Gain),  plus (ii) 75% of the
Borrower's  cumulative net income (which  excludes MK Gain, and shall not in any
event be reduced by losses) commencing January 1, 1997.

        7.18  Minimum Fixed Charges Coverage Ratio.    The Borrower
(on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries other than MK




                                       89

<PAGE>



Gain) shall not permit the ratio of its (A)(i)  EBITDA,  plus (ii) rent  expense
pursuant to all  operating  leases to (B) Fixed  Charges,  as of the last day of
each Fiscal  Quarter after the Closing Date for the  immediately  preceding four
Fiscal  Quarters  ending as of the last day of each such Fiscal  Quarter,  to be
less than 1.25:1.00.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

        8.01  Event of Default.  Any of the following shall
constitute an "Event of Default":

                (a)  Non-Payment.  The Borrower  fails to make,  (i) when and as
required to be made herein,  payments of any amount of principal of any Loan, or
(ii) within 3 days after the same becomes due,  payment of any interest,  fee or
any other amount payable  hereunder or under any other Loan Document  including,
without limitation, any Specified Swap Contract; or

                (b)  Representation or Warranty.  Any representation or warranty
by the Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  made or deemed made herein,  in any
other Loan  Document,  or which is  contained  in any  certificate,  document or
financial or other statement by the Borrower,  any Borrowing Subsidiary,  or any
Responsible Officer,  furnished at any time under this Agreement, or in or under
any other Loan  Document is incorrect  in any  material  respect on or as of the
date made or deemed made; or

                (c)      Specific Defaults.  The Borrower fails to perform
or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in (i) any
of Section 6.01, 6.02, 6.03 for a period of five (5) days or
(ii) in any of Section 6.06 or 6.13 or in Article VII; or

                (d) Other  Defaults.  The  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries
fails to  perform  or  observe  any other  term or  covenant  contained  in this
Agreement  or any other Loan  Document to which it is a party,  and such default
shall  continue  unremedied for a period of 20 days after the earlier of (i) the
date upon which a Responsible  Officer knew or  reasonably  should have known of
such failure or (ii) the date upon which written  notice thereof is given to the
Borrower by the Agent or any Lender; or

                (e)  Cross-Default.  The  Borrower  or any  of its  Subsidiaries
(other  than  MK  Gain)  (A)  fails  to  make  any  payment  in  respect  of any
Indebtedness,  preferred  stock or  Contingent  Obligation,  having an aggregate
principal amount or redemption price (including  undrawn  committed or available
amounts and  including  amounts  owing to all  creditors  under any  combined or
syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $1,000,000 when due




                                       90

<PAGE>



(whether by scheduled maturity,  required prepayment,  acceleration,  demand, or
otherwise)  and such  failure  continues  after the  applicable  grace or notice
period, if any,  specified in the relevant document on the date of such failure;
or (B) fails to perform or observe any other condition or covenant, or any other
event shall occur or condition exist, under any agreement or instrument relating
to any such  Indebtedness,  preferred stock or Contingent  Obligation,  and such
failure continues after the applicable grace or notice period, if any, specified
in the  relevant  document  on the date of such  failure  if the  effect of such
failure,  event or condition is to cause,  or to permit the holder or holders of
such  Indebtedness  or preferred stock or beneficiary or  beneficiaries  of such
Indebtedness  or preferred stock (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder
or holders or  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries)  to cause  such  Indebtedness  or
preferred  stock  to be  declared  to be due and  payable  prior  to its  stated
maturity,  or such Contingent Obligation to become payable or cash collateral in
respect thereof to be demanded; or

                (f) Insolvency;  Voluntary  Proceedings.  The Borrower or any of
its Subsidiaries  (i) ceases or fails to be solvent,  or generally fails to pay,
or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due, subject
to applicable  grace periods,  if any,  whether at stated maturity or otherwise;
(ii) voluntarily  ceases to conduct its business in the ordinary  course;  (iii)
commences any Insolvency  Proceeding  with respect to itself;  or (iv) takes any
action to effectuate or authorize any of the foregoing; or

                (g)  Involuntary  Proceedings.  (i) Any  involuntary  Insolvency
Proceeding   is  commenced  or  filed   against  the  Borrower  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries, or any writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar
process, is issued or levied against a substantial part of the Borrower's or any
of its Subsidiary's properties, and any such proceeding or petition shall not be
dismissed, or such writ, judgment,  warrant of attachment,  execution or similar
process  shall not be  released,  vacated or fully  bonded  within 60 days after
commencement,  filing  or levy;  (ii) the  Borrower  or any of its  Subsidiaries
admits  the  material  allegations  of a petition  against it in any  Insolvency
Proceeding,  or an order for relief (or  similar  order under  non-U.S.  law) is
ordered  in any  Insolvency  Proceeding;  or (iii)  the  Borrower  or any of its
Subsidiaries  acquiesces in the appointment of a receiver,  trustee,  custodian,
conservator,  liquidator,  mortgagee in possession (or agent therefor), or other
similar Person for itself or a substantial  portion of its property or business;
or

                (h) ERISA.  (i) An ERISA  Event  shall  occur with  respect to a
Pension Plan or  Multiemployer  Plan which has resulted or could  reasonably  be
expected to result in liability  of the Borrower  under Title IV of ERISA to the
Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess




                                       91

<PAGE>



of $1,000,000;  or (ii) the aggregate amount of Unfunded Pension Liability among
all Pension Plans at any time exceeds  $1,000,000;  or (iii) the Borrower or any
ERISA  Affiliate  shall  fail to pay  when  due,  after  the  expiration  of any
applicable grace period, any installment  payment with respect to its withdrawal
liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate
amount in excess of $1,000,000; or

                (i) Monetary Judgments. One or more non-interlocutory judgments,
non-interlocutory  orders,  decrees or arbitration awards is entered against the
Borrower or any Guarantor  involving in the aggregate a liability (to the extent
not covered by  independent  third-party  insurance as to which the insurer does
not  dispute  coverage)  as to any  single or  related  series of  transactions,
incidents  or  conditions,  of  $500,000  or  more,  and the same  shall  remain
unsatisfied, unvacated and unstayed pending appeal for a period of 10 days after
the entry thereof; or

                (j) Non-Monetary Judgments.  Any non-monetary judgment, order or
decree is entered against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  which does or
would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,  and there shall
be any period of 10 consecutive  days during which a stay of enforcement of such
judgment or order,  by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise,  shall not be in
effect; or

                (k)      Change of Control.  There occurs any Change of
Control; or

                (l) Loss of Licenses.  Any other Governmental  Authority revokes
or fails to renew  any  license,  permit or  franchise  of the  Borrower  or any
Subsidiary,  or the Borrower or any Subsidiary for any reason loses any material
license,  permit or  franchise,  or the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  suffers the
imposition of any restraining order,  escrow,  suspension or impound of funds in
connection with any proceeding  (judicial or administrative) with respect to any
license, permit or franchise and the result is a Material Adverse Effect; or

                (m)      Adverse Change.  There occurs a Material Adverse
Effect; or

                (n)  Guarantor  Defaults.  Any  Guarantor  fails in any material
respect to perform or observe any term,  covenant or agreement in the  Guaranty;
or the Guaranty is for any reason  partially  (including  with respect to future
advances) or wholly revoked or  invalidated,  or otherwise  ceases to be in full
force and effect,  or the  Guarantor or any other Person  contests in any manner
the  validity  or  enforceability  thereof  or  denies  that it has any  further
liability or obligation thereunder; or any event described at subsections (f) or
(g) of this Section occurs with respect to any Guarantor; or





                                       92

<PAGE>



                (o)      Collateral.

                                (i)  any provision of any Collateral Document
        shall for any reason  cease to be valid and  binding  on or  enforceable
        against the  Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  party  thereto or the
        Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall so state in writing or bring
        an action to limit its obligations or liabilities thereunder; or

                               (ii) any Collateral Document shall for any reason
        (other  than  pursuant  to the  terms  thereof)  cease to create a valid
        security  interest in the Collateral  purported to be covered thereby or
        such security  interest shall for any reason cease to be a perfected and
        first priority security interest subject only to Permitted Liens; or

                (p)  Cross-Acceleration  to MK Gain Debt. A default occurs under
any  mortgage,  indenture  or  instrument  under which there may be issued or by
which there may be secured or evidenced  any  Indebtedness  of MK Gain or any of
its  Subsidiaries  (or  any  Guaranty  Obligation  of MK  Gain  or  any  of  its
Subsidiaries),  whether such  Indebtedness or Guaranty  Obligation now exists or
shall be created after the date hereof, which default (a) is caused by a failure
to pay  principal  of or premium,  if any, or interest on such  Indebtedness  or
Guaranty Obligation prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such
Indebtedness  (a "Payment  Default") or (b) results in the  acceleration of such
Indebtedness or Guaranty  Obligation  prior to its express maturity and, in each
case, the principal amount of such Indebtedness or Guaranty Obligation, together
with the principal amount of any other Indebtedness or Guaranty Obligation as to
which  there has been a Payment  Default  or the  maturity  of which has been so
accelerated, aggregates $1,000,000 or more; or

                (q) Locomotive  Leases.  Any default,  violation or breach shall
occur in any covenants or agreements  contained in any lease documents  pursuant
to which the Borrower or Boise Locomotive  leases railroad  locomotives from any
other Person,  and such locomotive  lease shall be terminated,  or such default,
violation or breach shall  continue,  for more than the applicable  grace period
(and  shall  not have  been  waived  in  writing),  and  shall  give the  lessor
thereunder the right to terminate such locomotive  lease or otherwise bring suit
of any kind  against the Borrower or Boise  Locomotive  for  injunctive  relief,
damages or other penalties or costs of any kind; or

        8.02  Remedies.  If any Event of Default occurs, the Agent
shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the
Majority Lenders,

                (a)      declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans
to be terminated, whereupon such commitments shall be terminated;





                                       93

<PAGE>



                (b)  declare  the  unpaid  principal  amount of all  outstanding
Loans, all interest  accrued and unpaid thereon,  and all other amounts owing or
payable  hereunder or under any other Loan  Document to be  immediately  due and
payable,  without presentment,  demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all
of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; and

                (c)      exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all
rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the
Loan Documents or applicable law;

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any event specified in subsection
(f) or (g) of Section 8.01 (in the case of clause (i) of subsection (g) upon the
expiration  of the 60-day  period  mentioned  therein),  the  obligation of each
Lender to make Loans  shall  automatically  terminate  and the unpaid  principal
amount of all outstanding  Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid
shall  automatically  become due and payable without further act of the Agent or
any Lender.

        8.03  Specified  Swap  Contract  Remedies.   Notwithstanding  any  other
provision of this Article VIII,  each  Specified  Swap  Provider  shall have the
right,  with prior  notice to the Agent,  but without the approval or consent of
the Agent or the other  Lenders,  with respect to any Specified Swap Contract of
such Specified Swap  Provider,  (a) to declare an event of default,  termination
event or other  similar  event  thereunder,  (b) to  determine  net  termination
amounts in accordance with the terms of such Specified Swap Contract, and (c) to
prosecute any legal action  against the Borrower to enforce net amounts owing to
such Specified Swap Provider.

        8.04 Rights Not Exclusive. (a) The rights provided for in this Agreement
and the other Loan  Documents are  cumulative and are not exclusive of any other
rights,  powers,  privileges or remedies  provided by law or in equity, or under
any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.

                (b) If an Event of Default exists:  (i) the Agent shall have for
the benefit of the Lenders, in addition to all other rights of the Agent and the
Lenders,  the rights and  remedies of a secured  party  under the UCC;  (ii) the
Agent may, at any time,  take  possession of the  Collateral  and keep it on the
applicable  Borrower's or any Guarantor's  premises,  at no cost to the Agent or
any Lender,  or remove any part of it to such other place or places as the Agent
may desire,  or the Borrower shall,  upon the Agent's demand,  at the Borrower's
cost,  assemble  the  Collateral  and make it  available to the Agent at a place
reasonably convenient to the Agent; and (iii) the Agent may sell and deliver any
Collateral at public or private sales,  for cash,  upon credit or otherwise,  at
such  prices  and upon such  terms as the  Agent  deems  advisable,  in its sole
discretion, and may, if the Agent




                                       94

<PAGE>



deems it  reasonable,  postpone  or  adjourn  any sale of the  Collateral  by an
announcement  at the time and place of sale or of such  postponed  or  adjourned
sale without giving a new notice of sale. Without in any way requiring notice to
be given in the  following  manner,  the Borrower  agrees that any notice by the
Agent of sale,  disposition or other intended action  hereunder or in connection
herewith,  whether required by the UCC or otherwise, shall constitute reasonable
notice to the Borrower if such notice is mailed by registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested,  postage prepaid,  or is delivered  personally against
receipt,  at least five (5) Business Days prior to such action to the Borrower's
address  specified in or pursuant to Section 10.12. If any Collateral is sold on
terms other than  payment in full at the time of sale,  no credit shall be given
against the Obligations  until the Agent or the Lenders receive payment,  and if
the buyer  defaults  in  payment,  the Agent may resell the  Collateral  without
further notice to the Borrower or any other Person. In the event the Agent seeks
to take possession of all or any portion of the Collateral by judicial  process,
the Borrower and the Guarantors  irrevocably waive: (a) the posting of any bond,
surety or security with respect thereto which might  otherwise be required;  (b)
any demand for  possession  prior to the  commencement  of any suit or action to
recover the Collateral; and (c) any requirement that the Agent retain possession
and not  dispose of any  Collateral  until after  trial or final  judgment.  The
Borrower and the  Guarantors  agree that the Agent has no obligation to preserve
rights to the  Collateral  or  marshal  any  Collateral  for the  benefit of any
Person.  The Agent is hereby  granted a license or other  right to use,  without
charge, the Borrower's and the Guarantors' labels,  patents,  copyrights,  name,
trade secrets, trade names,  trademarks,  and advertising matter, or any similar
property,  in completing  production of,  advertising or selling any Collateral,
and the  Borrower's  and the  Guarantors'  rights  under  all  licenses  and all
franchise  agreements shall inure to the Agent's  benefit.  The proceeds of sale
shall be applied in accordance with this Agreement and the Borrower shall remain
liable for any deficiency.

                (c)      Supporting Letter of Credit; Cash Collateral.  If
                         --------------------------------------------
any Letter of Credit is outstanding upon the termination of this
Agreement, then upon such termination the Borrower shall deposit
with the Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, with
respect to each Letter of Credit then outstanding, as the
Majority Lenders, in their sole discretion shall specify, either
(A) a standby letter of credit (a "Supporting Letter of Credit")
                                   ---------------------------
in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, issued by an
issuer satisfactory to the Agent and in an amount equal to the
greatest amount for which such Letter of Credit may be drawn,
under which Supporting Letter of Credit the Agent is entitled to
draw amounts necessary to reimburse the Agent and the Lenders for
payments made by the Agent and the Lenders under such Letter of
Credit or under any credit support or enhancement provided
through the Agent with respect thereto, or (B) cash in amounts




                                       95

<PAGE>



necessary to reimburse the Agent and the Lenders for payments made or to be made
(including,  without  limitation,  the amount that the Agent  estimates  will be
necessary to cover its expenses and legal fees in  connection  therewith) by the
Agent or the Lenders under such Letter of Credit or under any credit  support or
enhancement  provided  through the Agent with respect  thereto.  Such Supporting
Letter of Credit or deposit of cash shall be held by the Agent,  for the ratable
benefit of the Lenders,  as security for, and to provide for the payment of, the
aggregate undrawn amount of such Letters of Credit remaining outstanding.

        8.05  Certain  Financial  Covenant  Defaults.  In the event that,  after
taking into account any extraordinary charge to earnings taken or to be taken as
of the end of any fiscal period of the Borrower (a  "Charge"),  and if solely by
virtue of such  Charge,  there would exist an Event of Default due to the breach
of any of Sections 7.16,  7.17, or 7.18 as of such fiscal period end date,  such
Event of Default shall be deemed to arise upon the earlier of (a) the date after
such fiscal  period end date on which the  Borrower  announces  publicly it will
take, is taking or has taken such Charge  (including an announcement in the form
of a statement in a report filed with the SEC) or, if such  announcement is made
prior to such fiscal  period end date,  the date that is such fiscal  period end
date; and (b) the date the Borrower  delivers to the Agent its audited annual or
unaudited  quarterly  financial  statements  in  respect of such  fiscal  period
reflecting such Charge as taken.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    THE AGENT

        9.01  Appointment  and  Authorization;   "Agent".   Each  Lender  hereby
irrevocably  (subject to Section 9.09)  appoints,  designates and authorizes the
Agent to take such action on its behalf under the  provisions of this  Agreement
and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties
as are  expressly  delegated  to it by the terms of this  Agreement or any other
Loan Document,  together with such powers as are reasonably  incidental thereto.
Notwithstanding  any  provision  to the  contrary  contained  elsewhere  in this
Agreement or in any other Loan Document,  the Agent shall not have any duties or
responsibilities,  except those expressly set forth herein,  nor shall the Agent
have or be deemed to have any  fiduciary  relationship  with any Lender,  and no
implied  covenants,   functions,   responsibilities,   duties,   obligations  or
liabilities  shall be read into this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document  or
otherwise  exist  against the Agent.  Without  limiting  the  generality  of the
foregoing sentence, the use of the term "agent" in this Agreement with reference
to the Agent is not  intended  to connote  any  fiduciary  or other  implied (or
express)  obligations  arising  under  agency  doctrine of any  applicable  law.
Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of




                                       96

<PAGE>



market  custom,  and is  intended  to create or reflect  only an  administrative
relationship between independent contracting parties.

        9.02 Delegation of Duties. The Agent may execute any of its duties under
this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document by or through  agents,  employees or
attorneys-in-fact  and shall be  entitled  to advice of counsel  concerning  all
matters  pertaining to such duties.  The Agent shall not be responsible  for the
negligence or misconduct of any agent or  attorney-in-fact  that it selects with
reasonable care.

        9.03 Liability of Agent. None of the Agent-Related  Persons shall (i) be
liable  for any  action  taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in
connection  with this  Agreement or any other Loan Document or the  transactions
contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct),
or (ii) be  responsible  in any manner to any of the  Lenders  for any  recital,
statement,  representation or warranty made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or
Affiliate of the Borrower,  or any officer thereof,  contained in this Agreement
or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other
document  referred to or  provided  for in, or received by the Agent under or in
connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document,  or for the value of
or  title  to any  Collateral,  or  the  validity,  effectiveness,  genuineness,
enforceability  or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document,  or
for any  failure of the  Borrower  or any other  party to any Loan  Document  to
perform its obligations  hereunder or thereunder.  No Agent-Related Person shall
be under any  obligation  to any  Lender to  ascertain  or to  inquire as to the
observance or performance  of any of the agreements  contained in, or conditions
of, this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document,  or to inspect the  properties,
books or  records  of the  Borrower  or any of the  Borrower's  Subsidiaries  or
Affiliates.

        9.04  Reliance by Agent.  (a) The Agent  shall be entitled to rely,  and
shall be fully  protected  in relying,  upon any  writing,  resolution,  notice,
consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone
message,  statement  or other  document  or  conversation  believed  by it to be
genuine and correct and to have been signed,  sent or made by the proper  Person
or Persons,  and upon advice and statements of legal counsel  (including counsel
to the  Borrower),  independent  accountants  and other experts  selected by the
Agent.  The Agent  shall be fully  justified  in failing or refusing to take any
action  under this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document  unless it shall first
receive  such  advice  or  concurrence  of  the  Majority  Lenders  as it  deems
appropriate  and,  if it so  requests,  it  shall  first be  indemnified  to its
satisfaction  by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may
be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The
Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in




                                       97

<PAGE>



refraining  from  acting,  under this  Agreement  or any other Loan  Document in
accordance  with a request or consent of the  Majority  Lenders and such request
and any action  taken or failure to act pursuant  thereto  shall be binding upon
all of the Lenders.

                (b) For purposes of determining  compliance  with the conditions
specified in Section 4.01, each Lender that has executed this Agreement shall be
deemed to have consented to,  approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each
document or other matter either (i) if it is in  substantially  the form sent by
the Agent to such Lender for consent, approval,  acceptance or satisfaction,  or
(ii) required to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to
such Lender on the Closing  Date,  to the extent not so delivered to such Lender
but available at Closing.

        9.05 Notice of Default.  The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge
or notice of the  occurrence  of any  Default or Event of  Default,  except with
respect to defaults in the payment of  principal,  interest and fees required to
be paid to the Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Agent shall have
received  written  notice  from a  Lender  or the  Borrower  referring  to  this
Agreement,  describing  such  Default or Event of Default and stating  that such
notice is a "notice  of  default".  The Agent  will  notify  the  Lenders of its
receipt of any such  notice.  The Agent shall take such  action with  respect to
such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Majority  Lenders in
accordance with Article VIII; provided, however, that unless and until the Agent
has received  any such  request,  the Agent may (but shall not be obligated  to)
take such  action,  or refrain  from taking such  action,  with  respect to such
Default or Event of Default as it shall deem  advisable or in the best  interest
of the Lenders.

        9.06  Credit  Decision.  Each  Lender  acknowledges  that  none  of  the
Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no
act by the Agent hereinafter  taken,  including any review of the affairs of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries,  shall be deemed to constitute any representation
or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender. Each Lender represents to
the Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related
Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate,
made  its own  appraisal  of and  investigation  into the  business,  prospects,
operations,  property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the value of and title to any Collateral, and all
applicable  bank  regulatory  laws  relating  to the  transactions  contemplated
hereby, and has made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend
credit to the Borrower and its  Borrowing  Subsidiaries  hereunder.  Each Lender
also  represents  that it will,  independently  and  without  reliance  upon any
Agent-Related  Person and based on such  documents and  information  as it shall
deem appropriate at the time, continue to




                                       98

<PAGE>



make its own credit  analysis,  appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking
action  under  this  Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents,  and to make such
investigations  as it deems  necessary  to  inform  itself  as to the  business,
prospects,   operations,   property,   financial   and   other   condition   and
creditworthiness  of  the  Borrower.  Except  for  notices,  reports  and  other
documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Agent,
the Agent shall not have any duty or  responsibility  to provide any Lender with
any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects,  operations,
property,  financial  and other  condition or  creditworthiness  of the Borrower
which may come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related Persons.

        9.07   Indemnification  of  Agent.   Whether  or  not  the  transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the
Agent-Related  Persons  (to the  extent  not  reimbursed  by or on behalf of the
Borrower  and without  limiting  the  obligation  of the Borrower to do so), pro
rata, from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities;  provided,  however,
that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to the  Agent-Related  Persons of
any portion of such Indemnified  Liabilities resulting solely from such Person's
gross  negligence or willful  misconduct.  Without  limitation of the foregoing,
each Lender shall  reimburse  the Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any
costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation,  Attorney Costs)
incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation,  execution,  delivery,
administration,   modification,   amendment  or  enforcement   (whether  through
negotiations,  legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of
rights or responsibilities  under, this Agreement,  any other Loan Document,  or
any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Agent
is not  reimbursed  for such  expenses  by or on  behalf  of the  Borrower.  The
undertaking  in this  Section  shall  survive  the  payment  of all  Obligations
hereunder and the resignation or replacement of the Agent.

        9.08 Agent in  Individual  Capacity.  BofA and its  Affiliates  may make
loans to,  issue  letters of credit for the account of,  accept  deposits  from,
acquire equity  interests in, engage in Swap  Contracts and generally  engage in
any kind of banking,  trust, financial advisory,  underwriting or other business
with the Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates as though BofA were not
the Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders
acknowledge  that,  pursuant  to such  activities,  BofA or its  Affiliates  may
receive  information   regarding  the  Borrower  or  its  Affiliates  (including
information that may be subject to  confidentiality  obligations in favor of the
Borrower or such  Subsidiary) and  acknowledge  that the Agent shall be under no
obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans,  BofA
shall have the same rights and powers  under this  Agreement as any other Lender
and may exercise




                                       99

<PAGE>



the same as though it were not the Agent,  and the terms  "Lender" and "Lenders"
include BofA in its individual capacity.

        9.09 Successor  Agent. The Agent may, and at the request of the Majority
Lenders shall, resign as Agent upon 30 days' notice to the Lenders. If the Agent
resigns under this Agreement,  the Majority Lenders shall appoint from among the
Lenders a  successor  agent  for the  Lenders  which  successor  agent  shall be
approved  by the  Borrower.  If no  successor  agent is  appointed  prior to the
effective  date of the  resignation of the Agent,  the Agent may appoint,  after
consulting  with the Lenders and the Borrower,  a successor agent from among the
Lenders.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor  agent  hereunder,
such successor  agent shall succeed to all the rights,  powers and duties of the
retiring  Agent,  and the term "Agent" shall mean such  successor  agent and the
retiring  Agent's  appointment,  powers and duties as Agent shall be terminated.
After any retiring  Agent's  resignation  hereunder as Agent,  the provisions of
this  Article IX and  Sections  10.04 and 10.05 shall inure to its benefit as to
any  actions  taken or omitted  to be taken by it while it was Agent  under this
Agreement.  If no successor agent has accepted  appointment as Agent by the date
which is 30 days  following  a  retiring  Agent's  notice  of  resignation,  the
retiring Agent's  resignation shall nevertheless  thereupon become effective and
the Lenders  shall perform all of the duties of the Agent  hereunder  until such
time, if any, as the Majority  Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for
above.

        9.10  Withholding Tax.  (a)  If any Lender is a "foreign
corporation, partnership or trust" within the meaning of the Code
and such Lender claims exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S.
withholding tax under Sections 1441 or 1442 of the Code, such
Lender agrees with and in favor of the Agent, to deliver to the
Agent:

                                (i)  if such Lender claims an exemption from, or
        a  reduction  of,  withholding  tax under a United  States  tax  treaty,
        properly  completed  IRS Forms 1001 and W-8  before  the  payment of any
        interest  in the first  calendar  year and  before  the  payment  of any
        interest in each third  succeeding  calendar year during which  interest
        may be paid under this Agreement;

                               (ii)  if such Lender claims that interest paid
        under this  Agreement  is exempt  from  United  States  withholding  tax
        because  it is  effectively  connected  with a  United  States  trade or
        business of such Lender,  two properly  completed and executed copies of
        IRS Form 4224  before the  payment of any  interest  is due in the first
        taxable year of such Lender and in each succeeding  taxable year of such
        Lender during which interest may be paid under this  Agreement,  and two
        copies of IRS Form W-9; and





                                       100

<PAGE>



                         (iii) such other form or forms as may be required under
        the Code or other laws of the United  States as a condition to exemption
        from, or reduction of, United States withholding tax.

                Such Lender agrees to promptly notify the Agent of any change in
circumstances  which would  modify or render  invalid any claimed  exemption  or
reduction.

                (b) If any  Lender  claims  exemption  from,  or  reduction  of,
withholding  tax under a United States tax treaty by providing IRS Form 1001 and
such Lender sells,  assigns,  grants a participation in, or otherwise  transfers
all or part of the  Obligations  of the  Borrower  to such  Lender,  such Lender
agrees to notify the Agent of the percentage amount in which it is no longer the
beneficial owner of Obligations of the Borrower to such Lender. To the extent of
such percentage  amount,  the Agent will treat such Lender's IRS Form 1001 as no
longer valid.

                (c)  If  any  Lender  claiming   exemption  from  United  States
withholding tax by filing IRS Form 4224 with the Agent sells, assigns,  grants a
participation  in, or otherwise  transfers all or part of the Obligations of the
Borrower to such Lender, such Lender agrees to undertake sole responsibility for
complying with the  withholding  tax  requirements  imposed by Sections 1441 and
1442 of the Code.

                (d) If any Lender is entitled to a reduction  in the  applicable
withholding tax, the Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender
an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after taking into account
such reduction.  If the forms or other documentation  required by subsection (a)
of this Section are not delivered to the Agent, then the Agent may withhold from
any  interest  payment  to  such  Lender  not  providing  such  forms  or  other
documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax.

                (e) If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United
States or other  jurisdiction  asserts a claim  that the Agent did not  properly
withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender  (because the
appropriate form was not delivered,  was not properly executed,  or because such
Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in  circumstances  which  rendered
the exemption  from, or reduction of,  withholding tax  ineffective,  or for any
other reason) such Lender shall  indemnify the Agent fully for all amounts paid,
directly or indirectly,  by the Agent as tax or otherwise,  including  penalties
and interest, and including any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts
payable to the Agent under this  Section,  together  with all costs and expenses
(including  Attorney Costs). The obligation of the Lenders under this subsection
shall survive the payment of all  Obligations and the resignation or replacement
of the Agent.




                                       101

<PAGE>



        9.11  Collateral  Matters.  (a) The Agent is authorized on behalf of all
the Lenders,  without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the
Lenders,  from time to time to take any action with respect to any Collateral or
the  Collateral  Documents  which  may be  necessary  to  perfect  and  maintain
perfected  the  security  interest  in and  Liens  upon the  Collateral  granted
pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

                (b) The Lenders  irrevocably  authorize the Agent, at its option
and in its  discretion,  to release any Lien granted to or held by the Agent (on
behalf of the Lenders or otherwise) upon any Collateral (i) upon  termination of
the Commitments and payment in full of all Loans and all other Obligations known
to the Agent and payable under this Agreement or any other Loan  Document;  (ii)
constituting  property  sold  or to be  sold  or  disposed  of as  part of or in
connection with any disposition permitted hereunder; (iii) constituting property
in which the Borrower or any  Subsidiary  owned no interest at the time the Lien
was granted or at any time thereafter;  (iv) constituting property leased to the
Borrower or any Subsidiary under a lease which has expired or been terminated in
a transaction permitted under this Agreement or is about to expire and which has
not been, and is not intended by the Borrower or such  Subsidiary to be, renewed
or extended;  (v) consisting of an instrument  evidencing  Indebtedness or other
debt instrument, if the indebtedness evidenced thereby has been paid in full; or
(vi) if approved,  authorized or ratified in writing by the Majority  Lenders or
all the  Lenders,  as the case may be, as  provided  in Section  10.01(f).  Upon
request by the Agent at any time,  the  Lenders  will  confirm  in  writing  the
Agent's authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to
this Section  9.11(b),  provided that the absence of any such  confirmation  for
whatever reason shall not affect the Agent's rights under this Section 9.11.

                (c) Each Lender  agrees  with and in favor of each other  (which
agreement shall not be for the benefit of the Borrower or any  Subsidiary)  that
the Borrower's obligation to such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents is not and shall not be secured by any real property collateral now or
hereafter  acquired by such Lender other than the real property described in the
Mortgages.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

        10.01 Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of
this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document,  and no consent with respect to any
departure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary therefrom, shall be effective unless
the same shall be in writing and signed by the Majority Lenders (or by the Agent
at the written request of the Majority Lenders) and the Borrower and




                                                        102

<PAGE>



acknowledged  by the  Agent,  and then  any  such  waiver  or  consent  shall be
effective only in the specific  instance and for the specific  purpose for which
given;  provided,  however,  that no such waiver,  amendment,  or consent shall,
unless  in  writing  and  signed  by  all  the  Lenders  and  the  Borrower  and
acknowledged by the Agent, do any of the following:

                (a)      increase or extend the Commitment of any Lender (or
reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 8.02);

                (b)  postpone or delay any date fixed by this  Agreement  or any
other Loan  Document  for any  payment or  mandatory  prepayment  of  principal,
interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or
under any other Loan Document;

                (c) reduce the principal  of, or the rate of interest  specified
herein on any Loan,  or (subject to clause (ii) below) any fees or other amounts
payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

                (d)      change the percentage of the Commitments or of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans which is required
for the Lenders or any of them to take any action hereunder; or

                (e)      amend this Section, or Section 2.14, or any
provision herein providing for consent or other action by all
Lenders; or

                (f)  discharge  any  Guarantor,  or release  any  portion of the
Collateral  except as otherwise  may be provided in the  Collateral  Document or
this  Agreement  or except  where the consent of the  Majority  Lenders  only is
specifically provided for;

and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in
writing and signed by the Agent in addition to the  Majority  Lenders or all the
Lenders, as the case may be, affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, and (ii) the Fee Letter may be amended, or
rights or privileges  thereunder waived, in a writing executed by the respective
parties thereto.

        10.02 Notices. (a) All notices, requests,  consents,  approvals, waivers
and other communications shall be in writing and mailed, faxed or delivered,  to
the  address  or  facsimile  number  specified  for  notices on  Schedule  10.02
(including,  unless the  context  expressly  otherwise  provides,  by  facsimile
transmission,  provided that any matter transmitted by the Borrower by facsimile
(i) shall be  immediately  confirmed by a telephone call to the recipient at the
number  specified  on Schedule  10.02,  and (ii) shall be  followed  promptly by
delivery of a hard copy  original  thereof)  or, if directed to the Borrower (at
the address set forth below), or, in the case of any Person




                                       103

<PAGE>



to such other address as shall be designated by such Person in a written  notice
to the other parties,  and as directed to any other party, at such other address
as shall be designated by such party in a written notice in compliance with this
Section 10.02.

Notices to the Borrower should be addressed as follows:

        MotivePower Industries, Inc.
        200 Reedsdale Street
        Pittsburgh, PA  15233
        Attention:  General Counsel and Treasurer
        Telecopy No.: (412) 237-2269

with a copy to:

        Doepken Keevican & Weiss
        Professional Corporation
        37th Floor, USX Tower
        600 Grant Street
        Pittsburgh, PA  15219
        Attention:  James F. Bauerle
        Telecopy No.:  (412) 355-2609

                (b) All such notices,  requests and  communications  shall, when
transmitted  by overnight  delivery,  or faxed,  be effective when delivered for
overnight  (next-day)  delivery,  or  transmitted  in legible  form by facsimile
machine,  respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date
deposited  into the U.S.  mail,  or if  delivered,  upon  delivery;  except that
notices  pursuant  to Article  II or IX shall not be  effective  until  actually
received by the Agent.

                (c) Any agreement of the Agent and the Lenders herein to receive
certain  notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the  convenience and at
the request of the Borrower. The Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely
on the  authority  of any Person  purporting  to be a Person  authorized  by the
Borrower to give such  notice and the Agent and the  Lenders  shall not have any
liability  to the Borrower or other Person on account of any action taken or not
taken by the Agent or the Lenders in reliance upon such  telephonic or facsimile
notice.  The obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans and other obligations
hereunder  shall not be  affected  in any way or to any extent by any failure by
the Agent and the Lenders to receive  written  confirmation of any telephonic or
facsimile  notice or the receipt by the Agent and the Lenders of a  confirmation
which is at variance  with the terms  understood by the Agent and the Lenders to
be contained in the telephonic or facsimile notice.

        10.03  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.  No failure to
exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Agent or
any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder,
shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or




                                       104

<PAGE>



partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any
other or further  exercise  thereof or the exercise of any other right,  remedy,
power or privilege.

        10.04  Costs and Expenses.  The Borrower shall:

                (a)  whether  or not the  transactions  contemplated  hereby are
consummated,  pay or reimburse BofA  (including in its capacity as Agent) within
five Business Days after demand  (subject to Section  4.01(e)) for all costs and
expenses  incurred by BofA  (including  in its capacity as Agent) in  connection
with the development,  preparation,  delivery,  syndication,  administration and
execution of, and any amendment,  supplement, waiver or modification to (in each
case,  whether or not  consummated),  this Agreement,  any Loan Document and any
other  documents  prepared  in  connection   herewith  or  therewith,   and  the
consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby,  including
reasonable  Attorney Costs incurred by BofA (including in its capacity as Agent)
with respect thereto; and

                (b) pay or  reimburse  the Agent,  the  Arranger and each Lender
within five  Business  Days after  demand  (subject to Section  4.01(e)) for all
costs and expenses (including,  without limitation,  Attorney Costs) incurred by
them in connection with the enforcement,  attempted enforcement, or preservation
of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document during
the  existence  of an  Event  of  Default  or after  acceleration  of the  Loans
(including  in  connection  with any  "workout" or  restructuring  regarding the
Loans, and including in any Insolvency Proceeding or appellate proceeding); and

                (c) pay or reimburse  BofA  (including in its capacity as Agent)
within five  Business  Days after  demand  (subject to Section  4.01(e)) for all
appraisal (including the allocated cost of internal appraisal services),  audit,
environmental  inspection  and  review  (including  the  allocated  cost of such
internal  services),  search and filing costs,  fees and  expenses,  incurred or
sustained by BofA  (including in its capacity as Agent) in  connection  with the
matters referred to under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.

        10.05  Borrower  Indemnification.  (a)  Whether or not the  transactions
contemplated  hereby are consummated,  the Borrower shall indemnify,  defend and
hold the  Agent-Related  Persons,  and each  Lender  and each of its  respective
officers, directors,  employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (each, an
"Indemnified  Person")  harmless  from  and  against  any and  all  liabilities,
obligations,  losses,  damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits, costs,
charges,  expenses and disbursements  (including,  without limitation,  Attorney
Costs) of any kind or nature  whatsoever which may at any time (including at any
time  following  repayment of the Loans and  termination  of all Specified  Swap
Contracts and the termination, resignation or replacement of




                                       105

<PAGE>



the Agent or replacement  of any Lender) be imposed on,  incurred by or asserted
against any such Person in any way relating to or arising out of this  Agreement
or any  document  contemplated  by or  referred to herein,  or the  transactions
contemplated  hereby, or any action taken or omitted by any such Person under or
in  connection  with  any  of  the  foregoing,  including  with  respect  to any
investigation,  litigation or proceeding (including any Insolvency Proceeding or
appellate  proceeding)  related  to or  arising  out of  this  Agreement  or any
Specified  Swap  Contracts  or the  Loans  or the use of the  proceeds  thereof,
whether or not any  Indemnified  Person is a party  thereto (all the  foregoing,
collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities");  provided, that the Borrower shall
have  no  obligation  hereunder  to  any  Indemnified  Person  with  respect  to
Indemnified  Liabilities  resulting  solely from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct  of such  Indemnified  Person.  The  agreements in this Section shall
survive payment of all other Obligations.

                (b) (i) The Borrower shall  indemnify,  defend and hold harmless
        each  Indemnified  Person,  from and  against  any and all  liabilities,
        obligations,  losses, damages,  penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits,
        costs,   charges,   expenses  or   disbursements   (including,   without
        limitation,   Attorney   Costs  and  the  allocated   cost  of  internal
        environmental  audit or review  services),  which may be  incurred by or
        asserted against such  Indemnified  Person in connection with or arising
        out  of  any  pending  or   threatened   investigation,   litigation  or
        proceeding,  or any  action  taken by any  Person,  with  respect to any
        Environmental  Claim arising out of or related to any property,  whether
        or not  subject to a Mortgage  in favor of the Agent or any  Lender,  or
        arising out of or related to any  operations of the Borrower.  No action
        taken by legal  counsel  chosen by the Agent or any Lender in  defending
        against any such  investigation,  litigation  or proceeding or requested
        remedial,  removal or response action shall vitiate or in any way impair
        the  Borrower's  obligation  and duty  hereunder to  indemnify  and hold
        harmless the Agent and each Lender.

                         (ii) In no event shall any site visit, observation,  or
        testing by the Agent or any Lender  (or any  contractee  of the Agent or
        any  Lender)  be deemed a  representation  or  warranty  that  Hazardous
        Materials  are or are not  present in, on, or under,  the site,  or that
        there  has been or  shall be  compliance  with  any  Environmental  Law.
        Neither  the  Borrower  nor any other  Person is entitled to rely on any
        site visit, observation,  or testing by the Agent or any Lender. Neither
        the Agent nor any Lender owes any duty of care to protect  the  Borrower
        or any other  Person  against,  or to inform the  Borrower  or any other
        party  of,  any  Hazardous  Materials  or any  other  adverse  condition
        affecting  any site or  property.  The  Agent or any  Lender  may in its
        discretion  disclose to the  Borrower or any other  Person any report or
        findings made as a result of, or in connection with, any site visit,




                                       106

<PAGE>



        observation,  or  testing  by the  Agent  or any  Lender.  The  Borrower
        understands  and agrees that the Agent and the Lenders  make no warranty
        or  representation  to the  Borrower or any other Person  regarding  the
        truth,  accuracy or completeness of any such report or findings that may
        be  disclosed.  The Borrower  also  understands  that,  depending on the
        results of any site  visit,  observation  or testing by the Agent or any
        Lender and  disclosed  to the  Borrower,  the  Borrower may have a legal
        obligation to notify one or more environmental  agencies of the results,
        that  such  reporting  requirements  are  site-specific,  and  are to be
        evaluated by the Borrower without advice or assistance from the Agent or
        any Lender.

                (c) The obligations in this Section shall survive payment of all
other Obligations. At the election of any Indemnified Person, the Borrower shall
defend  such  Indemnified  Person  using  legal  counsel  satisfactory  to  such
Indemnified  Person  in such  Person's  sole  discretion,  at the sole  cost and
expense of the  Borrower.  All amounts  owing under this  Section  shall be paid
within 30 days after demand.

        10.06 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside. Neither the Agent nor the Lenders
shall be under any obligation to marshall any assets in favor of the Borrower or
any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the  Obligations.  To
the extent that the Borrower makes a payment to the Agent or the Lenders, or the
Agent or the Lenders  exercise  their right of set-off,  and such payment or the
proceeds  of such  set-off or any part  thereof  are  subsequently  invalidated,
declared to be  fraudulent  or  preferential,  set aside or required  (including
pursuant  to any  settlement  entered  into by the  Agent or such  Lender in its
discretion)  to be  repaid  to a  trustee,  receiver  or  any  other  party,  in
connection with any Insolvency  Proceeding or otherwise,  then (a) to the extent
of such  recovery  the  obligation  or part  thereof  originally  intended to be
satisfied  shall be revived  and  continued  in full force and effect as if such
payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred,  and (b) each Lender
severally  agrees  to pay to the Agent  upon  demand  its pro rata  share of any
amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agent.

        10.07 Successors and Assigns.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns,  except that the Borrower may not assign or transfer any
of its rights or  obligations  under this  Agreement  without the prior  written
consent of the Agent and each Lender.

        10.08  Assignments,  Participations,  etc. (a) Any Lender may,  with the
written  consent of the Borrower at all times other than during the existence of
a Default or an Event of Default,  and the written  consent of the Agent,  which
consents of the Borrower and the Agent shall not be  unreasonably  withheld,  at
any time assign




                                       107

<PAGE>



and delegate to one or more Eligible Assignees (provided that no written consent
of the Borrower or the Agent shall be required in connection with any assignment
and delegation by a Lender to an Eligible  Assignee that is an Affiliate of such
Lender) (each an "Assignee")  all, or any ratable part of all, of the Loans, the
Commitments and the other rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder,  in a
minimum amount of $5,000,000;  provided,  however, that (i) the Borrower and the
Agent may  continue to deal solely and directly  with such Lender in  connection
with the  interest so assigned to an Assignee  until (A) written  notice of such
assignment,   together   with  payment   instructions,   addresses  and  related
information with respect to the Assignee,  shall have been given to the Borrower
and the Agent by such Lender and the Assignee;  (B) such Lender and its Assignee
shall have  delivered to the Borrower and the Agent an Assignment and Acceptance
in the form of Exhibit K  ("Assignment  and  Acceptance")  and (C) the  assignor
Lender or  Assignee  has paid to the  Agent a  processing  fee in the  amount of
$3,500, (ii) if the assignor Lender or any of its Affiliates is a Specified Swap
Provider  with respect to any  Specified  Swap  Contract,  such Lender shall not
assign  all of its  interest  in the Loans and the  Commitments  to an  Assignee
unless such Assignee,  or an Affiliate of such  Assignee,  shall also assume all
obligations  of such  assignor  Lender or  Affiliate  with  respect  to all such
Specified  Swap  Contracts,  and (iii) for  purposes  of  clarification,  if the
Borrower  is  entitled  to consent to any  assignment,  it shall be deemed to be
reasonable for the Borrower to withhold such consent if the proposed assignee is
a Person primarily  engaged in, a parent  corporation or Subsidiary of, or under
common control with a Person  primarily  engaged in the  manufacture of railroad
locomotives.

                (b) From and after the date that the Agent notifies the assignor
Lender  that it has  received  (and  provided  its consent  with  respect to) an
executed   Assignment  and  Acceptance  and  payment  of  the   above-referenced
processing fee (i) the Assignee  thereunder  shall be a party hereto and, to the
extent that rights and  obligations  hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant
to such  Assignment and  Acceptance,  shall have the rights and obligations of a
Lender under the Loan  Documents,  and (ii) the assignor  Lender  shall,  to the
extent that rights and obligations  hereunder and under the other Loan Documents
have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance,  relinquish
its rights and be released from its obligations under the Loan Documents.

                (c) Immediately  upon each Assignee's  making its processing fee
payment under the Assignment and  Acceptance,  this Agreement shall be deemed to
be amended to the  extent,  but only to the  extent,  necessary  to reflect  the
addition of the Assignee and the resulting adjustment of the Commitments arising
therefrom.   The  Commitment  allocated  to  each  Assignee  shall  reduce  such
Commitments of the assigning Lender pro tanto.





                                       108

<PAGE>



                (d) Any  Lender  may at any time sell to one or more  commercial
banks  or  other  Persons  not  Affiliates  of the  Borrower  (a  "Participant")
participating  interests  in any Loans,  the  Commitment  of that Lender and the
other interests of that Lender (the  "originating  Lender")  hereunder and under
the other Loan Documents;  provided,  however, that (i) the originating Lender's
obligations  under this Agreement shall remain  unchanged,  (ii) the originating
Lender shall remain solely  responsible for the performance of such obligations,
(iii) the Borrower and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with
the originating  Lender in connection  with the originating  Lender's rights and
obligations  under  this  Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents,  and (iv) no
Lender  shall  transfer  or grant any  participating  interest  under  which the
Participant  has rights to approve  any  amendment  to, or any consent or waiver
with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent
such amendment, consent or waiver would require unanimous consent of the Lenders
as  described  in the first  proviso to Section  10.01.  In the case of any such
participation,  the  Participant  shall be  entitled  to the benefit of Sections
3.01, 3.03 and 10.05 as though it were also a Lender  hereunder,  and if amounts
outstanding under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared
or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default,
each Participant  shall be deemed to have the right of set-off in respect of its
participating  interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent
as if the amount of its  participating  interest were owing  directly to it as a
Lender under this Agreement.

                (e) Notwithstanding  any other provision in this Agreement,  any
Lender may at any time  create a  security  interest  in, or pledge,  all or any
portion of its  rights  under and  interest  in this  Agreement  in favor of any
Federal  Reserve  Lender  in  accordance  with  Regulation  A of the FRB or U.S.
Treasury  Regulation 31 C.F.R.  ss.203.14,  and such Federal  Reserve Lender may
enforce  such  pledge  or  security  interest  in  any  manner  permitted  under
applicable law.

        10.09  Confidentiality.  Each  Lender  agrees  to take and to cause  its
Affiliates to take normal and  reasonable  precautions  and exercise due care to
maintain the confidentiality of all information  identified as "confidential" or
"secret" by the Borrower  and provided to it by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary,
or by the Agent on such Borrower's or Subsidiary's  behalf, under this Agreement
or any other Loan Document,  and neither it nor any of its Affiliates  shall use
any such  information  other than in connection  with or in  enforcement of this
Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in connection  with any other business
now or hereafter  existing or contemplated  with the Borrower or any Subsidiary;
except to the extent such information (i) was or becomes generally  available to
the public other than as a result of  disclosure  by the Lender,  or (ii) was or
becomes  available  on a  non-confidential  basis  from a source  other than the
Borrower,




                                       109

<PAGE>



provided that such source is not bound by a  confidentiality  agreement with the
Borrower known to the Lender;  provided,  however,  that any Lender may disclose
such  information  (A) at the  request or  pursuant  to any  requirement  of any
Governmental  Authority to which the Lender is subject or in connection  with an
examination  of such Lender by any such  authority;  (B) pursuant to subpoena or
other  court  process;  (C)  when  required  to  do so in  accordance  with  the
provisions of any applicable  Requirement  of Law; (D) to the extent  reasonably
required in connection with any litigation or proceeding to which the Agent, any
Lender or their respective Affiliates may be party; (E) to the extent reasonably
required in  connection  with the exercise of any remedy  hereunder or under any
other  Loan  Document;  (F) to such  Lender's  independent  auditors  and  other
professional advisors; (G) to any Participant or Assignee,  actual or potential,
provided  that  such  Person   agrees  in  writing  to  keep  such   information
confidential to the same extent required of the Lenders hereunder; (H) as to any
Lender or its  Affiliate,  as expressly  permitted  under the terms of any other
document or  agreement  regarding  confidentiality  to which the Borrower or any
Subsidiary is party or is deemed party with such Lender or such  Affiliate;  and
(I) to its Affiliates.

        10.10  Set-off.  In addition  to any rights and  remedies of the Lenders
provided  by  law,  if an  Event  of  Default  exists  or the  Loans  have  been
accelerated,  each  Lender  is  authorized  at any time  and from  time to time,
without  prior  notice to the  Borrower,  any such  notice  being  waived by the
Borrower to the fullest  extent  permitted  by law, to set off and apply any and
all deposits (general or special,  time or demand,  provisional or final) at any
time held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender to or for
the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all Obligations  owing
to such Lender,  now or hereafter  existing,  irrespective of whether or not the
Agent or such Lender  shall have made demand  under this  Agreement  or any Loan
Document and although such  Obligations  may be  contingent  or unmatured.  Each
Lender  agrees  promptly  to notify the  Borrower  and the Agent  after any such
set-off and application made by such Lender; provided, however, that the failure
to  give  such  notice  shall  not  affect  the  validity  of such  set-off  and
application.

        10.11  Intentionally Omitted.

        10.12 Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc. Each Lender shall
notify the Agent in writing of any  changes in the  address to which  notices to
the Lender should be directed,  of addresses of any Lending  Office,  of payment
instructions  in respect of all payments to be made to it hereunder  and of such
other administrative information as the Agent shall reasonably request.

        10.13  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed,




                                       110

<PAGE>



shall be deemed an original,  and all of said counterparts  taken together shall
be deemed to constitute but one and the same instrument.

        10.14 Severability.  The illegality or unenforceability of any provision
of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in
any way  affect  or impair  the  legality  or  enforceability  of the  remaining
provisions of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder.

        10.15 No Third  Parties  Benefited.  This  Agreement is made and entered
into for the sole protection and legal benefit of the Borrower, the Lenders, the
Agent and the Agent-Related Persons, and their permitted successors and assigns,
and no other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal  beneficiary of, or have
any  direct  or  indirect  cause of  action or claim in  connection  with,  this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

        10.16  Governing Law and Jurisdiction.  (a)  THIS AGREEMENT
AND THE NOTES  SHALL BE GOVERNED  BY, AND  CONSTRUED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH,  THE
INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS;  PROVIDED  THAT THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS
SHALL RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

                (b)  ANY  LEGAL  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING  WITH  RESPECT  TO  THIS
AGREEMENT  OR ANY OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE
OF ILLINOIS OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE NORTHERN  DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS,  AND
BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT,  EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE AGENT AND
THE  LENDERS  CONSENTS,  FOR  ITSELF  AND IN  RESPECT  OF ITS  PROPERTY,  TO THE
NONEXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH OF THE BORROWER,  THE AGENT AND
THE LENDERS  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES ANY  OBJECTION,  INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE
LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE  GROUNDS OF FORUM NON  CONVENIENS,  WHICH IT MAY
NOW OR  HEREAFTER  HAVE TO THE  BRINGING  OF ANY  ACTION OR  PROCEEDING  IN SUCH
JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT  RELATED  HERETO.  THE
BORROWER,  THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS EACH WAIVE PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS,
COMPLAINT OR OTHER  PROCESS,  WHICH MAY BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS  PERMITTED BY
ILLINOIS LAW.

                (c)      Nothing contained in this Section shall override
any contrary provision contained in any Swap Contract.

        10.17 Waiver of Jury Trial. THE BORROWER, THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT EACH
WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION
BASED  UPON OR  ARISING  OUT OF OR  RELATED  TO THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENTS,  OR THE TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY ACTION,
PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST
ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY AGENT-RELATED  PERSON,  PARTICIPANT OR ASSIGNEE,  WHETHER
WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS,  TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE.  THE BORROWER,  THE
LENDERS AND THE AGENT EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE




                                       111

<PAGE>



TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL  WITHOUT A JURY.  WITHOUT  LIMITING  THE  FOREGOING,  THE
PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR  RESPECTIVE  RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED
BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION,  COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING
WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF
THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS OR ANY PROVISION  HEREOF OR THEREOF.
THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS,  RENEWALS,  SUPPLEMENTS OR
MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

        10.18 Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement,  together with the other Loan
Documents,  embodies the entire agreement and understanding  among the Borrower,
the  Lenders  and  the  Agent,  and  supersedes  all  prior  or  contemporaneous
agreements  and  understandings  (including,  without  limitation,  that certain
Commitment Letter dated December 30, 1996 among the Borrower, the Arranger, BofA
and Bank of America  Illinois) of such Persons,  verbal or written,  relating to
the subject  matter hereof and thereof  except as otherwise set forth in Section
1.04 and the Fee Letter.

                                      * * *






                                       112

<PAGE>



        IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly  executed  and  delivered  in Chicago by their  proper and duly  authorized
officers as of the day and year first above written.


                                        MOTIVEPOWER INDUSTRIES, INC., as
                                        Borrower


                                        By:

                                        Title:



                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                                        AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Agent
                                        and a Lender


                                        By:

                                        Title:



                                        ABN AMRO BANK, N.V., as a Lender


                                        By:

                                        Title:



                                        THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as a Lender


                                        By:

                                        Title:



                                        CORESTATES BANK, N.A., as a Lender


                                        By:

                                        Title:







                                       113

<PAGE>



                                        CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH, as
                                        a Lender


                                        By:

                                        Title:



                                        DG BANK DEUTSCHE GENOSSENSCHAFTS
                                        BANK, as a Lender


                                        By:

                                        Title:



                                        MELLON BANK, N.A., as a Lender


                                        By:

                                        Title:



                                        NATIONAL BANK OF CANADA, as a Lender


                                        By:

                                        Title:



                                        NATIONAL CITY BANK, as a Lender


                                        By:

                                        Title:



                                        PNC BANK, N.A., as a Lender


                                        By:

                                        Title:




                                       114

<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned have accepted and agreed
to this Agreement as of the date first above written.


                                          Motor Coils Manufacturing Company

                                          By:
                                          Title:


                                          Engine Systems Company, Inc.

                                          By:
                                          Title:


                                          Clark Industries Company

                                          By:
                                          Title:


                                          Power Parts Company

                                          By:
                                          Title:


                                          Touchstone Company

                                          By:
                                          Title:


                                          MotivePower Investments Limited

                                          By:
                                          Title:


                                          Boise Locomotive Company

                                          By:
                                          Title:


                                          MotivePower Foreign Sales Corporation

                                          By:
                                          Title:





                                       115

<PAGE>


                                                            SCHEDULE 2.01



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   COMMITMENTS
                               AND PRO RATA SHARES



                                                                                                                          Pro
                                                               Term                         Revolving                     Rata
Lender                               Commitment                Commitment                   Commitment                    Share
<S>                                  <C>                       <C>                          <C>                           <C>     
Bank of America NT                   $12,000,000               $ 3,199,999.97               $ 8,800,000.03                16.0003%
& SA

ABN AMRO Bank,                       $ 7,000,000               $ 1,866,666.67               $ 5,133,333.33                9.3333%
N.A.
The Bank of                          $ 7,000,000               $ 1,866,666.67               $ 5,133,333.33                9.3333%
New York

Corestates Bank,                     $ 7,000,000               $ 1,866,666.67               $ 5,133,333.33                9.3333%
N.A.

Credit Lyonnais                      $ 7,000,000               $ 1,866,666.67               $ 5,133,333.33                9.3333%
New York Branch

DG Bank Deutsche                     $ 7,000,000               $ 1,866,666.67               $ 5,133,333.33                9.3333%
Gennossenschafts
Bank

Mellon Bank, N.A.                    $ 7,000,000               $ 1,866,666.67               $ 5,133,333.33                9.3333%

National Bank of                     $ 7,000,000               $ 1,866,666.67               $ 5,133,333.33                9.3333%
Canada

National City Bank                   $ 7,000,000               $ 1,866,666.67               $ 5,133,333.33                9.3333%
of Pennsylvania

PNC Bank, N.A.                       $ 7,000,000               $ 1,866,666.67               $ 5,133.333.33                9.3333%
                                     -----------               --------------               --------------                -----

     TOTAL                           $75,000,000               $20,000,000.00               $55,000,000.00                100%


</TABLE>









                                       116

<PAGE>



                                                                  Exhibit 10.60

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


This Employment  Agreement (the "Agreement") is made as of July 1, 1996, between
MK RAIL CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation  ("Company"),  and MICHAEL A. WOLF
("Employee").

In consideration of the covenants and agreements herein  contained,  the parties
agree as follows:


1.       EMPLOYMENT TERM

         The Company  shall  employ  Employee as President  and Chief  Executive
         Officer of the Company and Employee hereby accepts such employment with
         the  Company,  from the date  hereof for a period of  twenty-four  (24)
         months.  After  the  first  calendar  month of  employment  under  this
         Agreement  and each  succeeding  calendar  month through June 30, 1999,
         this Agreement  will be extended by one month,  so that there remains a
         twenty-four  (24)  month  term at all  times  through  June  30,  1999.
         Thereafter,  this  Agreement  shall be for a term  expiring  on July 1,
         2001, unless sooner terminated in accordance with the terms hereof.


2.       DUTIES

         During  the term of this  Agreement,  Employee  shall  devote  his full
         business  time and  energies to the business and affairs of the Company
         and shall not accept other  employment or permit his personal  business
         interests to interfere with the  performance  of his duties  hereunder.
         Employee  agrees  to  use  his  reasonable  best  efforts,  skills  and
         abilities  to  promote  the  interests  of the  Company,  to  serve  as
         President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the  Company and to perform
         such duties consistent with this appointment as may be assigned to him,
         and shall be  supervised  by the  Chairman  of the  Company's  Board of
         Directors  ("Chairman")  and the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  (the
         "Board").  Employee  will be  nominated  to fill the vacant seat on the
         Board formerly held by Michael J. Farrell, formerly the Company's Chief
         Executive  Officer,  for the  remaining  term  thereof  (until the 1997
         annual meeting of stockholders). During the term of this Agreement, the
         Company will use all  reasonable  best efforts to support and recommend
         the Employee for the Board,  including placing his name on management's
         list of nominees for the Board in the Company's proxy  statements,  and
         if requested by the Chairman or the Board,  the Employee shall serve as
         a member  of the board of  directors  and as an  officer  of any of the
         Company's subsidiaries.




                                       -1-

<PAGE>



3.       COMPENSATION

         3.1      Salary

                  In  consideration  for  Employee's  services  hereunder,   the
                  Company will pay to Employee,  beginning  July 1, 1996, a base
                  salary at the  annual  gross rate of  $375,000,  which will be
                  paid in accordance with the Company's  normal payroll practice
                  in  arrears,  less  normal  payroll  deductions,  and less any
                  deferrals  under the terms of the Deferred  Compensation  Plan
                  for Michael A. Wolf (as described in Section 3.5 hereof).  The
                  Company's   Compensation  Committee  shall  review  Employee's
                  salary  periodically in accordance  with its customary  salary
                  review  practices  not  less  often  than it  conducts  salary
                  reviews of other executives of the Company. From time to time,
                  the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, award Employee
                  cost of living or merit increases, or other additional amounts
                  as the Compensation Committee determines, in its discretion.

         3.2      Lump Sum Signing Bonus

                  The Company  will also pay  Employee a single lump sum payment
                  of $100,000  upon  execution of this  Agreement.  However,  if
                  Employee voluntarily  terminates his employment before July 1,
                  1997,  Employee  agrees to repay to the  Company the amount of
                  $100,000 within thirty (30) days of the date of termination.

         3.3      Incentive Bonus Plan

                  The Company  intends to prepare  (with the  assistance  of the
                  Employee) a bonus plan for the  Company's  senior  management,
                  under which a bonus may be earned by Employee  with respect to
                  1997  and   subsequent   calendar   years.   The   performance
                  objectives,  criteria  and  formulae  that  will  be  used  to
                  determine  the amount of bonus  payable  for each year will be
                  determined by the Compensation  Committee of the Board as soon
                  as  administratively  practicable  after the  approval  of the
                  bonus plan.

         3.4      Restricted Stock and Stock Options

                  As  an  additional  material  inducement  for  the  Employee's
                  entering into this  Agreement and his  undertaking  to perform
                  the services  referred to herein,  the  Employee  will receive
                  upon his commencement of employment hereunder:

                  (a)   100,000  shares of common stock  restricted  as to their
                        ability  to  be  sold  (the  "Restricted   Stock"),  the
                        restrictions  to lapse at the close of  business on June
                        30, 2001, so long as the Employee is still in the employ
                        of the Company on that date, unless otherwise  expressly
                        provided  in this  Agreement.  On the date on which  the
                        restrictions   lapse  or  as  soon  as   thereafter   as
                        reasonably

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



                        practicable,  all  legends  will be  removed  and  fully
                        registered and freely  transferrable  stock certificates
                        for the shares for which the  restrictions  have  lapsed
                        shall  be  issued  to the  Employee.  The  grant  of the
                        Restricted Stock shall be made under the Company's Stock
                        Incentive Plan ("Stock Incentive Plan"), a copy of which
                        has been provided to the Employee.

                  (b)   Stock   appreciation   rights  ("SARs")   entitling  the
                        Employee  to the  appreciation  in the value of  400,000
                        shares of common  stock of the Company  from the May 13,
                        1996  to the  date  of  exercise.  Due  to  the  current
                        insufficiency   of  stock   available  under  the  Stock
                        Incentive  Plan,  SARs in respect of all 400,000  shares
                        shall be issued pursuant to a Stock  Appreciation  Right
                        Agreement  (the  "SAR  Agreement"),  a copy of  which is
                        attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  A. The  terms of the SARs
                        shall be governed  solely by the SAR Agreement  attached
                        hereto as  Exhibit A. The SAR  Agreement  is not part of
                        the Stock Incentive Plan, but provides,  in effect, that
                        an option  granted under the Stock  Incentive  Plan (the
                        "Plan  Option")  may be  partially  substituted  for the
                        SARs,  all  as  set  forth  in the  SAR  Agreement.  The
                        exercise price of the Plan Option,  if issued,  shall be
                        as set forth in paragraph 2(d) of the SAR Agreement, and
                        the terms thereof shall otherwise be as set forth in the
                        form of Stock  Option  Agreement  under Stock  Incentive
                        Plan  attached  as Exhibit 1 to the SAR  Agreement  (the
                        "Option Agreement").

                  (c)   The  Company  will  accurately,   correctly  and  timely
                        prepare and file or caused to be prepared  and filed all
                        reports required to be filed by the Employee pursuant to
                        Section 16 of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 and
                        amendments  thereto or similar  provisions  of any state
                        statutory or common law,  including  without  limitation
                        Forms  3,  4  and  5  required  to  be  filed  with  the
                        Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  The Employee will
                        cooperate  with the Company in assisting it in preparing
                        and filing the reports.

         3.5      Deferred Compensation Plan

                  Employee   is  entitled  to   participate   in  the   Deferred
                  Compensation  Plan for Michael A. Wolf and the Trust Agreement
                  related  thereto,  copies of which are  attached  as Exhibit B
                  hereto.

         3.6      Fringe Benefits

                  (a)   Employee shall,  during the term of this  Agreement,  be
                        entitled to  participate in all  perquisites  and health
                        and  welfare  benefits  consistent  with  the  Company's
                        policies for other executive personnel.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



                  (b)   In addition to any policies of life  insurance  obtained
                        on the life of Employee in accordance with the Company's
                        customary   policies  and   practices,   to  the  extent
                        commercially  available at standard  rates,  the Company
                        shall purchase a policy of one-year  renewable term life
                        insurance on the life of Employee, naming as beneficiary
                        or  beneficiaries  such  person  or  persons  as  may be
                        designated  by  Employee,  with a  death  benefit  of $1
                        million;  provided,  however,  that if the  cost of such
                        insurance  now or at any  time  during  the term of this
                        Agreement  exceeds  the cost of insuring a person of the
                        same age as  Employee  who is in  generally  good health
                        (the cost of  insuring  such a person is  referred to as
                        the "Standard Policy Cost"), the Company shall so advise
                        Employee,  who shall  have the  option of (i) paying the
                        premiums in excess of the Standard Policy Cost, in which
                        case the Company  shall  purchase a one- year  renewable
                        term life insurance  policy on the life of Employee with
                        a $1 million death benefit, or (ii) declining to pay the
                        premiums in excess of the Standard Policy Cost, in which
                        case the  Company  shall  purchase a one-year  renewable
                        term life insurance  policy on the life of Employee with
                        a death  benefit of such amount as can be purchased  for
                        the Standard  Policy Cost.  Any policy  purchased by the
                        Company  shall  provide  that  Employee  will be able to
                        continue the  coverage,  at  Employee's  sole option and
                        expense,  on termination  of his  employment  under this
                        Agreement with no additional physical  examination after
                        issuance  of such  policy  for a  period  of at least 12
                        years.

         3.7      Expenses

                  Employee shall, during the term of this Agreement, be entitled
                  to receive prompt  reimbursement  for all reasonable  expenses
                  incurred  by the  Employee  in the  performance  of his duties
                  hereunder in  accordance  with the policies and  procedures of
                  the Company in effect as of the date thereof.

                  In addition,  Employee's cost of relocating to the Pittsburgh,
                  Pennsylvania area will be reimbursed to him in accordance with
                  the Company's  relocation benefit policy, any exceptions to be
                  agreed upon in advance  with the  Chairman.  The Company  will
                  reimburse  the  Employee  for  reasonable   temporary   living
                  expenses incurred in the greater Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania area
                  for 30  days  following  the  commencement  of his  employment
                  hereunder.

4.       DISCHARGE FOR CAUSE

         4.1      The Company shall have the right to terminate  this  Agreement
                  and to discharge  Employee for cause at any time without prior
                  notice (except as provided below). Any termination notice sent
                  to Employee shall be accompanied by a written statement of the
                  reasons.

                                       -4-

<PAGE>



4.2   As used in this  Agreement,  the term "cause" shall mean and be limited to
      the following events:

                  (a)   Employee's  conviction  with  respect  to any  crime  or
                        offense   involving  money  or  other  property  of  the
                        Company, or of any other crime (whether or not involving
                        the   Company)   that   constitutes   a  felony  in  the
                        jurisdiction involved; or

                  (b)   A determination by a licensed physician that Employee is
                        a chronic alcoholic or a narcotics addict; or

                  (c)   Employee's (1) material and repeated  failure to perform
                        his  duties  in  accordance   with  Section  2  of  this
                        Agreement, (2) material and repeated breach of any other
                        provision of this Agreement,  or (3) material  violation
                        of specific  written  directions  of the Chairman or the
                        Board,  which directions are reasonably  consistent with
                        the provision of this Agreement; provided, however, that
                        no  discharge  shall be  deemed  for  cause  under  this
                        Section 4.2(c) unless Employee shall have first received
                        written  notice from the Chairman or the Board  advising
                        Employee of the specific  acts or  omissions  alleged to
                        constitute a failure to perform his duties, and Employee
                        has  thereafter  failed to correct the acts or omissions
                        so complained of within a reasonable time, not to exceed
                        30 days, thereafter.

         4.3      If  terminated  for cause as defined at  Sections  4.2(a)-(c),
                  Employee will not be entitled to receive any  compensation  or
                  benefits with respect to any period after the  effective  date
                  of such termination.


5.       OTHER TERMINATION

         5.1      In addition to a termination for cause as set forth in Section
                  4 of this Agreement,  this Agreement and Employee's employment
                  may be terminated as follows:

                  (a)   This  Agreement  and  the  Company's  obligation  to pay
                        salary   and   benefits    hereunder   shall   terminate
                        immediately  upon Employee's  death. In such event,  net
                        salary owed to Employee for work  performed  through the
                        date  of his  death  shall  be paid  by the  Company  to
                        Employee's  surviving  wife;  if Employee dies without a
                        wife surviving, said payment will be made by the Company
                        to Employee's  legal heirs in  accordance  with relevant
                        law. If Employee dies with a wife surviving,  any health
                        and dental insurance which was being provided to her per
                        Section  3.6 at the time of  Employee's  death  shall be
                        continued at the Company's cost for a period of one year
                        following the Employee's death.

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



                  (b)   If,   during  the  period  of   employment   under  this
                        Agreement,  Employee,  in  the  opinion  of a  certified
                        physician   acceptable  to  the  Company  and  Employee,
                        becomes mentally or physically disabled so that Employee
                        is  unable  to  perform  the   regular   duties  of  his
                        employment on a full-time basis,  Employee's salary will
                        thereupon cease, and he shall be entitled to participate
                        in  the  Company's  salary  continuation  and  long-term
                        disability  plans,  in  accordance  with their terms and
                        subject to their eligibility requirements.

                  (c)   By the Company, without cause, upon prior written notice
                        to Employee.

                  (d)   By Employee,  without cause,  upon written notice to the
                        Company.

        5.2             (a) If  terminated  by the Company  other than for cause
                        pursuant to Section 5.1(c) hereof,  Employee as his sole
                        remedy (in lieu of all other rights and remedies)  shall
                        receive,  at the  option  of  the  Company,  either  (i)
                        continuation of his salary for the period, if any, that,
                        absent such  termination,  would  otherwise be remaining
                        under the term of this Agreement,  at the rate in effect
                        immediately prior to such termination, or (ii) an amount
                        equal to the present  value of such salary  continuation
                        payments, payable within thirty (30) days following such
                        termination,  in each case subject to all normal payroll
                        deductions.  The present value shall be determined based
                        on the  prime  or  base  rate  of  BankAmerica  Business
                        Credit,  Inc. most recently announced as of the date the
                        computation is made, or if BankAmerica  Business Credit,
                        Inc.  ceases to  announce  such rate,  as most  recently
                        reported in The Wall  Street  Journal as of the date the
                        computation  is made.  If Employee  dies before all such
                        payments  are  made,  they will be made  instead  to his
                        surviving  wife, or if his wife does not survive him, to
                        his legal heirs in accordance with relevant law.

                  (b)   If Employee  dies, is terminated by disability  pursuant
                        to Section 5.1(b) hereof or is terminated by the Company
                        other than for cause  pursuant to Section 5.1(c) hereof,
                        Employee will retain any rights with respect to the SARs
                        and, if provided,  Plan Options, which have been awarded
                        to him  pursuant to this  Agreement,  and all shares not
                        previously  exercised will be exercisable as of the date
                        of  termination  to  the  extent  provided  in  the  SAR
                        Agreement and, if provided, in the Option Agreement.

                  (c)   If Employee  dies, is terminated by disability  pursuant
                        to Section 5.1(b) hereof or is terminated by the Company
                        other than for cause  pursuant to Section 5.1(c) hereof,
                        Employee  will be  immediately  vested  in the  grant of
                        100,000  shares of the Company's  common stock  provided
                        for in this Agreement.


                                       -6-

<PAGE>



                  (d)   If Employee is  terminated by the Company other than for
                        cause pursuant to Section  5.1(c)  hereof,  all employee
                        benefits plans provided to Employee under Section 3.6(b)
                        and  (c)  will  continue  for  twelve  months  or  until
                        Employee finds new employment (whichever is sooner).

                  .     (e)  If  Employee  dies,  is  terminated  by  disability
                        pursuant to Section  5.1(b)  hereof or is  terminated by
                        the  Company  other than for cause  pursuant  to Section
                        5.1(c)  hereof or if this  Agreement  expires by its own
                        terms on July 1, 2001,  Employee  and his spouse (or, in
                        the event of Employee's death,  either while employed or
                        after  termination,  his  surviving  spouse  alone)  may
                        continue to receive benefits under any group health care
                        insurance   plan,  at   Employee's   (or  his  surviving
                        spouse's)  expense,  to  the  extent  permitted  by  the
                        Consolidated  Omnibus Budget  Reconciliation Act of 1985
                        and,  thereafter,  for  so  long  as  Employee  (or  his
                        surviving  spouse) may desire and as may be permitted by
                        the Company's  health  insurance  provider.  The Company
                        will take reasonable  measures to cause such coverage to
                        be continued  for so long as Employee (or his  surviving
                        spouse) may desire,  provided that the Company shall not
                        be obligated to incur any costs  whatsoever  to continue
                        such coverage.

                  (f)   If Employee is  terminated by the Company other than for
                        cause  pursuant to Section  5.1(c)  hereof,  the Company
                        will pay  expenses  up to an  amount  equal  to  fifteen
                        percent (15%) of Employee's annual salary at the time of
                        such  termination,  reasonably  incurred by Employee for
                        legitimate  commercial  out placement  service  mutually
                        acceptable  to the parties.  Promptly upon being advised
                        of the name and address of any such  service as has been
                        selected by Employee, the Company will send that service
                        written    confirmation   of   the   foregoing   maximum
                        commitment.

                  (g)   If Employee is  terminated by the Company other than for
                        cause  pursuant  to  Section  5.1(c)  hereof,  he  shall
                        receive a lump sum payment as compensation for his costs
                        of  relocating  from  Pittsburgh  in an amount  equal to
                        $50,000  less  $10,000 for each full year of  employment
                        with the Company.

         5.3      Change of Control

      (a)   For purposes of this  Agreement,  the term "Change of Control" shall
            mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

                  (1)   The Company is merged,  consolidated or reorganized into
                        or with another  corporation  or other entity,  and as a
                        result of the merger,  consolidation  or  reorganization
                        less than a majority of the combined voting power of the
                        then-outstanding securities of the corporation

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



                        or entity  immediately  after the transaction is held in
                        the aggregate by the holders of Voting Stock immediately
                        prior to the transaction;


                  (2)   The  Company   sells  or  otherwise   transfers  all  or
                        substantially  all of its assets to another  corporation
                        or  other  entity  and,  as a  result  of  the  sale  or
                        transfer,  less than a majority of the  combined  voting
                        power of the  then-outstanding  securities  of the other
                        corporation  or  entity  immediately  after  the sale or
                        transfer  is held in the  aggregate  by the  holders  of
                        Voting Stock immediately prior to the sale or transfer;

                  (3)   There is a  report  filed on  Schedule  13D or  Schedule
                        14D-1 (or any successor schedule, form or report or item
                        therein),  each as promulgated  pursuant to the Exchange
                        Act, disclosing that any Person,  other than an Existing
                        Stockholder  or an MK Creditor  Stockholder,  has become
                        the beneficial owner (as the term "beneficial  owner" is
                        defined  under  Rule  13d-3  or any  successor  rule  or
                        regulation   promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act)  of
                        securities  representing  25% or  more  of the  combined
                        voting power of the Voting Stock;

                  (4)   If,   during  any  period  of  two   consecutive   years
                        commencing  on the date of this  Agreement,  individuals
                        who at the beginning of that period constitute the Board
                        of  Directors  of the  Company  cease for any  reason to
                        constitute  at  least   two-thirds   (2/3rds)   thereof;
                        provided,  however, that for purposes of this clause (4)
                        each  Director of the Company who is first  elected,  or
                        first   nominated   for   election   by  the   Company's
                        stockholders,  by a vote of at least a  majority  of the
                        Directors  of the Company (or a committee  of the Board)
                        then still in office who were  Directors  of the Company
                        at the  beginning of that period shall be deemed to have
                        been a Director of the Company at the  beginning of that
                        period; or

                  (5)   If Morrison  Knudsen  Corporation  becomes the direct or
                        indirect   beneficial   owner  of  Voting   Stock  which
                        constitutes  at least 75% of the voting  power of all of
                        the Voting Stock outstanding by reason of a tender offer
                        made  pursuant to Rule 13e-3 or 14d-1 of the rules under
                        the  Exchange  Act as to which the Board of Directors of
                        the  Company   has   recommended   that  the   Company's
                        stockholders accept.


                                       -8-

<PAGE>



                  (b)   For purposes of Section 5.3(a) the following terms shall
                        have the following meanings:

                        (1)   "Exchange Act" means the  Securities  Exchange Act
                              of 1934, as amended.

                        (2)   "Existing  Stockholder"  shall mean any Person who
                              is the beneficial  owner (as the term  "beneficial
                              owner"  is   defined   under  Rule  13d-3  or  any
                              successor rule or regulation promulgated under the
                              Exchange  Act) of securities  representing  25% or
                              more of the  combined  voting  power of the Voting
                              Stock as of the date hereof.

                        (3)   "MK  Creditor  Stockholder"  shall mean any Person
                              who  has  acquired   Voting   Stock   directly  or
                              indirectly  from Morrison  Knudsen  Corporation in
                              full or partial  satisfaction of any  indebtedness
                              or obligation of Morrison Knudsen Corporation owed
                              to such Person.


                        (4)   "Person"  means any  "person"  as used in  Section
                              13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act.

                        (5)   "Voting  Stock"  means stock of the Company of any
                              class or series  entitled to vote generally in the
                              election of Directors.

                  (c)   If such  Change of  Control  occurs and  Employee  fully
                        cooperates  and  assists  with such Change of Control as
                        reasonably requested by the Company, and:

                        (1)   If   after   such    Change   of    Control    the
                              purchaser/conveyee  does  not  hire  Employee  and
                              assume all obligations of this Agreement; or

                        (2)   Employee  is  terminated  other  than for cause as
                              defined at Sections 4.2(a)-(c), of this Agreement,
                              either  after such Change in Control  occurs or in
                              contemplation  of or within  ninety (90)  calendar
                              days  prior to the  occurrence  of such  Change in
                              Control,

                  then the  Company  shall  provide to  Employee  salary,  stock
                  options,   stock   grant,   deferred   compensation,   benefit
                  continuations, and benefits provided in Section 5.2.


6.       CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

      6.1   Beginning  on the date hereof and at all times  hereafter,  Employee
            shall treat as confidential any proprietary,  confidential or secret
            information. relating to the

                                       -9-

<PAGE>



                  business or interests of the  Company,  including  information
                  relating to its organizational structure, operations, business
                  plans, research data or results, inventions, customer lists or
                  other work  product,  whether  developed by or for the Company
                  and  whether  developed  on the  premises  of the  Company  or
                  elsewhere ("Confidential Information").  Beginning on the date
                  hereof and at any time hereafter,  Employee shall not, without
                  the prior written consent of the Company, disclose or make use
                  of in any  manner  or in any  form  Confidential  Information,
                  except  to  the  extent  necessary  to  perform  the  services
                  required of him under this Agreement.

                  Within,  a  reasonable  time  after  the  termination  of this
                  Agreement,  all Company  records,  information  documents  and
                  other  property of the Company in the  possession of Employee,
                  shall be returned by Employee to the Company.

         6.2      The  provisions  of  this  section  shall  not  apply  to  any
                  proprietary,  confidential or secret  information which is, at
                  the  commencement  of this  Agreement  or at some later  date,
                  known to the general public under  circumstances  involving no
                  breach of this  Agreement,  or is  lawfully  and in good faith
                  made   available  to  Employee   without   restriction  as  to
                  disclosure by a third party entitled to such information.

         6.3      In consideration  of the Company's  payments to Employee under
                  Section 5.1 or 5.2,  and his  employment  hereunder,  Employee
                  agrees that, for a period of two (2) years from termination of
                  employment, Employee will not:

                  (a)   Contact,  with a view  towards  selling  any  product or
                        service  competitive with any product or service sold by
                        the Company at the time of the termination of Employee's
                        employment  with the  Company  (or within the  preceding
                        three  years),  or sell any such  product or service to,
                        any person, firm, association or corporation

                        (1)   to which the  Company  sold any product or service
                              during  the 24 months  immediately  preceding  the
                              termination  of  Employee's  employment  with  the
                              Company; or

                        (2)   which Employee  solicited,  contacted or otherwise
                              dealt with on behalf of the Company  during the 24
                              months  immediately  preceding the  termination of
                              Employee's employment with the Company;

                  (b)   Make any such  contact or sale either for the benefit of
                        himself  or  for  the  benefit  of  any  person,   firm,
                        association or corporation;

                  (c)   In  any  manner,  directly  or  indirectly,  assist  any
                        person,  firm,  association  or  corporation to make any
                        such contact or sale;


                                      -10-

<PAGE>



                  (d)   Participate,   engage  or  be  interested,  directly  or
                        indirectly,  whether  as  director,  officer,  employee,
                        advisor,   consultant,   stockbroker,   partner,   joint
                        venture,  owner, agent or in any other capacity,  in any
                        business,  in  whole  or in part,  in the  nature  of or
                        competitive  with the  business  of the  Company  in any
                        geographic  territory  served by the Company at the time
                        of  termination  of  Employee's   employment   with  the
                        Company; or

                  (e)   Directly or indirectly, employ or solicit for employment
                        (by any person,  firm,  association or corporation other
                        than the Company), or engage in any manner any employees
                        of the Company, without the prior written consent of the
                        Company.

                  The Company agrees to furnish to Employee a reasonable listing
                  of competitors and customers within 90 days of termination.

         6.4      Employee acknowledges that the restrictions  contained in this
                  Section 6 are reasonable in view of the nature of the business
                  in which the Company is engaged,  Employee's  critical role in
                  the Company's  operations and Employee's detailed knowledge of
                  the   Company's   Confidential   Information,   its  business,
                  customers,  employees and suppliers and that such restrictions
                  will not prevent Employee from earning a livelihood hereafter.

         6.5      The parties acknowledge that any breach of this Section 6 will
                  cause the Company  irreparable harm for which the Company will
                  have no adequate remedy at law. As a result,  the Company will
                  be  entitled  to the  issuance  by an  arbitrator  or court of
                  competent jurisdiction of an injunction,  restraining order or
                  other equitable relief prohibiting Employee from committing or
                  continuing  any  such  violation.   Any  right  to  obtain  an
                  injunction,   restraining  order  or  other  equitable  relief
                  hereunder  will not be  deemed a waiver of any right to assert
                  any other remedy the Company may have under this  Agreement or
                  otherwise  at law or in equity.  The  obligations  of Employee
                  pursuant to this Section 6 shall  survive any  termination  of
                  this Agreement.


7.       OTHER OBLIGATIONS

         Employee  represents  and  warrants to the  Company  that he is not now
         under any obligation to any person, firm,  corporation or other entity,
         and has no other  interest  which is known to be in  conflict  with his
         duties and  obligations,  and the terms and  conditions  of which would
         prevent,  limit or impair in any way the  performance  by him of any of
         the covenants or duties set forth herein.

                                      -11-

<PAGE>



8.       NOTICES

         All notices  which either party hereto is required or permitted to give
         to the other will be given by certified  mail or by personal  delivery.
         The certified  date of receipt of any such notice will deemed to be the
         date of delivery thereof.

9.       WAIVERS

         No waiver  by  either  party of any  breach  of  nonperformance  of any
         provision or obligation of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to a waiver
         of any  preceding  or  succeeding  breach  of  the  same  or any  other
         provision of this Agreement.


10.      ENTIRE AGREEMENT

         This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and
         there are no  representations,  warranties,  covenants  or  obligations
         except as set forth herein.  This  Agreement  supersedes all prior and,
         contemporaneous    agreements,    understandings,    negotiations   and
         discussions,  written or oral, between the parties hereto,  relating to
         any transaction contemplated by the Agreement.

11.      AMENDMENTS

         This  Agreement may be amended only in writing  executed by the parties
         hereto.

12.      RECITALS; ENUMERATION AND HEADINGS

         The  enumeration  and  headings  contained  in this  Agreement  are for
         convenience  of  reference  only  and are  not  intended  to  have  any
         substantive significance in interpreting this Agreement.


13.      GENDER AND NUMBER

         Unless the context otherwise requires,  whenever used in this Agreement
         the singular  shall  include the plural,  the plural shall  include the
         singular, and the masculine gender shall include the neuter or feminine
         gender and vice versa.

14.      COMPUTATION OF TIME

         Whenever  any  determination  is to be made or  action to be taken on a
         date  specified  in this  Agreement,  if such  date  shall  fall upon a
         Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday, the date for such determination or
         action  shall  be  extended  to  the  first  business  day  immediately
         thereafter.

                                      -12-

<PAGE>




15.      COUNTERPARTS

         This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the
         different parties hereto on separate  counterpart each of which when so
         executed and delivered shall be an original document,  but all of which
         counterparts  shall together  constitute  one and the same  instrument.
         This Agreement shall not be effective  unless and until executed by all
         parties hereto.

16       NONASSIGNABILITY

         This Agreement and the benefits  hereunder are personal to Employee and
         are not assignable or transferable  by Employee to any person,  firm or
         corporation.  The  Company  may  only  assign  this  Agreement  and the
         benefits hereunder to an affiliated person, firm or corporation.


17.      MISCELLANEOUS

         Should  any  of the  provisions  of  this  Agreement  require  judicial
         interpretation,  it is agreed that the court or arbitrator interpreting
         or  construing  the Agreement  shall not apply a  presumption  that any
         provision shall be more strictly  construed against one party by reason
         of the rule of  construction,  that a document is to be construed  more
         strictly  against the party who itself or through  its agents  prepared
         the same, it being agreed that both parties and their respective agents
         have participated in the preparation of this Agreement,.


18.      PARTIAL INVALIDITY

         If any provision of this Agreement shall for any reason be held invalid
         or  unenforceable  by any court,  governmental  agency or arbitrator of
         competent  jurisdiction,  such invalidity or unenforceability  shall be
         construed as if such invalid or unenforceable  provision had never been
         contained herein.

19.      GOVERNING LAWS

         This  Agreement  shall be governed by and construed in accordance  with
         the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

20.      ARBITRATION

         With the  exception  of the  exercise by the Company of its  injunctive
         rights  hereunder,  all disputes  arising under the agreement  shall be
         submitted to binding  arbitration in,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania,  to a
         single arbitrator chosen in accordance with the rules of the American

                                      -13-

<PAGE>


         Arbitration  Association as to the selection of the arbitrators and the
         procedures  for  the  conduct  of  the  arbitrator.  Such  arbitrator's
         decision  shall be final and  binding  upon the  parties,  and shall be
         entitled to  enforcement  in any court of competent  jurisdiction.  The
         costs and  expenses of the  arbitrator  shall be shared  equally by the
         parties.


IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  have  Agreement  as of the day and year first
above written.


BY:________________________________                           DATE:____________
         Michael A. Wolf


By:      MK RAIL CORPORATION


BY:________________________________                           DATE:____________
         John C. Pope
         Its Chairman


                                      -14-

<PAGE>

  MK RAIL CORPORATION

                                   -----------

                       STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT


         This Stock Appreciation Right Agreement  ("Agreement") dated as of July
1, 1996 is entered into between MK Rail  Corporation  ("Company") and Michael A.
Wolf (the "Holder").

         THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

         1. Grant of Stock Appreciation  Right. In consideration of the Holder's
acceptance  of  employment  as  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer  of the
Company, effective as of July 1, 1996, the Company hereby grants to the Holder a
Stock  Appreciation Right ("Right") as to 400,000 Shares of the Company's common
stock,  $0.01 par value  ("Shares"  or "Common  Stock"),  all upon the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth.

                  (a) Upon  exercise of the Right,  the Company shall pay to the
Holder,  in cash or Shares at the sole and absolute  discretion of the Committee
(as hereinafter defined),  the Settlement Price (as hereinafter  defined),  less
any tax withheld as provided in paragraph 4 hereof. Subject to the provisions of
2(d) hereof, the Settlement Price for each Share exercised shall be equal to the
amount  determined  by the  difference  of (i) the  greater of (A) any tender or
exchange offer price per Share in connection  with any tender offer or merger or
consolidation of the Company with another  Company,  or (B) the closing price of
the Shares as reported on Nasdaq as of the trading day last ended as of the time
the Right is  exercised,  over (ii) $5.25 per Share,  the  closing  price of the
Shares as  reported on Nasdaq on May 13,  1996,  the date upon which the parties
hereto  agreed  to the  granting  of  the  Right  as  part  of the  compensation
arrangement to be offered to the Holder upon his acceptance of employment as the
Company's President and Chief Executive Officer.

                  (b) The Right shall terminate on May 12, 2006,  unless earlier
terminated as provided in this Agreement.

         2.       Exercise Rights.

                  The  Holder's  exercise  of the Right  shall be subject to the
following additional conditions and limitations:

                  (a) Subject to 100% of the Right becoming earlier  exercisable
as provided  in  paragraph  2(b),  (c) or (d)  hereof,  the Right  shall  become
exercisable in 20 percent increments,


                                       1.

<PAGE>



with the first 20  percent  increment  exercisable  on or after July 1, 1997 and
each remaining 20 percent  increment  exercisable on or after July 1, 1998, July
1, 1999, July 1, 2000 and July 1, 2001,  respectively,  provided that the Holder
has not  voluntarily  terminated his  employment  with the Company before any of
those  dates.  Vesting  under  this  Section  2(a)  terminates  once the  Holder
voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company.

                  (b) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 2(c) or (d), (i)
if the Company  terminates  Holder's  employment with the Company for any reason
other than Cause (as that term is defined  in  paragraph  4.2 of the  Employment
Agreement  between  the  Company  and  the  Holder  dated  as of  July  1,  1996
("Employment   Agreement")),   100%  of  the  Right  shall  become   immediately
exercisable   and  will  continue  to  be  exercisable  by  the  Holder  or  his
beneficiaries or legal  representatives until the later to occur of (A) the date
three months after the  termination  or (B) the January 15th next  following the
termination;  (ii) if the Holder's employment with the Company is terminated due
to  his  death  or  disability,  100%  of the  Right  shall  become  immediately
exercisable   and  will  continue  to  be  exercisable  by  the  Holder  or  his
beneficiaries  or  legal  representatives  until  one  year  after  the  date of
termination;  (iii)  if the  Holder's  employment  with  the  Company  shall  be
terminated  by the  Company for Cause,  vesting  shall cease and the Right shall
immediately  cease to be  exercisable;  and (iv) if the Holder's  employment  is
terminated for any reason other than those set forth in Paragraphs 2(b)(i), (ii)
or (iii),  vesting shall cease,  and any then vested and exercisable  portion of
the Right will continue to be exercisable by the Holder until the later to occur
of (A) the date three months after the  termination or (B) the January 15th next
following the termination.

                  (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein,
in the event that (1) the Company shall propose to enter into an  arrangement or
a  transaction  which  shall  constitute  or result in a Change of  Control  (as
defined under Section  5.3(a) of the Employment  Agreement),  and (2) the Holder
proposes  to  exercise  the  Right on or before  July 1, 1997 and,  prior to the
exercise of the Right,  either the Holder or the Company  shall  terminate or be
deemed to have terminated the Holder's  employment with the Company (including a
termination  of Holder's  employment  by the Company for Cause),  then the Right
shall become immediately  exercisable,  on a provisional basis, as to any shares
as to which the Right had not  previously  become  exercisable as provided above
(the  "Provisional  Shares")  from the date ten (10)  business days prior to the
scheduled date of the Change of Control until the time immediately  prior to the
occurrence  thereof;  provided,  however  that  (i) if made by the  Holder,  the
exercise  of the  Right as to any  Provisional  Shares  shall be deemed to occur
immediately prior to the time of the Change of Control (and shall be ineffective
if the Change of Control does not occur); and (ii) if the Company announces that
it does not  intend to  proceed  with any  previously  proposed  arrangement  or
transaction  which would constitute or result in a Change of Control,  the Right
shall thereupon cease to be immediately exercisable as to any Provisional Shares
(and the  Holder's  prior  election to exercise  the Right shall be deemed to be
withdrawn),  but shall again become  immediately  exercisable  on a  provisional
basis  as  described   above  if  the  arrangement  or  transaction  or  another
arrangement  or  transaction  which  would  constitute  or result in a Change of
Control is thereafter

                                       2.

<PAGE>



proposed to be  consummated.  The Right shall terminate upon the occurrence of a
Change of Control.

         (d)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary set forth herein, in the
event that (i) the Shareholders of the Company approve an increase in the number
of Shares  which  may be  awarded  under  the  Company's  Stock  Incentive  Plan
effective April 1, 1994 (the "Plan"), which increase is sufficient to enable the
Company to issue to Holder the Plan Option (as hereinafter  defined) to purchase
400,000  shares of the Common Stock,  and (ii) the Company  issues to the Holder
within  sixty (60) days after such  approval an option under the Plan (the "Plan
Option") to purchase  400,000  shares of the Common Stock for an exercise  price
equal to the  closing  price of the Common  Stock as  reported  on Nasdaq on the
first trading day ended following the  Shareholders'  approval of an increase in
the number of Shares which may be awarded  under the Plan,  all on such terms as
are set in an option  agreement  in the form  attached  hereto as Exhibit 1, the
Settlement  Price of the Right shall be the lesser of (i) the exercise  price of
the Plan Option over $5.25 per Share or (ii) the Settlement  Price determined as
provided in paragraph 1(a). The Right shall be exercisable  independently of the
Plan Option, and shall survive the earlier exercise of the Plan Option.

         3.       The Committee.

                  The plan created by this Agreement  shall be administered by a
committee (the "Committee"),  which shall be comprised of two or more members of
the  Board of  Directors,  each of whom  shall be a  "disinterested  person"  as
defined  in Rule  16b-3  under the  Exchange  Act (or any  successor  provision)
promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. A majority of the members
of the Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business,  and
any  determination or action may be taken at a meeting by a majority vote or may
be taken without a meeting by a written  resolution signed by all members of the
Committee.  Members  of the  Committee  acting  under the plan  created  by this
Agreement  shall be fully  protected in relying in good faith upon the advice of
counsel  and shall  incur no  liability  except for  willful  misconduct  in the
performance of their duties.

         4.       Taxes.

                  Neither  the  Company  nor  the  Committee  nor  any of  their
representatives  or agents has made any  representations  or  warranties  to the
Holder  with  respect  to  the  amount  of  tax  or  other  consequences  of the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement,  and the  Holder is in no manner
relying on the Company, the Committee or any of their  representatives or agents
for an assessment of the tax or other consequences. The Company's payment of the
Settlement Price shall be subject to the Company's  obligation to withhold taxes
in accordance with its interpretation of applicable Federal and state tax laws.


                                       3.

<PAGE>



         5.       Miscellaneous.

                  (a) The Right may not be assigned,  encumbered or transferred,
except,  in the event of death of the Holder, by will or the laws of descent and
distribution.

                  (b) This Agreement  shall bind and inure to the benefit of the
Company and its successors and assigns, and the Holder and any heir, legatee, or
legal representative of the Holder.

                  (c) This  Agreement  shall be  governed  by and  construed  in
accordance  with the law of the state of  Delaware,  regardless  of the law that
might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws.

                  (d) All disputes  arising under this Agreement,  including any
questions  regarding  the  interpretation  of any  provisions  hereof,  shall be
submitted  to  binding  arbitration  in  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania,  to a single
arbitrator  chosen  in  accordance  with the rules of the  American  Arbitration
Association  as to the selection of the  arbitrators  and the procedures for the
conduct of the arbitrator. Such arbitrator's decision shall be final and binding
upon the parties, and shall be entitled to enforcement in any court of competent
jurisdiction.  The costs and expenses of the arbitrator  shall be shared equally
by the parties.



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  executed  this  Agreement  in
duplicate as of the day and year first above written.

                                                             MK RAIL CORPORATION



                                               ---------------------------------
                                                                    John C. Pope
                                                                        Chairman



                                                                         HOLDER:


                                               ---------------------------------
                                                                 Michael A. Wolf


                                       4.

<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT 1

                               MK RAIL CORPORATION

                                   -----------

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                           UNDER STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN


         This Stock Option  Agreement  ("Agreement")  dated and  effective as of
____[the  date of the  Shareholders'  approval  of an  increase in the number of
Shares  which may be  awarded  under  the  Plan],  the date on which the  Option
evidenced  hereby was  granted,  is  entered  into  between MK Rail  Corporation
("Company")  and  Michael  A. Wolf  (the  "Optionee"),  pursuant  to the MK Rail
Corporation Stock Incentive Plan ("Plan") as approved by Company shareholders on
March 29, 1994 and last amended on the date hereof.

         THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

         1.       Grant of Option

         In  consideration  of  the  Optionee's   acceptance  of  employment  as
President and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company,  effective as of July 1,
1996 and the  services  performed or to be performed by the Optionee the Company
hereby grants to the Optionee an Option  ("Option") under the Plan to purchase a
total of 400,000 Shares of the Company's common stock, $0.01 par value ("Shares"
or "Common Stock"), all upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

                  (a) The Option is granted  under and  pursuant to the Plan,  a
copy of which is attached  hereto and  incorporated  herein by  reference,  and,
except as  modified  or limited  hereby,  is  subject  to all of the  provisions
thereof.  The Optionee  represents and warrants that he has read the Plan and is
fully  familiar  with all the terms and  conditions of the Plan and agrees to be
bound thereby.

                  (b)  The  Exercise   Price  per  share  of  the  Common  Stock
exercisable  under the Option shall be $___ per share [the closing  price of the
Common Stock as reported on Nasdaq on the first trading day ended  following the
Shareholders'  approval  of an  increase  in the  number of Shares  which may be
awarded under the Plan].

                  (c) The Option shall terminate on May 12, 2006, unless earlier
terminated as provided in this Agreement.




                                       1.

<PAGE>



         2.       Exercise Rights

                  In addition to the terms and  conditions  for  exercise of the
Option set forth in the Plan, the Optionee's  right to exercise the Option shall
be subject to the following additional conditions and limitations:

                  (a) Subject to 100% of the Option becoming earlier exercisable
as provided in paragraph 2(b) or (c) hereof, the Option shall become exercisable
in 20 percent increments,  with the first 20 percent increment exercisable on or
after July 1, 1997 and each  remaining 20 percent  increment  exercisable  on or
after July 1, 1998, July 1, 1999,  July 1, 2000 and July 1, 2001,  respectively,
provided that the Optionee has not  voluntarily  terminated his employment  with
the  Company  before  any of  those  dates.  Vesting  under  this  Section  2(a)
terminates  once the Optionee  voluntarily  terminates his  employment  with the
Company.

                  (b) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 2(c) hereof, (i)
if the Company terminates  Optionee's employment with the Company for any reason
other than Cause (as that term is defined  in  paragraph  4.2 of the  Employment
Agreement  between  the  Company  and the  Optionee  dated  as of  July 1,  1996
("Employment   Agreement")),   100%  of  the  Option  shall  become  immediately
exercisable  and  will  continue  to be  exercisable  by  the  Optionee  or  his
beneficiaries or legal  representatives until the later to occur of (A) the date
three months after the  termination  or (B) the January 15th next  following the
termination;  (ii) if the Optionee's  employment  with the Company is terminated
due to his death or  disability,  100% of the Option  shall  become  immediately
exercisable  and  will  continue  to be  exercisable  by  the  Optionee  or  his
beneficiaries  or  legal  representatives  until  one  year  after  the  date of
termination;  (iii)  if the  Optionee's  employment  with the  Company  shall be
terminated  by the Company for Cause,  vesting  shall cease and the Option shall
immediately  cease to be exercisable;  and (iv) if the Optionee's  employment is
terminated for any reason other than those set forth in Paragraphs 2(b)(i), (ii)
and (iii),  vesting shall cease, and any then vested and exercisable  portion of
the Option will continue to be  exercisable  by the Optionee  until the later to
occur of (A) the date three months after the termination or (B) the January 15th
next following the termination.

                  (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein,
in the event that (1) the Company shall propose to enter into an  arrangement or
a  transaction  which  shall  constitute  or result in a Change of  Control  (as
defined under Section 5.3(a) of the Employment Agreement),  and (2) the Optionee
proposes  to  exercise  the Option on or before  July 1, 1997 and,  prior to the
exercise of the Option, either the Optionee or the Company shall terminate or be
deemed to have terminated the Optionee's  employment with the Company (including
a  termination  of  Optionee's  employment  by the Company for Cause),  then the
Option shall become immediately  exercisable,  on a provisional basis, as to any
shares as to which the Option had not previously become  exercisable as provided
above (the  "Provisional  Shares") from the date ten (10) business days prior to
the scheduled date of the Change of Control until the time immediately  prior to
the occurrence thereof;  provided, however that (i) if made by the Optionee, the
exercise  of the Option as to any  Provisional  Shares  shall be deemed to occur
immediately prior to the time of the Change of Control (and shall be ineffective
if the Change of Control does not occur); and (ii) if the Company announces that
it does not intend to

                                       2.

<PAGE>



proceed with any previously  proposed  arrangement  or  transaction  which would
constitute or result in a Change of Control, the Option shall thereupon cease to
be  immediately  exercisable  as to any  Provisional  Shares (and the Optionee's
prior  election to exercise  the Option  shall be deemed to be  withdrawn),  but
shall again become  immediately  exercisable on a provisional basis as described
above if the  arrangement or  transaction or another  arrangement or transaction
which would  constitute or result in a Change of Control is thereafter  proposed
to be consummated. The Option shall terminate upon the occurrence of a Change of
Control.

         (d)  The  Option  shall  be  exercisable  independently  of  the  Stock
Appreciation  Right (the  "Right")  granted to the  Optionee  under that certain
Stock  Appreciation Right Agreement dated as of July 1, 1996 between the Company
and Optionee, and shall survive the earlier exercise of the Right.

         3.       Taxes

                  Neither  the  Company  nor  the  Committee  nor  any of  their
representatives  or agents has made any  representations  or  warranties  to the
Optionee  with  respect  to  the  amount  of tax or  other  consequences  of the
transactions  contemplated by this  Agreement,  and the Optionee is in no manner
relying on the Company, the Committee or any of their  representatives or agents
for an assessment of the tax or other consequences. The Company's payment of the
Settlement Price shall be subject to the Company's  obligation to withhold taxes
in accordance with its interpretation of applicable Federal and state tax laws.

         4.       Miscellaneous

                  (a) The Option may not be assigned, encumbered or transferred,
except,  in the event of death of the  Optionee,  by will or the laws of descent
and distribution.

                  (b) This Agreement  shall bind and inure to the benefit of the
Company and its successors and assigns,  and the Optionee and any heir, legatee,
or legal representative of the Optionee.
                  (c) This  Agreement  shall be  governed  by and  construed  in
accordance  with the law of the state of  Delaware,  regardless  of the law that
might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws.



                                       3.

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  executed  this  Agreement  in
duplicate as of the day and year first above written.

                                                             MK RAIL CORPORATION


                                               ---------------------------------
                                                                    John C. Pope
                                                                        Chairman

                                                                       OPTIONEE:


                                               ---------------------------------
                                                                 Michael A. Wolf


                                       4.

<PAGE>

          EXHIBIT B







                               MK RAIL CORPORATION
                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                               FOR MICHAEL A. WOLF








                             Effective July 1, 1996



<PAGE>



                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                       Page
ARTICLE I      PURPOSE AND BACKGROUND.....................................1
               ----------------------
ARTICLE 11     DEFINITIONS................................................1
               -----------
               2.1    Account.............................................1
                      -------
               2.2    Administrative Committee............................1
                      ------------------------
               2.3    Beneficiary.........................................2
                      -----------
               2.4    Cause...............................................2
                      -----
               2.5    Code................................................2
                      ----
               2.6    Compensation........................................2
                      ------------
               2.7    Compensation Committee..............................2
                      ----------------------
               2.8    Deferral Commitment.................................2
                      -------------------
               2.9    Deferral Period.....................................2
                      ---------------
               2.10   Determination Date..................................3
                      ------------------
               2.11   Earnings Index......................................3
                      --------------
               2.12   Elective Deferred Compensation                   ...3
                      ------------------------------
               2.13   Employer     .......................................3
                      --------
               2.14   ERISA...............................................3
                      -----
               2.15   Financial...........................................3
                      ---------
               2.16   Participant.........................................3
                      -----------
               2.17   Participation Agreement.............................3
                      -----------------------
               2.18   Plan Benefit........................................4
                      ------------
               2.19   Rate of Return......................................4
                      --------------
               2.20   SARs................................................4
                      ----

ARTICLE III    PARTICIPATION AND DEFERRAL COMMITMENTS.....................4
               --------------------------------------

               3.1    Eligibility and Participation.......................4
                      -----------------------------
               3.2    Form of Deferral....................................4
                      ----------------
               3.3    Limitations on Deferral Commitment..................5
                      ----------------------------------
               3.4     Modification of Deferral Commitment................5
                       -----------------------------------

ARTICLE IV     DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT..............................5
               -----------------------------

               4.1    Account.............................................5
                      -------
               4.2    Elective Deferred Compensation......................6
                      ------------------------------
               4.3    Allocation of Elective Deferred Compensation........6
                      --------------------------------------------
               4.4    Makeup Contributions................................6
                      --------------------
               4.5    Employer Discretionary Contributions................7
                      ------------------------------------
               4.6    Rate of Return......................................7
                      --------------
               4.7    Determination of Account............................7
                      ------------------------


<PAGE>



                                                                       Page

               4.8    Vesting of Account..................................7
                      ------------------
               4.9    Statement of Account................................8
                      --------------------

ARTICLE V      PLAN BENEFITS..............................................8
               -------------

               5.1    Distributions Prior to Termination of Employment....8
                      ------------------------------------------------
               5.2    Distributions Following Termination of Employment...9
                      -------------------------------------------------
               5.3    Form of Benefit Payment Following Termination
                      of Employment......................................10
                      -------------
               5.4    Commencement of Deferral Payment...................10
                      --------------------------------
               5.5    Death Benefit......................................11
                      -------------
               5.6    Accelerated Distribution...........................11
                      ------------------------
               5.7    Withholding for Taxes..............................12
                      ---------------------
               5.8    Valuation and Settlement       ....................12
                      ------------------------
               5.9    Payment to Guardian................................12
                      -------------------

ARTICLE VI     BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION...................................13
               -----------------------

               6.1    Beneficiary Designation............................13
                      -----------------------
               6.2    Changing Beneficiary...............................13
                      --------------------
               6.3    Community Property.................................13
                      ------------------
               6.4    No Beneficiary Designation.........................14
                      --------------------------

ARTICLE VII    ADMINISTRATION............................................15
               --------------

               7.1    Committee: Duties..................................15
                      -----------------
               7.2    Agents.............................................15
                      ------
               7.3    Binding Effect of Decisions........................15
                      ---------------------------
               7.4    Indemnity of Administrative Committee            ..15
                      -------------------------------------

ARTICLE VII    CLAIMS PROCEDURE..........................................16
               ----------------

               8.1    Claim..............................................16
                      -----
               8.2    Review of Claim....................................16
                      ---------------
               8.3    Notice of Denial of Claim..........................16
                      -------------------------
               8.4    Reconsideration of Denied Claim....................17
                      -------------------------------
               8.5    Arbitration........................................18
                      -----------
               8.6    Employer to Supply Information.....................18
                      ------------------------------

ARTICLE IX     AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN.........................18
               ---------------------------------

               9.1    Amendment..........................................18
                      ---------
               9.2    Termination........................................19
                      -----------


<PAGE>



                                                                       Page
ARTICLE X      MISCELLANEOUS.............................................20
               -------------

               10.1   Unfunded Plan......................................20
                      -------------
               10.2   Unsecured General Creditor.........................20
                      --------------------------
               10.3   Trust Fund.........................................21
                      ----------
               10.4   Nonassignability...................................21
                      ----------------
               10.5   Not a Contract of EDI..............................21
                      ---------------------
               10.6   Protective Provisions..............................21
                      ---------------------
               10.7   Governing Law......................................22
                      -------------
               10.8   Validity...........................................22
                      --------
               10.9   Notice.............................................22
                      ------
               10.10  Successors.........................................22
                      ----------

SIGNATURE PAGE...........................................................23



<PAGE>



                               MK RAIL CORPORATION
                           DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
                               FOR MICHAEL A. WOLF
              -----------------------------------------------------


                                    ARTICLE I
                             PURPOSE AND BACKGROUND
         The  purpose  of this  Deferred  Compensation  Plan (the  "Plan") is to
provide current tax planning opportunities as well as supplemental funds for the
retirement  or  death of  Michael  A.  Wolf,  the  President  and CEO of MK Rail
Corporation  ("Company").  The  Plan  shall  be  effective  as of July  1,  1996
("Effective Date").
                                   ARTICLE II
                                   DEFINITIONS
         For the  purposes  of the Plan,  the  following  terms  shall  have the
meanings indicated, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
                  2.1 Account.  "Account" means the Account as maintained by the
Employer  in  accordance  with  Article  IV  with  respect  to any  deferral  of
Compensation  pursuant to the Plan. The Participant's  Account shall be utilized
solely as a device for the  determination  and  measurement of the amounts to be
paid to the  Participant  pursuant to the Plan.  Separate  subaccounts  shall be
maintained to properly reflect the  Participant's  balance and earnings thereon.
The Participant's  Account shall not constitute or be treated as a trust fund of
any kind.
                  2.2 Administrative Committee. "Administrative Committee" means
the committee appointed to administer the employee benefit plans of the Company.
                  2.3 Beneficiary.  "Beneficiary"  means the person,  persons or
entity entitled under Article VI to receive any Plan Benefits  payable after the
Participant's death.


<PAGE>



                  2.4 Cause. "Cause" is defined as provided in the Participant's
Employment Agreement.
                  2.5 Code.  "Code" means the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended.
                  2.6  Compensation.  "Compensation"  means the  salary  and all
bonuses payable to the Participant during the calendar year and considered to be
"wages" for purposes of federal  income tax  withholding,  before  reduction for
amounts deferred under the Plan,  salary reduction  contributions  under Section
401 (k) of the Code,  or any other  deferral  arrangements.  For purposes of the
Plan, the term "bonus"  includes cash payments made to the Participant  upon the
exercise of SARS. Compensation does not include expense reimbursements, any form
of noncash Compensation or benefits, group life insurance premiums, or any other
payments or benefits other than salary or bonuses (as described above).
                  2.7 Compensation Committee. "Compensation Committee" means the
Compensation Committee of the Employer's Board of Directors.
                  2.8  Deferral  Commitment.   "Deferral  Commitment"  means  an
election to defer  Compensation made by the Participant  pursuant to Article III
and for which a  separate  Participation  Agreement  has been  submitted  by the
Participant to the Administrative Committee.
                  2.9 Deferral Period.  "Deferral  Period" means the period over
which the Participant has elected to defer a portion of his  Compensation.  Each
calendar year shall be a separate  Deferral  Period,  provided that the Deferral
Period may be modified  pursuant to Section  3.4.  The initial  Deferral  Period
shall be from July 1, 1996 through December 31, 1996.
                  2.10 Determination Date.  "Determination  Date" means the last
day of each calendar month.

                                       2.

<PAGE>



                  2.11  Earnings  Index.  "Earnings  Index" means a portfolio or
fund selected by the  Participant to be used in calculating  the Rate of Return.
The portfolio may include  stocks,  bonds and other types of securities that are
traded on a national securities exchange.  Employer shall have no responsibility
for the Earnings Indices selected by the Participant.
                  2.12  Elective  Deferred   Compensation.   "Elective  Deferred
Compensation"  means the amount of Compensation  that the Participant  elects to
defer pursuant to a Deferral Commitment.
                  2.13  Employer.  "Employer"  means MK Rail  Corporation or any
successor to the business thereof.
                  2.14  ERISA.  "ERISA"  means the  Employee  Retirement  Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended.
                  2.15  Financial  Hardship.   "Financial   Hardship"  means  an
unanticipated  emergency  that is caused by an event  beyond the  control of the
Participant  that  would  result  in  severe  financial  hardship  if  an  early
withdrawal from the Plan were not permitted.
                  2.16  Participant.  "Participant"  means Michael A. Wolf,  the
President and CEO of the Employer.
                  2.17 Participation Agreement.  "Participation Agreement" means
the agreement submitted by the Participant to the Administrative Committee prior
to the beginning of the Deferral Period,  with respect to a Deferral  Commitment
made for such Deferral Period.
                  2.18 Plan Benefit. "Plan Benefit" means the benefit payable to
the Participant as calculated in Article V.

                                       3.

<PAGE>



                  2.19  Rate of  Return.  "Rate  of  Return"  means  the  amount
credited to the Participant's  Account under Section 4.6 to be determined by the
Administrative  Committee based upon the net performance of the Earnings Indices
selected by the Participant.  If the Employer elects, in its sole discretion, to
make investments that correspond to the Earnings Indices periodically elected by
the Participant,  the Rate of Return shall be determined  after  subtracting any
transaction costs (e.g., commissions).
                  2.20 SARS. "SARS" means stock appreciation  rights provided by
the Employer to the Participant.
                                   ARTICLE III
                     PARTICIPATION AND DEFERRAL COMMITMENTS

                  3.1  Eligibility  and  Participation.  Michael  A.  Wolf,  the
President  and  CEO  of  the  Employer,  shall  be  the  only  Participant.  His
participation begins as of July 1, 1996.
                  3.2 Form of  Deferral.  The  Participant  may  elect  Deferral
Commitments in the Participation Agreement as follows:
                         (a)  Salary  Deferral  Commitment.  A  salary  Deferral
                    Commitment shall apply to the salary payable by the Employer
                    to the Participant during the Deferral Period. The amount to
                    be  deferred  shall be  stated  as a  percentage  or  dollar
                    amount. 
                         (b)  Bonus  Deferral   Commitment.   A  bonus  Deferral
                    Commitment shall apply to the bonus Compensation  payable to
                    the Participant  during the Deferral Period. If the bonus is
                    cash  payable  upon  the  exercise  of  SARS,  the  Deferral
                    Commitment shall apply to SARs that are exercised during the
                    Deferral  Period.  The amount to be deferred shall be stated
                    as a percentage or dollar amount.

                                       4.

<PAGE>



                  3.3   Limitations  on  Deferral   Commitment.   The  following
limitations shall apply to Deferral Commitments:
                           (a) Minimum. The minimum salary deferral amount shall
         be one hundred  dollars  ($100) for each pay period.  There shall be no
         minimum deferral amount for bonus in a bonus Deferral Commitment.
                           (b)  Maximum.  The maximum  deferral  amount shall be
         fifty percent (50%) of salary in a salary  Deferral  Commitment and one
         hundred percent (1 00%) of bonus in a bonus Deferral Commitment.
                  3.4 Modification of Deferral Commitment. A Deferral Commitment
shall be  irrevocable  except that the  Administrative  Committee may permit the
Participant  to reduce the amount to be deferred,  or waive the remainder of the
Deferral  Commitment,  upon a  finding  that  the  Participant  has  suffered  a
Financial Hardship.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                          DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNT
                  4.1 Account.  For record  keeping  purposes  only,  an Account
shall  be  maintained  for  the  Participant.   Separate  subaccounts  shall  be
maintained  to the  extent  necessary  to  properly  reflect  the  Participant's
election of Earnings Indices and total vested or nonvested Account balance.
                  4.2 Elective Deferred Compensation. The Participant's Elective
Deferred  Compensation  shall be  credited to the  Participant's  Account as the
corresponding  nondeferred  portion  of the  Compensation  becomes or would have
become payable. Any withholding of taxes

                                       5.

<PAGE>



or other  amounts  with  respect to deferred  Compensation  which is required by
state, federal or local law shall be withheld from the Participant's nondeferred
Compensation  to the maximum extent possible with any excess being withheld from
the Participant's Account.
                  4.3  Allocation  of  Elective   Deferred   Compensation.   The
Participant  shall allocate the Account among the Earning  Indices.  The initial
allocation shall be made in the Participation  Agreement. If the Participant has
not made an allocation election, the Participant's Account shall be allocated to
a money market or equivalent  Earnings  Index.  The  Participant  may change his
allocation  among the Earning Indices as of the first day of each month by prior
notice to the Administrative Committee.
                  The Employer shall be under no obligation to make  investments
that correspond to the Earnings Indices elected by the Participant,  even though
the Participant's elections are used to determine the Rate of Return.
                  4.4      Makeup Contributions.
                           (a)  The   Participant   shall   receive   a   makeup
         contribution   equal  to  two   percent   (2%)  of  the   Participant's
         Compensation,  less  the  matching  contribution  to the 401  (k)  plan
         required to be  allocated to Employer  stock.  The  Participant  is not
         required  to defer  any  amounts  into the Plan in order to  receive  a
         makeup contribution under this subsection.
                           (b) If the Participant defers into the Employer's 401
         (k) plan an amount equal to the limit as set forth in Section 402(g) of
         the  Code,  the   Participant   shall  receive  an  additional   makeup
         contribution equal to fifty percent (50%) of the first six percent (6%)
         deferred  into the 401 (k) plan and the Plan.  This makeup amount shall
         be reduced by the

                  6.

<PAGE>



         matching  contribution  to the 401 (k) plan  which is  directed  by the
         Participant.  This makeup contribution shall be allocated as elected by
         the Participant.
                  The total Employer  contribution  under this Section may never
exceed five percent (5%) of  Compensation.  All makeups under this Section shall
be  credited to the  Participant's  Account no later than  forty-five  (45) days
after  the end of the  calendar  year  they  would  have  been  credited  to the
underlying qualified plans if not for the limitations contained in the Code.
                  4.5  Employer  Discretionary  Contributions.  The Employer may
make  Discretionary  Contributions to the Participant's  Account.  Discretionary
Contributions  shall  be  credited  at such  times  and in such  amounts  as the
Administrative  Committee in its sole discretion shall determine.  The amount of
the  Discretionary  Contributions  shall be evident  in a special  Participation
Agreement approved by the Administrative Committee.
                  4.6  Rate  of  Return.  The  Participant's  Account  shall  be
credited monthly with the Rate of Return specified in Section 2.19.
                  4.7 Determination of Account. The Participant's  Account as of
each  Determination  Date  shall  consist of the  balance  of the  Participant's
Account  as  of  the  immediately   preceding   Determination   Date,  plus  the
Participant's  Elective Deferred Compensation credited, any makeup contributions
and the applicable Rate of Return.,  minus the amount of any distributions  made
since the immediately preceding Determination Date.
                  4.8 Vesting of Account. The Participant shall be vested in the
amounts credited to the Participant's Account and earnings thereon as follows:

                                       7.

<PAGE>



                  (a) Amounts  Deferred.  The  Participant  shall be one hundred
percent (100%) vested at all times in the amount of  Compensation  elected to be
deferred under the Plan and Rate of Return thereon.
                  (b) Employer Makeups.  The Employer makeups contributed to the
Participant's  Account, and Rate of Return thereon,  shall be vested to the same
extent that contribution in the underlying qualified plans are vested.
                  (c)  Employer   Discretionary   Contributions.   The  Employer
Discretionary  Contributions  and Rate of Return  thereon shall be vested as set
forth in the special Participation Agreement.
                  4.9 Statement of Account.  The Administrative  Committee shall
submit to the Participant, within one hundred twenty (1 20) days after the close
of each calendar year, or at such other time as determined by the Administrative
Committee,  a  statement  setting  forth  the  balance  to  the  credit  of  the
Participant's Account.
                                    ARTICLE V
                                  PLAN BENEFITS
                  5.1  Distributions  Prior to Termination  of  Employment.  The
Participant's Account may be distributed to the Participant prior to termination
of employment with the Employer as follows:
                         (a) Early  Withdrawals.  The Participant may elect in a
                    Participation  Agreement  to withdraw  all or any portion of
                    the amount deferred by that Participation  Agreement as of a
                    date  specified  in the  election.  Such  date  shall not be
                    sooner  than  seven  (7) years  after the date the  Deferral
                    Period commences. The amount withdrawn shall not

                                       8.

<PAGE>



                    exceed  the  amount  of   Compensation   deferred,   without
                    earnings,  and shall not  include  any makeup  contribution.
                    Such  election  shall  be  made  at the  time  the  Deferral
                    Commitment is made and shall be irrevocable.
                         (b)  Hardship  Withdrawals.  Upon a  finding  that  the
                    Participant   has   suffered  a  Financial   Hardship,   the
                    Administrative  Committee may, in its sole discretion,  make
                    distributions from the Participant's  Account. The amount of
                    such a withdrawal shall be limited to the amount  reasonably
                    necessary to meet the Participant's needs resulting from the
                    Financial  Hardship.  If  payment  is made due to  Financial
                    Hardship under the Plan, the  Participant's  deferrals under
                    the Plan shall  cease for a twelve  (12) month  period.  Any
                    resumption  of the  Participant's  deferrals  under the Plan
                    after such  twelve (12) month  period  shall be made only at
                    the election of the  Participant in accordance  with Article
                    III herein.
                         (c) Form of Payment and Time. Any distribution pursuant
                    to  Sections  5.1(a) or 5.1 (b) shall be  payable  in a lump
                    sum. The distribution shall be paid in the case of a partial
                    withdrawal,  as provided in the Participation Agreement, and
                    in case of a  Financial  Hardship,  within  thirty (30) days
                    after the  Administrative  Committee  approves the Financial
                    Hardship.
                  5.2 Distributions  Following  Termination of Employment.  Upon
the  Participant's  termination  of employment  with the Employer for any reason
(which  termination  shall be for a  period  of at least  five  (5)  days),  the
Employer shall pay the Participant or, in the case of death,  the  Participant's
Beneficiary, benefits equal to the vested balance in the Participant's Account.

                                       9.

<PAGE>



                         5.3 Form of Benefit  Payment  Following  Termination of
                    Employment.
                         (a) Subject to Section  5.3(b),  benefits shall be paid
                    in the form selected by the Participant in the Participation
                    Agreement. Options include:
                         (i) A lump sum payment.  
                         (ii) Equal annual  installments of the Account and Rate
                    of Return amortized over a period of five (5), ten (1 0), or
                    fifteen (1 5) years.  The Account shall be amortized with an
                    assumed  Rate of Return of seven  percent  (7%)  unless  the
                    Participant  selects,   and  the  Administrative   Committee
                    approves, an alternative assumed Rate of Return. The Account
                    shall be reamortized  annually based upon the actual Rate of
                    Return.

                         (b) Small Account(s).  Notwithstanding  Section 5.3(a),
                    if the Partici  pant's  Account is less than fifty  thousand
                    dollars ($50,000) on the date of termination, the
                    benefit  shall be paid in a lump sum.
     5.4 Commencement of Deferral Payment.
                         (a)  Subject  to  Section  5.4(b),  benefits  that  are
                    payable upon the  Participant's  termination  of  employment
                    with  the  Employer   shall   commence  as  elected  by  the
                    Participant in the Participation Agreement. Options are:
                         (i)  Payments to commence  as soon as  practical  after
                    termination  but in no case more than  sixty (60) days after
                    termination.

                         (ii)  Payment to commence as soon as  practical  in the
                    calendar year following termination but in no case more than
                    ninety (90) days after the beginning of the calendar year.

                                       10.

<PAGE>



                         (iii)  Payments to commence as soon as practical in the
                    calendar  year  following  the  later  of the  Participant's
                    termination   or  attainment  of  an  age  selected  by  the
                    Participant  which shall not exceed age sixty-five  (65). If
                    the  Participant has selected this option and has an Account
                    balance  less  than  fifty  thousand  dollars  ($50,000)  at
                    termination,   the   benefit   shall   commence  as  if  the
                    Participant had selected Section 5.4(a)(ii) above.
               (b)  Notwithstanding  Section  5.4(a),  if the  Participant  is a
          "covered  employee" as defined in Section  162(m)(3) of the Code,  the
          Participant  shall  receive  his  first  benefit  payment  as  if  the
          Participant had elected option Section  5.4(a)(ii)  above,  unless the
          Participant   has   elected   Section   5.4(a)(iii)   above  and  such
          commencement date is after the date payable under Section 5.4(a)(ii).
     5.5 Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Participant,  the Employer shall I
pay to the  Participant's  Beneficiary  an amount equal to the remaining  unpaid
balance of the Participant's Account in a lump sum.
     5.6 Accelerated  Distribution.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of the
Plan,  at any time the  Participant  shall be entitled to receive,  upon written
request to the Administrative Committee, a lump sum distribution equal to ninety
percent  (90%)  of the  vested  Account  balance  as of the  Determination  Date
immediately  preceding the date on which the  Administrative  Committee receives
the  written  request.   The  remaining   balance  shall  be  forfeited  by  the
Participant.  The amount  payable under this Section shall be paid in a lump sum
within   thirty  (30)  days   following   the  receipt  of  the  notice  by  the
Administrative Committee from the Participant. 

                                      11.

<PAGE>



                  If the Participant receives a distribution under this Section,
his Deferral  Commitments for the remaining  portion of that calendar year shall
be revoked and he shall not be permitted to make  Deferral  Commitments  for the
next succeeding calendar year.
                  5.7  Withholding  for Taxes. To the extent required by the law
in effect at the time payments are made,  the Employer  shall  withhold from the
payments made hereunder any taxes  required to be withheld by federal,  state or
local  government,  including  any  amount  which  the  Employer  determines  is
reasonably necessary to pay any generation-skipping transfer tax which is or may
become due. A Beneficiary, however, may elect not to have withholding of federal
income  tax  pursuant  to  Section  3405(a)(2)  of the  Code,  or any  successor
provision thereto.
                  5.8 Valuation and Settlement. The amount of a lump sum payment
and the  initial  amount  of  installments  shall be  based on the  value of the
Participant's  Account  on the  Determination  Date  immediately  preceding  the
payment or commencement of installment payments.
                  5.9 Payment to  Guardian.  The  Administrative  Committee  may
direct payment to the duly  appointed  guardian,  conservators  or other similar
legal  representative  of the Participant or Beneficiary to whom payment is due.
In the absence of such a legal representative, the Administrative Committee may,
in it sole and absolute discretion, make payment to a person having the care and
custody of a minor,  incompetent or person incapable of handling the disposition
of  property  upon  proof  satisfactory  to  the  Administrative   Committee  of
incompetency,  minority,  or  incapacity.  Such  distribution  shall  completely
discharge the  Administrative  Committee from all liability with respect to such
benefit.


                                       12.

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI
                             BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
                  6.1  Beneficiary  Designation.  Subject  to Section  6.3,  the
Participant  shall have the right,  at any time,  to  designate  one (1) or more
persons or an entity as Beneficiary  (both primary as well as secondary) to whom
benefits  under the Plan shall be paid in the event of the  Participant's  death
prior to complete  distribution of the Participant's  Account.  Each Beneficiary
designation  shall  be  in a  written  form  prescribed  by  the  Administrative
Committee  and  shall be  effective  only  when  filed  with the  Administrative
Committee during the Participant's lifetime.
                  6.2  Changing   Beneficiary.   Subject  to  Section  6.3,  any
Beneficiary designation may be changed by the Participant without the consent of
the previously  named  Beneficiary by the filing of a new  designation  with the
Administrative  Committee.  The  filing of a new  designation  shall  cancel all
designations previously filed.
                  6.3  Community  Property.  If  the  Participant  resides  in a
community property state, the following rules shall apply:
                           (a) If the Participant is married, the designation of
         a  Beneficiary  other  than  the  Participant's  spouse  shall  not  be
         effective   unless  the  spouse   executes  a  written   consent   that
         acknowledges  the effect of the  designation,  or it is established the
         consent cannot be obtained because the spouse cannot be located.
                           (b) If the Participant is married,  the Participant's
         Beneficiary  designation  may  be  changed  with  the  consent  of  the
         Participant's spouse as provided for in Section 6.3(a) by the filing of
         a new designation with the Administrative Committee.

                                       13.

<PAGE>



                    (c) If the  Participant's  marital  status changes after the
               Participant  has  designated a Beneficiary,  the following  shall
               apply:
                                    (i) If the  Participant  is  married  at the
                  time of death but was unmarried when the designation was made,
                  the designation  shall be void unless the spouse has consented
                  to it in the manner prescribed in Section 6.3(a).
                                    (ii) If the  Participant is unmarried at the
                  time of death but was married when the designation was made:
                         a) The  designation  shall  be void if the  spouse  was
                    named as Beneficiary.
                         b) The  designation  shall  remain valid if a nonspouse
                    Beneficiary was named.
                         (iii)  If  the   Participant   was  married   when  the
                    designation was made and is married to a different spouse at
                    death, the designation shall I be void unless the new spouse
                    has consented to it in the manner prescribed above.
          6.4 No Beneficiary Designation.  If the Participant fails to designate
     a Beneficiary in the manner  provided above, if the designation is void, or
     if  the  Beneficiary   designated  by  the  Participant   dies  before  the
     Participant or before complete distribution of the Participant's  benefits,
     the  Participant's  Beneficiary  shall be the  person  in the  first of the
     following classes in which there is a survivor:
                           (a)      The Participant's spouse;

                                       14.

<PAGE>



                           (b)  The  Participant's  children  in  equal  shares,
                  except that if any of the children  predecease the Participant
                  but leaves  issue  surviving,  then such  issue  shall take by
                  right of representation  the share the parent would have taken
                  if living;
                           (c)      The Participant's estate.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                 ADMINISTRATION
                  7.1 Committee;  Duties.  The Plan shall be administered by the
Administrative Committee. The Administrative Committee shall consist of at least
three  (3)   individuals   appointed   by  the   Compensation   Committee.   The
Administrative  Committee  shall have the authority to amend (but not terminate)
the Plan (subject to Section 9.1),  interpret and enforce all appropriate  rules
and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and
all  questions,  including  interpretations  of the  Plan,  as may arise in such
administration.  A majority vote of the  Administrative  Committee members shall
control any decision.
                  7.2 Agents.  The  Administrative  Committee  may, from time to
time, employ agents and delegate to them such  administrative  duties as it sees
fit,  and may from time to time  consult  with counsel who may be counsel to the
Company.
                  7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions. The decision or action of the
Administrative  Committee  with  respect to any  question  arising  out of or in
connection with the  administration,  interpretation and application of the Plan
and the rules and regulations  promulgated hereunder shall be final,  conclusive
and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

                                       15.

<PAGE>



                  7.4 Indemnity of Administrative  Committee.  The Company shall
indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrative  Committee against
any and all claims,  loss, damage,  expense or liability arising from any action
or failure to act with respect to the Plan on account of such  person's  service
on the  Administrative  Committee,  except  in the case of gross  negligence  or
willful misconduct.
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                CLAIMS PROCEDURE
                  8.1 Claim. The Administrative  Committee shall establish rules
and procedures to be followed by the Participant and Beneficiaries in (a) filing
claims for benefits,  and (b) for furnishing and verifying  proofs  necessary to
establish the right to benefits in accordance with the Plan, consistent with the
remainder of this Article.  Such rules and procedures  shall require that claims
and proofs be made in writing and directed to the Administrative Committee.
                  8.2 Review of Claim. The Administrative Committee shall review
all claims for benefits. Upon receipt by the Administrative  Committee of such a
claim,  it shall  determine all facts which are necessary to establish the right
of the  claimant to  benefits  under the  provisions  of the Plan and the amount
thereof as herein  provided within ninety (90) days of receipt of such claim. If
prior  to  the   expiration  of  the  initial   ninety  (90)  day  period,   the
Administrative  Committee  determines  additional  time is  needed  to come to a
determination on the claim, the  Administrative  Committee shall provide written
notice to the  Participant,  Beneficiary  or other  claimant of the need for the
extension, not to exceed a total of one hundred eighty (1 80) days from the date
the application was received.

                                       16.

<PAGE>



                  8.3  Notice  of  Denial  of  Claim.  In  the  event  that  the
Participant,  Beneficiary or other  claimant  claims to be entitled to a benefit
under the Plan,  and the  Administrative  Committee  determines  that such claim
should be denied in whole or in part, the  Administrative  Committee  shall,  in
writing,  notify such  claimant  that the claim has been denied,  in whole or in
part,  setting  forth the specific  reasons for such denial.  Such  notification
shall be  written  in a manner  reasonably  expected  to be  understood  by such
claimant and shall refer to the  specific  sections of the Plan relied on, shall
describe any additional  material or  information  necessary for the claimant to
perfect the claim and an  explanation  of why such  material or  information  is
necessary,  and where  appropriate,  shall  include  an  explanation  of how the
claimant can obtain reconsideration of such denial.
                  8.4      Reconsideration of Denied Claim.
                           (a)  Within  sixty  (60) days  after  receipt  of the
         notice  of the  denial of a claim,  such  claimant  or duly  authorized
         representative  may  request,  by mailing or delivery  of such  written
         notice  to  the  Administrative  Committee,  a  reconsideration  by the
         Administrative  Committee  of the  decision  denying the claim.  If the
         claimant  or duly  authorized  representative  fails to request  such a
         reconsideration  within  such  sixty  (60)  day  period,  it  shall  be
         conclusively determined for all purposes of the Plan that the denial of
         such claim by the Administrative Committee is correct. If such claimant
         or duly authorized  representative  requests a  reconsideration  within
         such  sixty  (60)  day  period,   the   claimant  or  duly   authorized
         representative  shall have thirty (30) days after  filing a request for
         reconsideration to submit additional written material in support of the
         claim,  review pertinent  documents,  and submit issues and comments in
         writing.

                                       17.

<PAGE>



                           (b)   After   such   reconsideration   request,   the
         Administrative  Committee  shall  determine  within  sixty (60) days of
         receipt of the  claimant's  request for  reconsideration  whether  such
         denial of the claim was  correct  and shall  notify  such  claimant  in
         writing of its  determination.  The written notice of decision shall be
         in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written
         in a manner  calculated to be  understood  by the claimant,  as well as
         specific  references  to the  pertinent  Plan  provisions  on which the
         decision is based. In the event of special circumstances  determined by
         the Administrative Committee, the time for the Administrative Committee
         to make a decision  may be  extended by an  additional  sixty (60) days
         upon written  notice to the claimant prior to the  commencement  of the
         extension.
                  8.5 Arbitration.  Any decision of the Administrative Committee
may be appealed to arbitration,  pursuant to the arbitration  procedure provided
for in the Participant's Employment Agreement.
                  8.6   Employer   to  Supply   Information.   To   enable   the
Administrative  Committee to perform its  functions,  the Employer  shall supply
full  and  timely  information  to  the  Administrative  Committee  and  to  the
Participant of all matters relating to the retirement,  death or other cause for
termination of employment of the Participant,  and such other pertinent facts as
the Administrative Committee or the Participant may require.


                                       18.

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IX
                        AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
                  9.1 Amendment.  The  Administrative  Committee may at any time
amend the Plan by written instrument with the Participant's  written consent and
the written consent of any  Beneficiaries  to whom a benefit is due,  subject to
the following:
                    (a)  Preservation  of Account  Balance.  No amendment  shall
               reduce the amount  accrued  in the  Participant's  Account to the
               date such notice of the amendment is given.
                    (b) Changes in Earnings Rate. No amendment  shall reduce the
               Rate of Return to be credited  after the date of the amendment to
               the  amount  already  accrued  in the  Account  and any  Deferred
               Compensation  credited to the Account under Deferral  Commitments
               already in effect on that date.
                  9.2 Termination.  The  Compensation  Committee may at any time
partially  or  completely  terminate  the Plan  with the  Participant's  written
consent, if, in the Compensation  Committee's  judgment,  the tax, accounting or
other effects of the continuance of the Plan, or potential  payments  thereunder
would not be in the best interests of the Employer and the Participant.
                    (a)  Partial  Termination.  With the  Participant's  written
               consent,  the Compensation  Committee may partially terminate the
               Plan by instructing  the  Administrative  Committee not to accept
               any   additional   Deferral   Commitments.   If  such  a  partial
               termination  occurs,  the Plan shall  continue  to operate and be
               effective with regard to Deferral  Commitments entered into prior
               to the effective date of such partial termination.

                                       19.

<PAGE>



                    (b) Complete  Termination.  With the  Participant's  written
               consent, the Compensation  Committee may completely terminate the
               Plan by instructing  the  Administrative  Committee not to accept
               any  additional  Deferral  Commitments,  and by  terminating  all
               ongoing  Deferral  Commitments.  If such a  complete  termination
               occurs,  the Plan shall cease to operate and the  Employer  shall
               pay out the Account. Payment shall be made in substantially equal
               annual  installments  over  the  following  period,  based on the
               Account balance:
                  Account Balance                                 Payout Period
                  Less than $1 00,000                                  Lump Sum
                  $100,000 but less than $500,000                      3 Years
                  More than $500,000                                   5 Years

                  Payments  shall  commence  within  sixty  (60) days  after the
Compensation  Committee  terminates  the Plan and earnings  shall continue to be
credited on the unpaid Account balance.
                                    ARTICLE X
                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                  10.1 Unfunded  Plan.  The Plan is an unfunded plan  maintained
primarily  to  provide  deferred  compensation  benefits  for a select  group of
"management or highly compensated employees" within the meaning of Sections 201,
301 and 401 of ERISA,  and therefore is exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3
and 4 of Title I of ERISA.
                  10.2  Unsecured  General  Creditor.  The  Participant  and his
Beneficiaries  shall  be  unsecured  general  creditors,   with  no  secured  or
preferential  right to any assets of the Employer or any other party for payment
of benefits under the Plan. Any life insurance  policies,  annuity  contracts or
other  property  purchased  by the  Employer in  connection  with the Plan shall
remain

                                       20.

<PAGE>



its general,  unpledged and unrestricted assets. The Employer's obligation under
the Plan shall be an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.
                  10.3 Trust Fund. At its discretion, the Employer may establish
one (1) or more trusts,  with such  trustees as the  Compensation  Committee may
approve, for the purpose of providing for the payment of benefits owed under the
Plan.  Although such a trust shall be irrevocable,  its assets shall be held for
payment of all the  Company's  general  creditors in the event of  insolvency or
bankruptcy. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are paid from any
such trust,  the Employer  shall have no further  obligation to pay them. If not
paid from the trust, such benefits shall remain the obligation of the Employer.
                  10.4  Nonassignability.  Neither the Participant nor any other
person  shall  have any  right  to  commute,  sell,  assign,  transfer,  pledge,
anticipate,  mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer,  hypothecate or convey in
advance of actual receipt the amounts,  if any, payable  hereunder,  or any part
thereof,  which  are,  and all  rights to which are,  expressly  declared  to be
unassignable and nontransferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to
actual payment,  be subject to seizure or  sequestration  for the payment of any
debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by the Participant or any
other  person,  nor be  transferable  by  operation  of law in the  event of the
Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency.
                  10.5  Not  a  Contract  of  Employment.  The  Plan  shall  not
constitute a contract of  employment  between the Employer and the  Participant.
Nothing in the Plan shall give the  Participant  the right to be retained in the
service  of the  Employer  or to  interfere  with the right of the  Employer  to
discharge the Participant pursuant to the Participant's Employment Agreement.

                                       21.

<PAGE>



                  10.6 Protective  Provisions.  The  Participant  will cooperate
with  the  Employer  by  furnishing  any and all  information  requested  by the
Employer in order to facilitate the payment of benefits hereunder, and by taking
such physical  examinations  as the Employer may deem  necessary and taking such
other action as may be requested by the Employer.
                  10.7  Governing  Law.  The  provisions  of the  Plan  shall be
construed  and  interpreted  according  to  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of
Pennsylvania, except as preempted by ERISA or other federal law.
                  10.8 Validity. In case any provision of the Plan shall be held
illegal or invalid for any  reason,  said  illegality  or  invalidity  shall not
affect the remaining parts hereof,  but the Plan shall be construed and enforced
as if such illegal and invalid provision had never been inserted herein.
                  10.9 Notice.  Any notice  required or permitted under the Plan
shall be  sufficient  if in writing and hand  delivered or sent by registered or
certified  mail. Such notice shall be deemed as given as of the date of delivery
or, if  delivery  is made by mail,  as of the date shown on the  postmark on the
receipt for registration or certification.  Mailed notice to the  Administrative
Committee  shall be  directed to the  Company's  address.  Mailed  notice to the
Participant  or  Beneficiary  shall be directed to the  individual's  last known
address in the Employer's records.
                  10.10  Successors.  The  provisions of the Plan shall bind and
inure to the benefit of the Employer and its  successors  and assigns.  The term
successors as used herein shall include any corporate or other  business  entity
which shall, whether by merger,  consolidation,  purchase or otherwise,  acquire
all or  substantially  all of the  business  and  assets  of the  Employer,  and
successors of any such corporation or other business entity.

                                       22.

<PAGE>



                                                             MK RAIL CORPORATION

Dated                              , 1996                    By
                                                             Its





                                       23.

<PAGE>



                                EXHIBIT B (Cont.)
                                 TRUST AGREEMENT
                   TRUST UNDER DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR
                                 MICHAEL A. WOLF

                  (a) This  Agreement  made  this day of 1996 by and  ----------
- -----------------------   between  M.  K.  RAIL   CORPORATION   ("Company")  and
("Trustee");
                  (b)  WHEREAS,  Company  has  adopted a  nonqualified  deferred
compensation  plan (the "Deferred  Compensation  Plan") for Michael A. Wolf (the
"Participant");
                  (c)  WHEREAS,   Company  has  incurred  or  expects  to  incur
liability under the terms of such Deferred Compensation Plan with respect to the
Participant;
                  (d) WHEREAS,  Company wishes to establish a trust (hereinafter
called  "Trust")  and to  contribute  to the  Trust  assets  that  shall be held
therein,  subject to the claims of Company's creditors in the event of Company's
Insolvency,   as  herein  defined,   until  paid  to  the  Participant  and  his
beneficiaries  in such  manner and at such times as  specified  in the  Deferred
Compensation Plan;
                  (e)  WHEREAS,  it is the  intention  of the parties  that this
Trust shall  constitute an unfunded  arrangement and shall not affect the status
of the Deferred Compensation Plan as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose
of providing  deferred  compensation  for a select group of management or highly
compensated  employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974; and


                                       1.

<PAGE>



                  (f)  WHEREAS,   it  is  the   intention  of  Company  to  make
contributions to the Trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it
in the meeting of its liabilities under the Deferred Compensation Plan;
                  NOW THEREFORE,  the parties do hereby  establish the Trust and
agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:
                  Section 1.     Establishment of Trust
                         (a) Company  hereby  deposits with Trustee in trust $ ,
                    which shall  become the  principal  of the Trust to be held,
                    administered  and disposed of by Trustee as provided in this
                    Trust Agreement.  
                         (b) The Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable.
                         (c) The  Trust is  intended  to be a  grantor  trust of
                    which Company is the grantor,  within the meaning of subpart
                    E,  part 1,  subchapter  J,  chapter  1,  subtitle  A of the
                    Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as  amended,  and shall be
                    construed accordingly.
                         (d) The principal of the Trust and any earnings thereon
                    shall be held separate and apart from other funds of Company
                    and shall be used  exclusively  for the uses and purposes of
                    the Participant  and general  creditors as herein set forth.
                    The  Participant  and  his   beneficiaries   shall  have  no
                    preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in,
                    any  assets  of the  Trust.  Any  rights  created  under the
                    Deferred Compensation Plan and this Trust Agreement shall be
                    mere unsecured contractual rights of the Participant and his
                    beneficiaries  against Company. Any assets held by the Trust
                    will be subject to the claims of Company's general creditors
                    under federal and state law in the event of  Insolvency,  as
                    defined in Section 3(a) herein.

                                       2.

<PAGE>



                  (e) Company, in its sole discretion,  may at any time, or from
time to time, make  additional  deposits of cash or other property in trust with
Trustee to augment the  principal  to be held,  administered  and disposed of by
Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. Neither Trustee nor the Participant
or his beneficiaries shall have any right to compel such additional deposits.
                  (f)  Upon a  Change  in  Control,  Company  shall,  as soon as
possible,  but in no event longer than 30 days  following the Change in Control,
as defined  herein,  make an irrevocable  contribution to the Trust in an amount
that is sufficient to pay the  Participant  or his  beneficiary  the benefits to
which the  Participant or his  beneficiaries  would be entitled  pursuant to the
terms of the  Deferred  Compensation  Plan as of the date on which the Change in
Control occurred.
                  For purposes of this Trust,  the term Change in Control  shall
have the same meaning as in the Participant's Employment Agreement with Company.
     Section 2. Payments to the Participant and His Beneficiaries
                  (a) Company  shall deliver to Trustee a schedule (the "Payment
Schedule") that indicates the amounts payable in respect of the Participant (and
his beneficiaries),  that provides a formula or other instructions acceptable to
Trustee for determining the amounts so payable, the form in which such amount is
to be paid (as provided for or available under the Deferred  Compensation Plan),
and the time of  commencement  for payment of such amounts.  Except as otherwise
provided  herein,  Trustee  shall  make  payments  to the  Participant  and  his
beneficiaries  in  accordance  with such Payment  Schedule.  Trustee  shall make
provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes
that may be required to be withheld 

                                       3.

<PAGE>



with  respect to the payment of benefits  pursuant to the terms of the  Deferred
Compensation  Plan and shall pay  amounts  withheld  to the  appropriate  taxing
authorities or determine that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid
by Company.

                  (b) The entitlement of the Participant or his beneficiaries to
benefits under the Deferred  Compensation Plan shall be determined by Company or
such party as it shall designate under the Deferred  Compensation  Plan, and any
claim for such benefits  shall be considered  and reviewed  under the procedures
set out in the Deferred Compensation Plan.
                  (c)  Company  may make  payment of  benefits  directly  to the
Participant  or his  beneficiaries  as they  become  due  under the terms of the
Deferred Compensation Plan. Company shall notify Trustee of its decision to make
payment  of  benefits  directly  prior to the time  amounts  are  payable to the
Participant or his  beneficiaries.  In addition,  if the principal of the Trust,
and any earnings  thereon,  are not  sufficient  to make payments of benefits in
accordance with the terms of the Deferred  Compensation Plan, Company shall make
the balance of each such payment as it falls due.  Trustee shall notify  Company
where principal and earnings are not sufficient.
     Section 3. Trustee  Responsibility  Regarding Payments to Trust Beneficiary
When Company Is Insolvent

                  (a) Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to the Participant
and his  beneficiaries  if Company is  Insolvent.  Company  shall be  considered
"Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) Company is unable to pay
its debts as they become due, or (ii) Company is subject to a pending proceeding
as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

                                       4.

<PAGE>



                  (b) At all times  during the  continuance  of this  Trust,  as
provided in Section l(d) hereof,  the principal and income of the Trust shall be
subject to claims of general creditors of Company under federal and state law as
set forth below.
                    (1) The Board of Directors  and the Chairman of the Board of
               Company  shall  have the duty to inform  Trustee  in  writing  of
               Company's  Insolvency.  If a person  claiming to be a creditor of
               Company  alleges in writing to Trustee  that  Company  has become
               Insolvent,  Trustee shall determine  whether Company is Insolvent
               and,  pending  such  determination,   Trustee  shall  discontinue
               payment of benefits to the Participant or his beneficiaries.
                    (2)  Unless  Trustee  has  actual   knowledge  of  Company's
               Insolvency,  or has  received  notice  from  Company  or a person
               claiming to be a creditor  alleging  that  Company is  Insolvent,
               Trustee  shall  have  no  duty  to  inquire  whether  Company  is
               Insolvent.  Trustee  may in all  events  rely  on  such  evidence
               concerning  Company's solvency as may be furnished to Trustee and
               that  provides  Trustee  with a  reasonable  basis  for  making a
               determination concerning Company's solvency.
                    (3) If at any time  Trustee has  determined  that Company is
               Insolvent,  Trustee shall discontinue payments to the Participant
               or his  beneficiaries  and shall hold the assets of the Trust for
               the benefit of Company's general creditors. Nothing in this Trust
               Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of the Participant
               or his  beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors
               of  Company  with  respect  to  benefits  due under the  Deferred
               Compensation Plan or otherwise.
                                                 
                                       5.

<PAGE>



                    (4)  Trustee  shall  resume the  payment of  benefits to the
               Participant or his  beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2 of
               this Trust  Agreement  only after  Trustee  has  determined  that
               Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).
                  (c)  Provided  that there are  sufficient  assets,  if Trustee
discontinues  the payment of benefits  from the Trust  pursuant to Section  3(b)
hereof and subsequently resumes such payments,  the first payment following such
discontinuance  shall  include the  aggregate  amount of all payments due to the
Participant or his  beneficiaries  under the terms of the Deferred  Compensation
Plan for the period of such  discontinuance,  less the  aggregate  amount of any
payments made to the Participant or his  beneficiaries by Company in lieu of the
payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.
                  Section 4.    Payments to Company
                  Except as provided in Section 3 hereof,  Company shall have no
right or power to direct Trustee to return to Company or to divert to others any
of the Trust  assets  before  all  payments  of  benefits  have been made to the
Participant  and  his  beneficiaries  pursuant  to the  terms  of  the  Deferred
Compensation Plan.
                  Section 5.        Investment Authority
                    (a) The assets of the Trust may be invested  and  reinvested
               in common  and  preferred  stocks,  shares,  or  certificates  of
               participation issued by investment companies,  investment trusts,
               and  mutual  funds,  common or pooled  investment  funds,  bonds,
               debentures,  insurance and annuity contracts, limited partnership
               interests,  obligations of governmental bodies, both domestic and
               foreign,  notes,  commercial paper,  certificates of deposit, and
               other  securities  or  evidences  of  indebtedness,   secured  or
               unsecured, including variable amount notes, convertible

                                       6.

<PAGE>



securities of all types and kinds,  interest-bearing savings or deposit accounts
with any federally  insured bank or trust company  (including  Trustee),  or any
federally insured savings and loan association, and-any other property permitted
as trust investments under applicable law.
                    (b) Trustee has the power to hold any or all  securities  or
               property  in  Trustee's  name,  as  Trustee,  or in the name of a
               nominee or nominee of an  affiliate,  and in accounts or deposits
               administered  in any  location  by  Trustee or any  affiliate  of
               Trustee. In the event the same are held in its own name or in the
               name of a nominee or nominees, suitable designation is to be made
               upon the books and  records of Trustee  that said  securities  or
               property are so held as part of any trusts hereunder.

                    (c) In no event may Trustee invest in securities  (including
               stock or  rights  to  acquire  stock)  or  obligations  issued by
               Company, other than a de minimis amount held in common investment
               vehicles in which Trustee  invests.  All rights  associated  with
               assets of the Trust shall be  exercised  by Trustee or the person
               designated by Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or
               rest with the Participant.
                  Section 6.        Disposition of Income
                  During  the term of this  Trust,  all income  received  by the
Trust, net of expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.
                  Section 7.        Accounting by Trustee
                  Trustee  shall  keep  accurate  and  detailed  records  of all
investments,  receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be
made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between
Company and Trustee. Within 30 days following the

                                       7.

<PAGE>



close of each calendar year and within 30 days after the removal or  resignation
of  Trustee,  Trustee  shall  deliver  to  Company  a  written  account  of  its
administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the close
of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or  resignation,  setting
forth all investments,  receipts,  disbursements and other transactions effected
by it,  including a description of all securities and investments  purchased and
sold with the cost or net proceeds of such 'purchases or sales (accrued interest
paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and
other  property  held in the  Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of
such removal or resignation, as the case may be.
                  Section 8.     Responsibility of Trustee
                  (a)  Trustee  shall act with the  care,  skill,  prudence  and
diligence under the  circumstances  then prevailing that a prudent person acting
in like  capacity and familiar  with such matters would use in the conduct of an
enterprise  of a like  character  and with like aims;  provided,  however,  that
Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken  pursuant to
a direction,  request or approval given by Company which is contemplated by, and
in conformity  with, the terms of the Deferred  Compensation  Plan or this Trust
and is given in writing by Company.  In the event of a dispute  between  Company
and a party,  Trustee may apply to a court of competent  jurisdiction to resolve
the dispute.
                  (b) Trustee may consult  with legal  counsel  (who may also be
counsel for Company  generally) with respect to any of its duties or obligations
hereunder.
                  (c)  Trustee  shall  have,  without   exclusion,   all  powers
conferred on Trustees by applicable law,  unless  expressly  provided  otherwise
herein;  provided,  however,  that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of
the Trust Trustee shall have no power to name a
                                                     
                                       8.

<PAGE>



beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust to assign the policy (as distinct
from  conversion  of the policy to a  different  form) other than to a successor
Trustee,  or to loan to any person the  proceeds of any  borrowing  against such
policy.
                  (d)  Notwithstanding any powers granted to Trustee pursuant to
this Trust Agreement or to applicable law, Trustee shall not have any power that
could give this Trust the  objective  of carrying on a business and dividing the
gains therefrom,  within the meaning of section  301.7701-2 of the Procedure and
Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.
                  (e)  Trustee,  its  affiliates,  their  officers,   directors,
employees  and  agents,  shall not be liable for any act or omission of Company,
any  investment  manager  (other  than an  investment  manager  affiliated  with
Trustee), or any officer, director, employee or agent of any of them (other than
an officer, director, employee or agent of an investment manager affiliated with
Trustee).
                  Section 9.     Compensation and Expenses of Trustee
                  Company shall pay all  administrative  and Trustee's  fees and
expenses. If not so paid, the fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust.
                  Trustee  shall be  entitled  to receive  compensation  for its
services hereunder, to be determined from time to time by the application of the
schedule of fees as published by Trustee and in effect at the time such fees are
charged  for  trusts  of a similar  size and  character,  and in the event  that
Trustee shall be called upon to render any extraordinary  services,  it shall be
entitled to additional compensation therefor.

                                       9.

<PAGE>



                  Section 10.       Resignation and Removal of Trustee
                  (a)  Trustee  may  resign  at any time by  written  notice  to
Company,  which shall be effective 30 days after  receipt of such notice  unless
Company and Trustee agree otherwise.
                  (b)  Trustee  may be removed  by Company on 30 days  notice or
upon shorter notice accepted by Trustee.
                  (c) Upon  resignation or removal of Trustee and appointment of
a  successor  Trustee,  all assets  shall  subsequently  be  transferred  to the
successor Trustee.  The transfer shall be completed within 30 days after receipt
of notice of resignation,  removal or transfer,  unless Company extends the time
limit.
                  (d) If Trustee  resigns or is removed,  a  successor  shall be
appointed,  in  accordance  with Section 1.1 hereof,  by the  effective  date of
resignation or removal under paragraph(s) (a) or (b) of this section. If no such
appointment  has  been  made,   Trustee  may  apply  to  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. All expenses of
Trustee in connection  with the  proceeding  shall be allowed as  administrative
expenses of the Trust.
                  Section 11.       Appointment of Successor
                  If Trustee  resigns or is removed in accordance with Section I
0(a) or (b) hereof,  Company may appoint any third  party,  such as a bank trust
department  or other party that may be granted  corporate  trustee  powers under
state law, as a successor to replace  Trustee upon  resignation or removal.  'Me
appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee,  who
shall  have all of the  rights  and  powers  of the  former  Trustee,  including
ownership

                                       10.

<PAGE>



rights in the Trust assets.  The former  Trustee  shall  execute any  instrument
necessary  or  reasonably  requested  by  Company  or the  successor  Trustee to
evidence the transfer.
                  Section 12.       Amendment or Termination
                  (a)  This  Trust   Agreement  may  be  amended  by  a  written
instrument executed by Trustee and Company.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no
such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Deferred  Compensation  Plan
or shall make the Trust revocable after it has become  irrevocable in accordance
with Section I (b) hereof.
                  (b) The Trust shall not terminate  until the date on which the
Participant and his beneficiaries are no longer entitled to benefits pursuant to
the terms of the Deferred  Compensation Plan. Upon termination of the Trust, any
assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to Company.
                  (c)  Upon  written   approval  of  the   Participant   or  his
beneficiaries  entitled  to payment  of  benefits  pursuant  to the terms of the
Deferred  Compensation  Plan, Company may terminate this Trust prior to the time
all benefit  payments under the Deferred  Compensation  Plan have been made. All
assets in the Trust at termination shall be returned to Company.

                  Section 13.       Miscellaneous
                  (a) Any provisions of this Trust  Agreement  prohibited by law
shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating
the remaining provisions thereof.
                  (b) Benefits payable to the Participant and his  beneficiaries
under this Trust Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in
equity), alienated, pledged,

                                       11.

<PAGE>


encumbered or subjected to  attachment,  garnishment,  levy,  execution or other
legal or equitable process.
                  (c) This Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of Michigan.
                  Section 14.       Effective Date
                  The effective date of this Trust Agreement shall be_____ 1996.
                  IN WITNESS OF WHICH,  Company and Trustee have  executed  this
Trust Agreement by their duly authorized officers.

                                                     MK RAIL CORPORATION
                                                     By
         Its

                                                  PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                                              By
                                                              Its:  Trustee








                                       12.
<PAGE>



                                                               Exhibit 10.61






                        AMENDMENT TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT




                  BANCOMER, S.A., MULTIPLE BANKING INSTITUTION,
                            BANCOMER FINANCIAL GROUP

                                   (BANCOMER)





                              MK GAIN, S.A. DE C.V.

                                   (BORROWER)








                           Translated from Spanish by
                       Latin American Trade Finance, Ltd.

<PAGE>





                                      INDEX


DECLARATIONS.............................................................1
I.       Declarations of the Borrower....................................1
II.      Declarations of Bancomer........................................2

CLAUSES  2

Clause 1.               Amendment to the Credit Agreement................2

Clause 2.               Validity and Legal Effect of the Credit
                        Agreement........................................2

Clause 3.               Definition of Terms..............................3

Clause 4.               Modifications to the Credit Agreement............3
A.       Modifications to Paragraph N. of Clause 1.......................3
B.       Modifications to Paragraph U. of Clause 1.......................3
C.       Modifications to Paragraph DD. of Clause 1......................3
D.       Modifications to Paragraph FF. of Clause 1......................4
E.       Modifications to Clause 5.......................................4
F.       Modifications to Paragraph H. of Clause 7.......................4
G.       Modifications to Paragraph F. of Clause 8.......................4
H.       Modifications to Paragraph C. of Clause 12......................5
I.       Modifications to Paragraph T. of Clause 18......................6
J.       Modifications to Paragraph W. of Clause 18......................7
K.       Addition of Paragraph X. of Clause 18...........................8
L.       Modifications to Paragraph I. of Clause 20......................8
M.       Modifications to Paragraph O. of Clause 20......................8
N.       Modifications to Paragraph R. of Clause 20......................9
O.       Addition of Paragraphs Z.,AA. and BB. of Clause 20..............9
P.       Modifications to Paragraph B. of Clause 30......................9
Q.       Modifications to Annex "F" Financial Ratios.....................10
R.       Modifications to Annex "H" Shop Improvements....................10
S.       Modifications to Annex "I" Calculation of Success Commission....10
T        Modifications to Annex "J" Maintenance Contract.................10

Clause 5 Commissions.....................................................10

Clause 5.               Governing Law....................................10

Clause 6.               Jurisdiction.....................................10


ANNEX "A"               COPY OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT
ANNEX "B"               FINANCIAL RATIOS
ANNEX "C"               MODIFICATIONS TO ANNEX "H" PROGRAM OF
                        SHOP IMPROVEMENTS
ANNEX "D"               MODIFICATIONS TO ANNEX "I" METHOD FOR CALCULATION OF
                        SUCCESS COMMISSION
ANNEX "E"               MODIFICATIONS TO ANNEX "J" MODIFICATIONS OF
                        MAINTENANCE CONTRACT


<PAGE>









                        AMENDMENT TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT


             ------------------------------------------------------


         Amendment Agreement to the Credit Agreement signed on December 13, 1996
by and between:

         (i) Bancomer,  S.A., Multiple Banking  Institution,  Bancomer Financial
Group,  a credit  institution  constituted  and  existing  under the laws of the
United Mexican States (identified hereinafter as "Bancomer"), and

         (ii) MK Gain,  S.A. de C.V.,  a  corporation  constituted  and existing
under  the  laws of the  United  Mexican  States  (identified  hereafter  as the
"Borrower").

         in accordance with the following declarations and clauses:


                                  DECLARATIONS

I.       Borrower's Recitals.  Borrower states that:

         a) It is a corporation  organized  under the laws of the United Mexican
States with full  capacity  under its by-laws to execute this  Agreement  and to
undertake its obligations as established hereunder,  as evidenced by Public Deed
No. 23 granted on January 26, 1994, before Mr. Jose Luis Cardenas Davila, Notary
Public  No.  12 in and for  Sabinas,  Coahuila,  whose  first  public  deed  was
inscribed in the Public Property Registry of Sabinas,  State of Coahuila,  under
number 1,771, 10th volume, 3rd book,  commercial  section,  on January 27, 1994,
and the Public  Deed No.  22,796  granted on July 5, 1995  before Mr.  Carlos A.
Duran Loera,  Public Notary No. 11 of the Federal  District,  whose first public
deed was  inscribed in the Public  Registry of Commerce of Mexico City,  D.F. on
page number 20,849 dated June 24, 1996.

         b) Its  representatives are duly empowered and have full legal capacity
to  execute   this   Agreement  on  its  behalf  and   representation,   without
modification,  restriction  or revocation as of the date of this  Agreement,  as
evidenced by a copy, certified by the Secretary of the Board of Directors of the
Borrower, of the minutes dated December 11, 1996, of the resolution taken by the
Board of Directors of the Borrower to grant the necessary  powers of attorney to
enter into this Amendment Agreement.

         c) That  on  July 6,  1995 it  entered  into a  credit  agreement  with
Bancomer  (hereinafter  referred to as the Credit  Agreement) of which a copy is
attached hereto as Annex "A".

         d) It has requested from Bancomer a Loan  Disbursement (as such term is
defined in the Credit Agreement) for an amount greater than the Credit Agreement
allows to be made in one Disbursement of the Credit.

II.      Bancomer's Recitals.  Bancomer states that:

         a) It is a credit institution duly organized and validly existing under
the laws of the United  Mexican  States and is fully  empowered  to execute this
Agreement,  as  evidenced  by Public Deed No.  8525  granted on October 8, 1945,
before Mr. Tomo s O'Gorman,  Notary  Public No. 1 of the Federal  District  with
first public deed written  under Folio No. 53, Page 310,  Volume 207,  Book 3 of
the Public Registry of Commerce, Federal District.

         b) That  its  representative  has the  sufficient  legal  capacity  and
authorization  to enter into this  Agreement  on its behalf and  representation,
without having been modified,  restricted or revoked as of the date of execution
of this Agreement,  as evidenced by (i) Public Deed No. 20,373, granted on April
21, 1994,  before Mr. Rogelio  Magana Luna,  Notary Public No. 56 of the Federal
District,  whose first public deed was inscribed under number 23,900, page 12 of
volume 268 of the Public  Registry of Property  and  Commerce of the city of San
Luis Potasi, San Luis Potasi.

         c) That for the  purpose  of  clarifying  some terms used in the Credit
Agreement and some of the obligations of the parties thereto, it wishes to enter
into this Amendment Agreement to the Credit Agreement.

         d) That it has  received  from the  borrower  a request  to make a Loan
Disbursement  for an amount greater than as permitted by the Credit Agreement in
one Loan Disbursement.

         NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing  declarations,  the
parties hereto agree to the following:


                                     CLAUSES

         Clause  1.  Modification  to the  Credit  Agreement.  Bancomer  and the
Borrower,  by means of this Amendment  Agreement  expressly  agree to modify and
hereby do modify  the  Credit  Agreement,  under the terms  established  in this
Amendment Agreement.

         Clause 2. Validity and Legal Effect of the Credit  Agreement.  Bancomer
and the Borrower  expressly provide and agree that with respect to all terms and
conditions of the Credit Agreement not expressly modified by this Amendment, all
such terms and  conditions  will  continue to be in full force and effect in the
manner that they were initially agreed. Furthermore, the parties expressly agree
that under no  circumstances  should this Amendment be interpreted as a novation
of the obligations of the parties under the Credit Agreement,  and therefore the
parties  ratify in all  aspects  the  provisions  of the  Credit  Agreement  not
modified by means of this Amendment.

         Clause 3.  Definition of Terms.  The terms that are used in the present
Amendment  Agreement and that related to the Credit  Agreement have the meanings
attributed to them in the Credit Agreement.

         Clause 4.    Modifications to the Credit Agreement.

         A. Modifications to Paragraph N. of Clause 1. Bancomer and the Borrower
agree to modify  and  hereby do modify  Paragraph  N. of Clause 1 of the  Credit
Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "N.  "Maintenance  Contract"  means the Contract for the Maintenance of
         Traction  and Haulage  Equipment  entered into between the Borrower and
         Ferrocarriles  on March 15,  1994,  and the  amending  agreement to the
         contract dated August 30, 1996."

         B. Modifications to Paragraph U. of Clause 1. Bancomer and the Borrower
agree to modify  and  hereby do modify  Paragraph  U. of Clause 1 of the  Credit
Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "U. "Loan Disbursement",  means the disbursements of the Credit made by
         the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this  Agreement;  provided
         however that: (i) the borrower may make only Loan Disbursement for each
         calendar month during the duration of the Disbursement period; (ii) the
         first  Loan  Disbursement  may be  made  for up to the  amount  of U.S.
         $3,000,000.00 (Three Million and 00/100 Dollars); (iii) each one of the
         second  and  subsequent  Loan  Disbursements  shall be in an amount not
         greater  than $U.S.  $1,540,000.00  (One  Million  Five  Hundred  Forth
         Thousand  and 00/100  Dollars);  (iv) the dates and amounts of the Loan
         Disbursements may only be modified with the prior approval of Bancomer;
         and (v) any Loan Disbursement may not be for less than U.S. $100,000.00
         (One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars).

         C.  Modifications  to  Paragraph  DD.  of Clause  1.  Bancomer  and the
Borrower  agree to modify and hereby do modify  Paragraph DD. of Clause 1 of the
Credit Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "DD.  "Maximum  Risk  Amount"  means the amount of U.S.  $27,100,000.00
(Twenty Seven Million One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars).

         D.  Modifications  to  Paragraph  FF.  of Clause  1.  Bancomer  and the
Borrower  agree to modify and hereby do modify  Paragraph FF. of Clause 1 of the
Credit Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "FF. "Financial Ratios", mean the financial ratios set forth in Annex F
to this  Agreement and which are to be complied with by the Borrower  during the
term of this Agreement."

         E. Modifications to Clause 5. Bancomer and the Borrower agree to modify
and  hereby  do modify  Clause 5 of the  Credit  Agreement,  in order to read as
follows:
         "Clause  5. Loan  Disbursements.  During the Loan  Disbursement  Period
         provided  in Clause 4 above,  the  Borrower  shall  notify  Bancomer in
         writing with five (5) Business  Days Notice of its  intention to make a
         Loan Disbursement,  specifying (i) the amount of the Loan Disbursement,
         and (ii)  the  Disbursement  Date.  Provided  that  all the  conditions
         precedent  set  forth  in (i) of this  Agreement,  for the  first  Loan
         Disbursement  and (ii) in Clause 8, for subsequent Loan  Disbursements,
         have been duly  satisfied and the Note or Notes referred to in Clause 6
         of this Agreement are in terms and conditions which are satisfactory to
         Bancomer, Bancomer shall disburse to the Borrower the Loan Disbursement
         on the  Disbursement  Date  requested  by the  Borrower,  by  means  of
         depositing  the  respective  funds  precisely  in  Dollars  to the bank
         account and in accordance with the instructions provided to the bank by
         Bancomer for such purpose in the notice referred to in this Clause".

         F. Modifications to Paragraph H. of Clause 7. Bancomer and the Borrower
agree to modify  and  hereby do modify  Paragraph  H. of Clause 7 of the  Credit
Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "H. That Bancomer shall have received, to its complete satisfaction the
         Ferrocarriles  certificate with respect to the first Loan Disbursement,
         confirming that  Farrocarriles has (i) received and inspected the works
         and  services  mentioned  therein,  and (ii)  agrees that the works and
         services  mentioned  therein shall serve as a basis for determining One
         Hundred Percent of the termination value to be calculated in accordance
         with Annex B of the Ferrocarriles Agreement."

         G. Modifications to Paragraph F. of Clause 8. Bancomer and the Borrower
agree to modify  and  hereby do modify  Paragraph  F. of Clause 8 of the  Credit
Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "F. That Bancomer shall have received, to its complete satisfaction the
         Ferrocarriles  certificate  with  respect to the second and  subsequent
         Loan Disbursements,  confirming that Farrocarriles has (i) received and
         inspected  the works and services  mentioned  therein,  and (ii) agrees
         that the works and services  mentioned  therein  shall serve as a basis
         for  determining  One Hundred  Percent of the  termination  value to be
         calculated in accordance with Annex B of the Ferrocarriles Agreement."

         H.  Modifications  to  Paragraph  C. of  Clause  12.  Bancomer  and the
Borrower agree to modify and hereby do modify  Paragraph C. of Clause 12. of the
Credit Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "C. The  Success  Commission  in an amount  totaling  US$950,000  (Nine
         Hundred  Fifty  Thousand and 00/100  Dollars)  payable in 12 semiannual
         installments,  (i) the  first of which is to be paid in the  amount  of
         US$90,000.00  (Ninety  Thousand  Dollars),  and  (ii)  the 11  (eleven)
         remaining  payments  of this  commission,  each of which will be in the
         amount of US$75,000.00  (Seventy Five Thousand Dollars) will be paid on
         the 15th day of the  months of August  and  February  of each  calendar
         year; with the understanding that:

                  (I) the first  payment of the  Success Fee will be made on the
         date which occurs on the later of: (y) the 30th of December,  1996,  or
         (z) the date on which the Borrower  disburses part or all of the amount
         of  US$2,720,000.00  (Two Million Seven Hundred Twenty  Thousand 00/100
         Dollars) in one single Loan  Disbursement  in accordance with the prior
         authorizations  and waivers that Bancomer  requires under the Contract;
         provided,  however,  that if the Loan  Disbursement  in the  amount  of
         US$2,720,000.00  (Two Million  Seven  Hundred  Twenty  Thousand  00/100
         Dollars) is not made on the respective Drawdown Date for reasons caused
         by the  Borrower,  the  Borrower  shall  pay the first  payment  of the
         Success Fee on December  30, 1996  provided  that the Line of Credit is
         open and available to Bancomer;

                  (ii) the last payment of the Success Fee will be on August 15,
         2002;

                  (iii) if the  Borrower  elects to  prepay  the Loan in full in
         accordance  of Clause 10 of this  Agreement,  then the  Borrower  shall
         prepay to Bancomer on such date and in one lump sum an amount  equal to
         the sum of all amounts  relating  to the Success Fee payable  after the
         date on which  the  Borrower  makes  the full  prepayment  of the Loan,
         calculated in accordance with Annex I of this Agreement;

                  (iv) if Bancomer  accelerates the term for payment of the Loan
         in  accordance  with  Clause  10 of this  Agreement,  then it  shall be
         understood  that the  Success  Fee shall  not be paid by the  Borrower;
         except that if Bancomer  shall  accelerate the term for payment for the
         Loan because of (y) any Event of Acceleration  whose existence has been
         caused intentionally caused by the Borrower with the intent of avoiding
         payment of the Success Fee, or (z) whose  existence  could be have been
         reasonably  avoided by the  Borrower,  then the  Borrower  shall pay to
         Bancomer,  on the  date on  which  Bancomer  accelerates  the  term for
         payment of the Loan in one lump sum, an amount  equal to the sum of all
         amounts  relating to the Success Fee payable  subsequent to the date on
         which the Borrower  makes full  prepayment  of the Loan  calculated  in
         accordance with Annex I of this Agreement;

                  (v) any dispute which arises with respect to the determination
         by Bancomer as to whether (y) the Borrower has intentionally  caused an
         Event of  Acceleration in order to avoid payment of the Success Fee, or
         (z)  the   Borrower   could  have   reasonably   avoided  an  Event  of
         Acceleration,  the same shall be  resolved  in a  definitive  and final
         manner  through  an   arbitration   carried  out  under  the  Rules  of
         Conciliation and Arbitration of the  International  Chamber of Commerce
         of Paris.  This Arbitration  shall be carried out three (3) arbitrators
         designated by the parties  within ten (10) calendar days after the date
         on which  either of the parties  shall  notify the other of its request
         that the dispute be  submitted  to  arbitration  and shall  specify the
         subject matter of the dispute and any other relevant fact. The party in
         whose favor the arbitration award shall be made shall have the right to
         receive  from the other party  payment of all costs and  expenses  that
         have been incurred in relation to the arbitration.

                          Bancomer shall  designate one (1) of the  arbitrators,
         the Borrower shall designate an additional arbitrator and these two (2)
         arbitrators  shall  designate  a third  arbitrator.  If the  first  two
         arbitrators  designated  doe not  agree on the  designation  of a third
         arbitrator  within  a period  of ten (10)  calendar  days  after  their
         designation,  or if  either  of  the  parties  does  not  designate  an
         arbitrator,  then  the  arbitrator  or  arbitrators  who  have not been
         designated  in this manner  shall be  designated  by the  International
         Chamber of Commerce of Paris.

                          The  arbitration  procedure  shall be  carried  out in
         Mexico,  shall be held in English  and in  accordance  with the laws of
         Mexico;

                  (vi) if any day on which  payment of the  Success Fee is to be
         made shall be on a day which is not a business day, then the respective
         payment of the Success Fee shall be made on the  immediately  preceding
         business day, and

                  (vii) in case of delay in the prompt  and full  payment of any
         amount of the Success  Fee on the date when due and payable  under this
         Clause,  the amount not paid shall bear penalty  interest from the date
         it is due until the date on which it is paid in full, payable on demand
         at the Penalty Interest Rate.

         I.  Modifications  to  Paragraph  T. of  Clause  18.  Bancomer  and the
Borrower  agree to modify and hereby do modify  Paragraph T. of Clause 18 of the
Credit Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "T.  Maintain the Reserve Fund during the term of this Agreement with a
         minimum average monthly balance equal to the greater of (i) ten percent
         (10%) of the unpaid principal  balance of the Loan on the date on which
         the balance of the Reserve Fund is to be  determined,  and (ii) the sum
         of all amounts of principal and interest under the Loan due and payable
         by the Borrower to Bancomer on the Interest Payment Dates and Principal
         Payments  Dates falling  within one hundred  fifty (150)  calendar days
         after  the date on  which  the  balance  in the  Reserve  Fund is to be
         determined, times one point twenty five (1.25)."

         J.  Modifications  to  Paragraph  W. of  Clause  18.  Bancomer  and the
Borrower  agree to modify and hereby do modify  Paragraph W. of Clause 18 of the
Credit Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "W.  Fails to:

                  (I)  pay  dividends  without  the  prior  written  consent  of
         Bancomer;

                  (ii) make  payments in any amount with  respect to the MK Rail
         Debt, without the prior written consent of Bancomer;

                  (iii)   reduce its paid in capital;

                  (iv)     modify its by-laws or change its business purpose;

                  (v)     enter into liquidation or dissolution;

                  (vi)  take or fail to take any  action  when  such  taking  or
         failure to take shall  result in the  acceleration  for the  compliance
         with any of its contractual obligations;

                  (vii)  acquire  Indebtedness  for (i) an amount  greater  than
         individually  or in the aggregate  amounts to U.S.  $1,000,000.00  (One
         Million and 00/100 Dollars) or its equivalent in any other currency, or
         (ii)  has a term  greater  than the one (1)  year,  without  the  prior
         written approval of Bancomer except for obligations generated by law or
         in the normal course of business;

                  (viii)  modify or waive any right  granted by the  Maintenance
Contract  and/or the Trust,  without the prior written consent of Bancomer which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Bancomer; except for modifications
to the Maintenance Agreement that the Borrower shall agree with Ferrocarriles in
terms which are  substantially  similar to the terms of the document attached to
this Agreement as Annex J and as long as such  modifications are formalized in a
legal manner.

                  (ix)  setoff in any way any  amount  which is owed to it under
the  Maintenance  Agreement;  provided  that (i) if  Ferrocarriles  shall make a
setoff  against any of the  Borrower's  invoices for an amount  greater than ten
percent (10%) of such invoice,  the Borrower  shall obtain from Bancomer  within
thirty  (30)  calendar  days after the date on which such  setoff has  occurred,
Bancomer's  approval in writing for this setoff,  and (ii) if the Borrower shall
not obtain the authorization  from Bancomer specified in clause (i) above within
such period, Bancomer may declare the existence of an Event of Acceleration."

         K.  Addition of  Paragraph  X. to Clause 18.  Bancomer and the Borrower
agree to modify  and  hereby do modify  Paragraph  X. of Clause 18 of the Credit
Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "X. Maintain a commercial  credit account with MK Rail, with respect to
         the  purchase of  materials  and  equipment  from MK Rail or any of its
         subsidiaries or affiliates, with a minimum balance equal to the greater
         of (i) the sum of U.S. $1,500,000.00 (One Million Five Hundred Thousand
         and 00/100 Dollars), and (ii) the amount which corresponds to purchases
         of  material  and  equipment  from MK Rail in the normal  course of its
         operation  during a period of 45 (forty-five)  calendar days;  provided
         however that if the minimum  balance in this  account  shall be reduced
         for any purpose  then the  Borrower  shall be obligated to increase the
         minimum  balance in the reserve  fund up to the amount equal to the sum
         of amounts of principal and interest  under the Loan due and payable to
         the Borrower to Bancomer on the Interest  Payment  Dates and  Principal
         Payment  Dates,  multiplied  by one point five (1.5)  times;  provided,
         however,  that the commercial credit account shall not be considered as
         part of the MK Rail Debt."

         L.  Modifications  to  Paragraph  I. of  Clause  20.  Bancomer  and the
Borrower  agree to modify and hereby do modify  Paragraph I. of Clause 20 of the
Credit Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "I. If the Borrower pays dividends,  makes payments with respect to the
         MK Rail Debt,  reduces  its paid-in  capital,  modifies  its  corporate
         purpose or changes its commercial direction, enters into dissolution or
         liquidation  or merges with another  company  without the prior written
         consent of Bancomer."

         M.  Modifications  to  Paragraph  O. of  Clause  20.  Bancomer  and the
Borrower  agree to modify and hereby do modify  Paragraph O. of Clause 20 of the
Credit Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "O. If  deviations  with respect to the  Investment  Program of fifteen
         percent  (15%) with  respect to the  advancement  of  investments  plus
         costs,  as  set  forth  in  the  Investment  Program,  calculated  on a
         quarterly  basis,  and if the same are not  clarified  by the  Borrower
         within a period of fifteen (15)  Business  Days  following a request is
         made  by  Bancomer  for  this  purpose;  provided,   however,  that  if
         Ferrocarriles shall accept these deviations for a difference percentage
         then such  percentage  shall be accepted by Bancomer  provided  that it
         should not be greater than fifteen percent (15%)."


         N. Modifications to Paragraph R of Clause 20. Bancomer and the Borrower
agree to modify  and  hereby do modify  Paragraph  R. of Clause 20 of the Credit
Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "R. If the Borrower (i) fails to comply with its obligation to maintain
         the  "availability   factor"  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the
         Maintenance  Contract,  or (ii)  fails to comply  with any other of its
         obligations  under  the  Maintenance  Contract  for a period of two (2)
         consecutive  months,  in such a way,  in the  opinion of the  Technical
         Committee that the respective  noncompliance  may give to Ferrocarriles
         the right to cancel or rescind the Maintenance Contract."

         O.  Addition of Paragraphs  Z., AA. and BB. to Clause 20.  Bancomer and
the  Borrower  agree to modify  and  hereby do  modify  Clause 20 of the  Credit
Agreement by adding new Paragraphs Z., AA., and BB. to read as follows:

          "Z. If the  funding of the CIBC Line of Credit is  suspended,  for any
          reason not  attributable  to  Bancomer,  for a period  greater than 60
          (sixty) calendar days and such funding is not renewed."

          "AA.  If  the  Borrower  does  not  comply  with  its   obligation  to
          immediately  increase the balance of the Reserve  Fund  referred to in
          paragraph X. of Clause 18 of this Agreement."

         "BB. If Ferrocarriles  shall make a setoff of any amount which it is to
         pay under the  Maintenance  Agreement  against  any amount  owed in its
         favor  under any other  obligation  of the  Borrower  apart  from those
         resulting from the Maintenance Agreement."

         P. Modifications to Paragraph B of Clause 30. Bancomer and the Borrower
agree to modify  and  hereby do modify  Paragraph  B. of Clause 30 of the Credit
Agreement, in order to read as follows:

         "B. The Borrower  shall pay to Bancomer or to the party  designated  by
         Bancomer, as sight, and without any requirement by Bancomer:  (i) up to
         the sum of U.S.  $80,000.00 (Eight Thousand and 00/100 Dollars) for the
         cost of technical  supervision of the shops and the income of the Trust
         during the first year of this Agreement, and (ii) up to the sum of U.S.
         $80,000.00  (Eight  Thousand and 00/100  Dollars) for the same purposes
         for the  following  years as long as their exists an unpaid  balance of
         the Loan; provided,  however, that the Technical Committee shall review
         the quotations  and scopes of services of the Technical  Supervisor and
         the Financial Supervisor in respect to the period being quoted at least
         four (4)  months  before  the  beginning  of the  period  for which the
         quotation is made, for the purpose of deciding on its acceptance or the
         contracting  of  different  providers  for  similar  services in a less
         expensive  manner for the Borrower.  If there is no Agreement on a less
         expensive  contract as  described  above,  the  Borrower  shall pay the
         amount first written in this paragraph.

         The  Borrower  agrees  that in case of delay in the  punctual  and full
         payment of all amounts  relating to costs and  expenses  referred to in
         this clause on the date on which they are due and payable in accordance
         with the  provisions  of this  clause,  the unpaid  amount shall accrue
         penalty interest from its due date up to the date it is paid in full at
         the Penalty Interest Rate."

         Q.  Modifications  to Annex  "F"  Financial  Ratios.  Bancomer  and the
Borrower agree to modify and hereby do modify Annex "F" Financial  Ratios to the
effect  that the same shall  read as  contained  in Annex "B" to this  Amendment
Agreement.

         R.  Modifications  to Annex  "H" Shop  Improvements.  Bancomer  and the
Borrower agree to modify and hereby do modify Annex "H" Shop Improvements to the
effect that the same shall  include the 1997  Investment  Program in  accordance
with the document attached as Annex "C" to this Amendment Agreement.

         S.  Modifications  to Annex "I" Success  Commission.  Bancomer  and the
Borrower  agree to modify and hereby do modify Annex "I" Success  Commission  to
the effect that the same shall read as contained in Annex "D" to this  Amendment
Agreement.

         T.  Modifications to Annex "J" Maintenance  Contract.  Bancomer and the
Borrower agree to modify and hereby do modify Annex "J" Maintenance  Contract to
the effect that the same is edited in the manner contained
in Annex "E" to this Amendment Agreement.

         Clause 5. Commissions. The Borrower shall be obligated by means of this
Amendment  Agreement to pay to Bancomer a structuring  fee in the amount of U.S.
$45,000 (Forty Five Thousand and 00/100  Dollars),  payable on the date which is
the earlier of: (i) December  30, 1996,  and (ii) the date on which the Borrower
disperses all or a portion of the sum of U.S.  $2,720,000.00  (Two Million Seven
Hundred   Twenty   Thousand  and  00/100   Dollars)  in   accordance   with  the
authorizations and waivers by Bancomer under the Credit Agreement.

         Clause 6. Governing Law. This Amendment  Agreement is to be interpreted
in accordance with the laws of the United Mexican States.

         Clause 7.  Jurisdiction.  To all that relates to the interpretation and
compliance of the obligations derived from this Amendment Agreement, the parties
submit  irrevocably  to the  jurisdiction  of any  competent  court or courts in
Mexico City, Federal District,  United Mexican States, or any competent court or
courts in the city of San Luis Potosi,  San Luis Potosi,  United Mexican States,
expressly  renouncing  any other  forum to which they have  rights or possess by
virtue of domicile or any other reason.

         In witness  whereof,  the  parties to this  Agreement  have given their
approval and the duly authorized  representatives  sign as of the date mentioned
in the preamble to this Agreement.

         Bancomer:

         Bancomer, S.A., Multiple Banking Institution,
         Grupo Financiero Bancomer



         ----------------------------------
         By:
         Title:



         ----------------------------------
         By:
         Title:



         Borrower:

         MK Gain, S.A. de C.V.



         ----------------------------------
         By:
         Title:



<PAGE>














                                    ANNEX "A"


                   MODIFICATIONS TO ANNEX "F" FINANCIAL RATIOS



<PAGE>







                                    ANNEX "B"


                  MODIFICATIONS TO ANNEX "H" SHOP IMPROVEMENTS



<PAGE>












                                    ANNEX "C"


                  MODIFICATIONS TO ANNEX "I" SUCCESS COMMISSION



<PAGE>












                                    ANNEX "D"


                 MODIFICATIONS TO ANNEX "J" MAINTENANCE CONTRACT

<PAGE>



                                                                   Exhibit 10.62
                                 LOAN AGREEMENT

                 BANCOMER, S.A., MULTIPLE BANKING INSTITUTION,
                            BANCOMER FINANCIAL GROUP

                                   (BANCOMER)

                             MK GAIN, S.A. DE C.V.

                                   (BORROWER)

                               U.S.$3,500,000.00





                                 Translated by
                       Latin American Trade Finance, Ltd.
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


RECITALS    1
I.          Borrower's Recitals                                     2
II.         Bancomer's Recitals

SECTIONS    3

Section 1.  Certain Definitions                                     3
            -------------------
A.          "Additional Income"                                     3
B.          "Agreement"                                             3
C.          "Bancomer CDs"                                          3
D.          "Bancomer CDs Rate"                                     3
E.          "Business Day"                                          3
F.          "CIBC"                                                  4
G.          "Comfort Letter"                                        4
H.          "Consolidation Date"                                    4
I.          "Construction and Refurbishing Program"                 4
J.          "Cost of Funds"                                         4
K.          "Default Rate"                                          4
L.          "Debts"                                                 4
M.          "Disbursement Date"                                     4
N.          "Disbursement Period"                                   5
O.          "Dollars" and "U.S.$"                                   5
P.          "Event of Default"                                      5
Q.          "Exhibit"                                               5
R.          "Eximbank Loan Agreement"                               5
S.          "Ferrocarriles"                                         5
T.          "Ferrocarriles Agreement"                               5
U.          "Financial Ratios"                                      5
V.          "Financial Supervisor"                                  5
W.          "Funding Rate"                                          5
X.          "Interest Payment Dates"                                5
Y.          "Interest Period"                                       6
Z.          "Interest Rate"                                         6
AA.         "Libor"                                                 6
BB.         "Line of Credit"                                        6
CC.         "Loan"                                                  6
DD.         "Loan Disbursements"                                    6
EE.         "Loan Repayment Dates"                                  7
FF.         "Maintenance Agreement"                                 7
GG.         "MK Rail"                                               7
HH.         "MK Rail Debt"                                          7
II.         "PCGA"                                                  7
JJ.         "Pesos"                                                 7
KK.         "Promissory Notes"                                      7
LL.         "Regulatory Change                                      7
MM.         "Reserve Fund"                                          8
NN.         "Rights for Collection"                                 8
OO.         "Spread"                                                8
PP.         "Subordination Agreement"                               8
QQ.         "Taxes"                                                 8
RR.         "Technical Assistance Agreement"                        8
SS.         "Technical Committee"                                   8
TT.         "Technical Supervisor"                                  8
UU.         "Technical Supervisor's Certificate"                    8
VV.         "Trust"                                                 8

Section 2.  Amount of the Loan                                      9
            ------------------

Section 3.  Use of Proceeds                                         8

Section 4.  Disbursement Period                                     9

Section 5.  Loan Disbursement                                       9

Section 6.  Promissory Notes                                        10

Section 7.  Conditions Precedent for the First Loan Disbursement    10
            ----------------------------------------------------

Section 8.  Conditions Precedent for Subsequent Loan Disbursements  12
            ------------------------------------------------------

Section 9.  Payments of Principal                                   13

Section 10.  Prepayment                                             13

Section 11.  Interest                                               14

Section 12.  Commissions                                            15

Section 13.  Alternate Interest Rate                                15

Section 14.  Increased Costs and Funding Losses                     17
             ----------------------------------

Section 15.  Taxes                                                  18

Section 16.  Place and Form of Payment                              18
             ----------------- -------

Section 17.  Representations & Warranties                           19

Section 18.  Covenants of the Borrower                              20
             -------------------------

Section 19.  Insurance                                              24

Section 20.  Events of Default                                      25

Section 21.  Trust Guaranty                                         29

Section 22.  Monetary Conversion                                    29

Section 23.  Restriction                                            30

Section 24.  Successors and Assigns                                 30

Section 25.   No Waiver                                             30

Section 26.  Amendments                                             30

Section 27.  Notices                                                31

Section 28.  Governing Law                                          32

Section 29.  Jurisdiction                                           32

Section 30.  Costs and Expenses                                     32

Section 31.  Condition Precedent for Validity of this Agreement     33
             --------------------------------------------------    


EXHIBIT "A"          FERROCARRILES' AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT "B"          COMFORT LETTER
EXHIBIT "C"          FORM OF TECHNICAL SUPERVISOR'S CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT "D"          SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT "E"          TRUST
EXHIBIT "F"          FINANCIAL RATIOS
EXHIBIT "G"          FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE
EXHIBIT "H"          CONSTRUCTION AND REFURBISHING PROGRAM EXHIBIT "I"
AMOUNT OF AMORTIZATION INSTALLMENTS
EXHIBIT "J"          AMENDMENT TO THE FNM MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT


<PAGE>















========================================================================



                                 LOAN AGREEMENT



                  BANCOMER, S.A., MULTIPLE BANKING INSTITUTION,
                            BANCOMER FINANCIAL GROUP

                                   (BANCOMER)


                              MK GAIN, S.A. DE C.V.

                                   (BORROWER)


                                U.S.$3,500,000.00



========================================================================







                                  Translated by
                       Latin American Trade Finance, Ltd.


<PAGE>









                                 Bancomer, S.A.
                              MK GAIN, S.A. de C.V.
                           US$3,500,000 Loan Agreement



                                 LOAN AGREEMENT


                       -----------------------------------



         Loan Agreement, dated as of December 13, 1996, by and among:

         (i) Bancomer,  S. A., Multiple Banking Institution,  Bancomer Financial
Group, a credit institution  organized and existing under the laws of the United
Mexican States (hereinafter referred to as "Bancomer"); and

         (ii) MK Gain,  S. A. de C. V., a  corporation  organized  and  existing
under the laws of the United  Mexican  States  (hereinafter  referred  to as the
"Borrower").


                                    RECITALS


I.       Borrower's Recitals.  Borrower states that:

         a) It is a corporation  organized  under the laws of the United Mexican
States with full  capacity  under its by-laws to execute this  Agreement  and to
undertake its obligations as established hereunder,  as evidenced by Public Deed
No. 23 granted on January 26, 1994, before Mr. Jose Luis Cardenas Davila, Notary
Public  No.  12 in and for  Sabinas,  Coahuila,  whose  first  public  deed  was
inscribed in the Public Property Registry of Sabinas,  State of Coahuila,  under
number 1,771, 10th volume, 3rd book,  commercial  section,  on January 27, 1994,
and the Public  Deed No.  22,796  granted on July 5, 1995  before Mr.  Carlos A.
Duran Loera,  Public Notary No. 11 of the Federal  District,  whose first public
deed was  inscribed in the Public  Registry of Commerce of Mexico City,  D.F. on
page number 20,849 dated June 24, 1996.

         b) Its  representatives are duly empowered and have full legal capacity
to  execute   this   Agreement  on  its  behalf  and   representation,   without
modification,  restriction  or revocation as of the date of this  Agreement,  as
evidenced by a copy, certified by the Secretary of the Board of Directors of the
Borrower, of the minutes dated December 11, 1996, of the resolution taken by the
Board of Directors of the Borrower to grant the necessary  powers of attorney to
enter into this amending agreement.

         c) That on July 6, 1995 it entered into a Loan  Agreement with Bancomer
for up to  US$30,000,000  (Thirty Million  Dollars United States  Currency) with
funds guaranteed by the  Export-Import  Bank of the United States (the "Eximbank
Loan Agreement").

         d) Has incorporated the Trust (as such term is hereinafter  defined) to
guarantee  its  obligations  hereunder and under this Loan and the Eximbank Loan
Agreement.

         e) It has requested  from  Bancomer the granting of an additional  loan
for the financing of  improvements to the  Ferrocarriles  shops (as such term is
hereinafter defined) in accordance with the Maintenance  Agreement (as such term
is hereinafter defined).


         II.      Bancomer's Recitals.  Bancomer states that:

         a) It is a credit institution duly organized and validly existing under
the laws of the United  Mexican  States and is fully  empowered  to execute this
Agreement,  as  evidenced  by Public Deed No.  8525  granted on October 8, 1945,
before Mr. Tomas  O'Gorman,  Notary  Public No. 1 of the Federal  District  with
first testimony  written under Folio No. 53, Page 310, Volume 207, Book 3 of the
Public Registry of Commerce, Federal District.

         b) That  its  representative  has the  sufficient  legal  capacity  and
authorization  to enter into this  Agreement  on its behalf and  representation,
without having been modified,  restricted or revoked as of the date of execution
of this Agreement,  as evidenced by (i) Public Deed No. 20,373, granted on April
21, 1994,  before Mr. Rogelio  Magana Luna,  Notary Public No. 56 of the Federal
District,  whose first deed was inscribed under number 23,900, page 12 of volume
268 of the Public  Registry  of  Property  and  Commerce of the city of San Luis
Potasi, San Luis Potasi.

         c) That it is negotiating with the Canadian  Imperial Bank of Commerce,
New York  office  ("CIBC"),  a line of credit for the purpose of granting to the
Borrower the requested  loan in  accordance  with this  Agreement,  which can be
contracted  with Bancomer with CIBC or any other  financial  institution  at the
option of Bancomer  (herein  after  defined as the "Line of Credit");  provided,
however, if Bancomer negotiates the Line of Credit with a financial  institution
different  from CIBC,  then all  references to CIBC in this  agreement  shall be
understood as referring to such other financial  institution  provided that such
negotiation  does not alter terms and conditions as provided in this  Agreement,
and subject to the provisions of Clause 31 of this Agreement.

         d)  That  based  on  the   Borrower's   declarations,   statements  and
warranties, it is willing to grant the loan requested by the Borrower, under the
terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

         NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing  declarations,  the
parties hereto agree to the following:


                                    SECTIONS


         Section  1.  Certain  Definitions.  As  used  in  this  Agreement,  the
following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

         A. "Additional  Income",  means any and all of the Borrower's rights to
collect  any kind of fees,  consideration  or  payment  for any  other  services
rendered to any third party in connection  with the overhaul of locomotives  and
maintenance of other rail  equipment,  different than the Rights for Collection,
and/or income for any other concept.

         B. "Agreement",  means this Loan Agreement entered into by Bancomer, as
lender, and the Borrower, as borrower along with its Exhibits.

         C. "Bancomer  CDs",  means  certificates of deposit issued by Bancomer,
S.A.,  London  Branch and offered on the London  market,  as  negotiable  bearer
instruments  transferable  without  endorsement,  which  conform  to the Bank of
England's  guidelines and the British Banker's Association market guidelines for
certificates of deposit on the London market.

         D.  "Bancomer CDs Rate",  means,  with respect to any failure to pay on
the part of the Borrower,  the average rate, as determined by Bancomer, at which
Bancomer CDs with maturities of ninety (90) days are quoted in the London market
at 11:00 a.m.  (London  Time) two  Business  Days prior to the date on which the
Borrower  fails  to make  any  payment  to  Bancomer  in  accordance  with  this
Agreement.

         E. "Business  Day",  means any day in which dealings for the deposit of
Dollars are carried out in the London interbank  market,  and on which banks are
open for business in Mexico City,  Federal District,  United Mexican States, the
City of New York, New York and in London, England and accept deposits in Dollars
in the London interbank market.

         F. "CIBC",  will have the meaning  ascribed in Declaration II.C of this
Agreement.

         G.  "Comfort  Letter",  means the  comfort  letter  dated July 6, 1995,
signed by MK Rail for the  benefit of  Bancomer,  a copy of which is attached to
this Agreement as Exhibit "B".

         H.  "Consolidation  Date", means July 15, 1997 or any other date agreed
by the parties with CIBC.

         I. "Construction and Refurbishing  Program",  means the program for the
construction and refurbishing of Ferrocarriles' workshops and supply centers for
1997 in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Maintenance Agreement, a
copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit "J".

         J. "Cost of Funds", means, with respect to any failure to pay on behalf
of the Borrower,  the cost of funds in Dollars to Bancomer,  for amounts similar
to the amount  created as a result of the  failure to pay by the  Borrower,  for
terms of thirty  (30) days,  including,  but not limited  to,  costs  derived by
virtue of  Bancomer's  failure to comply  with tax  reserves  for any  competent
authority,  calculated by Bancomer precisely from the date on which the Borrower
fails to make any payment to Bancomer.

         K. "Default Rate", means, with respect to the Loan  Disbursements,  the
interest  rate that  results  from the  higher of:  (i) the  Bancomer  CD's Rule
multiplied  by two (2) , and (ii) the Cost of Funds  multiplied by two (2). Once
the applicable Default Rate is determined,  Bancomer will notify the Borrower of
such  Default  Rate which  will,  in the absence of  manifest  error,  be final,
conclusive and obligatory for the Borrower.

         L.  "Debts",  means,  with  respect  to the  Borrower,  : (i) debts for
amounts of money in Pesos,  Dollars or any other  currency;  (ii) all contingent
liabilities that result from discounting with recourse  negotiable  instruments;
and (iii) all contingent  liabilities  that result from any performance  bond or
other similar  instrument by which contingent  responsibilities  are assumed for
obligations to third parties.

         M. "Disbursement Date", means with respect to each of the Disbursements
of the  Loan,  the  Business  Day on which  Bancomer  disburses  the  respective
Disbursement of the Loan.

         N. "Disbursement  Period", shall have the meaning ascribed to such term
in Clause 4 hereto.

         O. "Dollars" and "U.S.$", means the legal currency in the United States
of America.

         P. "Event of Default",  shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in
Section 18 hereof.

         Q. "Exhibit", means any writing, list, catalog, drawing, graphic and/or
other  document  attached  to this  Agreement,  which when  referred  to by this
Agreement  and  attached,  forms part of this  Agreement as if it were  inserted
completely in the place of places referenced.

         R.  "Eximbank  Loan  Agreement",  has  the  meaning  ascribed  to it in
Declaration I.c. of this Agreement.

         S.       "Ferrocarriles", means Ferrocarriles Nacionales de Mexico.

         T.   "Ferrocarriles   Agreement",   means   the   document   issued  by
Ferrocarriles  substantially  in the  form  of the  document  attached  to  this
Agreement as Annex A, under which  Ferrocarriles  confirms,  among other things,
its consent to assign the Rights for the Collection of Payments derived from the
Maintenance Contract.

         U.  "Financial  Ratios",  means those financial  ratios  established in
Exhibit "H" to this  Agreement  and which must be complied  with by the Borrower
during the life of this Agreement.

         V. "Financial  Supervisor" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term
in the Trust.

         W. "Funding  Rate" means LIBOR plus two and eleven  sixteenths  percent
(2.6875%).

         X.  "Interest  Payment  Dates",   means,  with  respect  to  each  Loan
Disbursement, the 15th day of each of the months of February and August of every
calendar  year or any other dates  agreed by the parties  with CIBC,  commencing
from the date of the first Loan  Disbursement is made;  provided,  however that:
(i) the first Interest Payment Date shall be with respect to Loan  Disbursements
made prior to the Consolidation  Date shall be the Consolidation  Date; (ii) the
last Interest  Payment Date shall be the last Principal  Payment Date, and (iii)
if any of these  dates  falls on a date  which is not a Business  Day,  then the
corresponding Interest Payment Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.

         Y. "Interest  Period",  means, with respect to each Disbursement of the
Loan (i) the period that begins on the respective Disbursement Date and ends on,
but does not include, the following Interest Payment Date and (ii) subsequently,
the period that begins on each  Interest  Payment Date and ends on, but does not
include, the following Interest Payment Date.

         Z. "Interest Rate",  means,  with respect to each Loan Disbursement and
for each Interest  Period,  the Funding Rate plus the Spread.  Once the Interest
Rate applicable for an Interest  Period is determined,  Bancomer will notify the
Borrower of such Interest Rate, which will, in the absence of manifest error, be
final, conclusive and obligatory for the Borrower.

         AA. "Libor",  means,  (i) for any Interest Period  occurring within the
period  which  begins on the date of signing of this  Agreement  and ends on the
Consolidation  Date and with  respect to the unpaid  balance of the Loan  during
such period,  the arithmetic mean (rounded upward, if necessary,  to the nearest
1/16 of 1%), as  determined  by the London CIBC  office,  of the rates per annum
offered by prime banks in the London  interbank  market of Dollar  deposits  for
terms equal to or similar to such Interest  Period and in amounts  approximately
equal or similar to the principal  amount of the respective  Loan  Disbursement,
payable during such Interest Period at approximately  11:00 am (London time) two
Business  Days before the first day of such  Interest  Period,  and (ii) for any
Interest Period  occurring from the  Consolidation  Date and with respect to the
unpaid  balance of the Loan from such date,  the fixed  rate of  interest  which
results from a  determination  of the arithmetic  average  (rounded  upward,  if
necessary,  to the nearest 1/16 of 1%), as determined by the London CIBC office,
of the rates per annum offered by prime banks in the London  interbank market of
Dollar  deposits  for terms equal or similar to 39 (thirty  nine)  months and in
amounts  approximately  equal or similar to the unpaid principal  balance of the
Loan at  approximately  11:00 am  (London  time) two  Business  Days  before the
Consolidation Date.

         BB.  "Line  of  Credit",  shall  have  the  meaning  ascribed  to it in
Declaration II.c) of this Agreement.

         CC. "Loan", means up to the full amount of the Loan made by Bancomer to
the  Borrower  as  established  in Section 2 of this  Agreement  under the terms
hereof.

         DD. "Loan Disbursements",  means the disbursements of the Loan that the
Borrower  makes  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of this  Agreement;  with the
understanding, however, that: (i) the Borrower can only make one disbursement of
the Loan for each calendar month during the Disbursement  Period; (ii) the total
amount of the loan shall be disbursed in 3 (three) Loan Disbursements, and (iii)
each of the Loan  Disbursements  cannot be less than  US$1,000,000  (One Million
Dollars).

         EE.  "Loan  Repayment   Dates",   means,  with  respect  to  each  Loan
Disbursement, the 15th day of the months of February and August of each calendar
year, or any other date which the parties may agree with CIBC,  commencing  from
the date on which the first Loan Disbursement is made;  provided,  however that:
(i) the first Loan Repayment  Date shall be August 15, 1997;  (ii) the last Loan
Repayment  Date  cannot fall on a date later than the fifth  anniversary  of the
Consolidation  Date, and (iii) if any of those dates falls on a day other than a
Business  Day,  then the  corresponding  Loan  Repayment  Date shall be the next
succeeding Business Day.

         FF.  "Maintenance  Agreement",   means  the  Maintenance  Agreement  of
Tractive  and Hauling  Equipment  entered  into by and between the  Borrower and
Ferrocarriles on March 15, 1994 and the amending  agreement thereto dated August
30, 1996, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibit E.

         GG.  "MK Rail",  means MK Rail  Corporation,  a  Delaware  corporation,
United States of America.

         HH. "MK Rail Debt",  means the  financing  that as of the present  date
equals US$16,551,000.67 (Sixteen Million Five Hundred Fifty One Thousand and One
67/100  Dollars)  extended  by MK Rail in favor of the  Borrower  and for  which
payment is  subordinated  to the  payment of the Loan and the  Eximbank  Loan in
accordance with the Subordination Agreement.

         II. "PCGA", means the generally accepted Mexican accounting principles,
applied  on a  basis  consistent  with  the  individual  and/or,  in  its  case,
consolidated financial information of the Borrower.

         JJ.  "Pesos"  and the sign "$" means the legal  currency  of the United
Mexican States.

         KK. "Promissory Notes",  means the Promissory Notes to be subscribed by
the Borrower in favor of Bancomer to evidence  each Loan  Disbursement  in terms
substantially similar to the form of Promissory Notes attached hereto as Exhibit
"I".

         LL. "Regulatory Change", shall have the meaning as defined in paragraph
C, Clause 14 of this Agreement.

         MM.  "Reserve  Fund",  means  the  "Fondo de  Reserva"  as such term is
defined in the Trust.

         NN. "Rights for Collection", means the Borrower's rights to collect the
maintenance fees from Ferrocarriles  pursuant to the Maintenance  Agreement,  as
well as any other  right for  collection  the  Borrower  has from  Ferrocarriles
pursuant to the  Maintenance  Agreement,  including,  without  limiting  to, the
rights  the  Borrower  has  to  receive  from   Ferrocarriles  any  amount  that
Ferrocarriles must pay the Borrower in the event of default or early termination
of the  Maintenance  Agreement,  pursuant to the  Maintenance  Agreement and the
Ferrocarriles Agreement.

         OO.      "Spread", means three (3.00) percentage points.

         PP. "Subordination Agreement",  means the subordination agreement dated
July 6, 1995  between  Bancomer and MK Rail, a copy of which is attached to this
Agreement  as Exhibit  "F",  through  which MK Rail  agrees to  subordinate  the
payment of MK Rail Debt to the payment of the Loan and the Eximbank Loan.

         QQ. "Taxes",  means whatever taxes, tributes,  contributions,  charges,
deductions  or  retention  of any nature that are imposed or made at any time by
any authority.

         RR. "Technical  Assistance  Agreement",  means the Technical Assistance
Agreement  dated  January 1, 1995 between the  Borrower  and MK Rail,  and under
which MK Rail will provide technical  assistance to the Borrower in order for it
to comply with the terms and conditions of the Maintenance  Agreement, a copy of
which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit D.

         SS. "Technical  Committee",  means the "Comite Tecnico" as such term is
defined in the Trust.

         TT.  "Technical  Supervisor",  shall have the  meaning  ascribed in the
Trust Agreement.

         UU.   "Technical   Supervisor's   Certificate",   means   each  of  the
certificates  issued by the  Technical  Supervisor  with respect to the work and
services performed by the Borrower in accordance with the Maintenance  Contract,
substantially in the form of Exhibit "C" to this Agreement.

         VV. "Trust", means the administration, guaranty and payment trust dated
July 6, 1995 and amended by means of an amending  agreement  dated  December 13,
1996,  incorporated by the Borrower, copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit
"G", under which the Borrower  contributed  the Rights for Collection  and, when
applicable, the Additional Income in accordance with the terms of this agreement
and the  Eximbank  Agreement,  to  guarantee  its  payment  obligations  derived
hereunder and under the Eximbank Agreement.

The terms defined in accordance with this Agreement are expressed in singular as
well as plural and they refer to generic as well as all generics. The references
in this  Agreement  to  Recitals,  Sections,  Paragraphs  or Exhibits  means the
Recitals, Sections, Paragraphs or Exhibits of or in reference to this Agreement.


         Section 2. Amount of the Loan.  Bancomer  hereby  establishes the Loan,
upon the  terms and  conditions  set  forth in this  Agreement,  in favor of the
Borrower in an amount of up to  U.S.$3,500,000.00  (Three  Million  Five Hundred
00/100  Dollars),  which  amount does not  include  interest,  commissions,  nor
expenses derived thereof.

         Section 3. Use of  Proceeds.  The Loan shall be applied by the Borrower
only for financing of up to 75% (seventy five percent) of cost of investments in
shops  and  supply  centers  owned  by  Ferrocarriles'  in  accordance  with the
Maintenance Contract and the Construction and Refurbishing Program subsequent to
October 31, 1996, but prior to the Consolidation Date.

         Section 4.  Disbursement  Period.  The Borrower may disburse all of the
Loan, in up to three Loan  Disbursements,  during the period that shall begin on
the date hereof and shall end on the Consolidation  (hereinafter  referred to as
the "Disbursement Period").


         Section  5.  Loan   Disbursement.   During  the   Disbursement   Period
established in Section 4 above,  the Borrower  shall notify  Bancomer in writing
five (5) Business Days in advance, of its intention to make a Loan Disbursement,
specifying (i) the amount of such Loan Disbursement,  and (ii) the date on which
the  Loan  Disbursement  is to be  made.  In the  event  all  of the  conditions
precedent  established  in (i)  Section 7 of this  Agreement  for the first Loan
Disbursement,  and (ii) Section 8 for subsequent Loan  Disbursements,  have been
satisfied and that the Promissory Notes referred to in Section 6 hereof is under
terms and conditions  satisfactory  to Bancomer,  then Bancomer will disburse to
the Borrower the Loan  Disbursement  on the date  requested by the Borrower,  by
deposit of the  corresponding  proceeds  in the bank  account  indicated  by the
borrower to Bancomer  for such  purpose in the  notification  mentioned  in this
section.


         Section 6. Promissory Notes. Simultaneously with the notice referred to
in Section 5 hereof,  the Borrower shall furnish  Bancomer with Promissory Notes
in order to evidence the Loan Disbursement,  which: (i) shall be in an amount of
principal equal to the Loan Disbursement; (ii) shall include as interest payment
dates the Interest  Payment  Dates;  and (iii) shall have as a maturity date the
Consolidation Date.

Similarly,  and  subsequent to the  Consolidation  Date,  the Borrower  shall be
obligated to document the Loan Disbursements with new Promissory Notes such that
said notes reflect the Interest Rate and Loan Repayment Dates  applicable to the
Interest Periods  subsequent to the  Consolidation  Date. The parties agree that
the documentation of the Loan  Disbursements  with new Promissory Notes shall in
no event be interpreted  as a novation of any of the  obligations of the parties
to this Agreement.


         Section 7. Conditions  Precedent for the First Loan  Disbursement.  The
obligation of Bancomer to disburse the first Loan Disbursement  shall be subject
to  the  prior  satisfaction  of  the  following  conditions  precedent,  or  to
Bancomer's waiver in writing thereof:

         A. Bancomer and CIBC have received from the Borrower the  documentation
required in  conformance  with the policies and guidelines of CIBC for the first
disbursement  of the loan  and  such  documentation  shall  be  satisfactory  to
Bancomer and CIBC.  In any case,  Bancomer  will inform the Borrower  within ten
(10)  Business   Days  that  the  Borrower  has  furnished   Bancomer  with  the
documentation  that is requested in accordance  with the policies and guidelines
of CIBC and if such  documentation  complies with the policies and guidelines of
CIBC.

         B.       The Line of Credit is open and available in favor of Bancomer.

         C.  Bancomer  has  received  from  CIBC the Funds  from the first  Loan
Disbursement with the understanding,  however, that if CIBC suspends funding for
whatever  and such  funding  is not  renewed  within  the  Disbursement  Period,
Bancomer  will not be obliged to make the first Loan  Disbursement  without  any
responsibility  on the  part  of  Bancomer,  except  as  provided  in the  first
paragraph of Clause 12 of this Agreement.

         D. Bancomer shall have received,  to its entire  satisfaction,  a copy,
certified by the Secretary of the Board of Directors of the Borrower, of (i) the
current  by-laws of the Borrower and, (ii) the power of attorney  granted by the
Borrower to its corresponding representative in order to legally enter into this
Agreement and execute the Promissory Notes.

         E. Bancomer has received  from the Borrower a  certificate  executed by
the Corporate  Secretary in which is specified the name and shows the signatures
of the  person(s)  authorized  by the  Borrower to sign this  Agreement  and the
Promissory Notes for the first and subsequent Loan Disbursements.

         F.  Bancomer  shall  have  received  to  its  entire  satisfaction  the
notification  referred to in Section 5 of this Agreement and the Promissory Note
evidencing the first Loan Disbursement.

         G.  Bancomer has received to its entire  satisfaction:  (i) the Comfort
Letter duly signed by MK Rail and (ii) the Subordination Agreement.

         H.  Bancomer  shall  have  received  to  its  entire  satisfaction  the
certificate  issued by the  Technical  Supervisor  pursuant  to the  first  Loan
Disbursement which certifies that the Technical Supervisor has: (i) reviewed and
inspected the works and services in question;  (ii) confirmed that the works and
services in question  comply with the terms and  conditions  of the  Maintenance
Contract;  and (iii)  certifies the amount of the costs eligible for works to be
financed with the first Loan Disbursement.

         I. The Trust and its amendments  shall have been duly  incorporated and
be in full force and effect to Bancomer's satisfaction.

         J. The Maintenance  Contract and the Ferrocarriles  Agreement should be
validly existing and on terms and conditions satisfactory to Bancomer.

         K. The amount of the first Loan Disbursement to be disbursed should not
exceed the maximum amount
of the Loan.

         L. The  representations  and  warranties  of the Borrower  contained in
Section 17 of this Agreement  hereof shall continue to be true and correct as of
the date when the first Loan  Disbursement  shall occur, as if they were made on
such date,  and the Borrower  shall so certify in writing in the event  Bancomer
requests the Borrower to do so.

         M. No Event of Default  and no event which but for the giving of notice
or the lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default exists or will
exist after giving effect to the Loan Disbursement.

         N.  Bancomer  shall  have  received  to  its  entire  satisfaction  the
documentation  for the Technical  Assistance  Agreement and such Agreement is in
full force and effect and will  continue  to exist for a term at least  equal to
the Maintenance Contract.

         O. Bancomer has received the Program of Construction  and  Refurbishing
on terms satisfactory to Bancomer.

         P. The Borrower has paid all commissions due to be paid before the date
of the first Loan  Disbursement  in accordance with Section 12 of this Agreement
as well as the costs and  expenses  that are  referred  to in Section 30 of this
Agreement.

         Q. The Borrower shall have evidenced, to Bancomer's satisfaction,  that
the  Maintenance  Agreement  has a minimum  duration of at least eight (8) years
from the date of its  commencement,  and that the  Borrower  shall  evidence  to
Bancomer's  satisfaction  that  there is no  breach  caused by the  Borrower  or
Ferrocarriles under the Maintenance Agreement.

         R. Bancomer  shall have received to its entire  satisfaction  a copy of
the insurance  policies  which the Borrower  must  maintain in  accordance  with
Section 19 of this Agreement.


         Section 8. Conditions Precedent for Subsequent Loan Disbursements.  The
obligation of Bancomer to disburse the subsequent  Loan  Disbursements  shall be
subject to the prior satisfaction of the following conditions  precedent,  or to
Bancomer's waiver in writing thereof:

         A.  Bancomer  and  CIBC  have  received  from  the  Borrower   whatever
documentation  is required in  conformance  with the policies and  guidelines of
CIBC for the subsequent  disbursements of the loan and such documentation  shall
be  satisfactory  to Bancomer and CIBC.  In any case,  Bancomer  will inform the
Borrower within ten (10) Business Days that the Borrower has furnished  Bancomer
with the  documentation  that is requested in  accordance  with the policies and
guidelines  of CIBC and if such  documentation  complies  with the  policies and
guidelines of CIBC.

         B.       The Line of Credit is open and available in favor of Bancomer.

         C.  Bancomer has received from CIBC the Funds for the  subsequent  Loan
Disbursements: with the understanding, however, that if CIBC suspends funding of
the  Loan  for  whatever  reason,  Bancomer  will  not be  obliged  to make  the
subsequent  Loan  Disbursements  without  any  responsibility  on  the  part  of
Bancomer,  except as  provided  in the first  paragraphs  of  Section 12 of this
Agreement.

         D. Bancomer shall have received to its entire  satisfaction each one of
the Promissory Note evidencing the subsequent Loan Disbursements.

         E. The amount of the Loan Disbursements to be disbursed does not exceed
the maximum amount of the Loan, and that this  disbursement will not create as a
consequence that the total balance of all the Loan  Disbursements  from the date
of the first  disbursement  through to the subsequent  disbursements  should not
exceed the maximum amount of the Loan.

         F.  Bancomer  shall  have  received  to its  entire  satisfaction,  the
certificate issued by the Technical  Supervisor  pursuant to the subsequent Loan
Disbursements  which  certifies that the Technical  Supervisor has: (i) reviewed
and  inspected  the  works and  services  in  question  in  accordance  with the
applicable terms and condition of the Maintenance Contract;  (ii) confirmed that
the works and services in question  comply with the terms and  conditions of the
Maintenance  Contract;  and (iii) certifies the amount of the costs eligible for
works to be financed with the subsequent Loan Disbursements.

         G. The Borrower has paid all commissions due to be paid before the date
of the first Loan  Disbursement  in accordance with Section 12 of this Agreement
and which should be paid during the term of this Agreement, as well as the costs
and expensed referred to in Section 30 of this Agreement,

         H. The  representations  and  warranties  of the Borrower  contained in
Section 17 of this Agreement  hereof shall continue to be true and correct as of
the date of the  subsequent  Loan  Disbursements,  as if they  were made on such
date,  and the  Borrower  shall so  certify  in  writing  in the event  Bancomer
requests the Borrower to do so.

         I. No Event of Default  and no event which but for the giving of notice
or the lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default exists or will
exist after giving effect to the Loan Disbursement.


         Section 9. Payments of Principal. The Loan shall be paid to Bancomer in
ten (10) semi-annual and successive  installments of principal,  payable on each
Principal  Payment Date,  each of such  installments in the amounts set forth in
Exhibit "K" attached hereto; provided,  however, that the Borrower shall pay the
total amount outstanding on the Loan on the last Principal Payment Date.


         Section 10. Prepayment. The Borrower may not prepay the Loan in full or
in part without  Bancomer's  prior  written  consent.  In the event the Borrower
wishes to obtain such consent,  and unless Bancomer otherwise agrees in writing:
(i) the Borrower shall deliver to Bancomer in writing an  irrevocable  notice to
prepay the Loan,  at least thirty (30) Calendar Days before the date on which it
intends to prepay the Loan;  (ii) any prepayment of the Loan shall be made on an
Interest Payment Date; (iii) the Borrower shall pay all interest due and accrued
on the  Loan's  unpaid  principal  amount;  (iv)  the  Borrower  shall  pay  all
commissions owing and payable on the date on which the Borrower wishes to make a
prepayment;  (v) any prepayment must be in an amount equal to or in any multiple
of  US$100,000.00  (One  Hundred  Thousand  00/100  Dollars),  and (vi)  partial
prepayments shall be applied by Bancomer, at its sole discretion, to the payment
of installments of principal in inverse order of maturity.

         At any time  Bancomer  agrees to receive from the Borrower a partial or
total  prepayment  as referred to in this  Section,  the  Borrower  shall pay to
Bancomer a commission  or premium to be  determined  by applying to said amount,
the following percentages:

         A. Two and one half percent  (2.5%) in the event the prepayment is made
during the period between (i) the date on which the first Loan  Disbursement  is
made and,  (ii) the last  Calendar  Day of the period  ending two years from the
date of the first Loan Disbursement; or

         B. Two  percent  (2%) in the event the  prepayment  is made  during the
period between (i) the Calendar Day immediately succeeding the last Calendar Day
of a  period  of two (2)  calendar  years as from  the  date of the  first  Loan
Disbursement  and,  (ii) the last day of a  calendar  period  of five (5)  years
counted from the first Loan Disbursement date; and

         C. All and each of the commissions that are charged by CIBC to Bancomer
in relation to the prepayment of the CIBC Line of Credit which Bancomer notifies
to the Borrower.


         Section 11.  Interest.  From and after the Loan  Disbursement and until
the last  Principal  Payment Date is made,  the  Borrower  shall pay to Bancomer
ordinary  interest  on the  unpaid  principal  amount  of Loan on each  Interest
Payment Date for each Interest Period,  at a rate equal at all times during each
Interest Period to the Interest Rate; provided,  however,  that if any amount of
principal  is not paid in full when due, the unpaid  amount of  principal  shall
bear interest  from the date on which  payment  should have been made until said
amount  is paid in full,  at a rate  equal to the  Default  Rate,  and  shall be
payable upon demand.

         Ordinary and delinquent  interest rates shall be calculated  based on a
year of 360 days and the actual number of days elapsed.


         Section 12.  Commissions.  The Borrower  shall be obligated  under this
Agreement to pay the following commissions;  provided,  however, that if for any
reason CIBC shall suspend the Line of Credit,  and as a result,  the Borrower is
not able to make Loan Disbursements,  then Bancomer shall reimburse the Borrower
the amounts which represent commissions paid to Bancomer as mentioned below on a
proportional  basis to the  amounts  which  the  Borrower  has  effectively  not
disbursed; and if no Loan Disbursements have been made, Bancomer shall reimburse
to the Borrower the commissions which have been paid:

         A. An opening commission equivalent to zero point fifty percent (0.50%)
on the total amount of the Loan, payable to Bancomer on December 30, 1996.

         B. A structuring  commission  equivalent to one percent  (1.00%) on the
total amount of the Loan,
payable to Bancomer on December 30, 1996.

         C. An  opening  commission  to be  charged  by CIBC equal to zero point
fifty  percent  (0.50%)  of the total  amount of the Loan,  payable on the dates
indicated by CIBC.

         D. A commitment  fee to be charged by CIBC which shall be equal to zero
point fifty percent  (0.50%) per annum on the  undisbursed  balance of the Loan,
payable on the dates indicated by CIBC.

The commissions described in paragraphs C and D of this section shall be paid by
the Borrower only if they are charged by CIBC.


         Section 13.  Alternate Interest Rate.

         A. If  prior  to the  commencement  of any  Interest  Period,  Bancomer
receives  notice from CIBC that (i) in CIBC's  ordinary course of business there
is no London  interbank  market for  deposits  in Dollars  available  to CIBC in
amounts and for terms sufficient to make any Loan  Disbursement;  or (ii) due to
circumstances  affecting the London  interbank  market,  adequate methods do not
exist to determine Libor for the respective Interest Period; or (iii) Libor does
not  reflect  CIBC's  actual  cost  for  funding  the  Loan or  disbursement  or
maintenance of the respective  Loan  disbursement;  and (iv) that for any of the
above-mentioned  reasons CIBC uses the rate determined by CIBC in such notice to
substitute for Libor in determining  the Funding Rate (the  "Substitute  Funding
Rate"),  then Bancomer shall notify the Borrower of such  circumstances  and the
Borrower  agrees to pay to  Bancomer,  during  the  entire  period for which the
circumstances  indicated by CIBC persist,  interest on the unpaid balance of the
Loan at the Substitute Funding Rate plus the Spread.

         B. If at any time during the term of this Agreement  Bancomer  receives
notification from CIBC that in the reasonable judgment of CIBC, it is illegal to
disburse  or  maintain  any Loan  Disbursement  based upon  Libor,  and for this
reason,  CIBC shall use the Substitute Funding Rate as set forth in such notice,
then Bancomer,  accordingly,  shall notify the Borrower of these  circumstances,
and the Borrower agrees to pay to Bancomer,  during the entire time during which
the circumstances indicated by CIBC continue,  interest on the unpaid balance of
the Loan at the Substitute Funding Rate plus the Spread.

         C. Within ten (10)  Calendar  Days after the notice  referred to in the
previous  Paragraph A and/or B above,  the Borrower may give notice (which shall
be irrevocable) to Bancomer,  of its decision to prepay the Loan,  together with
the accrued and unpaid interest as of such date, which will be calculated at the
Interest Rate in effect as of the date on which the Borrower receives the notice
referred to in Paragraph A and/or B above,  in which case the Borrower shall pay
the total unpaid principal amount of the Loan accrued interest thereon and other
unpaid amounts  payable to Bancomer as provided hereof and as provided under the
Promissory  Notes in a term that shall not exceed  twenty (20)  Calendar Days as
from the date of the notice.

         D. In any of the events  referred  to in  Paragraphs  A and/or B above,
once the Borrower  receives notice in writing from Bancomer and/or CIBC that the
circumstances referred to in said Paragraphs A and/or B have ceased to exist, at
the end of the then current Interest Period, interest on the Loan shall cease to
be calculated  using the Substitute  Funding Rate and shall be calculated at the
Interest Rate during the immediately succeeding Interest Period for the Loan.

         E. In any of the events referred to in Paragraphs A and/or B above, the
Borrower   shall   substitute   the   Promissory   Notes   evidencing  the  Loan
Disbursements,  in order to reflect the terms and  conditions of interest  rates
and other conditions applicable to the Loan from then on.


<PAGE>


         Section 14.  Increased Costs and Funding Losses.

         A. If by virtue of any Regulatory  Change which (i) changes the taxable
basis of any amount under the Loan payable to Bancomer by the Borrower and/or by
Bancomer to CIBC  (except for taxes  charged on the total net income of Bancomer
and/or CIBC);  (ii) imposes or modifies any reserves,  deposits,  taxes or other
conditions  affecting Bancomer and/or CIBC; or (iii) imposes any other condition
which affects this Agreement or the Promissory Notes, or there is an increase in
the cost to Bancomer  and/or CIBC of opening,  maintaining,  or  disbursing  the
Loan,  the Borrower  shall pay to Bancomer  upon demand by means of prior notice
from Bancomer, reasonable and documentable additional amounts which are required
to  compensate  Bancomer  and/or CIBC for such  increase in the cost of opening,
maintaining or disbursing the Loan.

         B.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph A above, if CIBC at any
time  notifies  Bancomer that Bancomer must pay to CIBC any increase in the cost
of opening,  disbursing or maintaining the Line of Credit from CIBC,  which CIBC
determines under the Line of Credit,  then Bancomer shall so notify the Borrower
and the  Borrower  agrees to  reimburse  Bancomer  upon demand the amount  which
Bancomer is obligated to pay to CIBC in accordance with this notification.

         C. For the purposes of this Section, "Regulatory Change" shall mean any
change or modification to, or the introduction of, any law, regulation, circular
or other  provision  issued by any  authority  of the  United  States of America
and/or the United Mexican States applicable to Bancomer and/or CIBC or to any of
their respective offices charges with administering and funding the Loan.

         D.  Bancomer  shall use its best  efforts to avoid an increase in costs
due to  Regulatory  Changes if  possible  by changing  the office  charges  with
administering  the  Loan  and if by  doing  so,  Bancomer  does  not  incur  any
additional cost or expense.

         E. Any request for payment or  reimbursement  notified to the  Borrower
under this Section shall be delivered together with a certificate issued by CIBC
and/or Bancomer setting forth in reasonable  detail the bases for calculation of
the amounts to be paid or  reimbursed,  and such  certificate,  absent  manifest
error shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower.

         F.  Any  increase  in the  cost to  Bancomer  and/or  CIBC of  opening,
maintaining or disbursing the Loan which due to reasons attributable to Bancomer
results in the  imposition  by Banco de Mexico on  Bancomer  of any fine for the
failure of  Bancomer to comply  with any law or with the  regulations  issued by
Banco de Mexico shall not be considered an increase in cost to Bancomer.


         Section 15. Taxes.

         A.  All  amounts  that  the  Borrower  shall  pay for  amortization  of
principal  of the  Loan,  ordinary  and  default  interest  as the  case may be,
commissions,  expenses and costs,  and  whatever  other amount to be paid by the
Borrower to Bancomer in accordance with this Agreement and the Promissory  Notes
will be paid without  deduction  for and free of any Taxes,  except for Taxes on
the Mexican  income that is charged on the total net income of Bancomer and that
Bancomer must pay directly under applicable law.

         B. In the case that the Borrower is obliged to make any  withholding on
the  payments of  principal,  ordinary  or default  interest as the case may be,
commissions, expenses and costs and any other quantity to be paid to Bancomer in
accordance  with this Agreement and the Promissory  Notes for reason of Taxes or
any other reason,  the Borrower will pay to Bancomer the additional amounts that
are required so that Bancomer receives the amount that it would have received if
there had not been such withholding.

         C. All Taxes will be paid by the  Borrower  for its own account and not
later than the date on which such corresponding  Taxes are due and payable.  The
Borrower  will also furnish to Bancomer the original  receipts that evidence the
payment of such Taxes within five (5) working days  following  the date on which
such Taxes were due and payable.

         D. The  Borrower  will  indemnify  Bancomer for all charges to Bancomer
which arise  because of such Taxes and will be obliged to reimburse  Bancomer on
demand for any  quantity  that  Bancomer  will be obligated to pay for reason of
such Taxes caused by the  transaction  contemplated  in this  Agreement  and the
Promissory Notes.

         E. The  obligations  of the  Borrower  derived  from this  Section will
continue to exist for a period  determined by the Taxes  independent  of whether
the Loan is totally paid prior to the term of such period.


         Section 16.  Place and Form of Payment.

         The  Loan  shall  be  repaid  by the  Borrower  precisely  on the  Loan
Repayment  Dates  and  interest  on the Loan  shall be paid by the  Borrower  to
Bancomer on each Interest Payment Date.

         All  amounts  of  principal,   ordinary  interest,   penalty  interest,
commissions  and any other amount payable by the Borrower to Bancomer  hereunder
and  under  the  Promissory  Notes  shall  be paid  exclusively  in  Dollars  in
immediately  available funds, without any deduction,  retention or setoff of any
nature whatsoever by crediting the account No. 400 019042 of Bancomer,  S.A., at
Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. ABA No. 021 000 128 New York, New York, United States
of America (or in any other place that  Bancomer  indicates to the Borrower with
prior notice) no later than 11:00  (eleven)  o'clock (New York time) on the date
on which the corresponding payment is due.

         Section  17.  Representations  and  Warranties  of  the  Borrower.  The
Borrower represents and warrants to Bancomer that:

         A. The Borrower is a corporation  duly  organized and validly  existing
under the laws of the United Mexican States.

         B. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Loan
Agreement,  the Promissory Notes and the Trust and the Maintenance  Contract (i)
do not and will not violate any  provision of any  applicable  law of the United
Mexican States or of any political subdivision thereof; (ii) do not and will not
result in the breach of, or constitute a default  under,  or require any consent
under the charter and by-laws of the Borrower,  or any  indenture,  bank loan or
credit  agreement,  mortgage,  or other  agreement  or  instrument  to which the
Borrower is a party or by which the Borrower or any of its respective properties
may be bound or  affected,  and (iii) when duly  executed  and  delivered by the
Borrower,  will constitute the valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the
Borrower in accordance with its respective terms,  except as limited by the laws
relating to insolvency or bankruptcy.

         C. All  authorizations,  registrations  and approvals of, or filings or
registrations  with the United Mexican  States,  or of any  governmental  agency
thereof or therein  which are  necessary  or  advisable  (i) for the  execution,
delivery and  performance of this Agreement and the Promissory  Notes,  and (ii)
the  validity,  binding  effect and  enforceability  of this  Agreement  and the
Promissory  Notes have been obtained and are binding and enforceable and in full
force and effect.

         D. The  Borrower  is in  compliance  with the  payment of all taxes and
legal and contract liabilities,  which non-compliance would affect substantially
and adversely its financial standing.

         E.  There is no  action,  suit or  proceeding  at law by or before  any
governmental  agency  or  authority  now  pending  or, to the  knowledge  of the
Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower, or any of its respective
properties or rights,  which if adversely  determined would substantially impair
the  right  of the  Borrower  to  carry  on its  business  substantially  as now
conducted,  or would materially  adversely affect the financial condition of the
Borrower.

         F. The audited financial  statements of the Borrower as of December 31,
1995,  reflect in an accurate and complete manner,  its financial standing as of
such  date,  were  prepared  in  accordance  with  PCGA,  and  there has been no
important  adverse  change  in its  financial  standing  since the date of those
financial statements and until the date of this Agreement.


         Section 18.  Covenants of the  Borrower.  Until  payment in full of the
Loan and the Promissory  Notes and  performance of all other  obligations of the
Borrower  hereunder and under the Promissory  Notes,  the Borrower  agrees that,
unless Bancomer shall otherwise consent in writing:

         A. To furnish  Bancomer  within sixty (60) Calendar Days  following the
end of every quarter of each accounting period,  quarterly financial  statements
(balance  sheet,  statement of profits and losses and surplus) duly certified by
its Director General and/or Finance Director.

         B. To furnish  Bancomer  within one hundred  twenty (120) Calendar Days
following the end of their respective fiscal year,  annual financial  statements
(balance sheet,  statement of profits and losses and surplus) duly audited by an
independent auditor.

         C. To provide  Bancomer  within forty five (45) Calendar Days after the
closing of each one of its accounting period, an annual  certificate  granted by
its insurance  agent  acceptable to Bancomer,  confirming  that their assets are
duly insured pursuant hereof.

         D. To provide  Bancomer within  forty-five (45) calendar days after the
end of each  quarter with a  comparison  of the actual  costs of  operation  and
administration  of the  Borrower  against the budgeted  costs of  operation  and
administration  through which the Technical  Committee  authorized  the payments
from the Trust for such matters.

         E. To provide Bancomer with prompt notice, under no circumstances later
than ten (10) days  after it has had  itself  knowledge  of,  of any event  that
represents,  or with  the  lapse  of time may  represent  an  Event of  Default,
together with a declaration  including the details of such event, and the action
proposed to be taken by the Borrower with respect thereto.

         F. Maintain its  accounting  information  and  statements in accordance
with PCGA.

         G. To provide Bancomer with all of the relevant information pursuant to
its business and financial standing as may be reasonably  requested by Bancomer,
in the  understanding  that Bancomer  might  inspect its  business,  request for
balance sheets or accounting statements, data or documents, and to make or cause
to make  appraisals  of its  assets  whenever  it deems it  necessary  to verify
compliance of the obligations of the Borrower derived hereof, the Borrower being
obligated to provide all of the facilities necessary to such effect.

         H. Provide to Bancomer  within  forty-five (45) calendar days after the
end of each quarter,  a Financial  Supervisor  report which indicates the manner
for  calculation  during  the  quarter  of the  corresponding  Reserve  Fund and
Financial Ratios.

         I. To preserve  and  maintain  its  corporate  status in full force and
effect,  as  well  as all  of its  rights,  licenses,  permits,  authorizations,
certifications, registrations and approvals required for the operation of all of
its business in each and every jurisdiction where it operate.

         J. To upkeep all of the necessary  assets for its business'  operations
and to procure and  provide  said  assets  with all the  services,  maintenance,
repairs,   substitutions,   additions   and/or  upgrading  deemed  necessary  or
convenient.

         K.  To   obtain   all  of  the   licenses,   authorizations,   permits,
certifications, registrations or approvals required hereinafter to allow for the
adequate performance of its obligations derived hereunder, the Promissory Notes,
and all laws, regulations,  decrees, agreements and applicable decrees issued by
any governmental authority.

         L. To pay on time  all of the  fiscal  debts  of its  business  and the
quotas of the Mexican Social  Security  Institute and of the National  Institute
for Workers  Housing  Development,  except for those that are in dispute in good
faith  by  the  Borrower,   through  the  right  procedures  and  by  previously
establishing the corresponding reserves.

         M. To duly comply with all of their respective contractual  obligations
including, without being limited to, the Maintenance Agreement.

         N. To furnish  Bancomer  with this  Agreement  duly  ratified  before a
Notary Public, within ten (10) Business Days after execution hereof.

         O. To furnish  Bancomer,  within sixty (60) calendar days following the
end of each  semester  of each and every  fiscal  year,  a letter  signed by the
Director General or Director of Finance which certifies that the Borrower is not
under breach of contract pursuant to the Maintenance Agreement.

         P. To provide Bancomer, within fifteen (15) calendar days after the end
of each calendar month,  financial information with respect to the Trust and the
business of the  Borrower,  so that  Bancomer  may  determine if the Borrower is
complying with the Financial Ratios that are referred to in Exhibit "H" hereto.

         Q. To provide to Bancomer,  within fifteen (15) calendar days after the
end of each  quarterly  financial  reporting  period,  a report  prepared by the
Technical  Supervisor  covering the progress of the Program of Construction  and
Remodeling and the services  carried out on the equipment in accordance with the
Maintenance Contract.

         R. To secure the insurance policies referred to in Section 19 hereof.

         S.  Maintain the Financial  Ratios  referred to in Exhibit "H" attached
hereto, for the periods referred in said Exhibit.


         T. Maintain the Reserve Fund,  during the entire term of the Agreement,
at an average  monthly  balance equal to the greater of (i) ten percent (10%) of
the sum of the outstanding balance of principal of the Loan and the principal of
the Eximbank Loan at the time when the Reserve Fund balance is  calculated,  and
(ii) the sum of the amounts of interest  and  principal  of the Loan and the and
Eximbank  Loan due and  payable by the  Borrower  to  Bancomer  on the  Interest
Payment Date and the  Principal  Payment Date which falls within one hundred and
fifty (150)  calendar  days after the date on which the Reserve  Fund balance is
calculated,  multiplied by one point  twenty-five  (1.25)  times;  provided that
during  the first six (6)  months  following  the last  Loan  Disbursement,  the
amounts  of the debt  service  under this  Agreement  shall be  included  in the
calculation  of the required  levels of the Reserve Fund, and that following the
end of such six (6) month  period,  such  amounts  shall not be included in this
calculation.  However, if the Borrower does not comply with the Financial Ratios
in such non-compliance is not cured within a period of thirty (30) calendar days
from the date on which  Bancomer  notifies the Borrower of such  non-compliance,
the Borrower shall be obligated to include such debt service in the  calculation
referred  to above  until the  Borrower is able to  demonstrate,  to  Bancomer's
satisfaction, that it is again in compliance with the Financial Ratios.

         U. Commit to the Trust Additional  Income within five (5) calendar days
after the date that Bancomer  notifies the  Borrower,  in case that, at whatever
time during the term of this  Agreement,  the Borrower  does not comply with the
financial  ratios that are referred to in paragraph S of Section 18, or does not
comply with the maintenance of the Reserve Fund minimum  balance  referred to in
paragraph T of Section 18.

         V. Comply with the  obligations  relating to the  utilization  of goods
financed  under this  Agreement as may be specified by CIBC and requested of the
Borrower by Bancomer.

         W.       To refrain from:

                    (i) paying  dividends,  without the prior written consent of
               Bancomer.

                    (ii) making  payments of whatever amount with respect to the
               MK Rail Debt without the prior written consent of Bancomer.

                    (iii) reducing its capital stock.

                    (iv)  modifying its corporate  purpose or change its line of
               business.

                    (v) filing for liquidation or dissolution.

                    (vi) performing, or refraining from any action, whenever the
               consequence  of it is to  waive  in  advance  the  term  for  the
               fulfillment of any of its contract liabilities.

                    (vii)  incurring  Debt for its charge  for (i) an  aggregate
               amount  greater than  US$1,000,000  (One Million  Dollars) or its
               equivalent in any other currency,  or (ii) terms greater than one
               (1) year,  without the prior written consent of Bancomer,  except
               for  indebtedness  mandated  by law or in the  normal  course  of
               business.

                    (viii) agree to any amendment to or  modification  of, waive
               any material right under, or terminate the Maintenance  Agreement
               and/or the Trust,  without  the prior  written  authorization  of
               Bancomer, which authorization shall not be unreasonably denied.

                    (ix) setoff in any way any amount  which is owed to it under
               the  Maintenance  Agreement;  provided that (i) if  Ferrocarriles
               shall make a setoff against any of the Borrower's invoices for an
               amount  greater  than  ten  percent  (10%) of such  invoice,  the
               Borrower  shall obtain from Bancomer  within thirty (30) calendar
               days after the date on which such setoff has occurred, Bancomer's
               approval in writing  for this  setoff,  and (ii) if the  Borrower
               shall not obtain the  authorization  from  Bancomer  specified in
               clause (i) above  within such  period,  Bancomer  may declare the
               existence of an Event of Acceleration."


         X. Maintain a commercial  credit account with MK Rail,  with respect to
         the  purchase of  materials  and  equipment  from MK Rail or any of its
         subsidiaries or affiliates, with a minimum balance equal to the greater
         of (i) the sum of U.S. $1,500,000.00 (One Million Five Hundred Thousand
         and 00/100 Dollars), and (ii) the amount which corresponds to purchases
         of  material  and  equipment  from MK Rail in the normal  course of its
         operation  during a period of 45 (forty-five)  calendar days;  provided
         however that if the minimum  balance in this  account  shall be reduced
         for any purpose  then the  Borrower  shall be obligated to increase the
         minimum  balance in the reserve  fund up to the amount equal to the sum
         of amounts of principal and interest  under the Loan due and payable to
         the Borrower to Bancomer on the Interest  Payment  Dates and  Principal
         Payment  Dates,  multiplied  by one point five (1.5)  times;  provided,
         however,  that the commercial credit account shall not be considered as
         part of the MK Rail Debt."


         Section 19.  Insurance.

         A. The Borrower shall evidence to Bancomer, to Bancomer's satisfaction,
within a thirty (30) Calendar Day term as from the date of this Agreement,  that
the Borrower has secured the insurance  policies  referred to in the Maintenance
Agreement, and that such insurance policies are in full force and effect.

         B. The  Borrower  shall  evidence to the  satisfaction  of Bancomer the
payment of the premiums for such  insurance with the  corresponding  receipts of
payment,   within  two  (2)  Business   Days  after  the  day  it  receives  the
corresponding request from Bancomer.

         C.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 20 of this Agreement,  in
the event  that for any  reason  the  Borrower  fails to comply  with any of its
obligations  established  under  this  Section,   Bancomer  shall  be  expressly
authorized to contract such insurance on behalf of the Borrower, and pay for all
of the  amounts  required to keep in effect  said  insurance,  in which case the
Borrower  shall pay,  on demand,  for the  amounts  spent by  Bancomer  for such
concepts,  in the  understanding  that such amounts shall cause  interest at the
Default  Interest Rate  calculated at the CPP rate multiplied by three (3), from
the date such  payment is made by Bancomer  and until such payment when they are
totally  paid for;  provided,  however,  that the  authorization  to Bancomer to
contract  insurance as set forth in this Section is not an obligation and in the
case  that  such   insurance  is  not   contracted,   Bancomer   shall  have  no
responsibility  therefore. In any case, Bancomer shall notify the Borrower as to
any  contraction  of  insurance  referred  to in this  Section  within  five (5)
Business Days after such insurance has been contracted for.

         For the  purposes of this  Paragraph C of this  Section 19,  "Tasa CPP"
shall mean the last Costo  Percentual  Promedio de Captacion for purposes of the
rate and, in its turn,  the spread of interest  on the  liabilities  in national
currency  corresponding  to loans to companies  and  individuals,  deposited for
terms (except savings), as if appropriate, bank bonds issued by the Central Bank
of Mexico that the Central Bank of Mexico publishes in the Official Diary of the
Federation  with a date  prior to when the  Borrower  fails to make its  payment
obligation that is referred to in the previous paragraph; with the understanding
that if at any time the  Central  Bank of Mexico  does not  publish  said  Costo
Porcentual  Promedio de Captacion,  then the last Costo  Porcentual  Promedio de
Captacion  published by the Central Bank of Mexico in the Official  Diary of the
Mexican Federation will be used or the index which replaces it.


         Section 20. Events of Default. Bancomer may declare an event of default
during the term of the payment of the Loan,  its principal,  ordinary  interest,
commissions,  costs  and  expenses  and  whatever  amount  is to be  paid by the
Borrower to Bancomer in accordance with this Agreement and the Promissory Notes,
without demand,  presentment,  notice of dishonor and protest, in which case all
such  amounts will be due and payable on demand if any of the  following  events
(identified in this Agreement as "Events of Default") shall occur and any curing
period  available  to  the  Borrower  to  remedy  such  Events  of  Default  has
transpired:

         A. Default by the Borrower in the payment, when due, of any installment
of principal  or interest or any  commissions  whatsoever,  costs or expenses in
connection with the Loan or the Promissory Notes, and such event is not remedied
within a term of five (5)  calendar  days as from the date any such  payment  is
due.

         B. If the  Borrower  shall  fail to comply  with any of its  respective
obligations  derived hereunder,  under the Agreement,  Promissory Notes or under
the Trust,  including  those set forth in this  Section or in Section 18 of this
Agreement  within a term of forty-five  (45) Business Days following the date on
which Bancomer notifies the Borrower of such noncompliance.

         C.  If  any  of  the  representation   and/or  warranties  of,  or  any
information  provided  to  Bancomer  by the  Borrower  under  the  terms of this
Agreement shall prove to be untrue, incorrect or incomplete.

         D. If the  Loan's  proceeds  shall  totally  or  partially  be used for
purposes  different  to  those  established  under  this  Agreement,  or if  the
Borrower's fixed assets shall be disposed in any way different to those provided
under this Agreement.

         E. If fixed assets of the Borrower, with a value equal or higher to ten
percent  (10%) of the  total  value of its  respective  fixed  assets,  shall be
condemned, seized or appropriated in full or in part by legal, administrative or
any  other  authorities,  except  for when such  seizure  or  appropriation,  in
Bancomer's  sole  judgment,  is contrary to law,  or could be  contested  by the
Borrower  in  good  faith  with   possibilities  for  success  through  rightful
procedures.

         F. If the  Borrower's  fixed  assets are not insured as provided for in
this  Agreement,  or if the Borrower fails to comply with any of its obligations
under Section 19 of this Agreement.

         G. If the Borrower  shall fail to pay without  cause any fiscal debt of
its respective business or the corresponding fees to the Mexican Social Security
Institute or the Institute for Workers National Housing  Development,  or if the
business of the  Borrower  shall be  disrupted  or shall  present  conflicts  or
conditions of any sort that in Bancomer's  reasonable  sole judgment  affect the
good performance of the business of the Borrower or put in danger its respective
economic or financial standing.

         H. If any  Event of  Default  occurs on any other  loan  authorized  by
Bancomer for the Borrower, including the Loan authorized under the Eximbank Loan
Agreement,  or if there is an Event of Default  authorized by any other creditor
to the Borrower in an amount equal to or greater to US$500,000 (U.S. Dollar Five
Hundred Dollars), or its equivalent in any other currency.

         I. If the Borrower shall pay dividends,  make a payment with respect to
the MK Rail debt,  decrease its respective capital stock,  modify its respective
corporate  purpose  or  change  its  respective  line  of  business,   file  for
dissolution or liquidation, or merge with another corporation, without the prior
written authorization of Bancomer.

         J. If there shall be instituted a judicial  procedure  for  involuntary
bankruptcy  against the Borrower or if any judicial  authority shall designate a
custodian,  under  the  applicable  provisions  of any  bankruptcy  law and such
proceeding or designation is not declared  improper within the periods which are
applicable under the respective laws or judicial procedures.

         K. If the Borrower  begins  voluntary  proceedings in order to obtain a
suspension of payments,  in accordance  with any applicable law on such matters,
or consents to institute or proceed with the  declaration  of the  suspension of
payments that would lead to any cessation of any substantial  part of its assets
for the  benefit of  creditors  or does not comply in a general  manner with any
payment of its debts or obligations,  or takes any action that would lead to any
of the above mentioned situations.

         L. If the shareholders of the Borrower, which on the date hereof owning
more than fifty  percent  (50%) of the voting  shares of the Borrower and having
the capacity to appoint the majority of the members of the Board of Directors of
the Borrower,  shall change or cease to hold direct control over the majority of
the stock with right to vote and/or would cease to have the right to appoint the
majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Borrower, except if any
of the above causes shall occur with the prior written approval of Bancomer.

         M. If the  Borrower  shall  fail to comply to  maintain  the  Financial
Ratios  and/or the  balance in the Reserve  Fund as  provided in  paragraph S of
Section 18 hereof for a term of three (3) successive calendar months or during a
term that in total sums six (6) months during any calendar year.

         N. If  Ferrocarriles  shall early  terminate or rescind the Maintenance
Agreement, in accordance with the provisions thereof.

         O. If  deviations  with  respect to the  Investment  Program of fifteen
percent (15%) with respect to the advancement of investments  plus costs, as set
forth in the Investment  Program,  calculated on a quarterly  basis,  and if the
same are not clarified by the Borrower  within a period of fifteen (15) Business
Days  following  a  request  is made by  Bancomer  for this  purpose;  provided,
however,  that if  Ferrocarriles  shall accept these deviations for a difference
percentage then such percentage  shall be accepted by Bancomer  provided that it
should not be greater than fifteen percent (15%)."


         P. If the  Borrower  shall  incur in  indebtedness  without  the  prior
written  consent of Bancomer for (i) an amount greater than  US$1,000,000  (U.S.
Dollar One Million) in  individual  or in  aggregate,  or its  equivalent in any
other  currency,  or (ii)  terms  greater  than one (1) year,  except  for those
indebtedness  generated  by legal  mandate or during  the  normal  course of its
business transactions.

         Q. If  Ferrocarriles  shall fail to make the payments  corresponding to
the Right to Collection for more than two (2) consecutive occasions.

         R. If the  Borrower  (i) shall fail to comply with its  obligations  to
maintain the "availability  factor" in accordance with the Maintenance Agreement
or (ii) fails to comply with any other of its obligations  under the Maintenance
Agreement  for a term of  two(2)  successive  months,  in such a way that in the
opinion of the Technical  Committee,  the noncompliance could give Ferrocarriles
the right to terminate or rescind the Maintenance Agreement.

         S. If the Technical Assistance Agreement is terminated for any reason.

         T. If the Trust and/or Maintenance  Agreement shall cease to be in full
force and effect  for any reason  whatsoever  or if the  Borrower  agrees to any
amendment to or modification  of, waives any material right under, or terminates
the Maintenance  Agreement,  without the prior written authorization of Bancomer
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld by Bancomer.

         U. If the  Borrower  does not comply with the Reserve Fund balance that
is referred to paragraph T of Section 18 of this Agreement.

         V. If the Borrower fails to give to the Trust Additional  Income within
the term established in paragraph U of Section 18, or if MK Rail does not comply
with its obligations established in the Comfort Letter within a term of five (5)
calendar days following the date on which Bancomer notifies them of its request.

         W. If the Borrower  does not pay on time the expenses that are referred
to in Section 30 of this Agreement.

         X. Under all those other cases  contemplated  in this  Agreement and by
the applicable laws.

         Y. If CIBC requires Bancomer for any reason beyond  Bancomer's  control
to pay any amount with respect to any disbursement of the Loan.

         Z. If the funding of the Line of Credit is suspended for any reason not
attributable  to Bancomer for a period greater than sixty (60) calendar days, in
which case the provisions of the first paragraph of Section 12 of this Agreement
shall also be applicable.

         AA. If the Borrower does not comply with its  obligation to immediately
increase the balance in the Reserve  Fund  referred to in Paragraph X of Section
18 of this Agreement.

         BB. If the Borrower  does not comply with its  obligation to obtain the
written  authorization  of Bancomer as provided in clause (ix) of Paragraph W of
Section 18 of this Agreement.

         CC. If  Ferrocarriles  shall make a setoff of any amount which it is to
pay under the Maintenance  Agreement  against any amount owed in its favor under
any other  obligation  of the  Borrower  apart  from  those  resulting  from the
Maintenance Agreement."


         Section 21. Trust Guaranty.  In order to guarantee the punctual payment
when due of each and every one of the  obligations  of the  Borrower  hereunder,
under the Eximbank  Loan  Agreement,  under the  Promissory  Notes and under the
Promissory  Notes executed in accordance with this Agreement,  the Eximbank Loan
Agreement,  and  especially  to guarantee  the punctual  payment when due of the
Loan, the Eximbank Loan,  its principal,  both ordinary and default  interest as
well as commissions,  costs and expenses,  and any and all other amounts payable
by the Borrower to Bancomer including court costs and expenses,  if any, and all
other legal consequences and accessories  thereon,  the Trust is incorporated by
the Borrower in accordance with which contributes the Rights for Collection,  in
order to apply such resources to the punctual payment when due of each and every
one of the obligations of the Borrower hereunder and under the Promissory Notes,
and  especially  to  guarantee  the punctual  payment when due of the Loan,  the
Eximbank  Loan,  its  principal,  both ordinary and default  interest as well as
commissions,  costs and expenses interest, and any and all other amounts payable
by the Borrower to  Bancomer,  court costs and  expenses,  if any, and all other
legal consequences and accessories thereon.

         Section 22.  Monetary Conversion.

         A. If for the  purpose  of  obtaining  a  judgment  in any  court it is
necessary  to convert  any amount of Dollars  owed under this  Agreement  or the
Promissory Notes into any other currency,  the rate of exchange to be used shall
be that which, in accordance with normal banking practices, Bancomer may acquire
Dollars with such currency on the Business Day immediately  preceding the day on
which the judgment is obtained.

         B. The payment  obligations  of the Borrower with respect to any amount
owed by the  Borrower  to  Bancomer  under  the  Loan in  accordance  with  this
Agreement  and  the  Promissory  Notes  will be  complied  with  and  satisfied,
notwithstanding  any judgment in any other currency,  only to the extent that on
the Business Day succeeding the day on which Bancomer  receives any amount which
has been  declared due and payable in any other  currency  under the  respective
judgment,  Bancomer may acquire  Dollars with such other  currency  under normal
banking practices. If the amount of Dollars acquired in this manner is less than
the amount  originally  owed to Bancomer by the Borrower in accordance with this
Agreement and the  Promissory  Notes,  the Borrower  shall be obligated to, as a
separate  obligation  independent and  irrespective  of any judgment,  indemnify
Bancomer for any loss which it may have  incurred as a result of the  Borrower's
obligations under this Agreement and the Promissory Notes.

         Section 23.  Restriction.  In accordance with the provisions of article
294 of the General Law of Securities and Credit Operations of the United Mexican
States,  the parties may agree,  that  Bancomer  may be entitled to restrict the
disbursement  period of the Loan and the  principal  amount of the Loan, or such
disbursement period of the Loan and the principal amount of the Loan at the same
time due to force majeure.


         Section 24. Successors and Assigns. The Borrower cannot seed its rights
or obligations under this Agreement or the Promissory Notes.

         Bancomer  may  at  any  time  grant  to  one or  more  banks  or  other
institutions  (each  a  "Participant")  participating  interests  in  the  Loan;
provided  however,  that  Bancomer  cannot grant  interest  participations  with
respect to the Loan (i) to any person or entity that competes in the same market
of goods or services as the Borrower, or (ii) when so prohibited by CIBC. In the
event  of  any  such  grant  by  Bancomer  of  a  participating  interest  to  a
Participant,  whether or not upon notice to the  Borrower,  (i)  Bancomer  shall
remain  responsible for negotiating,  discounting or any other form of assigning
the Promissory  Notes and will continue to act under this Agreement as holder of
the  Promissory  Notes;  (ii) the  Participant(s)  will be obliged to assume the
obligations  of  Bancomer  in  writing  that arise  from this  Agreement;  (iii)
Bancomer will remain  responsible for complying with its obligations  under this
Agreement  and the Borrower  will  continue to deal  directly with Bancomer with
respect to the rights and obligations of Bancomer under this Agreement, and (iv)
the  Borrower  will  continue to be obligated  to give  Bancomer  the  necessary
materials to review the  investment of the Funds  provided under the Loan and to
care for the authorized warranties granted by the Borrower.


         Section 25. No Waiver.  No failure on the part of Bancomer to exercise,
and no delay in exercising,  any right  hereunder or under the Promissory  Notes
shall operate as a waiver thereof;  nor shall any single or partial  exercise of
any right hereunder or under the Promissory Notes, preclude any other or further
exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.


         Section 26.  Amendments.  No amendment or waiver to any provision under
this  Agreement or under the  Promissory  Notes,  and no consent  granted to the
Borrower to divert from the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement  or of the
Promissory  Notes,  shall  have  any  effect  unless  it is in  writing  and  is
subscribed by Bancomer and, even in such an event,  such waiver or consent shall
have  effect  only in the event and for the  specific  purpose  for which it was
granted.


         Section  27.  Notices.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  each of the
Parties  provides as its principle  headquarters  for the receipt of any kind of
notice, the following:

 If to Bancomer:

         Bancomer, S.A.
         Direccion Regional
         Banca Impresarial
         A.Los Torres #113
         Colonia El Paseo
         San Luis Potosi, San Luis Potosi
         MExico

         Attention:        Regional Director

         Fax #:            (48) 18-74-05

                  with a copy to:

         Bancomer, S.A.
         Direccion
         Banca Corporativa
         Proyectos e Infraestructura
         Bancomer, S.A.
         Montes Urales 470 - 2 Piso
         Lomas de Chapultepec
         11000 MExico, D.F.

         Attention:        Director
         Fax#:             226-9276

 Borrower:

         MK Gain, S.A. de C.V.
         Av. 20 de Noviembre
         No. 1200
         78030 San Luis Potosi, San Luis Potosi

         Attention:        Director of Finance
         Fax#:             (48) 12-6699


 All  notices,  requests  and  demands  shall be given in writing and (except as
otherwise  expressly  specified herein) by telegram,  telex,  facsimile or other
similar means of communication or through  certified or registered mail and must
be directed to the addresses  given above.  It is understood  that a notice will
have  been  given if it has been sent by  telegram,  telex,  facsimile  or other
similar means of communication with confirmation on the date that the notice was
sent and if it is sent by  certified  or  registered  mail on the date  that the
notice was received. Even if the parties do not notify in writing of a change in
address in accordance  with this Section,  the notices and judicial  proceedings
that are sent to the addresses indicated will be in full force and effect.


         Section 28.  Governing  Law. This  Agreement is registered  and will be
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the United Mexican States.


         Section  29.  Jurisdiction.  In  case  of any  judicial  proceeding  in
relation  to any  matter  arising  under  this  Agreement,  the  parties  hereto
irrevocably  agree that any such  matter may be adjudged  or  determined  in any
court or courts of  competent  jurisdiction  sitting  in  Mexico  City,  Federal
District,  United  Mexican  States,  or in any  court  or  courts  of  competent
jurisdiction sitting in San Luis Potosi, San Luis Potosi, United Mexican States,
and the parties hereto irrevocably  submit generally and  unconditionally to the
jurisdiction  of such  courts and of any of them in  relation  to such  matters,
expressly waiving any other jurisdiction to which they may be entitled by reason
of present or future domicile or otherwise.


         Section 30.  Costs and Expenses.

         A. The  Borrower  will pay to Bancomer  without  notice  from  Bancomer
within thirty (30) calendar days within the signing of this  Agreement up to the
amount of US$20,000.00  (Twenty  Thousand  Dollars) in respect of legal fees and
expenses  incurred by Bancomer in connection with the  negotiation,  preparation
and documentation of this Agreement and the Promissory Notes.

         B. The  Borrower  will pay to Bancomer  without  notice  from  Bancomer
within thirty (30) calendar days within the signing of this  Agreement up to the
amount of  US$3,000.00  (Three  Thousand  Dollars)  in respect of legal fees and
expenses incurred by Bancomer in connection with modification of the Trust.

         C. The  Borrower  will pay to Bancomer  without  notice  from  Bancomer
within thirty (30) calendar days within the signing of this  Agreement up to the
amount of US$35,000.00 (Thirty Five Thousand Dollars) in respect of expenses for
issuance  of the  Technical  Supervisor's  Certificate  in  accordance  with the
provisions of Sections 7 and 8 of this Agreement.

         The  Borrower  agrees that it will pay  punctually  for all the amounts
that are  discussed and the costs and expenses that are referred in this Section
on the date when they are due and payable in  accordance  with the terms of this
Section, and any amounts not paid will incur default interest from the date that
they are due up to the time  that they are paid in full on sight  including  the
default interest rate.

         Section 31.  Condition Precedent for Validity of this Agreement.

         This  Agreement  shall  have no effect  until the  Borrower  shall have
received from Bancomer written notice that (i) it has contracted for the Line of
Credit under terms and  conditions  which do not change the terms and conditions
for the Loan, or (ii) it has contracted for an alternative  line of credit which
permits  Bancomer  to extend  the Loan in terms  which are  satisfactory  to the
Borrower;  provided,  however,  that (y) if Bancomer does not deliver  either of
these  confirmations in writing no later than December 29, 1996, or the Borrower
does not accept the  confirmation  mentioned in sub clause (ii) of this Section,
then this Agreement  shall  terminate on such date,  without any requirement for
notification and with no  responsibility  for either of the parties,  and (z) if
Bancomer  confirms to  Borrower  that it has  contracted  for the Line of Credit
under terms and conditions  equal to those set forth in this Agreement,  then it
is agreed that this Agreement shall enter into effect  automatically of the date
on which Bancomer issues such confirmation.

         In witness whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their duly authorized  officers and  representatives  as of the date
first written above.

Bancomer:
Bancomer, S.A., Institucion de Banca Multiple,
Grupo Financiero Bancomer



- ------------------------------------
By:
Position:



- ------------------------------------
By:
Position:


The Borrower:
MK GAIN, S.A. DE C.V.




- ------------------------------------
By:
Position:



<PAGE>













                                   EXHIBIT "A"


                            FERROCARRILES' AGREEMENT





                                     <PAGE>





                                   EXHIBIT "B"


                                 COMFORT LETTER



                                     <PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT "C"


                   FORM OF TECHNICAL SUPERVISOR'S CERTIFICATE



<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT "D"


                             SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT



                                     <PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT "E"


                                      TRUST


                                     <PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT "F"


                                FINANCIAL RATIOS


                                     <PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT "G"


                             FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE


                                     <PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT "H"


                      CONSTRUCTION AND REFURBISHING PROGRAM


                                     <PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT "I"


                             AMOUNT OF INSTALLMENTS


                                     <PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT "J"


                   AMENDMENT TO THE FNM MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
<PAGE>








                                                                  Exhibit 23.01

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the  incorporation  by reference in  Registration  Statement  Nos.
33-78660,  33-80702 and 33-80704 of MotivePower  Industries,  Inc.  (formerly MK
Rail Corporation) on Form S-8 of our reports dated February 10, 1997 (except for
Note 7, as to which the date is  February  27, 1997 and Note 18, as to which the
date is  March  6,  1997),  appearing  in this  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K of
MotivePower Industries, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1996.



DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
March 13, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>
                                              
<ARTICLE>                                          5
<LEGEND>                                      
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1996 and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements
</LEGEND>                                     
<MULTIPLIER>                                                  1000
                                                    
<S>                                                <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                      YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                  Dec-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                     Jan-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                       Dec-31-1996
<CASH>                                                        5236
<SECURITIES>                                                     0
<RECEIVABLES>                                                26506
<ALLOWANCES>                                                   284
<INVENTORY>                                                  78438
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                            117169
<PP&E>                                                       87627
<DEPRECIATION>                                               43644
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                              234044
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                        77720
<BONDS>                                                      15535
                                            0
                                                      0
<COMMON>                                                       176
<OTHER-SE>                                                  120804
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                                234044
<SALES>                                                     291407
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                            291407
<CGS>                                                       232434
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                               234560
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                                 0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                                 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                            9143
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                              20287
<INCOME-TAX>                                                  7714
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                          12573
<DISCONTINUED>                                                   0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                               1064
<CHANGES>                                                        0
<NET-INCOME>                                                 11509
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                                    0.66
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                    0.66
        
 

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission